FULL BOQ

UO
S/N VENDOR PN or model number DESCRIPTION Availability QTY
M

UPPER PLATEAU SITE

Structred Data Cabling
Type A Building
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 158 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 24 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 1148 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 24 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 1052 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 994 Ea.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 2 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 24 Ea.
Datwyler 4000610 42U 800X1000 Floor stand rack with FANs 2 Ea.
Type B Building
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 82 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 13 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 642 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 13 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 546 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 511 Ea.
41521800ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 24xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 4 Ea.
+ 8 X 1411153 + 8 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 108 Ea.
12 SM fibres, Euroclass Dca metal-free, dry interstices, rodent protection, flame redardant in
Datwyler 19007700DZ 5000 Ea.
accordance with IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-24
15KVA SMART MODULAR DATA CENTER - Type B Building
Datwyler-DC Modular UPS Monitoring Module 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC UPS Power Module: 15KVA UPS-15kVA 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Battery module, ±240Vdc (4U,40PCS 12V/9AH) 15mins at 18KW full load 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Main Input Breaker: 100A/3P*1; 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC UPS Input Breaker: 63A/3P*1, UPS Output Breaker: 32A/3P*1; 1 Ea.
Maintenance Bypass: 32A/4P*1; Surge Protection Breaker: 32A/3P*1; In-Row Cooling:
Datwyler-DC 1 Ea.
Power Solution 20A/3P*2) PDM
Output Distribution: 32A*1P*4 ( 2*2 PDU); 16A*1P*2 (1 for Emergent Ventilation, 1 for
Datwyler-DC 1 Ea.
Monitoring System); Level C Surge Protection; Intelligent Power Meter, Battery Switch
Datwyler-DC 8U Installation Space; Rack-mounted 1 Ea.
42U Cabinet, including double glass door, side panel, blind plate, air flow aisle and other
Datwyler-DC accessories. Fully enclosed, dust proof and noise cancelling；Battery Switch Breaker, Battery Power Cabinet 1 Ea.
Inter-Connect Accessories, Dimension: 600*1400*2000mm (W*D*H).
12.5KW Cooling capacity: Humidity function; Both Side Air Supply; including Outdoor Unit; EC
Datwyler-DC DC Fan, Including 5meters indoor-outdoor connection kit； Inverter Compressor; Dimension: 1 Ea.
Cooling Solution 300*1400*2000mm (W*D*H) In-Row Cooling
Datwyler-DC RS485 Communication Card 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC COOLE - Extension kit 1 Ea.
42U Cabinet, cold/hot aisle, front double glass door, rear Sheet metal closed door, blind plate,
Datwyler-DC emergency ventilation system, smoke sensor and other accessories. 2 Ea.
Dimension:800*1400*2000mm（W*D*H）
Racks and PDU 42U Cabinet, cold/hot aisle, front double glass door, rear Sheet metal closed door, blind plate, Racks and PDU
Datwyler-DC emergency ventilation system, smoke sensor and other accessories. 1 Ea.
Dimension:600*1400*2000mm（W*D*H）
Datwyler-DC Normal PDU 12C13,4C19 ,32A 1Phase，EN 6 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Fire Suppression Fire Fighting System NOVIC 1230 Fire Safety 3 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Access Control Intelligent lock with Access card reader Access Control 4 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Touch screen 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC SMS Alarm Notification Module 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Door status sensor 8 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Sound & Light Alarm Notification Module Monitoring 1 Ea.
Environmental Solution
Datwyler-DC Temperature & Humidity Sensor (LCD) System 8 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Smoke Sensor 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Water Detection 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Water Detection Line-5M length 1 Ea.
CLINIC Building
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 3 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 48 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 1 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 21 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 15 Ea.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
 Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 12 Ea.
Datwyler 4000682 24U 600X800 free stand rack with FANs and PDU 1 Ea.
GYM & SMALL SHOP Building
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 3 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 48 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 1 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 23 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 17 Ea.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 12 Ea.
Datwyler 4000682 24U 600X800 free stand rack with FANs and PDU 1 Ea.
FOOD COURT
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 8 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 48 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 1 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 50 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 42 Ea.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 12 Ea.
Datwyler 4000682 24U 600X800 free stand rack with FANs and PDU 1 Ea.
Wiring Devices and Floor Boxes
Type A Building
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 106 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 42 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 254 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 254 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 1 - 2 Data Point & 6 power & 1 HDMI
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 24 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 12 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 24 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 24 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 2 - 4 Data Point & 6 power
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 176 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 352 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 176 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 704 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 704 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 3 - 1 Data Point+ 1 Power for booking system
MK-Honeywell NXGB-3 Onix Grommet Base 3M 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell NXG-BSD3 Onix Grommet 3M SS 3xEuro 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5830SAWHI Power Socket-outlet. 12 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 12 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 12 Ea.
Wall mount HDMI Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 12 Ea.
Type B Building
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 33 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 23 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 89 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 89 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 1 - 2 Data Point & 6 power & 1 HDMI
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 6 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 12 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 12 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 2 - 4 Data Point & 6 power
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 101 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 202 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 101 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 404 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 404 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 3 - 1 Data Point+ 1 Power for booking system
MK-Honeywell NXGB-3 Onix Grommet Base 3M 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell NXG-BSD3 Onix Grommet 3M SS 3xEuro 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5830SAWHI Power Socket-outlet. 6 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 6 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 6 Ea.
Wall mount HDMI Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 6 Ea.
CLINIC Building
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 5 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 2 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 12 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 12 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 1 - 2 Data Point & 6 power & 1 HDMI
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 2 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 2 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 2 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 3 - 1 Data Point+ 1 Power for booking system
MK-Honeywell NXGB-3 Onix Grommet Base 3M 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell NXG-BSD3 Onix Grommet 3M SS 3xEuro 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5830SAWHI Power Socket-outlet. 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 1 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 1 Ea.
Wall mount HDMI Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 1 Ea.
GYM & SMALL SHOP Building
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 8 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 17 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 17 Ea.
FOOD COURT
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 18 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 6 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 42 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 42 Ea.
CCTV System
Type A Building
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 16 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 4 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 20 Ea.
Type B Building ( With HeadEnd )
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 10 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 2 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
4MP Network IR PTZ with Wiper, 40x optical zoom, 140dB WDR, , Audio & Alarm In/Out,
Honeywell HC60WZ4R40WI 2 Ea.
PoE++, built-in Video analytics
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 14 Ea.
Honeywell HNMSE64D60T Maxpro NVR SE, Rev D 64 ch 6 x 10TB storage 1 Ea.
Honeywell HJC5000 Remote control keyboard for Maxpro, VideoBloX, PTZ, DVR. 1 Ea.
75UH5F 75'' 500 nits UHD Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
CLINIC Building
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 4 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
 5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 2 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 6 Ea.
GYM & SMALL SHOP Building
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 4 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 2 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 6 Ea.
FOOD COURT
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 6 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 2 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 8 Ea.
Access control System
Type A Building
PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Honeywell PW7K1R2B PW7K Dual reader board 1 Ea.
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 4 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 4 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 4 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 4 Ea.
Type B Building
PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Honeywell PW7K1R2B PW7K Dual reader board 1 Ea.
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 4 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 4 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 4 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 4 Ea.
CLINIC Building
PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 2 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 2 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 2 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 2 Ea.
GYM & SMALL SHOP Building
PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 1 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 1 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 1 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 1 Ea.
FOOD COURT
PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 1 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 1 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 1 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 1 Ea.
Meeting Rooms AV System
Type A Building
4 X 20 Seats Meeting Room
86UH5J-H 86" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 4 Ea.
 Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 4 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 12 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 12 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 4 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 4 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 4 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 4 Ea.
4 X 12 Seats Meeting Room
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 4 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 8 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 8 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 4 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 4 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 4 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 4 Ea.
4 X 8 Seats Meeting Room
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 4 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 8 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 8 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 4 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 4 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 4 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 4 Ea.
Meeting Room Booking System
EVOKO ERM2001 room manager 12 Ea.
Type B Building
2 X 20 Seats Meeting Room
86UH5J-H 86" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 2 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 2 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 6 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 6 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 2 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 2 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 2 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 2 Ea.
2 X 12 Seats Meeting Room
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 2 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 2 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 2 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 2 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 2 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 2 Ea.
2 X 8 Seats Meeting Room
 65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 2 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 2 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 2 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 2 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 2 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 2 Ea.
Meeting Room Booking System
EVOKO ERM2001 room manager 6 Ea.
UPS System with Backup time = 30 Min
Type A Building
40014900ZY 10KVA rack mount UPS 1 Phase with 1 Hour backup time
Datwyler 2 Ea.
+ 4 X 40015400ZY + 4 X 10kVA Battery Back Module
Clinic Building
40014700ZY 3KVA rack mount UPS 1 Phase with 30Min Backup
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 3 X 40015200ZY + 3 X 3kVA Battery Pack Module
GYM and Shop
40014700ZY 3KVA rack mount UPS 1 Phase with 30Min Backup
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 3 X 40015200ZY + 3 X 3kVA Battery Pack Module
FOOD COURT
40014700ZY 3KVA rack mount UPS 1 Phase with 30Min Backup
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 3 X 40015200ZY + 3 X 3kVA Battery Pack Module
Printers
Type A Building
Colour Laser All-In-One , Print, Copy and Scan , Single sided: Up to 18 ppm (A4)
Canon MF 651CW 12 Ea.
Up to 38 ppm (A5-Landscape)
Canon 3226i Canon imageRUNNER C3326i , A3 multifunction printer. 2 Ea.

36" Large Format Printer 5-Color LUCIA TD pigment based ink system Print up to 144 D-sized
Canon TM 300 2 Ea.
prints per hour Small footprint Quiet operation Wi-Fi compatible
Type B Building
Colour Laser All-In-One , Print, Copy and Scan , Single sided: Up to 18 ppm (A4)
Canon MF 651CW 6 Ea.
Up to 38 ppm (A5-Landscape)
Canon 3226i Canon imageRUNNER C3326i , A3 multifunction printer. 1 Ea.

36" Large Format Printer 5-Color LUCIA TD pigment based ink system Print up to 144 D-sized
Canon TM 300 1 Ea.
prints per hour Small footprint Quiet operation Wi-Fi compatible
GYM AV System
4 x ATEO6 : Wall speaker with CleverMount™ 6"
Audac FESTA6.5E 1 x BASO12 : Compact 12'' bass reflexcabinet Black version 1 Ea.
1 x EPA254 : Quad-channel Class-D amplifier 4 x 250W
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 3 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
ONKYO TX-SR494 A/V Receiver 1 Ea.
Local HDMI Amplifier 1x4 HDMI Distribution Amplifier 1 Ea.
Local HDMI TX-RX HDMI Extender 500ft Over Single Cat5e/6, Over IP/TCP 3 Ea.
Belden 5000FE 12 AWG speaker cable , Roll 305M 1 Ea.
TV System
Type A Building ( 2 TV X Reception , 2 TV X Coffee lounge )
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
WISI Germany OA 10A Offset Dish Antenna 1.0M WISI Germany 2 Ea.
WISI Germany OC 04 Quattro LNB WISI 2 Ea.
WISI Germany DRC 0912 Multi Switcher 9 IN and 12 OUT 1 Ea.
WISI Germany DRP 1533 Power Supply for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Humax HD-ACE DVB-S/S2 Digital MPEG 4 receiver 4 Ea.
ALFANAR 60-40 boxes for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Local Acc F connector for RG 6 cabel 1 Ea.
belden 9116 Branch coaxial cable 305/Roll 2 Ea.
Type B Building ( 1 TV X Reception , 1 TV X Coffee lounge )
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 2 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
WISI Germany OA 10A Offset Dish Antenna 1.0M WISI Germany 2 Ea.
WISI Germany OC 04 Quattro LNB WISI 2 Ea.
WISI Germany DRC 0912 Multi Switcher 9 IN and 12 OUT 1 Ea.
 WISI Germany DRP 1533 Power Supply for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Humax HD-ACE DVB-S/S2 Digital MPEG 4 receiver 2 Ea.
Local 60-40 boxes for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Local Acc F connector for RG 6 cabel 1 Ea.
belden 9116 Branch coaxial cable 305/Roll 2 Ea.
CLINIC ( 1 TV X Waiting Room )
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 1 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
WISI Germany OA 10A Offset Dish Antenna 1.0M WISI Germany 2 Ea.
WISI Germany OC 04 Quattro LNB WISI 2 Ea.
WISI Germany DRC 0912 Multi Switcher 9 IN and 12 OUT 1 Ea.
WISI Germany DRP 1533 Power Supply for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Humax HD-ACE DVB-S/S2 Digital MPEG 4 receiver 1 Ea.
Local 60-40 boxes for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Local Acc F connector for RG 6 cabel 1 Ea.
belden 9116 Branch coaxial cable 305/Roll 1 Ea.
Masjid Sound System ( 400 Person )
ITC T-2500ME 2-channel Multimedia Mosque Amplifier 1 Ea.
ITC T-304 Column Speaker , 40W@100V 10 Ea.
ITC T-592UT Wireless Microphone 1 Ea.
ITC TK-200 Desktop Microphone Stand 1 Ea.
ITC TK-300 Microphone Stand 1 Ea.
Belden 5000FE 12 AWG speaker cable , Roll 305M 2 Ea.
Legrand 787 55 XLR 3-PIN socket for microphone 2 Ea.

LOWER PLATEAU SITE

Structred Data Cabling
Type A Building
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 158 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 24 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 1148 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 24 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 1052 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 994 Ea.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 2 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 24 Ea.
42U 800X1000 Floor stand rack with FANs
Datwyler 4000610 2 Ea.
VPDU 32A 1P 12xC13, 6xC19, 6xUK
Type B Building
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 82 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 13 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 642 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 13 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 546 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 511 Ea.
41521800ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 24xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 4 Ea.
+ 8 X 1411153 + 8 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 108 Ea.
12 SM fibres, Euroclass Dca metal-free, dry interstices, rodent protection, flame redardant in
Datwyler 19007700DZ 5000 Ea.
accordance with IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-24
15KVA SMART MODULAR DATA CENTER - Type B Building
Datwyler-DC Modular UPS Monitoring Module 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC UPS Power Module: 15KVA UPS-15kVA 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Battery module, ±240Vdc (4U,40PCS 12V/9AH) 15mins at 18KW full load 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Main Input Breaker: 100A/3P*1; 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC UPS Input Breaker: 63A/3P*1, UPS Output Breaker: 32A/3P*1; 1 Ea.
Maintenance Bypass: 32A/4P*1; Surge Protection Breaker: 32A/3P*1; In-Row Cooling:
Datwyler-DC 1 Ea.
Power Solution 20A/3P*2) PDM
Output Distribution: 32A*1P*4 ( 2*2 PDU); 16A*1P*2 (1 for Emergent Ventilation, 1 for
Datwyler-DC 1 Ea.
Monitoring System); Level C Surge Protection; Intelligent Power Meter, Battery Switch
Datwyler-DC 8U Installation Space; Rack-mounted 1 Ea.
42U Cabinet, including double glass door, side panel, blind plate, air flow aisle and other
Datwyler-DC accessories. Fully enclosed, dust proof and noise cancelling；Battery Switch Breaker, Battery Power Cabinet 1 Ea.
Inter-Connect Accessories, Dimension: 600*1400*2000mm (W*D*H).
12.5KW Cooling capacity: Humidity function; Both Side Air Supply; including Outdoor Unit; EC
Datwyler-DC DC Fan, Including 5meters indoor-outdoor connection kit； Inverter Compressor; Dimension: 1 Ea.
Cooling Solution 300*1400*2000mm (W*D*H) In-Row Cooling
Datwyler-DC RS485 Communication Card 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC COOLE - Extension kit 1 Ea.
42U Cabinet, cold/hot aisle, front double glass door, rear Sheet metal closed door, blind plate,
Datwyler-DC emergency ventilation system, smoke sensor and other accessories. 2 Ea.
Dimension:800*1400*2000mm（W*D*H）
Racks and PDU Racks and PDU
 Racks and PDU 42U Cabinet, cold/hot aisle, front double glass door, rear Sheet metal closed door, blind plate, Racks and PDU
Datwyler-DC emergency ventilation system, smoke sensor and other accessories. 1 Ea.
Dimension:600*1400*2000mm（W*D*H）
Datwyler-DC Normal PDU 12C13,4C19 ,32A 1Phase，EN 6 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Fire Suppression Fire Fighting System NOVIC 1230 Fire Safety 3 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Access Control Intelligent lock with Access card reader Access Control 4 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Touch screen 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC SMS Alarm Notification Module 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Door status sensor 8 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Sound & Light Alarm Notification Module Monitoring 1 Ea.
Environmental Solution
Datwyler-DC Temperature & Humidity Sensor (LCD) System 8 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Smoke Sensor 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Water Detection 1 Ea.
Datwyler-DC Water Detection Line-5M length 1 Ea.
CLINIC Building
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 3 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 48 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 1 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 21 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 15 Ea.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 12 Ea.
Datwyler 4000682 24U 600X800 free stand rack with FANs and PDU 1 Ea.
GYM & SMALL SHOP Building
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 3 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 48 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 1 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 23 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 17 Ea.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 12 Ea.
Datwyler 4000682 24U 600X800 free stand rack with FANs and PDU 1 Ea.
FOOD COURT
Datwyler 19145400DL Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca 8 Ea.
Datwyler 4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , FTP (delivery without modules 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 48 Ea.
Datwyler 4000700 19" 2U Cable Management Plastic, 70 mm plastic ring 1 Ea.
Datwyler 653508 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 1.0 m ‐ TIA568B 50 Ea.
Datwyler 653512 Patch Cord EL Cat. 6A, U/FTP, 4P, LSZH, gray, RJ45/s‐RJ45/s, 3.0 m ‐ TIA568B 42 Ea.
41521400ZY Fiber Splice box OV-S 12xLCD, OS2
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 4 X 1411153 + 4 X Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) -Datwyler
Datwyler 423312 LC-LC 2 meter Fiber patch cords 12 Ea.
Datwyler 4000682 24U 600X800 free stand rack with FANs and PDU 1 Ea.
Wiring Devices and Floor Boxes
Type A Building
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 106 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 42 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 254 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 254 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 1 - 2 Data Point & 6 power & 1 HDMI
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 24 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 12 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 24 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 24 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 2 - 4 Data Point & 6 power
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 176 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 352 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 176 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 704 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 704 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 3 - 1 Data Point+ 1 Power for booking system
MK-Honeywell NXGB-3 Onix Grommet Base 3M 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell NXG-BSD3 Onix Grommet 3M SS 3xEuro 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5830SAWHI Power Socket-outlet. 12 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 12 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 12 Ea.
Wall mount HDMI Wiring Devices
 MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 12 Ea.
Type B Building
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 33 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 23 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 89 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 89 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 1 - 2 Data Point & 6 power & 1 HDMI
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 12 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 6 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 12 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 12 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 2 - 4 Data Point & 6 power
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 101 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 202 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 101 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 404 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 404 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 3 - 1 Data Point+ 1 Power for booking system
MK-Honeywell NXGB-3 Onix Grommet Base 3M 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell NXG-BSD3 Onix Grommet 3M SS 3xEuro 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5830SAWHI Power Socket-outlet. 6 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 6 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 6 Ea.
Wall mount HDMI Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 6 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 6 Ea.
CLINIC Building
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 5 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 2 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 12 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 12 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 1 - 2 Data Point & 6 power & 1 HDMI
MK-Honeywell CRB265-3GRY RAISED FLOOR BOX 265x265x95 3 COMP GRY 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP10720 PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET 2 Ea.
MK-Honeywell CXP20201 PLATE 4X LJU6C UNSERVICED 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 2 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 2 Ea.
Floor Boxes - Type 3 - 1 Data Point+ 1 Power for booking system
MK-Honeywell NXGB-3 Onix Grommet Base 3M 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell NXG-BSD3 Onix Grommet 3M SS 3xEuro 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5830SAWHI Power Socket-outlet. 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 1 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 1 Ea.
Wall mount HDMI Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 1 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K5807WHI Female HDMI Outlet White 1 Ea.
GYM & SMALL SHOP Building
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 8 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 1 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 17 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 17 Ea.
FOOD COURT
Wall mount Data Wiring Devices
MK-Honeywell K182WHI 2M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 50 X 50 18 Ea.
MK-Honeywell K181WHI 1M 1G EURO FRONTPLATE APERTURE 25 X 50 6 Ea.
Datwyler 418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter 42 Ea.
Datwyler 658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module 42 Ea.
CCTV System
Type A Building
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 16 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
 5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 4 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 20 Ea.
Type B Building ( With HeadEnd )
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 10 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 2 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
4MP Network IR PTZ with Wiper, 40x optical zoom, 140dB WDR, , Audio & Alarm In/Out,
Honeywell HC60WZ4R40WI 2 Ea.
PoE++, built-in Video analytics
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 14 Ea.
Honeywell HNMSE64D60T Maxpro NVR SE, Rev D 64 ch 6 x 10TB storage 1 Ea.
Honeywell HJC5000 Remote control keyboard for Maxpro, VideoBloX, PTZ, DVR. 1 Ea.
75UH5F 75'' 500 nits UHD Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
CLINIC Building
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 4 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 2 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 6 Ea.
GYM & SMALL SHOP Building
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 4 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 2 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 6 Ea.
FOOD COURT
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60WB5R2 PoE+, Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66 / IP 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, built-in Video Analytics/VA, 6 Ea.
Built-in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
5MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7‐13.5 mm MFZ, P‐iris,
Honeywell HC60W45R2 PoE+,Smart Codec/ H.265/ H.264, IP66/ IP67/ IK10/ NEMA4X,built-in Video Analytics/VA,Built- 2 Ea.
in FIPS 140-2 certified encryption chipset
Datwyler 418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field assembly 8 Ea.
Access control System
Type A Building
PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Honeywell PW7K1R2B PW7K Dual reader board 1 Ea.
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 4 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 4 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 4 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 4 Ea.
Type B Building
PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Honeywell PW7K1R2B PW7K Dual reader board 1 Ea.
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 4 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 4 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 4 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 4 Ea.
CLINIC Building
PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 2 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 2 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 2 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 2 Ea.
GYM & SMALL SHOP Building
 PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 1 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 1 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 1 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 1 Ea.
FOOD COURT
PW-7K Intelligent Controller 32 I/O and/or reader boards combined. Includes onboard ethernet
Honeywell PW7K1IC 1 Ea.
device - Mercury Powered
Signo40K, Wall mount w/Keypad, 13.56mHz &125kHz, OSDP/Wiegand, Terminal, Mobile
HID 40KTKS-00-000000 1 Ea.
Ready
Honeywell HL-M0600LS-D 600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Suface Mount 1 Ea.
Honeywell PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model. Maximum of 5A rating. 1 Ea.
Honeywell EXB-86 Stainless Steel Push Button 1 Ea.
Meeting Rooms AV System
Type A Building
4 X 20 Seats Meeting Room
86UH5J-H 86" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 4 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 12 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 12 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 4 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 4 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 4 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 4 Ea.
4 X 12 Seats Meeting Room
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 4 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 8 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 8 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 4 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 4 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 4 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 4 Ea.
4 X 8 Seats Meeting Room
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 4 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 8 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 8 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 4 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 4 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 4 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 4 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 4 Ea.
Meeting Room Booking System
EVOKO ERM2001 room manager 12 Ea.
Type B Building
2 X 20 Seats Meeting Room
86UH5J-H 86" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 2 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 2 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 6 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 6 Ea.
 Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 2 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 2 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 2 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 2 Ea.
2 X 12 Seats Meeting Room
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 2 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 2 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 2 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 2 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 2 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 2 Ea.
2 X 8 Seats Meeting Room
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 2 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
Logitech 960-001312 Rally Bar Graphite UK-ME 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000041 TV Mount for Video Bar 2 Ea.
Logitech 989-000430 Rally Mic Pod Graphite ( Max 4 per Rally Bar) 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000002 Rally Mic Pod Mount Graphite 4 Ea.
Logitech 952-000047 Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001647 Rally Mic Pod Hub 2 Ea.
Logitech 952-000010 Logitech Swytch 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001802 Strong USB Cable 25M 2 Ea.
Logitech TAPMSTBASEi7ME Logitech Tap - NA - USB - N/A - WW - WITH RAICHU 2 Ea.
Logitech 939-001811 Table Mount for Tap 2 Ea.
Logitech 994-000148 Three Year Plan (per room) LOGITECH SELECT 2 Ea.
Barco CX-30 Wireless Conferencing System for Medium-Sized Meeting Rooms 2 Ea.
Meeting Room Booking System
EVOKO ERM2001 room manager 6 Ea.
UPS System with Backup time = 30 Min
Type A Building
40014900ZY 10KVA rack mount UPS 1 Phase with 1 Hour backup time
Datwyler 2 Ea.
+ 4 X 40015400ZY + 4 X 10kVA Battery Back Module
Clinic Building
40014700ZY 3KVA rack mount UPS 1 Phase with 30Min Backup
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 3 X 40015200ZY + 3 X 3kVA Battery Pack Module
GYM and Shop
40014700ZY 3KVA rack mount UPS 1 Phase with 30Min Backup
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 3 X 40015200ZY + 3 X 3kVA Battery Pack Module
FOOD COURT
40014700ZY 3KVA rack mount UPS 1 Phase with 30Min Backup
Datwyler 1 Ea.
+ 3 X 40015200ZY + 3 X 3kVA Battery Pack Module
Printers
Type A Building
Colour Laser All-In-One , Print, Copy and Scan , Single sided: Up to 18 ppm (A4)
Canon MF 651CW 12 Ea.
Up to 38 ppm (A5-Landscape)
Canon 3226i Canon imageRUNNER C3326i , A3 multifunction printer. 2 Ea.

36" Large Format Printer 5-Color LUCIA TD pigment based ink system Print up to 144 D-sized
Canon TM 300 2 Ea.
prints per hour Small footprint Quiet operation Wi-Fi compatible
Type B Building
Colour Laser All-In-One , Print, Copy and Scan , Single sided: Up to 18 ppm (A4)
Canon MF 651CW 6 Ea.
Up to 38 ppm (A5-Landscape)
Canon 3226i Canon imageRUNNER C3326i , A3 multifunction printer. 1 Ea.

36" Large Format Printer 5-Color LUCIA TD pigment based ink system Print up to 144 D-sized
Canon TM 300 1 Ea.
prints per hour Small footprint Quiet operation Wi-Fi compatible
GYM AV System
4 x ATEO6 : Wall speaker with CleverMount™ 6"
Audac FESTA6.5E 1 x BASO12 : Compact 12'' bass reflexcabinet Black version 1 Ea.
1 x EPA254 : Quad-channel Class-D amplifier 4 x 250W
 65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 3 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
ONKYO TX-SR494 A/V Receiver 1 Ea.
Local HDMI Amplifier 1x4 HDMI Distribution Amplifier 1 Ea.
Local HDMI TX-RX HDMI Extender 500ft Over Single Cat5e/6, Over IP/TCP 3 Ea.
Belden 5000FE 12 AWG speaker cable , Roll 305M 1 Ea.
TV System
Type A Building ( 2 TV X Reception , 2 TV X Coffee lounge )
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 4 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
WISI Germany OA 10A Offset Dish Antenna 1.0M WISI Germany 2 Ea.
WISI Germany OC 04 Quattro LNB WISI 2 Ea.
WISI Germany DRC 0912 Multi Switcher 9 IN and 12 OUT 1 Ea.
WISI Germany DRP 1533 Power Supply for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Humax HD-ACE DVB-S/S2 Digital MPEG 4 receiver 4 Ea.
ALFANAR 60-40 boxes for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Local Acc F connector for RG 6 cabel 1 Ea.
belden 9116 Branch coaxial cable 305/Roll 2 Ea.
Type B Building ( 1 TV X Reception , 1 TV X Coffee lounge )
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 2 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
WISI Germany OA 10A Offset Dish Antenna 1.0M WISI Germany 2 Ea.
WISI Germany OC 04 Quattro LNB WISI 2 Ea.
WISI Germany DRC 0912 Multi Switcher 9 IN and 12 OUT 1 Ea.
WISI Germany DRP 1533 Power Supply for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Humax HD-ACE DVB-S/S2 Digital MPEG 4 receiver 2 Ea.
Local 60-40 boxes for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Local Acc F connector for RG 6 cabel 1 Ea.
belden 9116 Branch coaxial cable 305/Roll 2 Ea.
CLINIC ( 1 TV X Waiting Room )
65UH5J-H 65" New High Haze UHD Standard Signage
LG 1 Ea.
+ CMS + LG SuperSign License CMS Content Control Management License
WISI Germany OA 10A Offset Dish Antenna 1.0M WISI Germany 2 Ea.
WISI Germany OC 04 Quattro LNB WISI 2 Ea.
WISI Germany DRC 0912 Multi Switcher 9 IN and 12 OUT 1 Ea.
WISI Germany DRP 1533 Power Supply for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Humax HD-ACE DVB-S/S2 Digital MPEG 4 receiver 1 Ea.
Local 60-40 boxes for Multi Switcher 1 Ea.
Local Acc F connector for RG 6 cabel 1 Ea.
belden 9116 Branch coaxial cable 305/Roll 1 Ea.
Masjid Sound System ( 500 Person )
ITC T-2500ME 2-channel Multimedia Mosque Amplifier 1 Ea.
ITC T-304 Column Speaker , 40W@100V 12 Ea.
ITC T-592UT Wireless Microphone 1 Ea.
ITC TK-200 Desktop Microphone Stand 1 Ea.
ITC TK-300 Microphone Stand 1 Ea.
Belden 5000FE 12 AWG speaker cable , Roll 305M 2 Ea.
Legrand 787 55 XLR 3-PIN socket for microphone 2 Ea.
Training / Lecture theatre AV System
Lighting
Martin MAR-90800000 MARTIN ELP PAR 20 Lot
Martin 91602003 G-Clamp | G-Clamp 20 Lot
Martin 91604006 Safety Cable | SAFETY CABLE 60KG BGV C1 20 Lot
Martin 9045107780 MARTIN ELP CL | Full color LED ellipsoidal profile 16 Lot
Martin 9045107783 ELP Lens Tube | MARTIN LENS TUBE 26 DEGREE 16 Lot
Martin 91602003 G-Clamp | G-Clamp 16 Lot
Martin 91604006 Safety Cable | SAFETY CABLE 60KG BGV C1 16 Lot
Elation 1330000061 Netron RDM 6XL, rugged and compact DMX/RDM Splitter 1 Lot
Elation 1330000049 NX DMX 1 Lot
Lucky star AIO_PC ALL-IN-PC 1 Lot
Neutrik NC5MX-TOP Cable con. Male 5 pole Top 46 Lot
Neutrik NC5FX-TOP Cable con Female 5 pole top 46 Lot
Eurocable CVS-LKDMX-D-L-100 DMX 512 cable 20AWG for long runs - 100m reel 3 Lot
PCE 013-6 (INDOOR) - PCE 16A 3P 220V IP44 Mobile Plug 38 Lot
PCE 213-6 (INDOOR) - PCE 16A 3P 220V IP44 Mobile Socket 38 Lot
Video and control

DVX-2265-01 | 6x2 4K60 [Link] All-In-One Presentation Switcher with HDCP 2.2 6 Mic Inputs 8
AMX FG1906-0201 Dante Channels In/Out Video Scaling Distance Transport DSP Advanced Feedback Suppression 1 Lot
120W DriveCore 8 Ohm & 70/100v Amplifier Integrated NX Controller.

DX-TX-DWP-4K-BL | DXLink 4K HDMI Décor Style Wallplate Transmitter (US) 4K and UHD
AMX FG1010-330-BLFX 2 Lot
support HDCP compliant black
AMX FG1010-512-01 DX-RX-4K60 | DGX Twisted Pair 4K60 RX 1 Lot
AMX FG2263-06-00 TPC-IPAD | TPControl application license for one Apple iPad 1 Lot
 WOLFVISION 102027 Cynap Pure Pro 1 Lot
Barco- R9010265 G62-W11 Black - body only- 1 Lot
Barco- R9832778 G LENS (WUXGA 2.90-5.50:1) 1 Lot
ORAY OR2B5307492 ORION HC - Blackout. 16:10. 492x307CM. Projection screen. Matt-White 1 Lot
ORAY OPTCOMMANDRAD7 Standard Radio receiver + remote 1 Lot
DSP core with 64x64 Dante on a dual NIC 16 user-configured card slots Lua scripting engine
Xilica SOLARO-FR1-D 1 Lot
optional software-licensed HearClear AEC.
Solaro Series I/O card with dual-channel microphone or line level input switchable 48V
Xilica SOLARO-XC-SML 4 Lot
Phantom power software-controlled functionality
Solaro Series I/O card with dual-channel line level output software-controlled
Xilica SOLARO-XC-SLO 2 Lot
functionality.
AUDIO
SpeechLine Multi-Channel Receiver with 2 SL DW RF Links. Features Analog outputwith (2)
Sennheiser SL MCR 2 DW-3 1 Lot
Dante Interfaces and PoE power supply
SL HANDHELD
Sennheiser Handheld transmitter SL HANDHELD includes BA 10 MME 865-1 digital 1.9 GHz 2 Lot
865 DW-3-EU
Sennheiser CHG 2 UK 2-way charger for BA10 and BA 30 includes power supply NT 12-4C 1 Lot
Gooseneck microphone condenser cardioid 3-pin XLR-M 12-48 V phantom 1 articulating point
Sennheiser MEG 14-40 B 1 Lot
45cm long black
Table base sensor with LED ring for MZH 30xx MEG 1440 3-pole XLR-F 3-pole XLR-M TTL logic
Sennheiser MAT 133-S B 1 Lot
24-48 V phantom powering black
Active Near-field DSP Monitor 2-way 4'''' + 1'''' drivers analog in -XLR / Jack 6.7 liters 120 + 70
Sennheiser KH 80 DSP A W UK 2 Lot
W 108.8 dB SPL 57 - 21kHz 100-240 VACwhite
Audac SMA350 SMA350 | WaveDynamics dual-channelpower amplifier 2 x 350W | SOLD AS PAIR:NO 1 Lot
Audac SMQ500 SMQ500 | WaveDynamics quad-channelpower amplifier 4 x 500W | SOLD AS PAIR:NO 1 Lot
Audac SMQ750 SMQ750 | WaveDynamics quad-channelpower amplifier 4 x 750W | SOLD AS PAIR:NO 1 Lot
Audac VIRO5/B VIRO5/B | Compact performanceloudspeaker Black version - 8 ohm | SOLDAS PAIR: NO 2 Lot
Audac MBK465/B MBK465/B | Table stand for VIRO5loudspeaker Black version | SOLD AS PAIR:NO 2 Lot
Audac VEXO110/B VEXO110/B | 10'' high performance 2-wayloudspeaker Black version | SOLD AS PAIR:NO 4 Lot
Audac BASO12/B BASO12/B | Compact 12'' bass reflexcabinet Black version | SOLD AS PAIR: NO 2 Lot
Caymon WLB35/B Speaker wall mount bracket - 35mm pole -350mm Black version 4 Lot
17 motor faders (16 channels + 1 master);40 input mixing channels (32 mono + 2 stereo + 2
YAMAHA TF1 return); 20 Aux buses (8 mono + 6 stereo) + Stereo + Sub; 8 DCA groups with Roll-out;16 analog 1 Lot
XLR/TRS combo mic/line inputs + 2 analog RCA pin stereo line inputs; 16 analog XLR outputs
Dante expansion card for TF series consoles. Used in conjunction. with the Tio1608-D I/O up to
YAMAHA NY64-D 1 Lot
40 inputs and 24 outputs can be created with a versatile stage box system
Professional Services including Trunking System
Khereiji Factory R3/3015/HDG-CA HDG C/Trunking 300W x 150H x 1.5mm Thick x 3000 mm Length With turn Buckles cover As Required
Khereiji Factory M99/T/3015/HDG-CA HDG Bend 90 Deg. With Cover As Required
Khereiji Factory M99/0/3015/HDG-CA HDG Bend 90 Deg. With Cover As Required
Khereiji Factory M88/T/3015/HDG-CA HDG Tee With Cover As Required
Khereiji Factory M11/H/3015/HDG-CA HDG Offset With Cover As Required
Khereiji Factory R3/1010/HDG-CA HDG C/Trunking 100W x 100H x 1.5mm Thick x 3000 mm Length With turn Buckles cover As Required
Khereiji Factory M99/T/1010/HDG-CA HDG Bend 90 Deg. With Cover As Required
Khereiji Factory M99/0/1010/HDG-CA HDG Bend 90 Deg. With Cover As Required
Khereiji Factory M88/T/1010/HDG-CA HDG Tee With Cover As Required
Khereiji Factory M11/H/1010/HDG-CA HDG Offset With Cover As Required
Khereiji Factory M20 Standard Fish Plate connector As Required 1 Lot
Khereiji Factory PAN/M5X10 + HXN/M5 + FLW/M5 Pan Head screw M5x10mm with nut and washer As Required
Panasonic DWE034Y 3/4" Pipe 3M As Required
Panasonic DWE100Y 1" Pipe 3M As Required
Panasonic DSE 04034Y 3/4" EMT BEND As Required
Panasonic DSE 04100Y 1" EMT BEND As Required
Panasonic DSE 01034Y 3/4" EMT COUPLING As Required
Panasonic DSE 01100Y 1" EMT COUPLING As Required
Panasonic DFM 020342Y 3/4" EMT CONNECTOR As Required
Panasonic DFM 021002Y 1" EMT CONNECTOR As Required
Panasonic ACC Accessories As Required
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
 LOCATED @ SERVER LOCATED @ SERVER
ROOM @ BUILDING B ROOM @ BUILDING B

NVR 2 X LED 55" SCREEN

DSS SERVER HDMI CABLE

DISH-1 DISH-2
LOCATED @ SECURITY ROOM LOCATED @ SECURITY ROOM
RG-6 COAXIAL CABLE
24" LED
CAM-1 CAM-2 CAM-X
UTP CAT6A CABLE
MULTI UTP CAT6A CABLE BUILDING-A
LAN
SWITCH UTP CAT6A CABLE UTP CAT6A CABLE

NOTE: ACS TERMINAL

CAM-1 CAM-2 CAM-X
BUILDING A : 2 x RECEPTION
: 2 x COFFEE LOUNGE UTP CAT6A CABLE
BUILDING-B
BUILDING B : 1 x RECEPTION MAGNETIC DOOR
: 1 x COFFEE LOUNGE LOCK SENSOR UTP CAT6A CABLE
CLINIC : 1 x WAITING AREA TO TV POINT
TO TV POINT
TO TV POINT TYPICAL ACCESS
CAM-1 CAM-2 CAM-X
TO TV POINT CONTROL SET
OTHER
RG-6 COAXIAL CABLE UTP CAT6A CABLE

TV SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM SECURITY SYSTEMS BLOCK DIAGRAM

REV DATE DESCRIPTION CODE

RACK-X LAN UTP CAT6A CABLE

FIBER PATCH PANEL AP ALL IN ONE
UTP PATCH PANEL DATA/VOICE INTERACTIVE DISPLAY
ACS
CLIENT:
CAMERA
CLICK SHARE HDMI 65" OR 55"
BASE CABLE MINI PC HDMI CABLE
QIDDIYA INVESTMENT COMPANY
BASED ON ROOM SIZE

MAXIMUM DISTANCE 30 METER CAMERA WITH MIC

DATA CENTER @ USB CABLE
BUILDING-B CLICK SHARE
BUTTON

ACCESS CABINET BLOCK DIAGRAM MEETING ROOM BLOCK DIAGRAM

WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER 60 WATT

WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER 40 WATT

BLUE TOOTH SPEAKER CABLE

1 2
SPEAKER CABLE
1 2 6
MOBILE APP
AV RECEIVER
AUX
WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER 60 WATT
OTHER MIC-1 MULTI MEDIA
AUDIO CABLE
MOSQUE
HDMI
SPEAKER CABLE
1 2 MIC-1 AMPLIFIER
CABLE AUDIO CABLE WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER 40 WATT

HDMI DISTRIBUTION
AMPLIFIER SPEAKER CABLE
1 2 6

SUBMITTALS
HDMI HDMI
CABLE TX UTP CAT6A CABLE RX CABLE TV-1
SHOP DRAWING AK Eng, HASAN
REV DATE DESCRIPTION DRW DGN & CHK

PROJECT TITLE
HDMI HDMI
CABLE TX UTP CAT6A CABLE RX CABLE TV-2
QIDDIYA SITE OFFICE &
WELFARE FACILITIES
HDMI HDMI

SHEET ID SHEET CONTENT

CABLE TX UTP CAT6A CABLE RX CABLE TV-3
DISCIPLINE ELV

SHEET TYPE SHOP DRAWING

GYM AV SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM MOSQUE (MASJID) SOUND SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
SHEET TITLE QDC BLOCK DIAGRAM

APPROVED: DATE: BIMM: SCALE:

JUNE 2023 -- NTS
CHECKED: DATE: DRAWING NO:
JUNE 2023
DESIGNED: DATE: ELV-BLOCK-QDC-0002
JUNE 2023
 SLAB OR OTHER

ROOF SLAB

200

200
ANCHOR BOLT
ANCHOR BOLT
THREADED ROD CABLE TRAY
THREADED ROD
EXPANSION ANCHOR BOLT CHANNEL SUPPORT CHANNEL SUPPORT PVC CONDUIT
(TYPICAL) BLOCK
BLOCK WALL 70x70mm STEEL
WALL 6mm NUT & BOLT
CABLE TRAY BOX
SCREWED SUSPENSION ROD CABLE TRAY FLEXIBLE
SUPPORTS (10mm2 MIN.)
CONDUIT
800 800 800 800
PROPOSED CABLE TRAY
ACTIVE
FALSE CEILING
PASSIVE WIFI POINT
GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL
(41x41 MM) UPS RACK

2000
42 U 42 U 42 U 42 U
RACK RACK RACK RACK

TYPICAL CEILING MOUNTED

FFL FFL
CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION DETAIL

200

200
TYPICAL SINGLE DATA RACK DETAIL MAIN TELECOM ROOM
DATA RACK DETAIL TYPICAL WIFI POINT INSTALLATION
DETAILS (AS PER REQUIRED )

THREADED ROD

25mm PVC CONDUIT 3/4" RSC CONDUIT

OR
UTP CAT6A CABLE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT THREADED ROD
THREADED ROD

CONDUIT ADAPTOR 25mm PVC CONDUIT 3/4" RSC CONDUIT 3/4" RSC CONDUIT
25mm PVC CONDUIT
OR OR
BACK BOX
UTP CAT6A CABLE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT UTP CAT6A CABLE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
WALL MOUNT BRACKET

CEILING MOUNT BRACKET

PTZ CAMERA CONDUIT ADAPTOR CONDUIT ADAPTOR
PTZ CAMERA DOME CAMERA
BULLET CAMERA
BULLET CAMERA DOME CAMERA

BACK BOX
BACK BOX

BLOCK WALL
VARIES

BLOCK WALL
4000

VARIES
VARIES

3000
3000

BLOCK WALL

FFL FFL
FFL

WALL MOUNTED CEILING MOUNTED WALL MOUNTED CEILING MOUNTED

WALL MOUNTED CEILING MOUNTED BULLET CAMERA BULLET CAMERA DOME CAMERA
DOME CAMERA
PTZ CAMERA PTZ CAMERA INSTALLATION DETAIL INSTALLATION DETAIL INSTALLATION DETAIL
INSTALLATION DETAIL
INSTALLATION DETAIL INSTALLATION DETAIL

13A, 1PH, SOCKET OUTLET ENG, ENG,

00 SHOP DRAWING 06/08/23 AK HASAN HASAN
AS PER (FB-XX, TYPE REQUIREMENT)

DATA OUTLETS AS Revision Description Date Drawn Design Appr.

PER (FB-XX, TYPE 3 COMPARTMENT FLOOR BOX 25mm PVC CONDUIT
REQUIREMENT) 25mm PVD CONDUIT
CONSIST OF 6 DUPLEX SOCKET
OUTLETS AND 8 DATA OUTLETS UTP CAT6A NETWORK CABLE CLIENT
TO ACP CABINET PVC CONDUIT
ADAPTOR QIDDIYA INVESTMENT COMPANY
25mm PVD CONDUIT
1000 SECURITY CABLE 2x1.5mm² SECURED AREA FACE FLAT
EXIT PUSH BUTTON
FACE FLAT
CARD READER PROJECT
25mmØ PVC CONDUIT
EMBEDDED IN WALL EXIT PUSH BUTTON
BACK BOX QIDDIYA SITE OFFICE & WELFARE

1200
CARD READER CONTROLLER
DUPLEX DATA OUTLET.
EP

200 200 OUT SIDE FACILITIES

FRONT VIEW INSIDE FFL
FOR IN FOR OUT CONTRACTOR
1200

1200

DUPLEX DATA OUTLET

OUTLET BOX IN FACE PLATE 25mm PVC CONDUIT 200
FFL
SCREED
72x72x47mm BOX AS PER APPROVED
BACK TO BACK CARD
2xØ32mm PVC CONDUIT FOR SAUDI COMPANY FOR PREFABRICATED BUILDINGS L.L.C.
CAT 6A DATA CABLE Ø25mm
PVC CONDUIT FOR POWER
MATERIAL FOR DUPLEX DATA
OUTLET. SIDE VIEW
UNSECURED AREA READER/EXIT P.O Box 58645, Riyadh 11515, Saudi Arabia.
SINGLE DOOR PUSH BUTTON
TEL. No. (01) 464 3945, 217 4404, 217 4405
FAX No. (01) 464 5661
F.F.L
[Link]
S.S.L.
INSTALLATION ON WALL
[Link]
QDC PROJECT ELV SYSTEM
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM TYPICAL
TYPICAL WALL MOUNTED OUTLET INSTALLATION DETAILS
TYPICAL FLOOR BOX INSTALLATION DETAILS
INSTALLATION DETAILS
(AS PER REQUIRED DATA, HDMI & POWER OUTLET) [Link].
(AS PER REQUIRED )
DRN AK SCALE NTS [Link].

APPR ENG, HASAN DATE 06/AUG/2023 00

 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

A
CAM CAM
CAM
CAM CAM
B DD DD DD DD
CAM ACS CAM

DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD

HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI

D D D
D D D D D D D D
D D D D
D D D D D D D D D
D D D D H D D D H
H D D
H D
D D D D D D

FB-1 FB-1 FB-1 FB-1 LED TV

LED TV LED TV LED TV
DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD

LEGENDS:-
C FB-3
P D P D
FB-3 FB-3
P D P D
FB-3
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY

DATA RACK 02
AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP

D AP
D D D D D D D D D
D D
AP D D D
LED TV LED TV LED TV LED TV D D D D

102
D D D D D D D D D

DD
D D D D D D D D D

DOUBLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX

D

DD DD DD DD DD DD D
D
D
DD DD DD DD DD DD
HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI

HDMI HDMI WALL OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX

1300mm ABOVE FFL.
12

DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD
AP WIFI DATA OUTLET TO BE CONNECTED DIRECT TO AP 40
E
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D H H D D D D D D D D H H D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

FB-1 FB-1 FB-1 FB-1

SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 02

FB-3 FB-3 FB-3 FB-3
D

D
D

D
P

P
04

P
DOME NETWORK CAMERA

F
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
CAM SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX for
DD DD

BULLET NETWORK CAMERA 16

ACS
SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 04
AP
AP

AP

G
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
DD
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
DD
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
FB-1
D
D
H FLOOR BOX WITH 2 DATA AND 1 HDMI & 6 POWER OUTLET 12
DD

FB-2
D
D
D
FLOOR BOX WITH 4 DATA POINT & 6 POWER OUTLET 174
HDMI AP HDMI D

D D D D
D D D D
D H H D
D D

FB-1 LED TV LED TV FB-1

12

D
DD DD FB-3 FLOOR BOX WITH 1 DATA POINT & 1 POWER OUTLET

P
H AP
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

AP
AP
AP AP
FB-3 FB-3
400x100mm HDP CABLE TRUNK
P D P D

THICKNESS-1.5mm 330m
FB-3 FB-3 CAM
P D P D
400mm TEE 06
I D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

DD DD DD
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

DD DD DD
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

AP CAM

400mm 90° BEND 04

HDMI HDMI
AP AP
D
D
D
D
D
D
H
D
D
H
D
D
D
D 300mm 90° VERTICAL BEND
FB-1 LED TV LED TV FB-1
DD DD
DD DD DD DD DD DD
J D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

AP
D

DD
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
AP
DD
AP
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

1" EMT CONDUIT UNDER FINISH FLOOR HOLDING THE UTP

CAT6A CABLES TO THE CABLE TRUNK UNDER THE PORTA
CABIN
3
4"EMT CONDUIT UNDER FINISH FLOOR HOLDING THE UTP
CAT6A CABLES TO THE CABLE TRUNK UNDER THE PORTA
AP
DD DD
K
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

DD AP DD

AP AP

DD DD
L
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

DD DD

AP
AP

DD DD
M
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

DD DD

AP
AP

AP
DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD
N
D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D
D D D D D D D D

DD DD

AP

AP
DD DD DD DD DD DD
O D
D
D
D

AP

ENG, ENG,
00 SHOP DRAWING 11/07/23 AK HASAN HASAN
AP

ACS ACS
DD AP Revision Description Date Drawn Design Appr.
AP

P CLIENT
DATA RACK DATA RACK
DD

SUGGESTED
LOCATION
DD SUGGESTED
LOCATION
QIDDIYA INVESTMENT COMPANY
FOR IT RACK FOR IT RACK
Q
CAM DD DD
ACS CAM

R CAM
CAM
CAM
CAM
CAM PROJECT
QIDDIYA SITE OFFICE & WELFARE
UP FACILITIES
CONTRACTOR

QIDDIYA UPPER PLATEAU OFFICE BUILDING (TYPE A) SAUDI COMPANY FOR PREFABRICATED BUILDINGS L.L.C.
P.O Box 58645, Riyadh 11515, Saudi Arabia.
TEL. No. (01) 464 3945, 217 4404, 217 4405
FAX No. (01) 464 5661
[Link]

[Link]
UPPER PLATEAU OFFICE BUILDING - TYPE A
ELV PLAN
[Link].

DRN AK SCALE 1:150@A1 [Link].

APPR ENG, HASAN DATE 06/AUG/2023 00

 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

CAM CAM

A
CAM CAM

FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D
FB-2

D
D
D
D
FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D
FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2
LEGENDS:-

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D
FB-2

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY

D
D
D
D
FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2
D
D
AP
03
D

DATA RACK

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D
D

FB-2

AP AP AP AP AP AP
DD DOUBLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX
29
AP DD
HDMI HDMI WALL OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX
1300mm ABOVE FFL.
06
P D
FB-3 AP WIFI DATA OUTLET TO BE CONNECTED DIRECT TO AP 19

IT-SERVER ROOM D
D
SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 01
D
DD D
D DD
D
H FB-2
FB-1 FB-3
HDMI ACS
CAMERA 02
DD DD DD DD DD DD
D
P

ACS D
H

FB-1 CAM
10
D

LED TV
DD DD
D
D
D SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX
FB-2 DD

ACS
DD HDMI
SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 04
LED TV DATA RACK
B FB-1
D
D
H
FLOOR BOX WITH 2 DATA AND 1 HDMI & 6 POWER OUTLET 06

FB-2
D
D
D
D
FLOOR BOX WITH 4 DATA POINT & 6 POWER OUTLET 99

FLOOR BOX WITH 1 DATA POINT & 1 POWER OUTLET 06

D
ACS ACS FB-3

P
FB-2
D D
D D
D D
D D

FB-2
D
D
D
D
300x100 CABLE TRUNK
FB-2 THICKNESS-1.5mm
FB-1 AP
D
D
FB-1 AP D
D
H H

AP 300mm TEE
up
DD

FB-3 FB-3 300mm 90° BEND

D
D

P
P
RAMP

300mm 90° VERTICAL BEND

DD HDMI DD HDMI
LED TV
CAM CAM
C LED TV
LED TV
DD
1" EMT PIPE for HDMI CABLES
DD HDMI
3
DD DD 4" EMT CONDUIT UNDER FINISH FLOOR HOLDING THE UTP
D
FB-2
D
D
D

DD DD DD DD DD HDMI
D
D
H

FB-3 FB-1
LED TV FB-2
D

DD DD DD
P

FB-1 D
D
D
H
D
D

FB-3 P D

AP

FB-2
D
D
D
D
AP AP AP AP AP AP
D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D
FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2

AP
D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D
FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2

DD
D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D
FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 ENG, ENG,
00 SHOP DRAWING 09/08/23 AK HASAN HASAN

Revision Description Date Drawn Design Appr.

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D

D
D
D
D
FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2 FB-2

CAM CAM
CLIENT
D CAM CAM
QIDDIYA INVESTMENT COMPANY
PROJECT
QIDDIYA SITE OFFICE & WELFARE
FACILITIES
CONTRACTOR

LOWER PLATEAU OFFICE BUILDING (TYPE B), ELV PLAN

SAUDI COMPANY FOR PREFABRICATED BUILDINGS L.L.C.
P.O Box 58645, Riyadh 11515, Saudi Arabia.
TEL. No. (01) 464 3945, 217 4404, 217 4405
FAX No. (01) 464 5661
[Link]

[Link]
LOWER PLATEAU OFFICE BUILDING - TYPE B
ELV PLAN
[Link].

DRN AK SCALE 1:100@A1 [Link].

APPR ENG, HASAN DATE 09/AUG/2023 00

 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

LEGENDS:-
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY

WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER 60WATT 04

CAM DD DOUBLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 06

A ACS AP WIFI DATA OUTLET TO BE CONNECTED DIRECT TO AP 01

CAM
SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 04

CAMERA 02
12
ACS
SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX

D
FLOOR BOX WITH 2 DATA AND 1 HDMI & 6 POWER OUTLET
FB-1 D
H

DD DD
D
D
D
D
FLOOR BOX WITH 4 DATA POINT & 6 POWER OUTLET
FB-2 D
D
D
D

6 15 15 16 16 17 17 FLOOR BOX WITH 1 DATA POINT & 1 POWER OUTLET

D
FB-3

P
12
300x100 CABLE TRUNK
THICKNESS-1.5mm

300mm TEE
8 8 7 7 7 9 9 10 10
300mm 90° BEND

300mm 90° VERTICAL BEND

11
1" EMT PIPE for HDMI CABLES
AP
3
4"EMT CONDUIT UNDER FINISH FLOOR HOLDING THE UTP
CAT6A CABLES TO THE CABLE TRUNK UNDER THE PORTA
13 CABIN

25

24

14

4 5 5

1 1 1 3 3

2 2

DD

ENG, ENG,
STV STV STV 00 SHOP DRAWING 06/08/23 AK HASAN HASAN
DD DD DD
CAM
4
Revision Description Date Drawn Design Appr.
B CAM
CAM CLIENT
QIDDIYA INVESTMENT COMPANY
PROJECT
LOWER PLATEAU GYM & SMALL SHOP ELV PLAN QIDDIYA SITE OFFICE & WELFARE
FACILITIES
CONTRACTOR

SAUDI COMPANY FOR PREFABRICATED BUILDINGS L.L.C.

P.O Box 58645, Riyadh 11515, Saudi Arabia.
TEL. No. (01) 464 3945, 217 4404, 217 4405
FAX No. (01) 464 5661
[Link]

[Link]
LOWER PLATEAU - GYM & SMALL SHOP
ELV PLAN
[Link].

DRN AK SCALE 1:50@A1 [Link].

APPR ENG, HASAN DATE 06/AUG/2023 00

 NOTES :-

01 02
BRACKET LEGENDS :-

PTZ CAMERA

J-CLAMP

A
KEY PLAN :-

TOILET CAM

FINISH GRADE
ANCHOR BOLT
LEVEL

GUARD HOUSE
DD LIGHTING POLE
CONCRETE
6U FOUNDATION CLIENT'S APPROVAL STATUS:
DATA
CB
RACK 50mm. DIAMETER
PVC CONDUIT

B
TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF
POLE MOUNT CAMERA
POLE FOR
PTZ CAMERA INTERNAL APPROVALS DATE

LOWER PLATEAU GUARD HOUSE, ELV PLAN

QIDDIYA INVESTMENT COMPANY

QIDDIYA SITE OFFICE & WELFARE FACILITIES

LOWER PLATEAU - GUARD HOUSE

FLOOR PLAN

1721
 01 02 03 04 05 06

CAM
A DD DD

DD

LEGENDS:-
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY

DD DOUBLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 03

SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 02

AP WIFI DATA OUTLET TO BE CONNECTED DIRECT TO AP 02

CAMERA

CAM
SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 04
ACS
SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX 02

D
FLOOR BOX WITH 2 DATA AND 1 HDMI & 6 POWER OUTLET 01
FB-1 D
H

D D

FB-2 D D FLOOR BOX WITH 8 DATA POINT & 6 POWER OUTLET

D D
D D

FLOOR BOX WITH 1 DATA POINT & 1 POWER OUTLET 01

D
FB-3

P
300x100 CABLE TRUNK
THICKNESS-1.5mm

300mm TEE

300mm 90° BEND

UP AP AP
300mm 90° VERTICAL BEND

ACS FB-3 P D 1" EMT PIPE for HDMI CABLES

3
4"EMT CONDUIT UNDER FINISH FLOOR HOLDING THE UTP
CAT6A CABLES TO THE CABLE TRUNK UNDER THE PORTA
CABIN

DD

D
D
H

FB-1

ACS

CAM CAM
DD ENG, ENG,
00 SHOP DRAWING 06/08/23 AK HASAN HASAN

B CAM Revision Description Date Drawn Design Appr.

CLIENT

UP UP QIDDIYA INVESTMENT COMPANY

PROJECT
QIDDIYA SITE OFFICE & WELFARE
FACILITIES
CONTRACTOR

SAUDI COMPANY FOR PREFABRICATED BUILDINGS L.L.C.

P.O Box 58645, Riyadh 11515, Saudi Arabia.
TEL. No. (01) 464 3945, 217 4404, 217 4405
FAX No. (01) 464 5661
[Link]

LOWER PLATEAU CLINIC, ELV PLAN [Link]

LOWER PLATEAU - CLINIC
ELV PLAN
[Link].

DRN AK SCALE 1:40@A1 [Link].

APPR ENG, HASAN DATE 06/AUG/2023 00

 01 02

A
RACK

LEGENDS:-
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY

WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER 40 WATT 10

B DD DOUBLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX

AP WIFI DATA OUTLET TO BE CONNECTED DIRECT TO AP

CAM
SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX

ACS
SINGLE DATA OUTLET WITH 7x7 BACK BOX

D
FLOOR BOX WITH 2 DATA AND 1 HDMI & 6 POWER OUTLET
FB-1
D
H

D D
FLOOR BOX WITH 8 DATA POINT & 6 POWER OUTLET
FB-2 D D
D D
D D

FLOOR BOX WITH 1 DATA POINT & 1 POWER OUTLET

D
FB-3

P
300x100 CABLE TRUNK
THICKNESS-1.5mm

300mm TEE

300mm 90° BEND

300mm 90° VERTICAL BEND

C 1" EMT PIPE for HDMI CABLES

3
4"EMT CONDUIT UNDER FINISH FLOOR HOLDING THE UTP
CAT6A CABLES TO THE CABLE TRUNK UNDER THE PORTA
CABIN

ENG, ENG,
00 SHOP DRAWING 06/08/23 AK HASAN HASAN

Revision Description Date Drawn Design Appr.

CLIENT
E QIDDIYA INVESTMENT COMPANY
PROJECT
QIDDIYA SITE OFFICE & WELFARE
FACILITIES
CONTRACTOR

SAUDI COMPANY FOR PREFABRICATED BUILDINGS L.L.C.

P.O Box 58645, Riyadh 11515, Saudi Arabia.
TEL. No. (01) 464 3945, 217 4404, 217 4405
F FAX No. (01) 464 5661
[Link]

[Link]
UPPER PLATEAU - MOSQUE
ELV PLAN
[Link].

UPPER PLATEAU MOSQUE, ELV PLAN DRN AK SCALE 1:50@A1 [Link].

APPR ENG, HASAN DATE 06/AUG/2023 00

Smart Modular Data Center - Datasheets
4th October 2021
Confidential

Smart Modular DC
VS.
Traditional DC
Cooling System
Traditional Data Centre Difference Smart Data Centre
Containment system
In traditional DC we can find only hot or cold aisle containment but in Smart MDC we can
find both, within the same row of rack.

The old-fashioned cooling and heating in early 2006, the installation arrangement was front
Only Hot or cold Aisle to front and back to back. The standard came up with the traditional hot or cold aisle Both hot and cold aisle
containment containment. Now a days, the latest technology is to have both cold and hot aisle containment
containment at the same rack. Since science says that as long as we shorten the distance
between heat source and the cooling inlet system, we improve the efficiency of the Data
Centre.

Hence, the new solution is better in terms of efficiency and save a lot in opex (refer to TCO).
Cooled Volume
Aisle containment or full
The cooling will be dedicated to the IT equipment only regardless the room temperature Only contained in the racks
data hall
which offers a higher efficiency.
Compressor location(30CM size)
If compressor was installed in an outside environment where the temperature exceeds more
than 50oC in KSA, the compressor will work more and degradate the efficiency. if not
malfunction the compressor itself.
Located inside the outdoor
While, if it was installed inside the cooling unit, it performs higher efficiency level and better Located inside the indoor unit
unit
performance which reflects positively on the IT equipment performance and increase with self-cooling feature
power usage efficiency.

Note: But if the compressor will be installed inside the cooling unit, the compressor will
benefit from the self-cooling feature. So, we strongly recommend to select the solutions
which has that feature.

The main improvement in the cooling system comes from the volume of the cooled area. It is reduced from the complete data hole or
the aisle containment to only the volume of the rack system.

2 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

 Power System
Traditional Data Centre Difference Smart Data Centre

Power Distribution
The power system is preinstalled in the power cabinet of the MDC. This reduces the time of site
Should be customized on site build installation to be neglected and the only requirement is to terminate the main power feeder cable in the Smart rack mounted pre-terminated
and assembly main circuit breaker and complete the interconnections between the power cabinet and thePDUs.

Battery
Imbedded in PDM to save space and the UPS and its battery should get its cooling from the same IT Integrated in power distribution module
Separate room
cooling system

Power Panels

The power panels for all sub systems ( main, ups , and cooling) are already included in the smart solution Smart Power Panels are part of the
Separate panels required
while it will be separately in the traditional one. MDC

The Power system is fully integrated

inside the Mini DC racks. This includes:

• Modular UPS
• Power distribution
panels
• Rack Power Distribution
Units (PDUs) normal or
intelligent
• Lighting system
• Inter-connectivity
electrical cables

3 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

IT Racks Features
Traditional Data Centre Difference Smart Data Centre

Rack Dimensions

1200mm In can accommodate any type of active equipment with any depth and facilitate the daily operation in easiness 1400mm

Rack Isolations
One of the best features of smart DC is the high isolation compared with traditional DC.
The isolation for several aspects:
Not isolated High sealed and isolated solution
o Sealed solution for better cooling efficiency, best PUE
o Sealed solution (no dust that affect the IT equipment)
o Double glass for less noise.

Noise Isolations
The default feature of insolation in Smart MDC to improves the PUE of the solution by heat isolation.
In addition to that it minimizes the noise to be 55dB comparing to 130dB in the traditional DC solution.
Not Isolated Default feature in MDC with 55dB
Hence the smart is better in terms of noise isolation

Cable management
Fibre race way and copper cable tray already included in the smart modular data centre while it comes separately
in the traditional solution.
Not Include in the solution Part of the Solution

4 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

Sensors and Alarms
Traditional Data Centre Difference Smart Data Centre

Temperature and Humidity sensor

The traditional solution has one sensor only in each rack without screen. While the smart solution has 2 sensors with LCD Each sensor equipped with an
Normal screen in each. One sensor is located at the front side of cabinet and another one on the back side of cabinet. That will LCD screen and can be
ensure giving an accurate outputs for the temperature and humidity more that the traditional solution. Also, each sensor can configured separately
be configured separately which give us more control in special cabinets (high density cabinets).

Visual lighting
Each rack already equipped with an LED light and visualize alarm lighting to provide a 500 LUX as per BICSI standard.
Not Available Each of power and IT rack are equipped with an LED strip light and controlled through the EMS. In a normal situation the Default feature in MDC
LED strip should be in luminous blue while in the case of alarm the LED strip should be in luminous red. The visual light
alarm gives an instant indicator to the operator.

5 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

Fire Alarm and Suppression System
Traditional Data Centre Difference Smart Data Centre

Firefighting system
Fire suppression in the traditional solution is located outside the module since the rack is perforated and not sealed which
means the gas will go outside. In addition to that it requires more space inside the hall to locate the gas cylinder. Moreover,
the gas discharging cost is high since the space of room is big.

On the other hand, smart module is isolated and sealed and more safety cause it will be (closer to IT equipment with high
safety) and doesn’t require big space (will locate inside the module with capsulated cylinder).

The gas discharging for the smart solution is lesser since the space is less.

Built in inside the module

Not available
itself

(The racks isolated and have the fire suppression module inside it along with its gas cylinder, double sensors and battery as
well.)

Note: The fire suppression system can be preinstalled in the Mini DC to cover only the volume inside the rack system. In traditional system the fire suppression
should be designed based on the volume of the complete data hall volume. This will cost more and will need a lot of time in site preparation and installation.

6 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

Milestones
Traditional Data Centre Difference Smart Data Centre

Deploy time
The traditional solution requires a long time for coordination and site preparation while the smart one is already pre-wired and
Long time tested in factory, so its plug-and-play modules and the installation time is better. Very Quick deployment
One of the main advantages of the Mini DC is the fast deployment on site. As the system is preinstalled and configured off site,
the site deployment can be completed in less than 48 hours once the site is ready. It also has the mobility features, you can
move it to new location without a capex requirements.
Future expansion
Since each rack comes with its HAC and CAC aisle containment, the smart MDC is like a Lego, easy to expand. While the
traditional system needs to have a customization for the ceiling system which may affect the DC performance during the Modularity and ease of
Need high coordination
expansion process. expansion

Therefore, the smart solution is more flexible in terms of modularity and future expansion.
Footprint
The traditional solution consumes bigger footprint due to below reasons:
• Power rack
• UPS rack
• Fire suppression cylinder
Consume smaller foot print
Bigger footprint
While the smart modular data centre consume smaller footprint due to below reason: (Better)
• Power rack contains inside it the modular battery system (with high safety of metal encasement to eliminate the fire
risk.
• The fire suppression cylinder is part of module itself (doesn’t require additional space.

Note: The smart modular data centre saves space more than traditional.

7 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

 Data Centre Total Cost of Ownership

Asset
A fully preassembled plug-and-play Data Installation
Centre solution which includes but not
limited to power solutions, cooling All data centre sub-systems
solution, racks, PDM, PDUs, fire Installation is done by specialist and
suppression and firefighting, physical certified technical team with
security, IT cabling, physical equipment Datwyler supervision.
and Data Centre environment solutions.
Software license
Services (SLA)
Different service level agreement
TCO EMS software (license and
upgrades) are free of charge for a
offerings are available and can be lifetime.
customized according to the customer’s
needs.
Consumables
Training Consumable materials are available
and readily in local KSA stock
Comprehensive Data Centre technical
training is provided free of charge.

8 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

Data Centre 5 Year Cost
1,470 KSAR

1,500 KSAR
Consumables
1%
12% Services / SLA
13% Installation
Asset

75%

140 KSAR 140 KSAR 150 KSAR 160 KSAR

6% 6% 6% 5%
94% 94% 94% 95%

Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5

Software license and Training free of cost

9 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

Data Centre 5 Year Cost

5 Years Cost

160

150

Year 1
140 Year 2
2.1 Year 3
Year 4
140
MSAR Year 5

1500

10 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

TCO and Saving
Traditional Data Centre Difference Smart Data Centre

Power Consumption

The total Save of Power Consumption in 5 years is 195K SAR.

Hence, the save in power consumption is 23% in smart Modular Data Centre.

670K SAR/ 5 years

865K SAR/ 5 Years
The calculation based on 40 kVA capacity.
15.3 SAR/Hour
15.3 SAR/Hour
However, if we want to calculate the power consumption based on cooling for the whole DC hall, then the colling capacity will be
calculated on 280BTU and the power consumption in one year is 220K SAR and the total power consumption in 5 years is 1100K SAR
which will 40% higher than smart modular DC and total saving IS 430K SAR in 5 years.
25.2 SAR/ HOUR

Software License

Paid License In the Smart Modular Data Centre the Software license is free of charge for life time which includes all updates Free License lifetime

11 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

Appendix
• SLA Offering
SLA offering

13 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

SLA offering

14 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

SLA offering

15 4th Oct. 2021 Confidential | © Datwyler, [Link]

 Danke
schön

‫شكرا‬
Thank You

謝謝
 EMBRACE DIGITISATION

Our world is becoming increasingly digital, interlinked close to their source (edge computing) due to,
and intelligent. IoT, automation, 5G, robotics and artifi- among other factors, efficiency and latency. A lot of
cial intelligence are opening up many new applications smart modular data centres are needed to do this.
and business models.
Datwyler is a global player that helps organisations to
To capitalise on the opportunities which come with stay at the forefront of progress, elevating their core
digitalisation, your organisation must rely on a smart business. While you focus on developing your
and strategic IT/OT infrastructure. business we take care of your IT/OT infrastructure –
with one-stop service solutions tailored to your
The amount of data produced will continue to grow ex- needs.
ponentially. These data volumes have to be processed

“In 2018 about 10% of data were created and

processed outside centralized data centre and cloud.
By 2025, they predict this figure will reach 75%.”
GARTNER

WHY EDGE DATA CENTRES?

. Low latency
. Data processing just in time
. Data aggregation
. Network independent local operation
. Protection of critical data

2 DATWYLER SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE

 SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE APPLICATIONS
Edge Computing

Supports IoT, Small &

AI, AR, VR Medium
& Automation
SMDC Data Centres

Application

Building & Floor

Smart Facilities Distributors

VALUE PROPOSITION

Tailored to your needs

Lower CAPEX & OPEX

Fully integrated / one vendor

Scalable & Modular (Pay as you grow)

Prefabricated (Quick Deployment)

Fully remotely monitored Low

carbon footprint

DATWYLER SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE 3

 DATWYLER SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE
Datwyler’s Smart Modular Data Centre is a state-of-the-art, pre-assembled plug-and-play IT infrastructure solution for edge
computing that consists of one 42U rack, power distribution, uninterruptible power supply (UPS), cooling system, fire suppression
system, air gap sealing and environment monitoring system. Complete data centre deployment within few hours, future-proof
with multiple ways to configure power and cooling redundancy to meet the current demand while ready for future
technology migration at no cost and less disruption. Datwyler´s Smart Modular Data Centre is designed for applications
such as edge computing, computing node in remote and branch offices, floor distributor (FD) and smart facilities deploying
IoT devices and running AI, AR, VR and automation. Also it can be monitored and controlled in a single platform.

SUB-SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Fire suppression Equipment rack Emergency ventilation fans Extract

(FM200 or Novec 1230) 42U rack space for IT equipment with hot air from the rack in case of cooling
Rack mounted system to prevent fire side cable management tray failure
hazard from spreading
Dual power input Smart access control
Power distribution Pre-equipped with rack mounted Card or keypad
Pre-wired power distribution panel with automatic transfer switch (ATS)
fault isolation to provide surge (optional) Environment monitoring system
protection and rapid deployment Real-time status reporting
Double glass
Uninterruptible power supply Rack For higher cooling efficiency and noise Lighting and visual alarm
mounted UPS with modular reduction Automated lighting system
configuration to deliver continuous/ to ensure the best visibility and visual
purified power and protection to the IT In-rack cooling system Modular alarm during operation
equipment cooling system equipped with
humidifier that ensures maximum Intelligent PDU
Backup batteries uptime availability Far more than a power strip:
Durable and scalable batteries to provide at an optimum IT environment equipped with intelligent power
autonomy during power failures and management
disruptions

In-Rack Cooling Side Cooling Type

4 DATWYLER EDGE DATA CENTRE

SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE (3 KVA)

MODEL 40014180ZY 40014600ZY 40015990ZY 40078800ZY

Sensible cooling capacity 3.8 kW 3.5 kW 3.8 kW 3.5 kW
Internal condensor No Yes No Yes
Available space (U) 24 to 27U 22 to 25U 24 to 27U 22 to 25U
Rack Dimensions (W x D x H) 600 x 1400 x 2000 mm - 42U 800 x 1400 x 2000 mm - 42U
UPS capacity up to 3 kVA
IT load up to 2.7 kW
Backup time 10 to 15 minutes
Power distribution module (PDM) PDM6 input breaker 63A/1P*1
Reliability Tier I
Input voltage 220~240 VAC, 1Ph+N+PE 50/60 Hz
Cable entry Top / bottom access
Emergency ventilation Top of the rack and front door
Fire suppression FM200-J / NOVEC 1230 rack mounted
Remote management Cooling system, UPS, access control*, iPDU*, environment setpoint
and alarm notification (SMS / email)*
Remote monitoring Cooling system, UPS, power usage effectiveness (PUE), iPDU*, IT load,
access control*, temperature, humidity and alarm status
User interface 10.4” touchscreen and remote web interface
Alarm Sound and light alarm with SMS* or email* notification
Mounting Direct on floor or on raised floor

SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE ( 6 OR 10 KVA)

MODEL 40014190ZY 40014630ZY

Input voltage 220~240 VAC, 1Ph+N+PE 50/60 Hz 380~415Vac, 3Ph+N+PE 50/60 Hz
IT load 5.4 kW 9 kW
UPS capacity 6 kVA 10 kVA
Available space (U) 27 to 31U 24 to 28U
Backup time 8 to 16 minutes 11 to 15 minutes
Sensible cooling capacity 5.5 kW 12.5 kW
Power distribution module (PDM) PDM6 input breaker 63A/1P*1 PDM10 input breaker 125A/3P*1
Rack SR600X1400 - 42U
Reliability Tier I, Tier II and Tier III
Input voltage 220~240 VAC, 1Ph+N+PE 50/60 Hz
Cable entry Top / bottom access
Emergency ventilation Top of the rack and front door
Fire suppression FM200-J / NOVEC 1230 rack mounted
Remote management Cooling system, UPS, access control*, iPDU*, environment setpoint
and alarm notification (SMS / email)*
Remote monitoring Cooling system, UPS, power usage effectiveness (PUE), iPDU*, IT load,
access control*, temperature, humidity and alarm status
Alarm Sound and light alarm with SMS* or email* notification
Dimensions (W x D x H) 900 x 1400 x 2000 mm
Mounting Direct on floor or on raised floor

The Smart Modular Data Centre is a tailor-made and customized solution to fulfil the customers’ specific needs and requirements.
* Additional component is optional.

DATWYLER SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE 5

 DATWYLER SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE ( UP TO 300 KVA)

SUB-SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Equipment rack Power distribution Lighting and visual alarm

42U rack space for IT equip-ment Pre-wired panel with fault iso-lation to Automated lighting system to ensure the
with side cable management provide surge protection and rapid best visibility and visual alarm during
tray deployment operation

Double glass Emergency ventilation fans Extract hot air Smart access control
For higher cooling efficiency from the rack Card or keypad
and noise reduction in case of cooling failure
Backup batteries
In-row cooling system Primary Dual power input Durable and scalable batteries to provide
and redundant modular cooling Pre-equipped with rack mounted automatic autonomy during power failures and
system (CW & DX), equipped transfer switch (ATS)(optional) disruptions
with dual power input in
addition to humidifier Uninterruptible power supply Intelligent PDU
that ensures maximum uptime Rack mounted with modular configuration Far more than a power strip:
availability at an optimum to deliver continuous / purified power and equipped with intelligent power
IT environment protection to the IT equipment management

Environment Fire suppression (FM200 or Novec 1230) Cable containment

monitoring system Rack mounted system to prevent fire hazard Integrated cable containment as part of
Real-time status reporting from spreading the subsystem

6 DATWYLER EDGE DATA CENTRE

SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE ( 10 TO 40 KVA)

SPECIFICATIONS
IT load up to 36 kW Remote management Cooling system, UPS, access control*,
UPS capacity up to 40 kVA iPDU*, environment setpoint and
IT racks up to 8 (static load 1300 kg / rack) alarm notification (SMS / email)*
Backup time 8 to 15 minutes
Sensible cooling capacity up to 50.4 W (CW or DX) Remote monitoring Cooling system, UPS, power usage effective-
Input voltage 380~415 VAC | 50/60 Hz | 3Ph+N+PE* ness (PUE), iPDU*, IT load, access control*,
Dimensions (W x D x H) (1500 - 6900) x 1400 x 2000 mm temperature, humidity and alarm status
Reliability Tier I, Tier II and Tier III
Mounting Direct on floor or on raised floor User interface 10.4” touchscreen and remote web interface
Cable entry Top / bottom access Alarm Sound and light alarm with SMS* or email*
Emergency ventilation Top of the rack and front door notification
Fire suppression FM200-J / NOVEC 1230 rack mounted(1u/2u)*

SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE ( UP TO 300 KVA)

SPECIFICATIONS
IT load up to 267 kW Remote management Cooling system, UPS, access control*,
UPS capacity up to 300 kVA iPDU*, environment setpoint and
IT racks up to 100 (static load 1300 kg / rack) alarm notification (SMS / email)*
Backup time 8 to 15 minutes
Input voltage 380~415 VAC | 50/60 Hz | 3Ph+N+PE*
Remote monitoring Cooling system, UPS, power usage effective-
Reliability Tier I, Tier II, Tier III and Tier IV
ness (PUE), iPDU*, IT load, access control*,
Mounting Direct on floor or on raised floor temperature, humidity and alarm status
Cable entry Top / bottom access
Emergency ventilation Top of the rack and front door User interface 10.4” touchscreen and remote web interface
Fire suppression FM200-J / NOVEC 1230 rack mounted(2u)* Alarm Sound and light alarm with SMS* or email*

The Smart Modular Data Centre is tailor-made and customized solution to fulfill the customers’ specific needs and requirements.
* Additional component is optional. The rack mounted fire fighting solution as optional and it can be traditional covering the whole data room as well.

DATWYLER SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE 7

 DATWYLER EMS
FOR SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE
The Datwyler Data Centre Infrastructure Management solution features an innovative approach towards IT infrastructure
management, taking into consideration the latest technological advancement in IoT, AI, IP communication and other
technologies. The platform allows the DCIM to integrate with a wide range of systems supporting the IT infrastructure. It provides
real-time monitoring of environment conditions, access control and energy consumption, activates the alarm in case of an
emergency and collects data for planning of preventative maintenance. It comes with a friendly and easy to use graphical user
interface that simplifies the complexity and sophistication of the systems running behind.

SYSTEM Real-time Openness Alarm Reports

ARCHITECTURE
monitoring & flexibility notification & graphs

Temperature
& humidity

Aircon

Access control
Server
UPS

Power
distribution SMS
(optional)

(product may differ from illustration)

Leakage

Smoke Alarm

Email
Door alert

HMI TOUCH SCREEN

. Flat touchscreen with multi-touch function
. Multilingual Web GUI with integrated logic
FEATURES .
.
SNMP enabled ports for auto detection of sensors
User access management
. Integrated interface Ethernet, USB, CAN, analog & digital
. Provides notifications and alerts such as email, SMS and SNMP traps
. Extensive range of sensors for environmental monitoring,
security control and power monitoring
. USB interface
. Face recognition system
. Sim card slot for optional GSM modem
. Warning alarms for maintenance and critical events
. Graphical representation of environmental data

8 DATWYLER EDGE DATA CENTRE

VALUE-ADDED SERVICES

Design
(5 mins.)

The Smart Modular Data Centre configurator is a user-friendly tool that offers customers to
have the experience of generating their full DC design from scratch within less than 5 mins., from
small to medium data centres including the racks, UPS, smart power distribution, cooling,
water leak detection, fire alarm and suppression, access control and environmental monitoring
systems with SMS and Email notification and cabling interconnection between racks.

Implementatio
n (48 hours)

Datwyler provides quick deployment of Smart Modular Data Centre to support your business
needs. The solution is pre-assembled, pre-integrated and factory tested which significantly
reduces deployment time and work at site. We ensure seamless and successful deployment
within 48 hours driven by our robust project plan, Experts’ technical know-how and local stock
availability.

SaaS

Smart Service Platform for Smart Modular Data Centre. This platform gives DC Operators and
Facility Managers the ability to control and monitor all their connected equipment and various
applications in one platform which includes but not limited to Smart Modular Data Centre ,
UPS , PDU, CCTV, Access Control and much more.

DATWYLER SMART MODULAR DATA CENTRE 9

SWITZERLAND CHINA SINGAPORE

Dätwyler IT Infra AG Datwyler (Suzhou) IT Infra Co., Ltd. Datwyler IT Infra Pte. Ltd.
Gotthardstrasse 31 No. 218, East Beijing Road 2 Venture Drive
6460 Altdorf Taicang Economic Development Zone Vision Exchange #19-15/16/17
T +41 41 875-1268 Jiangsu Province, 215413 / P.R. China 608526 Singapore
F +41 41 875-1986 T +86 512 3306-8066 T +65 68631166
[Link]@[Link] F +86 512 3306-8049 F +65 68978885
[Link] [Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]
[Link] [Link]

GERMANY Datwyler (Suzhou) IT Infra Co., Ltd.

Shanghai Branch UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
Dätwyler IT Infra GmbH Room C308, 3F, Tower C, No. 333,
Auf der Roos 4-12 Suhong Road Minhang District Datwyler Middle East FZE
65795 Hattersheim Shanghai, 201106 / P. R. China Jebel Ali Free Zone
T +49 6190 8880-0 T +86 21 3253-2885 LB 15, Second Floor, Room #10
F +49 6190 8880-80 F +86 21 6813-0298 P.O. Box 263480
[Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link] Dubai
[Link] T +971 4 4228129
Datwyler (Suzhou) IT Infra Co., Ltd. F +971 4 4228096
Dätwyler IT Infra GmbH Beijing Branch [Link]@[Link]
Lilienthalstraße 17 Room 16B2, West Wing, Han Wei Plaza No. 7, [Link]
85399 Hallbergmoos Guang Hua Rd, Chaoyang District
T +49 811 998633-0 Beijing, 100020 / P. R. China Datwyler IT Infra Solutions LLC
F +49 811 998633-30 T +86 10 5971-4288/77/76 Unit 1003 - 1005, 10th Floor, IB Tower
[Link]@[Link] F +86 10 5971-4277 Business Bay
[Link] [Link]@[Link] Dubai
T +971 4 4228129
Datwyler (Suzhou) IT Infra Co., Ltd. F +971 4 4228096
AUSTRIA Guangzhou Branch [Link]@[Link]
A, 7 FL, Gaosheng Building [Link]
Dätwyler IT Infra GmbH No. 109, Tiyu Rd. W., Tianhe District
Niederlassung Österreich Guangzhou, 510620 / P. R. China
Liebermannstraße A02 403 T +86 20 3879-1200
2345 Brunn am Gebirge F +86 20 3879-1105
T +43 1 8101641-0 [Link]@[Link]
F +43 1 8101641-35
[Link]@[Link]
[Link]

ITALY

Datwyler IT Infra S.r.l.

©2022 Datwyler - DATWYLER SMDC - en - 10/2022

Via dei Campi della Rienza, 30

39031 Brunico (BZ)
T +39 031 928277
[Link]@[Link]
[Link]

CZECH REPUBLIC

Datwyler IT Infra s.r.o.

Ústecká 840/33
405 02 Děčín
T +420 417 580110
F +420 417 580139
[Link]@[Link]
[Link]

Subject to technical modification.

Structure Data Cabling - Datasheets
CU 6552 4P / 2x4P F8
Data cable, F/FTP, Category 6A, AWG 23, Euroclass Dca

1 Inner conductor: AWG23 Bare copper wire

2 PE insulated conductor: 1.3 mm Ø
3 Screen (pair): Alu PETP foil
4 Drain wire: Tinned copper wire
5 Overall screen: Alu PETP foil
6 Outer sheath: FRNC/LS0H orange RAL 2003

Description
Electrically and mechanically improved quality Cat.6A data cable - fulfils the requirements of ISO/IEC 11801, IEC 61156-5, EN 50173-1 and
prEN 50288-10-1.
Excellent shielding effect due to individually screened pairs and overall foil screen.
Compatible with all current connecting hardware in accordance with EN 50173 and ISO/IEC 11801.

Application
Data cable for structured premises cabling.
For the transmission of digital and analogue voice, video and data signals.
Suitable for all ICT network applications up to class EA applications (500 MHz) in accordance with EN 50173-1 and ISO/IEC 11801.
Applicable for Power over Ethernet (PoE) / PoE+.
Supported Applications: 10Base-T, 100Base-T, 1000Base-T, 2.5GBase-T, 5GBase-T, 10GBase-T, Fieldbus

General Properties
Imprint DATWYLER «cable type» «additional text» «batch number» «meter marks»
Installation temperature 0 °C - +50 °C
Operating temperature -20 °C - +60 °C
Wire colour white - blue/blue,
white orange/orange,
white green/green,
white brown/brown in acc. with IEC 60189 and IEC 60708 (ring marked)

Electrical properties
Category Cat.6A
Coupling attenuation 70 dB
Delay Skew 5 ns/100 m
EMC shielded
Impedance at 100 MHz, ±5Ω 100 Ω
Loop resistance at 20°C 150 Ω/km
Near end unbalance attenuation LCL at 40 dB
1-600 MHz
NVP % 79
operating capacity 42 pF/m
Segregation class c
 Transfer impedance 1/10/30 MHz < 50/100/200 mΩ/m

Frequency [MHz] Category Attenuation [dB] NEXT [dB] PS-NEXT [dB] ACR-N [dB] PS-ACR-N [dB] ACR-F [dB] Return Loss [dB]
1 2.1 93 90 91 88 96 26
4 3.8 93 90 89 86 96 28
10 5.9 93 90 87 84 96 30
100 5e 19 93 90 73 70 74 30
250 6 30 83 80 53 50 56 27
500 6A 43 75 72 32 29 33 21

Mechanical properties
Minimal crush resistance / 10cm 1,000 N
Minimum bending radius during installa- 56 mm
tion
Minimum bending radius permanently 28 mm
installed
Minimum number of impacts 10
Solid / Flex Solid wire
Tensile strength (2x4P) 190 N
Tensile strength (4P) 95 N

Standards
Cat./Class Cat 6A / Class EA - limit values as specified by IEC 61156-5 and EN 50288-10-1 guaranteed
PoE IEEE 802.3bt Type 4 (100W)
Reaction to fire (Euroclasses) EN 13501-6
Zero halogen no corrosive gases IEC 60754-1/-2, EN 60754-1/-2, VDE 0482-754-1/-2, AREI-RGIE Art.104-SA
Flame Propagation IEC 60332-1-2, EN 60332-1-2, VDE 0482-332-1-2, AREI-RGIE Art.104-F1
Flame Spread IEC 60332-3-24, EN 60332-3-24, AREI-RGIE Art.104-F2
Smoke Density IEC 61034-1/-2, EN 61034-1/-2, VDE 0482-1034-1/-2, AREI-RGIE Art.104-SD

Versions
Material number Product Reaction To Dimensions Outer sheath Outer sheath Outer sheath CU rate [kg\ Weight [kg\ Fire load Weight [kg] Packing unit
Fire n x p x [mm colour diameter dimensions km] km] [kWh\m]
(AWG)] [mm] [mm]
19145400DK CU 6552 4P Dca-s2,d1,a1 4 x 2 x 0.55 orange 7 20.0 49 0.14 1000 m drum
(AWG23)
19145400DL CU 6552 4P Dca-s2,d1,a1 4 x 2 x 0.55 orange 7 20.0 0.14 0.05 kg 500 m drum
(AWG23)
19145600DL CU 6552 2x4P Dca-s2,d1,a1 2 x (4 x 2 x 0.55 orange 7.0 x 14.3 40.0 98 0.28 500 m drum
(AWG23))

Subject to technical modification As of 2020-12-03 [Link]

RJ45 patch cords Cat.6A IEC
500 MHz, shielded, wiring 1:1

Description
Shielded patch cords and connection cables with shielded RJ45 plug on both ends, fitted with an anti-snag boot in the same colour as the
cable sheath and with latch protection.
The cable CU 7702 flex 4P (Cat.7) meets the requirement of CPR classification Dca and offers excellent Next and impedance values due to
the individually foil screened pairs (PiMF). Due to the overall copper braid, the patch cables have an excellent screen performance and are
highly flexible. They are optimized for the transmission of CATV signals up to 862 MHz.
The pach cords meet all the requirements of Category 6A (IEC) and the limit values stipulated for Class EA cabling links (Channels) for
10GBase-T applications. Standard assortment: from 0.5 m up to 20 m.
Customised adjustments (anti-snag boot, termination, label) are available at short notice.

General Properties
Anti-kink sleeve coloured
Cable construction 4x2
Cable type S/FTP
Type of connector connection 1 RJ45 8(8)
Type of connector connection 2 RJ45 8(8)

Electrical properties
Category 6A (IEC)
EMC shielded
GBit\s Up to 10 Gbit/s
NVP % 78
Pin assignment 1:1

Mechanical properties
AWG 26

Standards
Cat./Class Cat.6A / Class EA
Cat 6A IEC 61935-2
Class EA ISO/IEC 11801, EN 50173-1
PoE IEEE 802.3bt Type 4 (100W)
Zero halogen no corrosive gases IEC 60754-1/-2, EN 60754-1/-2, VDE 0482-754-1/-2
Flame Propagation IEC 60332-1-2, EN 60332-1-2, VDE 0482-332-1-2
Smoke Density IEC 61034-1/-2, EN 61034-1/-2, VDE 0482-1034-1/-2 - applies to FRNC/LS0H
Cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801, EN 50173-1

Versions
Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Colour anti-kink Fire retardant version Halogen free Weight [kg] Packing unit
sleeve
65380300DY RJ45 patch cords black 0.5 black Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653803 RJ45 patch cords black 0.5 black Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65380800DY RJ45 patch cords black 1 black Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653808 RJ45 patch cords black 1 black Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65380900DY RJ45 patch cords black 1.5 black Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653809 RJ45 patch cords black 1.5 black Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65381000DY RJ45 patch cords black 2 black Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653810 RJ45 patch cords black 2 black Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65381100DY RJ45 patch cords black 2.5 black Yes Yes 0.12 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653811 RJ45 patch cords black 2.5 black Yes Yes 0.12 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65381200DY RJ45 patch cords black 3 black Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653812 RJ45 patch cords black 3 black Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65381400DY RJ45 patch cords black 4 black Yes Yes 0.18 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653814 RJ45 patch cords black 4 black Yes Yes 0.18 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65381600DY RJ45 patch cords black 5 black Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653816 RJ45 patch cords black 5 black Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65381800DY RJ45 patch cords black 6 black Yes Yes 0.26 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653818 RJ45 patch cords black 6 black Yes Yes 0.26 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65382000DY RJ45 patch cords black 7 black Yes Yes 0.3 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653820 RJ45 patch cords black 7 black Yes Yes 0.3 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65382400DY RJ45 patch cords black 9 black Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653824 RJ45 patch cords black 9 black Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65382600DY RJ45 patch cords black 10 black Yes Yes 0.42 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653826 RJ45 patch cords black 10 black Yes Yes 0.42 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65382700DY RJ45 patch cords black 12.5 black Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653827 RJ45 patch cords black 12.5 black Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65383000DY RJ45 patch cords black 20 black Yes Yes 0.82 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653830 RJ45 patch cords black 20 black Yes Yes 0.82 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65370300DY RJ45 patch cords blue 0.5 blue Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653703 RJ45 patch cords blue 0.5 blue Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65370800DY RJ45 patch cords blue 1 blue Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Colour anti-kink Fire retardant version Halogen free Weight [kg] Packing unit
sleeve
653708 RJ45 patch cords blue 1 blue Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65370900DY RJ45 patch cords blue 1.5 blue Yes Yes 0.08 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653709 RJ45 patch cords blue 1.5 blue Yes Yes 0.08 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65371000DY RJ45 patch cords blue 2 blue Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653710 RJ45 patch cords blue 2 blue Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65371100DY RJ45 patch cords blue 2.5 blue Yes Yes 0.11 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653711 RJ45 patch cords blue 2.5 blue Yes Yes 0.11 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65371200DY RJ45 patch cords blue 3 blue Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653712 RJ45 patch cords blue 3 blue Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65371400DY RJ45 patch cords blue 4 blue Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653714 RJ45 patch cords blue 4 blue Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65371600DY RJ45 patch cords blue 5 blue Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653716 RJ45 patch cords blue 5 blue Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65371800DY RJ45 patch cords blue 6 blue Yes Yes 0.24 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653718 RJ45 patch cords blue 6 blue Yes Yes 0.24 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65372000DY RJ45 patch cords blue 7 blue Yes Yes 0.28 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653720 RJ45 patch cords blue 7 blue Yes Yes 0.28 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65372200DY RJ45 patch cords blue 8 blue Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653722 RJ45 patch cords blue 8 blue Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65372400DY RJ45 patch cords blue 9 blue Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653724 RJ45 patch cords blue 9 blue Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65372600DY RJ45 patch cords blue 10 blue Yes Yes 0.41 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653726 RJ45 patch cords blue 10 blue Yes Yes 0.41 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65372700DY RJ45 patch cords blue 12.5 blue Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653727 RJ45 patch cords blue 12.5 blue Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65372800DY RJ45 patch cords blue 15 blue Yes Yes 0.58 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653728 RJ45 patch cords blue 15 blue Yes Yes 0.58 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65373000DY RJ45 patch cords blue 20 blue Yes Yes 0.78 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653730 RJ45 patch cords blue 20 blue Yes Yes 0.78 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65355300DY RJ45 patch cords green 0.5 green Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653553 RJ45 patch cords green 0.5 green Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Colour anti-kink Fire retardant version Halogen free Weight [kg] Packing unit
sleeve
65355800DY RJ45 patch cords green 1 green Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653558 RJ45 patch cords green 1 green Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65355900DY RJ45 patch cords green 1.5 green Yes Yes 0.08 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653559 RJ45 patch cords green 1.5 green Yes Yes 0.08 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65356000DY RJ45 patch cords green 2 green Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653560 RJ45 patch cords green 2 green Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65356100DY RJ45 patch cords green 2.5 green Yes Yes 0.11 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653561 RJ45 patch cords green 2.5 green Yes Yes 0.11 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65356200DY RJ45 patch cords green 3 green Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653562 RJ45 patch cords green 3 green Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65356400DY RJ45 patch cords green 4 green Yes Yes 0.18 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653564 RJ45 patch cords green 4 green Yes Yes 0.18 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65356600DY RJ45 patch cords green 5 green Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653566 RJ45 patch cords green 5 green Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65356800DY RJ45 patch cords green 6 green Yes Yes 0.26 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653568 RJ45 patch cords green 6 green Yes Yes 0.26 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65357000DY RJ45 patch cords green 7 green Yes Yes 0.28 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653570 RJ45 patch cords green 7 green Yes Yes 0.28 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65357200DY RJ45 patch cords green 8 green Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653572 RJ45 patch cords green 8 green Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65357400DY RJ45 patch cords green 9 green Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653574 RJ45 patch cords green 9 green Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65357600DY RJ45 patch cords green 10 green Yes Yes 0.39 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653576 RJ45 patch cords green 10 green Yes Yes 0.39 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65357700DY RJ45 patch cords green 12.5 green Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653577 RJ45 patch cords green 12.5 green Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65357800DY RJ45 patch cords green 15 green Yes Yes 0.62 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653578 RJ45 patch cords green 15 green Yes Yes 0.62 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65358000DY RJ45 patch cords green 20 green Yes Yes 0.82 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653580 RJ45 patch cords green 20 green Yes Yes 0.82 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65350000DY RJ45 patch cords grey 0.2 grey Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Colour anti-kink Fire retardant version Halogen free Weight [kg] Packing unit
sleeve
65350300DY RJ45 patch cords grey 0.5 grey Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653503 RJ45 patch cords grey 0.5 grey Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653500 RJ45 patch cords grey 0.2 grey Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65350800DY RJ45 patch cords grey 1 grey Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653508 RJ45 patch cords grey 1 grey Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65350900DY RJ45 patch cords grey 1.5 grey Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653509 RJ45 patch cords grey 1.5 grey Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65351000DY RJ45 patch cords grey 2 grey Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653510 RJ45 patch cords grey 2 grey Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65351100DY RJ45 patch cords grey 2.5 grey Yes Yes 0.11 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653511 RJ45 patch cords grey 2.5 grey Yes Yes 0.11 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65351200DY RJ45 patch cords grey 3 grey Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653512 RJ45 patch cords grey 3 grey Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65351400DY RJ45 patch cords grey 4 grey Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653514 RJ45 patch cords grey 4 grey Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65351600DY RJ45 patch cords grey 5 grey Yes Yes 0.22 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653516 RJ45 patch cords grey 5 grey Yes Yes 0.22 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65351800DY RJ45 patch cords grey 6 grey Yes Yes 0.25 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653518 RJ45 patch cords grey 6 grey Yes Yes 0.25 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65352000DY RJ45 patch cords grey 7 grey Yes Yes 0.29 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653520 RJ45 patch cords grey 7 grey Yes Yes 0.29 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65352200DY RJ45 patch cords grey 8 grey Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653522 RJ45 patch cords grey 8 grey Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65352400DY RJ45 patch cords grey 9 grey Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653524 RJ45 patch cords grey 9 grey Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65352600DY RJ45 patch cords grey 10 grey Yes Yes 0.41 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653526 RJ45 patch cords grey 10 grey Yes Yes 0.41 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65352700DY RJ45 patch cords grey 12.5 grey Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653527 RJ45 patch cords grey 12.5 grey Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65352800DY RJ45 patch cords grey 15 grey Yes Yes 0.6 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653528 RJ45 patch cords grey 15 grey Yes Yes 0.6 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Colour anti-kink Fire retardant version Halogen free Weight [kg] Packing unit
sleeve
65353000DY RJ45 patch cords grey 20 grey Yes Yes 0.8 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653530 RJ45 patch cords grey 20 grey Yes Yes 0.8 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65375300DY RJ45 patch cords orange 0.5 orange Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653753 RJ45 patch cords orange 0.5 orange Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65375800DY RJ45 patch cords orange 1 orange Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653758 RJ45 patch cords orange 1 orange Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65375900DY RJ45 patch cords orange 1.5 orange Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653759 RJ45 patch cords orange 1.5 orange Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65376000DY RJ45 patch cords orange 2 orange Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653760 RJ45 patch cords orange 2 orange Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65376100DY RJ45 patch cords orange 2.5 orange Yes Yes 0.12 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653761 RJ45 patch cords orange 2.5 orange Yes Yes 0.12 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65376200DY RJ45 patch cords orange 3 orange Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653762 RJ45 patch cords orange 3 orange Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65376400DY RJ45 patch cords orange 4 orange Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653764 RJ45 patch cords orange 4 orange Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65376600DY RJ45 patch cords orange 5 orange Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653766 RJ45 patch cords orange 5 orange Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65376800DY RJ45 patch cords orange 6 orange Yes Yes 0.24 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653768 RJ45 patch cords orange 6 orange Yes Yes 0.24 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65377000DY RJ45 patch cords orange 7 orange Yes Yes 0.3 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653770 RJ45 patch cords orange 7 orange Yes Yes 0.3 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65377200DY RJ45 patch cords orange 8 orange Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653772 RJ45 patch cords orange 8 orange Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65377400DY RJ45 patch cords orange 9 orange Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653774 RJ45 patch cords orange 9 orange Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65377600DY RJ45 patch cords orange 10 orange Yes Yes 0.39 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653776 RJ45 patch cords orange 10 orange Yes Yes 0.39 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65377700DY RJ45 patch cords orange 12.5 orange Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653777 RJ45 patch cords orange 12.5 orange Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65377800DY RJ45 patch cords orange 15 orange Yes Yes 0.58 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Colour anti-kink Fire retardant version Halogen free Weight [kg] Packing unit
sleeve
653778 RJ45 patch cords orange 15 orange Yes Yes 0.58 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65378000DY RJ45 patch cords orange 20 orange Yes Yes 0.77 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653780 RJ45 patch cords orange 20 orange Yes Yes 0.77 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65365300DY RJ45 patch cords red 0.5 red Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653653 RJ45 patch cords red 0.5 red Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65365800DY RJ45 patch cords red 1 red Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653658 RJ45 patch cords red 1 red Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65365900DY RJ45 patch cords red 1.5 red Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653659 RJ45 patch cords red 1.5 red Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65366000DY RJ45 patch cords red 2 red Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653660 RJ45 patch cords red 2 red Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65366100DY RJ45 patch cords red 2.5 red Yes Yes 0.12 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653661 RJ45 patch cords red 2.5 red Yes Yes 0.12 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65366200DY RJ45 patch cords red 3 red Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653662 RJ45 patch cords red 3 red Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65366400DY RJ45 patch cords red 4 red Yes Yes 0.18 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653664 RJ45 patch cords red 4 red Yes Yes 0.18 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65366600DY RJ45 patch cords red 5 red Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653666 RJ45 patch cords red 5 red Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65366800DY RJ45 patch cords red 6 red Yes Yes 0.26 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653668 RJ45 patch cords red 6 red Yes Yes 0.26 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65367000DY RJ45 patch cords red 7 red Yes Yes 0.28 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653670 RJ45 patch cords red 7 red Yes Yes 0.28 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65367200DY RJ45 patch cords red 8 red Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653672 RJ45 patch cords red 8 red Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65367400DY RJ45 patch cords red 9 red Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653674 RJ45 patch cords red 9 red Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65367600DY RJ45 patch cords red 10 red Yes Yes 0.39 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653676 RJ45 patch cords red 10 red Yes Yes 0.39 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65367700DY RJ45 patch cords red 12.5 red Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653677 RJ45 patch cords red 12.5 red Yes Yes 0.52 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Colour anti-kink Fire retardant version Halogen free Weight [kg] Packing unit
sleeve
65367800DY RJ45 patch cords red 15 red Yes Yes 0.58 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653678 RJ45 patch cords red 15 red Yes Yes 0.58 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65368000DY RJ45 patch cords red 20 red Yes Yes 0.78 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653680 RJ45 patch cords red 20 red Yes Yes 0.78 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65390300DY RJ45 patch cords white 0.5 white Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653903 RJ45 patch cords white 0.5 white Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65390800DY RJ45 patch cords white 1 white Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653908 RJ45 patch cords white 1 white Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65390900DY RJ45 patch cords white 1.5 white Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653909 RJ45 patch cords white 1.5 white Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65391000DY RJ45 patch cords white 2 white Yes Yes 0.08 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653910 RJ45 patch cords white 2 white Yes Yes 0.08 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65391100DY RJ45 patch cords white 2.5 white Yes Yes 0.1 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653911 RJ45 patch cords white 2.5 white Yes Yes 0.1 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65391200DY RJ45 patch cords white 3 white Yes Yes 0.12 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653912 RJ45 patch cords white 3 white Yes Yes 0.12 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65391400DY RJ45 patch cords white 4 white Yes Yes 0.15 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653914 RJ45 patch cords white 4 white Yes Yes 0.15 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65391600DY RJ45 patch cords white 5 white Yes Yes 0.19 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653916 RJ45 patch cords white 5 white Yes Yes 0.19 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65391800DY RJ45 patch cords white 6 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653918 RJ45 patch cords white 6 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65392000DY RJ45 patch cords white 7 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653920 RJ45 patch cords white 7 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65392200DY RJ45 patch cords white 8 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653922 RJ45 patch cords white 8 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65392400DY RJ45 patch cords white 9 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653924 RJ45 patch cords white 9 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65392600DY RJ45 patch cords white 10 white Yes Yes 0.35 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653926 RJ45 patch cords white 10 white Yes Yes 0.35 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65392700DY RJ45 patch cords white 2.5 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Colour anti-kink Fire retardant version Halogen free Weight [kg] Packing unit
sleeve
653927 RJ45 patch cords white 2.5 white Yes Yes 0.06 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65392800DY RJ45 patch cords white 15 white Yes Yes 0.59 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653928 RJ45 patch cords white 15 white Yes Yes 0.59 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65393000DY RJ45 patch cords white 20 white Yes Yes 0.7 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653930 RJ45 patch cords white 20 white Yes Yes 0.7 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65360300DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 0.5 yellow Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653603 RJ45 patch cords yellow 0.5 yellow Yes Yes 0.03 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65360800DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 1 yellow Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653608 RJ45 patch cords yellow 1 yellow Yes Yes 0.05 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65360900DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 1.5 yellow Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653609 RJ45 patch cords yellow 1.5 yellow Yes Yes 0.07 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65361000DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 2 yellow Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653610 RJ45 patch cords yellow 2 yellow Yes Yes 0.09 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65361100DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 2.5 yellow Yes Yes 0.11 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653611 RJ45 patch cords yellow 2.5 yellow Yes Yes 0.11 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65361200DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 3 yellow Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653612 RJ45 patch cords yellow 3 yellow Yes Yes 0.13 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65361400DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 4 yellow Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653614 RJ45 patch cords yellow 4 yellow Yes Yes 0.17 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65361600DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 5 yellow Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653616 RJ45 patch cords yellow 5 yellow Yes Yes 0.21 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65361800DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 6 yellow Yes Yes 0.26 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653618 RJ45 patch cords yellow 6 yellow Yes Yes 0.26 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65362000DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 7 yellow Yes Yes 0.28 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653620 RJ45 patch cords yellow 7 yellow Yes Yes 0.28 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65362200DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 8 yellow Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653622 RJ45 patch cords yellow 8 yellow Yes Yes 0.34 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65362400DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 9 yellow Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653624 RJ45 patch cords yellow 9 yellow Yes Yes 0.38 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65362600DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 10 yellow Yes Yes 0.41 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653626 RJ45 patch cords yellow 10 yellow Yes Yes 0.41 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
 Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Colour anti-kink Fire retardant version Halogen free Weight [kg] Packing unit
sleeve
65362700DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 12.5 yellow Yes Yes 0.51 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653627 RJ45 patch cords yellow 12.5 yellow Yes Yes 0.51 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65362800DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 15 yellow Yes Yes 0.62 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653628 RJ45 patch cords yellow 15 yellow Yes Yes 0.62 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
65363000DY RJ45 patch cords yellow 20 yellow Yes Yes 0.79 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)
653630 RJ45 patch cords yellow 20 yellow Yes Yes 0.79 kg 1 pc.
Cat.6A (IEC)

Products marked with * and lengths up to 100 m are not on stock but can be delivered at short notice. Please do not hesitate to contact us.

Subject to technical modification As of 2021-06-24 [Link]

Patch panel KS
for 24/48 modules with Keystone fitting
shielded

Patch panel KS 24x, shielded Blank covers, black and white

DESCRIPTION

Shielded 19”/1U patch panel for up to 24 modules with Keystone fitting

Shielded 19”/2U patch panel for up to 48 modules with Keystone fitting
Snap-in modules can be easily fitted into the patch panel
Unused ports can be covered with blank cover
For the modules PS-GG45 7A Datwyler recommends the patch panel MGK 24x.

Front panel made of flame retardant compound, UL94V-0 rated, in combination with stainless steel and a cable strain relief.
Front in grey, similar to RAL 7035, or in black, similar to RAL 9005.
Strain relief with tie wrap. Delivery without modules.

APPLICATION

Suitable for the following Datwyler modules:

- RJ45 module KS-T Plus 1/8 Cat.6A shielded
- RJ45 module MS-C6A 1/8 Cat. 6A 180°-K shielded
- RJ45 module KU Plus 1/8 Cat.6A unshielded
- RJ45 module KS-TS 1/8 Cat.6/EA shielded
- RJ45 module KS-T 1/8 Cat.6/EA shielded
- RJ45 module KU-T 1/8 Cat.6 / Cat.5e unshielded

DIMENSIONS

Width 482 mm (19‘‘)

Depth 160 mm (including cable strain relief)
Height 44 mm (1U) 89 mm (2U)

VERSIONS

Article Number Product Colour (similar to) PU

418019 Patch panel KS 24x, 19‘‘/1U , for 24x RJ45 Keystone modules, FTP (delivery without modules) black, RAL 9005 1 pc.

418020 Patch panel KS 24x, 19‘‘/1U , for 24x RJ45 Keystone modules, FTP (delivery without modules) light grey, RAL 7035 1 pc.
4001171 Patch panel KS 48x, 19‘‘/2U , for 48x RJ45 Keystone modules, FTP (delivery without modules ) black, RAL 9005 1xpc.

418010 Blank cover for Keystone openings white 10 pcs.

418011 Blank cover for Keystone openings black 10 pcs.

As of 21.02.2018 Subject to technical modification.

Patch panel KS 24x
for 24 modules with Keystone fitting
shielded

Patch panel KS 24x, shielded Blank covers, black and white

Description
Shielded 19”/1U patch panel for up to 24 modules with Keystone fitting.
Snap-in modules can be easily fitted into the patch panel.
Unused ports can be covered with blank covers. For the modules PS-GG45 7A Datwyler recommends the patch panel MGK 24x. Front
panel made of flame retardant compound, UL94V-0 rated, in combination with stainless steel and a cable strain relief.
Front in grey, similar to RAL 7035, or in black, similar to RAL 9005.
Strain relief with tie wrap. Delivery without modules.

Application
Suitable for the following Datwyler modules:
- RJ45 module KS-T Plus 1/8 Cat.6A shielded
- RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC), shielded
- RJ45 module MS-C6A 1/8 Cat. 6A 180°-K shielded
- RJ45 module KU Plus 1/8 Cat.6A unshielded
- RJ45 module KS-TS 1/8 Cat.6/EA shielded
- RJ45 module KS-T 1/8 Cat.6/EA shielded
- RJ45 module KU-T 1/8 Cat.6 / Cat.5e unshielded

Electrical properties
EMC shielded

Versions
Material number Product Outer dimensions Colour Weight [kg] Packing unit

418019 Patch panel KS 24x, 19‘‘/1U , for 24x 1 U44 mm x 482 mm x 160 mm black 0.93 kg 1 pc.
RJ45 Keystone modules, FTP (delivery
without modules)
418020 Patch panel KS 24x, 19‘‘/1U , for 24x 1 U44 mm x 482 mm x 160 mm light grey 0.93 kg 1 pc.
RJ45 Keystone modules, FTP (delivery
without modules)

Subject to technical modification As of 2020-12-01 [Link]

Mangement panels & cable shelfs
19“/1U
in different versions

1. Management panel 19&lsquo;&lsquo;/1U, version made of stainless steel,

with 5 support brackets
2. 19” cable shelf with management panel
3. 19” cable shelf with cable feedthrough panel and strip

Description
Management panels 19”/1U are suitable for the routing of copper and fibre optic cables, particularly suitable for patch cords in racks or
cabinets with 19” mounting angles and rails. Cable shelfs fulfil the same function, particularly for multiple (trunk) cables. The basic mange-
ment panels 19”/1U are available in three versions:
a) stainless steel, b) black or c) grey. These panels come without support brackets. They can be fitted with 5 support brackets in the re-
quired dimension. Please order the support brackets separately! There are labelling strips for complete management panels with support
brackets available.

Versions
Material number Product Colour Weight [kg] Packing unit

1411480 Support bracket, depth: 60 mm black 0.02 kg 1 pc.

1411481 Support bracket, depth: 75 mm silver 0.04 kg 1 pc.
1411482 Support bracket, depth: 110 mm silver 0.09 kg 1 pc.
1411604 Management panel 19‘‘/1U for 5 support brackets light grey 0.35 kg 1 pc.
(delivery without brackets)
1407689 Management panel 19‘‘/1U for 5 support brackets black 0.35 kg 1 pc.
(delivery without brackets)
418200 Management panel 19‘‘/1U for 5 support brackets silver 0.35 kg 1 pc.
(delivery without brackets)
401240 19“ blank plate, 1U 0.35 kg 1 pc.
401241 19“ blank plate, 1U black 0.36 kg 1 pc.
401242 19“ blank plate, 1U silver 0.4 kg 1 pc.
401243 19“ blank plate, 2U light grey 0.8 kg 1 pc.
401244 19“ blank plate, 2U black 0.8 kg 1 pc.
401245 19“ blank plate, 2U silver 0.8 kg 1 pc.
401247 Cable feedthrough panel with strip 19“/1U light grey 0.4 kg 1 pc.
401248 Cable feedthrough panel with strip 19“/1U black 0.4 kg 1 pc.
401249 Cable feedthrough panel with strip 19“/1U silver 0.4 kg 1 pc.
400300 19“ cable shelf, depth adjustable due to slide rails 3.5 kg 1 pc.
(from 520 mm up to 850 mm)</br>(only mount-
able with a management panel or cable feed-
through panel; rear side 19“ fixation necessary)

Subject to technical modification As of 2020-10-27 [Link]

KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, compact
RJ45 module, shielded, Category 6A (IEC)

KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) RJ45 module, tool-less, shielded, with dust shutter

Description
For the transmission of digital and analogue voice-, video- and data signals.
The KS-TC Plus RJ45 module is specified up to 500 MHz in compliance with the component standard IEC 60603-7-51.
Enables acceptance testing with high spare capacity at the limit values stipulated for Class EA Permanent Links when combined with
shielded Category 6A, 7, 7A and 8 data cables. Therefore it is applicable for 10-gigabit Ethernet transmissions in accordance with IEEE 802.3.
Useable for Power over Ethenet, PoE+ and 4PPoE application. Solid zinc die casting housing with mounting clip for installation in Keystone
panels and outlets.
Contact spring with phosphor bronze alloy, plated with gold.
For connecting the wires a wire manager is used in combination with two integrated moveable housing wings for tool-less IDC connec-
tions. Only for cutting the wires a plane wire cutter is necessary.
The 360° metal shield ensures a durable fully shielded environment.
The module comes with an integrated strain relief, no cable tie is needed.
The module is re-usable.
Potential balancing possibility directly at the module when needed.
With removable black dust shutter. Other colours available as accessories sets.

General Properties
Installation temperature -10 °C - +60 °C
Operating temperature -20 °C - +60 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C - +70 °C
Youtube link [Link]

Electrical properties
EMC shielded
Mechanical properties
Connection type IDC insulation displacement connectors
Solid copper wire 0.42 (AWG 26) - 0.65 (AWG 22)
Stranded copper wire AWG26/7 - AWG23/7
Diameter over Insulation 0.70 mm - 1.40 mm
Re-connection for AWG 22, AWG 23 and AWG 24 when using the same or bigger wire diameter
Re-usable once

Standards
Cat./Class Cat.6A / Class EA
Connector standards IEC 60603-7-51, IEC 60512-99-002
Cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801, EN 50173-1, TIA/EIA 568-x

Versions
Material number Product Colour Weight [kg] Packing unit

418069 RJ45 module KS-TC Plus Cat.6A (IEC) tool-less, shield- silver 0.03 kg 12 pcs.
ed, with dust shutter

Subject to technical modification As of 2021-01-04 [Link]

Floor Box Adaptor LJ6C
Angled Design w/o modules
Floor box mounted

Illustration may differ from the original

PRODUCT INFORMATION

APPLICATION Floor box mounted RJ45 adaptor LJ6C

for installation of RJ45 snap-in shielded / unshielded
modules inside the floor box. Compactly engineered
and aesthetically designed for home and business environment

FEATURES Choice RJ45 snap in module shielded / unshielded

Applicable for Cat5, Cat5E, Cat6, Cat6A applications
Design for higher strength and easy access
Angled design optimised for easy termination to
minimise the bending radius on the copper cable
Easy mounting requiring no tools for quicker installation

DESCRIPTION Dimensions: 25 x 38.5 mm

Module cut size: 14.8 x 19.6 mm
Labelling dimension: 14.7 x 11.2 mm
Colour: White
Adaptor Type: RJ45 snap-in
Cable Entry: Rear
Material: Plastic
Mounting Type: Floor box mount
Copper Terminations: 1

Article No Description Colour PU

658153 RJ45 Floor box adaptor LJ6C w/o module RAL9001 1 pc

Subject to technical modification

RJ45 plug IP20 Cat.6A
shielded
for tool-less field assembly

Description
Field assembly 8-pin RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, with quick connection technology.
Suitable for cables with the following properties: Dimensions
Solid copper wire: 0.40 mm up to 0.64 mm, AWG 26/1 up to AWG 22/1
Stranded copper wire: 0.46 mm up to 0.76 mm, AWG 27/7 up to AWG 22/7
Cable sheath diameter: 6 mm up to 8 mm
Protection rating: IP20
Solid housing made of zinc die cast.
Easy on-site assembly without any special tools.
With strain relief

Application
For the transmission of Ethernet protocols in structured premises cabling in the industrial sector.
In Support of 10Base-T, 100Base-T, 1000Base-T and 10GBase-T
In support of PoE and PoE+

Standards
Connector standards IEC 60603-7-51
Cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801

Versions
Material number Product Colour Weight [kg] Packing unit

418077 RJ45 plug, IP20, Category 6A, shielded, for field black 0.02 kg 1 pc.
assembly

Subject to technical modification As of 2020-10-22 [Link]

FO Universal ZGGFR / U-DQ(ZN)BH
up to 24 fibres, Euroclass Dca
metal-free, dry interstices,
rodent protection, flame redardant
in accordance with IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-24

1 ≤ 24 fibres
2 Loose tube
3 Glass armour
4 Ripcord
5 FR/LS0H sheath

Description
Robust, non-metallic fibre optic outdoor and indoor cable with one or two central loose-tubes.
High crush resistance for high transmission reliability.
Easy handling due to cable construction with dry interstices.
Non-metallic rodent protection.
The two coloured ripcords are easy to identify and enable the safe opening of the cable sheath.
Flame retardant halogen-free FR/LS0H sheath.

Application
LAN backbone, access and riser zone.
Connection cable between the building distributors and/or floor distributors.
Suitable for laying in cable trays, ducts and vertical shafts.
Can also be spliced in all FO distributors and joints.

Construction
Outer sheath material FRNC/LSZH
General Properties
Imprint DATWYLER «cable type» «Datwyler designation» «DIN designation» «no. of fibres» «fibre
type» «add. text» «batch no.» «meter marks»
Installation temperature -10 °C - +50 °C
Operating temperature -25 °C - +70 °C
Storage temperature -25 °C - +70 °C

Standards
Tensile performance IEC 60794-1-21 E1/test criterion 0.33% reversible optical fibre elongation
Crush resistance IEC 60794-1-21 E3
Impact IEC 60794-1-21 E4
Repeated bending IEC 60794-1-21 E6
Torsion IEC 60794-1-21 E7
Bend IEC 60794-1-21 E11
Water penetration IEC 60794-1-22 F5
Reaction to fire (Euroclasses) EN 13501-6
Zero halogen no corrosive gases IEC 60754-1/-2, EN 60754-1/-2, VDE 0482-754-1/-2
Flame Propagation IEC 60332-1-2, EN 60332-1-2, VDE 0482-332-1-2
Flame Spread IEC 60332-3-24, EN 60332-3-24, VDE 0482-332-3-24
Smoke Density IEC 61034-1/-2, EN 61034-1/-2, VDE 0482-1034-1/-2
UV resistance EN 50289-4-17

Versions
Material number Product Reaction To Outer Fibre type Outer Bending Weight [kg\ Tensile load Tensile load Crush Crush Fire load Packing
Fire sheath sheath radius km] short term continuous resistance resistance [kWh\m] unit
colour diameter [mm] [N] [N] short term continuous
[mm] [N] [N]
19020300DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x4 G.652.D
OS2
18598900DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x4 OM3
19271200DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x4 OM4
19020400DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x6 G.652.D
OS2
19342100DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 yellow E9/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x6 G.652.D
OS2
19011200DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x6 OM3
19342500DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 turquoise G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x6 OM3
19336000DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x6 OM4
19342900DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 heather G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x6 violet OM4
19020500DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x8 G.652.D
OS2
18595900DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x8 OM3
18736300DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x8 OM4
19442200DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 heather G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x8 violet OM4
 Material number Product Reaction To Outer Fibre type Outer Bending Weight [kg\ Tensile load Tensile load Crush Crush Fire load Packing
Fire sheath sheath radius km] short term continuous resistance resistance [kWh\m] unit
colour diameter [mm] [N] [N] short term continuous
[mm] [N] [N]
19007700DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x12 G.652.D
OS2
19342200DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 yellow E9/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x12 G.652.D
OS2
19331400DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x12 G.652.D
BLO
18635000DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x12 OM3
19342600DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 turquoise G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x12 OM3
19125100DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x12 OM4
19343000DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 heather G50/125 7.6 115 67 3,000 1,000 5,000 3,000 0.275 by the metre
1x12 violet OM4
19296900DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 8.2 125 72 3,500 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.336 by the metre
1x12 OM4
18735400DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 8.2 125 72 3,500 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.336 by the metre
1x24 G.652.D
OS2
19333700DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 8.2 125 72 3,500 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.336 by the metre
1x24 G.652.D
BLO
19175500DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 8.2 125 72 3,500 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.336 by the metre
1x24 OM3
19271300DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 8.2 125 72 3,500 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.336 by the metre
1x24 OM4
19007100DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 9.5 140 84 4,000 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.43 by the metre
2x12 G.652.D
OS2
19342300DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 yellow E9/125 9.5 140 84 4,000 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.43 by the metre
2x12 G.652.D
OS2
18643200DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 9.5 140 84 4,000 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.43 by the metre
2x12 OM3
19342700DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 turquoise G50/125 9.5 140 84 4,000 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.43 by the metre
2x12 OM3
19125200DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 green G50/125 9.5 140 84 4,000 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.43 by the metre
2x12 OM4
19343100DZ FO Universal Dca-s2,d1,a1 heather G50/125 9.5 140 84 4,000 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.43 by the metre
2x12 violet OM4
19013700DZ FO Uni- Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 9.5 140 84 4,000 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.43 by the metre
versal Hy- G.652.D OS2
+ G50/125
OM3
19012400DZ FO Uni- Dca-s2,d1,a1 green E9/125 9.5 140 84 4,000 1,500 5,000 3,000 0.43 by the metre
versal Hy- G.652.D OS2
+ G50/125
OM4

* 12 fibres E9 in red / 12 fibres G50 in green loose tube

Subject to technical modification As of 2020-11-27 [Link]

FO patch panel OV-S
19”/1U, Splice box OV-S, E9/125 G.652.D OS2
with adapters and pigtails

Fibre optic splice box OV-S, 19”/1U, extractable, configuration example with 24
LCD/APC adapters and 48 pigtails

Description
For the termination of fibre optic cables - maximum of 96 fibres.
Loaded with FO adapters, ready for splicing, with prepared pigtails (per 2 m, colour code: IEC 60304).

General Properties
Cable entry rear left and right with pre-stamped cable entries M15, M20 and M25 - these pre-stamped
holes can be opened as necessary
Capacity up to 96 fibres
Dimensions 19”/1U
Front plate similar to RAL 7035, similar to RAL 9005 or stainless steel
Housing metal sheet, black, extractable drawer with locking mechanism, box allows for depth-ad-
justable mounting (5 steps, maximum 50 mm)
Imprint numbers (silk screen printing) on frontplate
Strain relief with screwed cable gland

Optical Properties
Fibre type E9/125 G.652.D OS2

Mechanical properties
Adapter SCD, LCD,LCQ, LSH Coloured Polymer housings or ST metal housings, ceramic sleeves

Scope of delivery
Splice box with
- two straight cable entries
- one screwed cable gland M20
- coloured pigtails with measurement report
- FO adapters, fastened by screws
- splice trays with cover
- splice holder for 12 x crimp splice protectors
- Delivery without splicing protection

Versions
Material number Product Colour (Front- Number of Adapter Colour Adapter Outer dimen- Pigtails Fibre class Weight [kg] Packing unit
plate) adapters (Adapter) orientation sions
41547200ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 2 LCD blue offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 4 x LC OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
2xLCD, OS2 zontal 245 mm
Material number Product Colour (Front- Number of Adapter Colour Adapter Outer dimen- Pigtails Fibre class Weight [kg] Packing unit
plate) adapters (Adapter) orientation sions
41547300ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 4 LCD blue offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 8 x LC OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
4xLCD, OS2 zontal 245 mm
41535700ZY Splice box OV-S black 6 LCD blue offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 12 x LC OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
6xLCD, OS2 zontal 245 mm
41521000ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 6 LCD blue offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 12 x LC OS2 3 kg 1 pc.
6xLCD, OS2 zontal 245 mm
41544800ZY Splice box OV-S black 12 LCD blue angled 1 U x 19 in x 24 x LC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
12xLCD, OS2 245 mm
41534100ZY Splice box OV-S black 12 LCD blue offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 24 x LC OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
12xLCD, OS2 zontal 245 mm
41521400ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 12 LCD blue offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 24 x LC OS2 3 kg 1 pc.
12xLCD, OS2 zontal 245 mm
41533700ZY Splice box OV-S black 24 LCD blue offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 48 x LC OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
24xLCD, OS2 zontal 245 mm
41521800ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 24 LCD blue offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 48 x LC OS2 3 kg 1 pc.
24xLCD, OS2 zontal 245 mm
41544200ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 12 LCD/APC green offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 24 x LC/APC OS2 2.7 kg 1 pc.
12xLCD/APC, zontal 245 mm
OS2
41544300ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 24 LCD/APC green offset hori- 1 U x 19 in x 48 x LC/APC OS2 2.7 kg 1 pc.
24xLCD/APC, zontal 245 mm
OS2
41545400ZY Splice box OV-S black 12 LCQ blue angled 1 U x 19 in x 48 x LC OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
12xLCQ, OS2 245 mm
41540400ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 12 LCQ blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 48 x LC OS2 3.3 kg 1 pc.
12xLCQ, OS2 245 mm
41533100ZY Splice box OV-S black 24 LCQ blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 96 x LC OS2 3.3 kg 1 pc.
24xLCQ, OS2 245 mm
41527500ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 24 LCQ blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 96 x LC OS2 3.3 kg 1 pc.
24xLCQ, OS2 245 mm
41537200ZY Splice box OV-S black 6 LSH/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 6 x LSH/APC OS2 2.3 kg 1 pc.
6xLSH/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41531300ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 6 LSH/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 6 x LSH/APC OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
6xLSH/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41537500ZY Splice box OV-S black 12 LSH/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 12 x LSH/APC OS2 2.6 kg 1 pc.
12xLSH/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41531500ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 12 LSH/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 12 x LSH/APC OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
12xLSH/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41537800ZY Splice box OV-S black 24 LSH/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 24 x LSH/APC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
24xLSH/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41531700ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 24 LSH/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 24 x LSH/APC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
24xLSH/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41548700ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 6 LSH-C/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 12 x LSH/APC OS2 2.6 kg 1 pc.
6xLSH-C/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41538500ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 12 LSH-C/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 24 x LSH/APC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
12xLSH-C/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41538400ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 24 LSH-C/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 48 x LSH/APC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
24xLSH-C/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41547000ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 2 SCD blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 4 x SC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
2xSCD, OS2 245 mm
41547100ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 4 SCD blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 8 x SC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
4xSCD, OS2 245 mm
41536400ZY Splice box OV-S black 6 SCD blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 12 x SC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
6xSCD, OS2 245 mm
41522200ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 6 SCD blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 12 x SC OS2 3 kg 1 pc.
6xSCD, OS2 245 mm
 Material number Product Colour (Front- Number of Adapter Colour Adapter Outer dimen- Pigtails Fibre class Weight [kg] Packing unit
plate) adapters (Adapter) orientation sions
41538700ZY Splice box OV-S black 12 SCD blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 24 x SC OS2 2.7 kg 1 pc.
12xSCD, OS2 245 mm
41522600ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 12 SCD blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 24 x SC OS2 3 kg 1 pc.
12xSCD, OS2 245 mm
41541200ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 12 SCD metal vertical 1 U x 19 in x 24 x SC OS2 3 kg 1 pc.
12xSCD, OS2 245 mm
41538800ZY Splice box OV-S black 24 SCD blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 48 x SC OS2 3 kg 1 pc.
24xSCD, OS2 245 mm
41523000ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 24 SCD blue vertical 1 U x 19 in x 48 x SC OS2 3 kg 1 pc.
24xSCD, OS2 245 mm
41541300ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 24 SCD metal vertical 1 U x 19 in x 48 x SC OS2 3 kg 1 pc.
24xSCD, OS2 245 mm
41888700ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 12 SCD/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 24 x SC/APC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
12xSCD/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41888600ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 24 SCD/APC green vertical 1 U x 19 in x 48 x SC/APC OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
24xSCD/APC, 245 mm
OS2
41534400ZY Splice box OV-S black 6 ST metal vertical 1 U x 19 in x 6 x ST OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
6xST, OS2 245 mm
41523400ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 6 ST metal vertical 1 U x 19 in x 6 x ST OS2 2.8 kg 1 pc.
6xST, OS2 245 mm
41535100ZY Splice box OV-S black 12 ST metal vertical 1 U x 19 in x 12 x ST OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
12xST, OS2 245 mm
41523800ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 12 ST metal vertical 1 U x 19 in x 12 x ST OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
12xST, OS2 245 mm
41535400ZY Splice box OV-S black 24 ST metal vertical 1 U x 19 in x 24 x ST OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
24xST, OS2 245 mm
41524200ZY Splice box OV-S light grey 24 ST metal vertical 1 U x 19 in x 24 x ST OS2 2.5 kg 1 pc.
24xST, OS2 245 mm

Variants on request.

Subject to technical modification As of 2021-01-15 [Link]

FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD
E9/125 G.652.D OS2

image similar

Description
Datwyler offers a broad range of terminated connectors for individual customer needs.
For all patch cords figure 0 cables with 4.8x3.2 mm are used.

General Properties
Cable construction I-V(ZN)HH (4.8x3.2 mm)
Operating temperature -10 °C - +60 °C

Optical Properties
Ferrule material Zirconia
Grade, connector A (better than) B2
Grade, connector B (better than) B2
IL maximal, connector A 0.25 dB
IL maximal, connector B 0.25 dB
IL typical, connector A 0.12 dB
IL typical, connector B 0.12 dB
Lifetime 1000 connections with stable attenuation values
Reproducibility of the IL maximal +/- 0.1dB
RL minimal, connector A 50 dB
RL minimal, connector B 50 dB
RL typical, connector A 55 dB
RL typical, connector B 55 dB
Standard connector A IEC 61754-20
Standard connector B IEC 61754-20
Mechanical properties
Bending (IEC 60794-1-21 E11, reversible ≤ 0,5 dB
fibre attenuation)
Connector cable retention 100 N
Crush resistance (IEC 60794-1-21 E3, revers- ≤ 0,2 dB
ible fibre attenuation)
Impact IEC 60794-1-21 E4
Minimum bending radius 50 mm
Repeated bending IEC 60794-1-21 E6
Tensile load (IEC 60794-1-21 E1 0,33% 200 N
reversible fibre elongation)
Torsion (IEC 60794-1-21 E7, reversible fibre ≤ 0,1 dB
attenuation)

Versions
Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Weight [kg]

423311 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 1 0.03 kg
OS2
423312 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 2 0.04 kg
OS2
423313 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 3 0.07 kg
OS2
423314 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 4 0.16 kg
OS2
423315 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 5 0.09 kg
OS2
423316 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 6 0.11 kg
OS2
423317 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 7 0.11 kg
OS2
423318 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 8 0.29 kg
OS2
423319 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 9 0.15 kg
OS2
423320 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 10 0.17 kg
OS2
423384 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 11 0.3 kg
OS2
423386 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 13 0.32 kg
OS2
423387 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 14 0.33 kg
OS2
423391 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 16 0.35 kg
OS2
423392 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 17 0.36 kg
OS2
423393 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 18 0.37 kg
OS2
423394 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 19 0.38 kg
OS2
423395 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 20 0.39 kg
OS2
423396 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 21 0.4 kg
OS2
423397 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 22 0.41 kg
OS2
423398 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 23 0.42 kg
OS2
423399 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 24 0.43 kg
OS2
 Material number Product Outer sheath colour Length (m) Weight [kg]

423370 FO duplex patch cord LCD - LCD, E9/125 G.652.D yellow 25 0.44 kg
OS2

Subject to technical modification As of 2020-09-21 [Link]

Splicing accessories

1. Splice tray
2. Splice holder
3. Splice protection

Versions
Material number Product Weight [kg] Packing unit

415188 Splice holder for up to 12 splices (crimp technology) 0 kg 1 pc.

1411150 Splice tray without cover 0.03 kg 1 pc.
1411151 Splice tray cover 0.02 kg 1 pc.
1411153 Splice holder for up to 6 splices (heat shrink technology) 0 kg 1 pc.
418649 Splice protection (crimp technology) 0 kg 150 pcs.
1401581 Splice protection 60mm (shrink technology) 0.6 kg 100 pcs.
4000277 Splice protection 40mm (shrink technology) 0.04 kg 100 pcs.
416996 Splice kit with 12x splice protection (crimp technology) and splice 0.2 kg 1 set
tray cover
1411154 Fibre strain relief for splice tray 0.6 kg 1 pc.
418653 Set Splice protection (shrink technology) 1 x 1411153 + 6 x 4000277 0 kg 1 pc.
418655 Set Splice protection (crimp technology) 1 x 1411152 + 12 x 418649 0.01 kg 1 pc.

Subject to technical modification As of 2020-10-27 [Link]

 Standard Network Cabinet
19"/24U, 27U, 32U, 36U and 42U

OVERVIEW

Datwyler Standard Network Racks are designed in-line with the current market trends and to provide good-quality cabinets , that offer
an unrivaled cost- performance ratio. They can be used in large number of environments as offices, server rooms, network closets and
for applications within the ICT & security markets. These floor standing network cabinets are available from 24u and above.

TECHNICAL INFORMAITON

In addition to the modern, stylish and elegant exterior; the 19" standard assembly width cabinet supports the following
features and construction;
• Detachable composite structure.
• For ease of installation, the profile can be adjusted upwards/downwards and can move forward/backward to mount
equipments.
• Ventilation for fan heat dissipation.
• Equipped with castor and adjustment feet.
• Treated for rust prevention.
• High strength toughened glass or perforated front door.
• Numbered 'U' positions.

Images for illustration purpose only

TECHNICAL DETAILS
Frame SPCC Cold rolled steel 1.2 mm

Front door (Lockable) Toughened glass door, Perforated single door or Perforated dual door

Rear Door (Lockable) Metal single door, Perforated single door or Perforated dual door

Top and Bottom Cover SPCC Cold rolled steel (600mm depth is 1.00mm and above is 1.2mm)

19’’ Mounting Profile SPCC Cold rolled steel 1.5 or 1.8 (2 Pcs in front and 2 Pcs in rear side with U marking)

Mounting Angle SPCC Cold rolled steel 1.5 (4 Pcs up to 32U and above is 6 Pcs)

Side Panels SPCC Cold rolled steel - 600mm / 800mm depth is 1.0mm and above is 1.2mm

Standard Finish Powder Coated

Standard Color Black

Mounting Equipped with castor and adjustment feet

Page - 1 / 2 Subject to technical modification.

 Standard Network Cabinet
19"/24U, 27U, 32U, 36U and 42U

STANDARDS

Complies with ANSI/EIA RS-310-D, DIN41491; PART1, IEC 297-2, DIN 41494; PART7, GB.T 3047. 2-9. Compatible with metric ETSI
and 19'' international standard.

STANDARD INCLUDED ACCESSORIES

The following accessories are included with each floor standing cabinet;
• Screw and nuts.
• 4pcs castor and adjustment feet.
• 2pcs fixed shelves.
• 2 fans for 600 x 600 cabinet and 4 fans for others.
• UK Style 6 way 13 Amps PDU with UK plug.
• 2x Vertical cable managers (only with 42U 800mm wide cabinet).

Fan tray Shelf Leveling feet PDU

PACKAGE DETAILS

Flat package : The cabinet is unassembled and packed into 3 export cartons.
Whole package : The cabinet is assembled and packed into one export carton. Standard packaging is as flat pack.
Assembled whole package is available on request.

Model & Dimensions

Maximum Weight Height Width Depth
Article No Description Load - kg Kg Color mm mm mm Height

4000682 Network Cabinet 19" 24U-FSG-RSM 500 63 Black, RAL 9005 1255 600 800 24U
4001293 Network Cabinet 19" 24U-FSG-RSP 500 57 Black, RAL 9005 1255 600 600 24U
4000640 Network Cabinet 19" 27U-FSG-RSM 500 83 Black, RAL 9005 1388 800 800 27U
4001140 Network Cabinet 19" 27U-FSP-RSP 500 90 Black, RAL 9005 1388 800 1000 27U
4001363 Network Cabinet 19" 27U-FDP-RDP 500 61 Black, RAL 9005 1388 600 600 27U
4001228 Network Cabinet 19" 27U-FSP-RDP 500 90 Black, RAL 9005 1388 800 1000 27U
4001218 Network Cabinet 19" 32U-FSG-RSM 500 80 Black, RAL 9005 1610 600 800 32U
4001219 Network Cabinet 19" 36U-FSG-RSM 500 85 Black, RAL 9005 1788 600 800 36U
4001294 Network Cabinet 19" 36U-FSG-RSP 500 79 Black, RAL 9005 1788 600 600 36U
4001173 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSG-RSM 800 82 Black, RAL 9005 2055 600 600 42U
4000611 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSG-RSM 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 800 42U
4001207 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSG-RSM 800 130 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 1000 42U
4001162 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSP-RSP 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 800 42U
4001295 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSP-RSP 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 800 42U
4001291 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSP-RDP 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 800 42U
4001362 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FDP-RDP 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 800 42U
4000612 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSP-RSP 800 107 Black, RAL 9005 2055 600 1000 42U
4000610 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSP-RSP 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 1000 42U
4001337 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSP-RSP 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 1000 42U
4001206 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSP-RDP 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 1000 42U
4001227 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FSP-RDP 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 1000 42U
4001361 Network Cabinet 19" 42U-FDP-RDP 800 121 Black, RAL 9005 2055 800 1000 42U

Abbreviations:
F - Front door, S - Single, D - Dual, G - Glass , P - Perforated
R - Rear door, S - Single, D - Dual, M - Metal, P - Perforated
Note:
Light grey color and customized options are available on request.

Page - 2 / 2 Subject to technical modification.

Wall mounted cabinets
19‘‘/9U, 12U, 15U

19‘‘ wall mounted cabinets

Actual Product May Differ from above illustration

DESCRIPTION
Material: Cold Rolled Steel
Modern stylish appearance and elegant exterior
standard assembly width "19
Dachable composite structure
Wall mounting or floor standing installation
High strength toughened glass front door
Degrease, acid picking, rust prevention and parkerizing pure water
cleaning, static electricity plastic for the surface
Color: Light Gray or Black

Standard Attached Accessories

Fan, 6 Way PDU and

Shelf Screw and Nut

Packing Method
Whole package or flat package
Whole package: The cabinet have been [Link] whole cabinet are packed into one
export carton. Flat package: The cabinet is disassembled and pakced into 1 or 2 export
cartons

VERSIONS

Article No. Product Colour (similar to) Height [mm] Width [mm] Depth [mm]
On request Wall Mounted cabinet 19"/6U Black 6U 600 600
4001202 Wall Mounted cabinet 19"/9U Black 9U 600 600
4000614 Wall Mounted cabinet 19"/12U Black 12U 600 600
4000613 Wall Mounted cabinet 19"/15U Black 15U 600 600
4001151 Wall Mounted cabinet 19"/18U Black 18U 600 600

Subject to technical modification.

CCTV - Datasheets
60 SERIES
HC60WZ2R40
2M Network TDN WDR IR Speed Dome Camera
OPERATIONAL VIDEO
Video Standard NTSC / PAL Video Compression H.265 HEVC / H.264 / MJPEG, Smart Codec
Scanning System Progressive (16:9) 1920 x 1080 / 1600 x 904 / 1360 x 768 / 1280 x 720 /
Resolution
640 x 360
Image Sensor 1/2.8” CMOS
Number of Video Streams 3
Sensor size (H x V) 5.568mm x 3.132mm
MAX 30fps Mode: 1920 x 1080 (1-25 / 30 fps)
Number Of Pixels (H × V) 2MP (1920 x 1080 mm) Frame Rate Main Stream
MAX 60fps Non-True WDR mode: 1920 x 1080 (1-50 / 60 fps)
Color: 0.07 lux @F1.6 1/30sec
Min. illumination (Color/B/W) MAX 30fps Mode:1920 x 1080 / 1280 x 720 / 640 x 360 (1-25
BW: 0 lux @F1.6 (IR on) Frame Rate Second Stream / 30 fps) 
S/N Ratio > 50 dB MAX 60fps Non-True WDR mode: 1920 x 1080 (1-50 / 60 fps)

Electronic Shutter Speed 1/100000 ~ 1/1 MAX 30fps Mode: 1920 x 1080 / 1280 x 720 / 640 x 360 (1-25
Frame Rate Third Stream / 30 fps)
Day/Night Auto (ICR)/Color/BW MAX 60fps Non-True WDR mode: 1920 x 1080 (1-50 / 60 fps)
IR Distance Distance up to 200m Bit Rate (Control) 20 K ~ 80 Mbps
IR Light Control Smart IR (Auto/Manual)/OFF
AUDIO
IR Light Number 18
Audio Compression G.711 / G.726
Backlight Compensation WDR, BLC, HLC
Audio Stream 2-Way, Full duplex
White Balance Auto / Fixed Current / Manual
Audio Interface Line In / Out
Gain Control 0 ~ 100 %
NETWORK
Wide Dynamic Range 120 dB
Ethernet 10 Base-T / 100 Base-TX Ethernet (RJ-45)
Noise Reduction 3D DNR
Supported Web Browsers Chrome 79.0 Internet Explorer 11
40x Optical Zoom , Auto Focus , 4.25mm ~ 170mm, DC-IRIS, F1.6
Lens Supported OS Microsoft Windows 10
~ F4.95
Electronic Image Stabilization Support IPv4, IPv6, TCP / IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP, RTSP / RTP / RTCP, IGMP
Protocols* / Multicast, CIFS / SMB, SMTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS, DDNS, CoS, QoS,
Angle Of View H: 65.66° ~ 1.88° V:39.4° ~ 1.09° SNMP, 802.1X, UDP, ICMP, ARP, TLS
G-Sensor Support G-Sensor XYZ OSD Display (Default - Off) Interoperability ONVIF Profile G / S
Privacy Masking Off / On (24 Areas) Maximum Users Access 10 Users
Defog Support User account and password protection, HTTPS, IP Filter,
Encryption Chipset FIPS 140-2 Certified Chipset Built-in Digest authentication, TLS1.2 only, Stream encryption, AES128 /
Security
256, SSH / Telnet closed, PCIDSS compliance, FIPS 140-2 Certified
Local Storage Micro SD / SDHC / SDXC card slot (up to 256 GB)
Chipset Built-in
Micro USB Support Wifi Dongle for configuration
English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, Russian,
Languages Supported
Alarm Inputs / Outputs 2 In / 1 Out Spanish, Traditional Chinese

PTZ EVENTS / ANALYTICS

Pan Speed 0.05° ~ 440°/sec Intrusion, Loiter, Line crossing, Unattended object, Missing object,
Video Analytics
Pan Range 360° endless Face detection

Tilt Speed 0.05° ~ 350° / sec. Video motion detection, Periodically, Alarm input, System boot,
Event type
Recording notification, Camera tampering detection
Tilt Range 220° (-110° ~ + 110°)
Event notification using digital output, HTTP, Email and MicroSD
Preset Locations 256 preset locations, 128 presets per tour Event linkage
card
Preset Accuracy 0.1° Region Of Interest 5
Auto Pan Scan Support
ELECTRICAL
Auto Tracking Support
Power Supply AC 24 V~, 3 A, 50-60 Hz ; or UPoE 42.5-57 V , MAX 51 W
Auto Resume After Power
Support Power Consumption MAX 51 W
Failure
60 SERIES 2M NETWORK TDN WDR IR SPEED DOME CAMERA
MECHANICAL REGULATORY
Dimensions (Ø x H) Ø243.92 mm x 455.28 mm (Ø9.6”x17.9”) Emissions FCC PART 15, CE (EN 55032)
Product Weight 6.95kg (15.3lb) Immunity CE (EN 50130-4)
Package Weight 8.75kg (19.3lb) UL LISTED TO UL / CSA 62368-1, CE (EN 62368-1),
Safety
UL / CSA 60950-22, CE (EN 60950-22)
Material Aluminum and Plastic
RoHS CE (EN 50581), UAE (Cabinet Decree No.10 of 2017)
Construction Color Honeywell White, Pantone Black
Region of Origin Taiwan
ENVIRONMENTAL
Starting Temperature: -40 °C ~ 60 °C (-40 °F ~ 140 °F)
Operating Temperature
Working Temperature: -40 °C ~ 60 °C (-40 °F ~ 140 °F) (IR OFF)
Relative Humidity Less than 90 %, non-condensing
Ingress Protection IP66/NEMA 4X
PTZ casing IK10
Heater Supported

SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY OPTIONAL MOUNTS AND ACCESSORIES

Pro-Watch NVR Up to 256 IP channels RAID5 / 6 Enterprise NVR HA60NPTA* NPT Adapter, 1.5NPT
MAXPRO NVR PE Up to 128 IP channels RAID5 / 6 Enterprise NVR HA60WLMZ Wall Mount Bracket, 1.5 NPT
MAXPRO NVR SE Up to 64 IP channels System NVR HA60PLMZ Pole Mount Adapter
MAXPRO NVR XE Up to 16 IP channels System NVR HA60CNMZ Corner Mount Adapter
MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE Up to 128 IP channels Recording Software HA60WIF Wifi dongle and USB adapter for camera configuration
ADPRO NVR FASTTRACE 2E Up to 32 IP channels with up to 32 VA channels NVRs HA60POEZ UPOE Injector
ADPRO NVR iFT-E Up to 32 IP channels with up to 32 VA channels NVRs
* HA60NPTA is included in the HC60WZ2R40 box
Up to 32 IP channels or 16 IP channels with up to 16 VA
ADPRO NVR iFT
channels NVRs
ADPRO NVR iFT GATEWAY 4 IP channels + 4 VA channels
8 / 16 / 32 / 64-channel Performance Series NVRs
HEN*4
(H.264 and H.265)

Honeywell DVM Supported with Honeywell DVM R700 , DVM R620

30 Series NVR Integration with 30 Series NVR

ORDERING
HC60WZ2R40 2MP Network IR PTZ Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 40X Optical Zoom, TDN, H.265 HEVC Smart Codec, UPoE, 24VAC, IP66/NEMA4X, White
60 SERIES 2M NETWORK TDN WDR IR SPEED DOME CAMERA
DIMENSIONS

HA60NPTA
(HA60NPTA is
included in the
HC60WZ2R4
box)

For more information

[Link]/security

ONVIF and the ONVIF logo are trademarks of ONVIF Inc.

Honeywell Commercial Security HEVC Advance logo is a trademark of HEVC Advance
Honeywell reserves the right, without notification, to
715 Peachtree St. NE make changes in product design or specifications.
Atlanta, GA 30308
1.800.323.4576 HSV-HC60WZ2R40-01-US(0821)DS-Y
[Link] © 2021 Honeywell International Inc.
60 SERIES
HC60W45R2
HC60W45R4
5MP Network TDN WDR IR Outdoor Dome Camera
OPERATIONAL HC60W45R2 HC60W45R4 NETWORK
Video Standard NTSC / PAL Ethernet 10 Base-T / 100 Base-TX Ethernet (RJ-45)
Scanning System Progressive Supported Web Browsers Chrome 79.0 Internet Explorer 11
Image Sensor (Size : Supported OS Microsoft Windows 10
1/2.8” CMOS (5.18 x 3.89 mm)
H × V)
IPv4, IPv6, TCP / IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP, RTSP/RTP / RTCP,
Number Of Pixels (H × V) 5MP (2560 x 1920) Protocols* IGMP / Multicast, CIFS / SMB, SMTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS, DDNS, CoS,
Min. illumination QoS, SNMP, 802.1X, UDP, ICMP, ARP, TLS
0.04 Lux / 0Lux (@F1.4 IR on) 0.04 Lux / 0Lux (@F1.6 IR on)
(Color/B&W)
Interoperability ONVIF Profile G / S
S/N Ratio 60 dB
Maximum Users Access 10 Users
Electronic Shutter Speed 1/32000 ~ 1/30
User account and password protection, HTTPS, IP Filter, Digest authen-
IR Distance Up to 50 m (165 ft) Security tication, TLS1.2 only, Stream encryption, AES128 / 256,
SSH / Telnet closed, PCIDSS compliance, FIPS Chipset Built-In
IR Light Control Smart IR (Auto / Manual) / OFF, External IR trigger by output
English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, Russian,
IR Light Number 4 Languages Supported
Spanish, Traditional Chinese
Removable IR-Cut Filter Yes
EVENTS / ANALYTICS
Day/Night Auto / Day / Night / Synchronize with digital input / Schedule
Intrusion, Loiter, Line crossing, Unattended object, Missing object, Face
Built-in Video Analytics
Backlight Compensation WDR, HLC detection

White Balance Auto / Fixed Current / Manual Video motion detection, Periodically, Alarm input, System boot, Record-
Event type
ing notification, Camera tampering detection
Gain Control 0-100 %
Event linkage Event notification using digital output, HTTP, Email and MicroSD card
Wide Dynamic Range 120 dB
Region Of Interest 5
Noise Reduction 3D DNR
ELECTRICAL
2.7 ~ 13.5 mm, MFZ, P-IRIS, 7 ~ 22 mm, MFZ, P-IRIS,
Lens (Remote focus) 12 VDC / 24 VAC (50 / 60 Hz), Heat On: PoE (IEEE 802.3 at,
F 1.4 ~ F 2.8 F 1.6 ~ F 2.9 Power Supply
Class 4), Heat Off: PoE (IEEE 802.3 at, Class 3), Auto Sensing
Angle Of View H: 100° ~ 30°, V: 72° ~ 23 H: 39° ~ 16°, V: 29° ~ 12°
Power Consumption MAX 25.5 W
G-Sensor Support Camera Direction OSD Display (Default - Off)
MECHANICAL
Privacy Masking Off / On (5 Areas)
Dimensions (Ø x H) Ø 159.0 mm x 118.3 mm (Ø 6.3’’ x 4.7’’)
Defog Support
Dome diameter 107.4 mm (4.2’’)
Encryption Chipset Built-in FIPS encryption Chipset
Product Weight 1.08 kg (2.38 lb)
Local Storage Micro SD / SDHC / SDXC card slot (up to 256 GB), SD Card encryption
Package Weight 2.14 kg (4.72 lb)
Micro USB Support Wifi Dongle for configuration Body Material Metal (die casting aluminum with powder coating )
Alarm Inputs / Outputs 2 In / 1 Relay Out Construction Color RAL 120-1 (Lyric White)
VIDEO ENVIRONMENTAL
Video Compression H.265 HEVC / H.264 / MJPEG, Smart Codec Operating Temperature Starting & Working: -40°C ~ 60°C (802.3at PoE Class 4)
2560 x 1440 / 1920 x 1080 / 1600 x 904 / 1360 x 768 / Relative Humidity Less than 90 %, non-condensing
Resolution (16/9)
1280 x 720 / 640 x 360
Ingress Protection IP 66 / IP 67 / NEMA 4X
Resolution (4/3) 2560 x 1920 / 1600 x 1200 / 1280 x 960 / 640 x 480
Impact Resistance IK 10
Number of Video Streams 3
Heater Two (SOC/Lens)
Frame Rate Main 2560 x 1440 / 1920 x 1080 / 1600 x 904 / 1360 x 768 /
Stream & 1280 x 720 / 640 x 360 (1-25/30 fps), 1920 x 1080 / Gore-Vent Yes
Frame Rate Second 1600 x 904 / 1360 x 768 / 1280 x 720 / 640 x 360 Fan Yes
Stream (1-50/60 fps), 2560 x 1440 (1-50 fps)
REGULATORY
1280 x 960 / 640 x 480 (1-25/30 fps)
Frame Rate Third Stream Emissions FCC PART 15, CE (EN 55032)
1280 x 720 / 640 x 360 (1-50/60 fps)
Bit Rate (Control) 20 K ~ 80 Mbps Immunity CE (EN 50130-4)
UL LISTED TO UL / CSA 62368-1, CE (EN 62368-1), UL / CSA
AUDIO Safety
60950-22, CE (EN 60950-22)
Audio Compression G.711a / G.711 Mu / G.726 CE (EN 50581), EAC (TR EAEU 037 / 2016),
RoHS
Audio Stream Full duplex, simplex UAE (Cabinet Decree No.10 of 2017)

Audio Interface Line In / Out Country of Origin Taiwan

60 SERIES 5MP NETWORK TDN WDR IR OUTDOOR DOME CAMERA

SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY OPTIONAL MOUNTS AND ACCESSORIES

Pro-Watch NVR Up to 256 IP channels RAID5 / 6 Enterprise NVR HA60WLM4 Wall mount bracket for 4 inch dome, white

MAXPRO NVR PE Up to 128 IP channels RAID5 / 6 Enterprise NVR HA30PLM01 Pole Mount Adapter, white

MAXPRO NVR SE Up to 64 IP channels System NVR HA30CNM01 Corner Mount Adapter , white

MAXPRO NVR XE Up to 16 IP channels System NVR HA60PMC4 Pendant Mount Apapter, 1.5 NPT (outside), 3 / 4 NPT (inside), white

MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE Up to 128 IP channels Recording Software HA60CB4 4 inch Clear Bubble

ADPRO NVR FastTrace 2E Up to 32 IP channels with up to 32 VA channels NVRs HA60SB4 4 inch Smoked Bubble

ADPRO NVR iFT-E Up to 32 IP channels with up to 32 VA channels NVRs HA60WIF Wifi dongle and USB adapter for camera configuration

Up to 32 IP channels or 16 IP channels with up to 16 VA

ADPRO NVR iFT
channels NVRs

ADPRO NVR iFT Gateway 4 IP channels + 4 VA channels

Learn more about 60 Series
8 / 16 / 32 / 64-channel Performance Series NVRs (H.264
HEN*4
and H.265) accessories compatibility

Honeywell DVM Supported with Honeywell DVM R700 , DVM R620

ORDERING
5 MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera,  WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 2.7-13.5 mm MFZ, 4 IR LEDs, PoE+, H.265 HEVC Smart Codec, IP66/67/IK10/NEMA4X,
HC60W45R2
White
5 MP Network Outdoor Dome Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 7-22 mm MFZ, 4 IR LEDs, PoE+, H.265 HEVC Smart Codec, IP66/67/IK10/NEMA4X,
HC60W45R4
White

DIMENSIONS
m Ø 140.0 mm (Ø 5.5")
m
7.2 HA60PMC4 Wall Mount Option
10 ")
Ø 4.2
S Ø
(S
46.2 mm
118.3 mm (4.7")

(1.8")

167.3 mm (6.7")
65.3 mm (2.6")

Ø 7.4 mm (Ø 0.3")
Ø 5.2 mm (Ø 0.2")

Ø 159.0 mm (Ø 6.3")

194.4 mm (7.7")

118.0 mm (4.7")

85.6 mm (3.4")
139.3 mm (5.5")

118.0 mm (4.7")

202.1 mm (8.0")
85.6 mm (3.4")

Ø 7.4 mm
(Ø 0 3") . HA60WLM4 Wall Mount Option

For more information

[Link]/uk
[Link]/me

Honeywell Commercial Security

Honeywell Security Office -
Emaar Business Park,
Sheikh Zayed Road
Building No. 2, 2nd floor, 201
Post Office Box 232362
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Tel: +971 4 450 5800
ONVIF and the ONVIF logo are trademarks of ONVIF Inc.
Aston Fields Road HEVC Advance logo is a trademark of HEVC Advance
Honeywell reserves the right, without notification, to
Whitehouse Industrial Estate
make changes in product design or specifications.
Runcorn, Cheshire, WA7 3DL
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0)8448 000 235 HSV-HC60W45Rx-02-UK(0720)DS-Z
[Link] © 2020 Honeywell International Inc.
60 SERIES
HC60WB5R2
HC60WB5R5
5MP Network TDN WDR IR Outdoor Bullet Camera
OPERATIONAL Supported Web Browsers Chrome 79.0 Internet Explorer 11
Video Standard NTSC / PAL SupportedOS Microsoft Windows 10
Scanning System Progressive IPv4, IPv6, TCP / IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP, RTSP / RTP / RTCP,
Protocols* IGMP / Multicast, CIFS / SMB, SMTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS, DDNS, CoS,
Image Sensor 1 / 2.8” CMOS
QoS, SNMP, 802.1X, UDP, ICMP, ARP, TLS
Sensor Size (H × V) 5.18x 3.89mm
Interoperability ONVIF Profile G / S
Number Of Pixels (H × V) 2560 x 1920 (5 MP)
Maximum Users Access 10 Users
HC60WB5R2: Color: 0.04 Lux @F1.4, B/W: 0Lux @F1.4 (IR on)
Min. illumination (Color/B/W) User account and password protection, HTTPS, IP Filter, Digest
HC60WB5R5: Color: 0.06 Lux @F1.9, B/W: 0Lux @F1.9 (IR on)
Security authentication, TLS1.2 only, Stream encryption, AES128 / 256,
S/N Ratio 60 dB
Electronic Shutter Speed 1/32000 ~ 1/30 English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, Russian,
Languages Supported
IR Distance Up to 60 m (197 ft) Spanish, Traditional Chinese

IR Light Control Smart IR (Auto / Manual) / OFF EVENTS / ANALYTICS

IR Light Number 4 Intrusion, Loiter, Line crossing, Unattended object, Missing object,
Built-in Video Analytics
Yes Face detection

Day/Night Auto / Day / Night / Schedule Video motion detection, Periodically, Alarm input, System boot,
Event type
Recording notification, Camera tampering detection
Backlight Compensation WDR, HLC
Event notification using digital output, HTTP,
White Balance Auto / Fixed Current / Manual Event linkage
Email and MicroSD card
Gain Control Region Of Interest 5
Wide Dynamic Range 120 dB
ELECTRICAL
Noise Reduction 3D DNR
12 VDC / 24 VAC (50 / 60Hz), Heat On: PoE (IEEE 802.3 at,
Power Supply
Lens (HC60W45R2) Class 4), Heat Off: PoE (IEEE 802.3 at, Class 3)
Lens (HC60W45R4) Power Consumption MAX 25.5 W
Angle Of View (HC60W45R2) H: 100° ~ 30°, V: 72° ~ 23 Alarm Inputs / Outputs 2 In / 1 Relay Out
Angle Of View (HC60W45R4) H: 45° ~ 7°, V: 33° ~ 5° MECHANICAL
Support Camera Direction OSD Display Dimensions (D x D x L) 105.5 mm x 110.6 mm x 288.6 mm (4.2’’ x 4.4’’ x 11.4’’)
Privacy Masking Off / On (5 Areas) Product Weight HC60WB5R2: 1.75 kg (3.86 lb); HC60WB5R5: 2.53 kg (5.58 lb)
Defog Support
Package Weight HC60WB5R2: 1.78 kg (3.92 lb); HC60WB5R5: 2.56 kg (5.64 lb)
Local Storage Micro SD / SDHC / SDXC card slot (up to 256 GB)
Material Metal
Micro USB Support Wifi Dongle for configuration
Construction Color
VIDEO
ENVIRONMENTAL
Video Compression H.265 HEVC / H.264 / MJPEG, Smart Codec
Starting Temperature:
2560 x1440 / 1920x1080 / 1600x904 / 1360x768 /
Resolution (16/9)
1280 x720 / 640 x360 20°C ~ 60°C (68°F ~ 140°F) (802.3af PoE Class 3)
Operating Temperature
Resolution (4/3) 2560 x1920 / 1600x1200 / 1280x960 / 640 x480 Working Temperature:

Number of Video Streams 3 10°C ~ 60°C (50°F ~ 140°F) (802.3af PoE Class 3)
2560 x1440 / 1920x1080 / 1600x904 / 1360x768 / Relative Humidity Less than 90 %, non-condensing
Frame Rate Main Stream & 1280 x720 / 640 x
Frame Rate Second Stream 1600 x 904 / 1360 x 768 / 1280 x 720 / 640 x 360 Ingress Protection IP66 / IP67 / NEMA 4X
Impact Resistance IK10 (PC + METAL)
1280 x960 / 640 x
Frame Rate Third Stream
1280 x720 / 640 x
REGULATORY
Emissions FCC PART 15, CE (EN 55032)
Bit Rate (Control) 20 K ~ 80 M bps
Immunity
AUDIO
Audio Compression G.711a / G.711 Mu / G.726 Safety
Audio Stream Full duplex, simplex CE (EN 50581), EAC (TR EAEU 037 / 2016),
RoHS
Audio Interface Line In / Out UAE (Cabinet Decree No.10 of 2017)

NETWORK Country of Origin Taiwan

Ethernet
60 SERIES 5MP NETWORK TDN WDR IR OUTDOOR BULLET CAMERA

SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY OPTIONAL MOUNTS AND ACCESSORIES

Pro-Watch NVR Up to 256 IP channels RAID5 / 6 Enterprise NVR HB4G-PM Pole Mount Adapter
MAXPRO NVR PE Up to 128 IP channels RAID5 / 6 Enterprise NVR HB34G-CM Corner Mount Adapter

MAXPRO NVR SE Up to 64 IP channels System NVR HA30PLM01 Pole Mount Adapter

MAXPRO NVR XE Up to 16 IP channels System NVR HA30CNM01 Corner Mount Adapter

HA60BB1 Junction box, Grey
MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE Up to 128 IP channels Recording Software
HLR1001 IP over Coax Converter
ADPRO NVR FASTTRACE 2E Up to 32 IP channels with up to 32 VA channels NVRs
HA60BFP Replacement Bullet Front Panel
ADPRO NVR iFT-E Up to 32 IP channels with up to 32 VA channels NVRs
HA60WIF Wifi dongle and USB adapter for camera configuration
Up to 32 IP channels or 16 IP channels with up to 16 VA channels
ADPRO NVR iFT
NVRs
Learn more
Up to 16 IP channels or 8 IP channels with up to 8 VA channels
ADPRO NVR eFT
NVRs
about 60 Series
ADPRO NVR iFT GATEWAY 4 IP channels + 4 VA channels
accessories
8 / 16 / 32 / 64-channel Performance Series NVRs
HEN*4
(H.264 and H.265)
Honeywell DVM Supported with Honeywell DVM R700 , DVM R620

ORDERING
5MP Network IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 7-22 mm MFZ, 4 IR LEDs, PoE+, H.265 HEVC Smart Codec,
HC60WB5R2
IP66 / 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, Grey
5MP Network  IR Outdoor Bullet Camera, WDR 120 dB, 1/2.8” CMOS, 5-50 mm MFZ, 4 IR LEDs, PoE+, H.265 HEVC Smart Codec,
HC60WB5R5
IP66 / 67 / IK10/ NEMA4X, Grey

DIMENSIONS
4 - Ø 6.5 mm
(Ø 0.3")
105.5 mm (4.2")

63.0 mm (2.5")

197.0 mm (7.8")
63.0 mm (2.5") 277.5 mm (10.9")
110.6 mm (4.4") 288.6 mm (11.4")

HA60BB1 Junction Box

Ø 84.0 mm
(Ø 3.3")
105.0 mm (4.1")

110.6 mm (4.4") 50.0 mm (2.0") 288.6 mm (11.4")

For more information

[Link]

ONVIF and the ONVIF logo are trademarks of ONVIF Inc.

Honeywell Commercial Security HEVC Advance logo is a trademark of HEVC Advance
Honeywell reserves the right, without notification, to
715 Peachtree St. NE
make changes in product design or specifications.
Atlanta, GA 30308
1.800.323.4576
HSV-HC60WB5Rx-01-US(0220)DS-Y
[Link] © 2020 Honeywell International Inc.
MAXPRO®
NVR SE
32/48/64-Channel NVR

OPERATIONAL OPERATIONAL
MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE - VERSION 7.0 MAXPRO NVR SE HARDWARE
DATABASE Microsoft® SQL Server® 2019 Express PROCESSOR i7-9700K Processor (12M Cache, up to 4.90 GHz)
OPERATING SYSTEM Windows 10 IoT Enterprise for Embedded Systems MEMORY 16 GB DDR4
IMAGE COMPRESSIONS POWER SUPPLY Single 500 W
MJPEG, MPEG-4, H.264, H.265
SUPPORTED OS PARTITION 250 GB M.2 SSD OS drive
SUPPORTED HONEYWELL IP Supports Honeywell’s Performance IP, equIP® Series, 30 / 60 / 70 STORAGE CAPACITIES 4 TB to 96 TB
CAMERAS AND ENCODERS Series IP cameras
STORAGE HARD 6 bays - all field-upgradable,
SUPPORTED THIRD PARTY Refer to the MAXPRO NVR Compatibility on our website for a DRIVE OPTIONS 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 16 TB SATA hard drives
IP CAMERAS AND comprehensive list of compatible products to which this device is
ENCODERS integrated. OPTICAL 24x DVD-RW
AUDIO SUPPORT 2-way audio for specific IP camera models. NETWORK Two 1 GB Ethernet included
MAXIMUM NUMBER CHASSIS WITH
Desktop Client - 38 per unit from 19 remote workstations + 2U 6 bay including rack mount kit
OF DESKTOP CLIENT LOCKING BEZEL
2 local on NVR
CONNECTIONS REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS
Desktop Client - Full, 2x2, 1x5, 3x3, 2x8, 1x12, 4x4. MOUSE AND KEYBOARD 2x USB
SALVO LAYOUTS Web Client - 2x2.1x1,1x2,1x3. Mobile app (Phone) - 2x2,2x4,1x2,
1x1. Mobile app (Tablet) - 3x3, 2x2, 1x1. USB 1x Front, 6x Back (including 4x USB 3.0)
PICTURE CONTROLS Sharpness, blur, brightness, contrast, hue, saturation, maintain NETWORK 2x RJ45
PER CAMERA aspect ratio, stretched, original size and picture mirror MONITOR OUTPUT 1 HDMl, 1 Display Port, 1 DVI, 1 VGA
OSD Concealed text option ELECTRICAL
PLAYBACK CONTROLS PER FWD/REV Play x (1, 2, 4, 8, 16) INPUT VOLTAGE 100-240V ~ 50/60 Hz - max 500W, Auto Switching
CAMERA - DESKTOP CLIENT Slow FWD/REV Play x (1/2, 1/4, 1/8)
POWER DISSIPATION Average BTU rating = 569 BTU/HR
Time/date timeline, time jump FWD/REV, bookmarks, calendar,
SEARCH TYPES MECHANICAL
preview, film strip, event search and SMART Motion Search
Continuous and event based with H/M/D and holiday and Housing: Steel chassis
RECORDING SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION
exception days Finish: Black matte paint

RECORDING METHODS DIMENSIONS (W X H X D) 17.2’’ x 3.5’’ x 26” (437 mm x 88 mm x 660 mm)

Continuous, event based and user activated
PER CAMERA WEIGHT Unit: 43 lbs (19.5kg)
LIVE SETTINGS / CAMERA Compression format, resolution and frame rate ENVIRONMENTAL
RECORD SETTINGS TEMPERATURE
Operating: 5°C to 40°C (40°F to 104°F)
Same as live or can be a separate stream configuration
PER CAMERA Storage: -10°C to 65°C (14°F to 150°F)
Honeywell MPVC and SMPVC playable with standalone MAXPRO RELATIVE HUMIDITY 0% - 90%, non-condensing
Clip Player for faster and secure exports. WMV with digital certificate for REGULATORY
CLIP FORMAT authen­tication playable with Windows media player. ASF for faster
exporting of longer than an hour backup clips in native compression EMISSIONS FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B
format. SAFETY ANSI / UL 60950-1; CAN/CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
VIDEO CLIP RECORDING AND REMOTE MONITORING PERFORMANCE
Digital signature, verification tool provided
AUTHENTICATION
1920 fps @ 4CIF/VGA or 1920 fps @ 720p HD or 1280 fps @ 1080p (4 Mbps bitrate) HD. 1-way
MOTION DETECTION Camera based for supported models or Server based (SMART VMD) audio for up to 64 IP channels. Network bandwidth/throughput - Incoming: 160 Mbps, Outgoing: 280
LOCATION for all models (except 360 fisheye /panomorph views) Mbps,Total: 440 Mbps. Rendering performance using GPU of up to 4 1080p HD @ 30 fps /2 4K @
EVENT RECORDING Pre and post duration setting 30fps on local client. Note: Oncam Grandeye 360 Cameras are not supported with GPU rendering and
use CPU rendering by default.
OPERATOR REPORTING Per user, configurator, session and viewer
EVENT REPORT Per camera or recorder events
OPERATORS 1024

Desktop Client: Live - 256 streams, Playback/Video retrieval sessions - 32, Sync playback - 9 streams. 256 live streams limit excludes 1 stream used
MAX VIDEO STREAMS SUPPORT per camera if SMART VMD is enabled. Maximum live streams per camera is 15 with SMART VMD enabled. Mobile App: 16 streams of 1080p HD @ 5 fps
each. Note: During archival operations,maximum no of playback streams recommended from Desktop Client and Web Client is 16 streams.
SERVER BASED VMD (SMART VMD) Channels at max fps: 64 ch at 1920 fps @ 4CIF/VGA or 64 ch at 1920 fps @ 720p or 50 ch at 1280 fps @ 1080p or total 100 Megapixel.
PERFORMANCE - CHANNELS SUPPORTED All channels at fps: 64 ch at 1920 fps @ 4CIF/VGA or 1920 fps @ 720p or 640 fps @ 1080p or total 128 Megapixel.

ARCHIVAL PERFORMANCE 16 channels @ 4 Mbps bitrate each / 64 Mbps total archival throughput capacity. Outgoing archival storage throughput of 200 Mbps.
Support for maximum 128 streams. Support for configuring 1 preferred stream for continuous recording and 1 preferred stream for live video / motion
MULTI-STREAM PERFORMANCE
based recording per camera.
MAXPRO® NVR SE (Standard Edition)
32/48/64-Channel Network Video Recorder (NVR)

HARDWARE FEATURES

• Provides the processor and storage enclosure in one chassis, • Includes HDMI, DVI-D and DVI-I ports for dual monitor support
resulting in both space and cost savings • Supports displaying 16 cameras at one time on the NVR local
• Rack mountable with 6 removable drives, SATA hard drives used monitor and rendering performance using GPU of up to 4 1080p
for operating system partition and video storage HD @ 30 fps/2 4K @ 30 fps on local client
• Record and monitor up to 64 channels at 1920 fps @ 4CIF/VGA • 1 solid-state drive with operating system and 6 removable bays
or 1920 fps @ 720p HD or 1280 fps @ 1080p (4 Mbps bitrate) with storage hard drives (optional 4 TB, 6 TB, 8 TB, 10 TB, 12 TB
HD per MAXPRO NVR SE. Network bandwidth/throughput or 16 TB SATA hard drives)
supported per NVR with Incoming: 160 Mbps, Outgoing: 280 • Internal storage capacity from 4 TB to 96 TB
Mbps; Total: 440 Mbps.
• Includes dual 1 GB Network ports optimized to separate record
• Archival support of 16 channels @ 4 Mbps bitrate each/64 Mbps and viewing data to ensure 100% recording and smooth playback
total archival throughput capacity per MAXPRO NVR SE, with even with multiple client connections
outgoing archival storage throughput of 200 Mbps
• 2U rack mount form factor with locking front bezel. Rack rails
• Multi-stream support with maximum 128 streams per included for use with four post racking systems
MAXPRO NVR SE. Support for configuring 1 preferred stream
for continuous recording and 1 preferred stream for live video /
motion based recording per camera
• Supports One-way Audio (for specific IP cameras) with live,
playback and clip export on desktop clients for up to 64 IP
channels

SPECIFICATIONS

Front View

19.0"
(483 mm)

Rear View

3.46"
(88 mm)

Side View

26.0"
(660 mm)

-2-
MAXPRO® NVR SE (Standard Edition)
32/48/64-Channel Network Video Recorder (NVR)

ORDERING
MAXPRO NVR SE MAXPRO NVR SE – CHANNEL UPGRADE LICENSES
HNMSE32D04T 4 TB, 32 Channel, 1 x 4 TB MAXPRO NVR – 1 Channel License Upgrade to add support for up to 64
HNM01UP
HNMSE48D04T 4 TB, 48 Channel, 1 x 4 TB Channels per NVR
HNMSE64D04T 4 TB, 64 Channel, 1 x 4 TB MAXPRO NVR – 4 Channel License Upgrade to add support for up to 64
HNM04UP
Channels per NVR
HNMSE32D08T 8 TB, 32 Channel, 2 x 4 TB
MAXPRO NVR – 8 Channel License Upgrade to add support for up to 64
HNMSE48D08T 8 TB, 48 Channel, 2 x 4 TB HNM08UP
Channels per NVR
HNMSE64D08T 8 TB, 64 Channel, 2 x 4 TB MAXPRO NVR – 16 Channel License Upgrade to add support for up to 64
HNM16UP
HNMSE32D16T 16 TB, 32 Channel, 4 x 4 TB Channels per NVR
HNMSE48D16T 16 TB, 48 Channel, 4 x 4 TB MAXPRO NVR – 32 Channel License Upgrade to add support for up to 64
HNM32UP
HNMSE64D16T 16 TB, 64 Channel, 4 x 4 TB Channels per NVR
HNMSE32D24T 24 TB, 32 Channel, 6 x 4 TB
HNMSE48D24T 24 TB, 48 Channel, 6 x 4 TB ACCESSORIES FOR MAXPRO NVR SE/XE REV D
HNMSE64D24T 24 TB, 64 Channel, 6 x 4 TB HNMSXDHD2T 2 TB HDD Upgrade Kit
HNMSE32D36T 36 TB, 32 Channel, 6 x 6 TB HNMSXDHD4T 4 TB HDD Upgrade Kit
HNMSE48D36T 36 TB, 48 Channel, 6 x 6 TB HNMSXDHD6T 6 TB HDD Upgrade Kit
HNMSE64D36T 36 TB, 64 Channel, 6 x 6 TB HNMSXDHD8T 8 TB HDD Upgrade Kit
HNMSE32D48T 48 TB, 32 Channel, 6 x 8 TB HNMSXDHD10T 10 TB HDD Upgrade Kit
HNMSE48D48T 48 TB, 48 Channel, 6 x 8 TB HNMSXDWS2K16 Microsoft® Windows 10 to Windows Server 2016 Upgrade
HNMSE64D48T 48 TB, 64 Channel, 6 x 8 TB
HNMSE32D60T 60 TB, 32 Channel, 6 x 10 TB SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE & UPGRADES AGREEMENTS FOR MAXPRO NVR
HNMSE48D60T 60 TB, 48 Channel, 6 x 10 TB Annual Software Support Agreement – MAXPRO NVR System with
SSAMPNVRCH
HNMSE64D60T 60 TB, 64 Channel, 6 x 10 TB VMS support included, Per Channel
Annual 24/7 Software Support Agreement – MAXPRO NVR System
SSA24MPNVRCH
with VMS support included, Per Channel
Annual End User 24/7 Software Support Agreement – MAXPRO NVR
SSAEUMPNVRCH
Refer to the storage calculator on [Link] to help determine what size System with VMS support included, Per Channel
unit to order.

MAXPRO NVR SE – PART NUMBER LOOKUP

HNMSE 64 D 04T

MAXPRO® NVR SE
Internal Storage
# of Channels 00T = no HDD
16 = 16 Channels 04T = 1 x 4 TB storage
32 = 32 Channels
08T = 2 x 4 TB storage
48 = 48 Channels Rev D - 6 bay unit
64 = 64 Channels 16T = 4 x 4 TB storage
24T = 6 x 4 TB storage
36T = 6 x 6 TB storage
48T = 6 x 8 TB storage
60T = 6 x 10 TB storage

For more information

[Link]/security
ONVIF and the ONVIF logo are
Honeywell Commercial Security trademarks of ONVIF Inc.
Honeywell reserves the right, without
715 Peachtree St. NE notification, to make changes in
Atlanta, GA 30308 product design or specifications.
1.800.323.4576 HSV-MPSE-11-US(1121)DS-ZD
[Link] © 2021 Honeywell International Inc.
ULTRAKEY LITE®
Video Matrix keyboard with LCD screen

Honeywell’s UltraKey Lite® keyboard is an industry-

leading design for reliable, user-friendly control of
video management systems. It works on both the
MAXPRO® VMS and Pro-Watch® VMS to provide a
uniform user interface regardless of system controller.

The UltraKey Lite incorporates a touch wheel for rapid camera selections and digital
or networked video recorder control, and a touch ring with four keys for various
[Link] DVR/NVR buttons are programmable for device control. Laser
cut keys with blue backlight provide a fade-free, familiar QWERTY keyboard feel and
the rubber wrist pad is user replaceable.
MARKET
Multiple control interfaces include TCP/IP, RS232, RS422 and RS485 through
OPPORTUNITIES
For both MAXPRO-Net and VideoBloX
convenient RJ45 connector. A breakout box is available to convert to screw terminal
CPU matrix options, the UltraKey Lite
or DB9 for RS232, and a USB port is also available for future connection options.
provides a real-time intuitive method
The DC power supply connector uses a unique twist-lock mechanism to prevent
of control for small to large matrix
accidental unplugging. Power over Ethernet (PoE) option is also available. The
opportunities. The UltraKey Lite is a
UltraKey Lite has its own web browser for simple configuration and firmware
mid-tier keyboard option for MAXPRO-
upgrades.
Net systems with added advantages
The UltraKey Lite has a two-line LCD that offers system feedback and simple of TCP/IP connectivity and the option
keyboard configuration, and a 3-axis variable speed joystick with twist zoom to use RS422 for remote applications.
controls variable speed PTZ mechanisms. The addition of focus controls on the This eliminates the need for external
left and right of the joystick allows either left or right-handed persons to use the RS422 adapters, especially when used in
controller effortlessly. conjunction with the MegaPIT™.
In VideoBloX mode, 20 function keys are available for sequence triggering or groups
The UltraKey Lite is a direct replacement
and scenes. In addition, the Mon A, Mon B, Tour and MUX keys trigger specific
to the HEGS5BLX or PCK variants for
sequences in the VideoBloX CPU.
the VideoBloX and VideoBloX Lite CPUs.
In MAXPRO-Net mode, standard keys such as PTZ call, alternate camera selection, With the VideoBloX NetCPU, the TCP/IP
sequence selection, tours, mux selection and NVR control functions are present. option offers connectivity over a LAN.
Through MAXPRO-Net Setmax, each key can be intercepted and the desired
function programmed using macros.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

Keys are backlit with Pro-Watch VMS and TCP/IP)

pleasant adjustable blue compatible Keys are laser cut and
LED Power over Ethernet fade-free
Touch wheel for DVR/NVR
Mon A, Mon B keys for control Web browser for easy
quick monitor selection Multiple connectivity upgrading and configur-
MAXPRO VMS and options (RS232/422/485 ing
ULTRAKEY LITE
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATIONAL MECHANICAL
Compatibility MAXPRO-Net, Pro-Watch and MAXPRO Dimensions (W x H x D) 16.06” x 4.13” × 8.46”
VMS, VideoBloX (408 mm x 105 mm x 215 mm)
Communication Shipping Weight 7 lbs (3.2 kg)
1200, 4800, 9600, 19200, 57600 baud
Speeds
Construction Housing ABS+PC (cool grey)
Operating Distances RS422: 4000’ (1219m),
RS232: 50’ (15.2m), CONNECTIONS
Ethernet 330’ (100m)
1×Ethernet (10Base-T, 100Base-TX) RJ45 with PoE
LCD Screen STN, Positive image, 122 x 32 Dots,
1×RS232/422
Blue White backlight
1× Locking 12 VDC power connector
Joystick 3-D axis proportional control
1×USB Type A, version 1
Standard Keys 0-9, Clr, Ent, Cam, Mon, Mux, Device,
Alarm, Seq, Login ENVIRONMENTAL
Touch Wheel Both Modes: DVR/NVR control Temperature Operating: 14 to 131° F (-10 to +55° C)
VideoBloX: Camera selection Storage: -40 to 167° F (-40 to +75° C)

Camera Function Keys View, Tour, PTZ Call, Alt, Undo, Set, Iris, Relative Humidity 20%-80% (non-condensing)
(2) Focus, MonA, MonB REGULATORY
DVR/NVR Keys Rec/Stop, Play Fwd, Play Rev, Review, Emissions FCC: CFR 47 Part 15 Class B
Search, Touch Pad and Ring for FF, REW, CE: Class B (EN 61000-6-3:2001
Step FWD, REV 2004/108/EC)
ICES-003
ELECTRICAL CISPR 22:2005 (AS/NZS 4417.1:1996)
Input Voltage 100 - 240 VAC (50 or 60 Hz)
Immunity EN50130-4/A2:2003
Operating Voltage 12 VDC or POE (48 VDC, Class 3) Safety UL 60950-1
Power Consumption 1 A @ 12 VDC (12 W) EN 60065:2006 (2006/95/EC)

ORDERING INFORMATION
HJC5000 Keyboard controller for VideoBloX, MAXPRO-Net, MAXPRO VMS and Pro-Watch VMS.

DIMENSIONS

For more information

[Link]/uk
[Link]/me

Honeywell Commercial Security

Honeywell Security Office -
Emaar Business Park,
Sheikh Zayed Road
Building No. 2, 2nd floor, 201
Post Office Box 232362
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Tel: +971 44541704 Honeywell reserves the right,
without notification, to make
Aston Fields Road changes in product design or
Whitehouse Industrial Estate
specifications.
Runcorn, Cheshire, WA7 3DL
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0)8448 000 235 HSV-HJC5000-01-UK(0520)DS-Z
[Link] © 2020 Honeywell International Inc.
Access Control - Datasheets
PHYSICAL ACCESS SOLUTIONS

20 20K 40 40K

HID® Signo™ Readers

Models: 20, 40, 20K, 40K

THE SIGNATURE LINE OF READERS FROM HID GLOBAL

READY FOR THE FUTURE NOW
ƒ Highly Versatile — Support for the widest range of credential technologies, including
ƒ Mobile-ready by default,
HID Mobile Access® via native Bluetooth and Near Field Communication (NFC).
including Apple's Enhanced
Contactless Polling (ECP) to ƒ Unparalleled Performance — Ultra secure storage of cryptographic keys on certified
support credentials in Apple secure element hardware, plus a new surface detection feature that enables the
Wallet reader to automatically recalibrate and optimize read range performance.
ƒ Sleek, innovative design to suit ƒ Connected to the Future — All readers include out-of-the-box support for Open
modern architecture Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP) for secure bidirectional communication.

ƒ Integrated OSDP for secure

authentication and configuration HID Signo™ is the signature line of With support for the widest array
post installation physical access control readers from of credential technologies — past,
HID Global. The versatility, performance present and future — HID Signo is
ƒ Built on a hardware platform
and connected capabilities of HID the perfect choice for those looking
designed to be adaptable to
Signo readers set a new industry to make the transition to a secure
support future technology
benchmark for the most highly authentication technology.
ƒ Designed to seamlessly integrate adaptable, interoperable and secure
HID Signo readers transcend the
into the HID Origo® ecosystem approach to electronic access control.
traditional approach to security by
Offering an unparalleled breadth of being designed to be connected and
functionality, HID Signo affords security managed remotely without needing
system installers and administrators a to physically touch each device. This
simple and effective approach to secure functionality empowers access control
access control for almost any scenario. systems to dynamically respond as new
needs, configurations or threats arise.

POWERFULLY SECURE MEET EVERY NEED, ADAPT TO ANY SITUATION MANAGE, UPGRADE AND CONFIGURE
ƒ Multi-Layered security to ensure data ƒ Go mobile with native Bluetooth and NFC ƒ Easily and securely managed using HID
authenticity and privacy support Reader Manager®
ƒ EAL5+* Certified Secure Element Hardware ƒ Integrated 125 kHz credential read support ƒ Configure via a mobile device or OSDP
for easy migration
ƒ Native OSDP secure channel ƒ Update firmware in response to threats
capability ƒ Supports over 15 common credential
ƒ Personalize by configuring audio visual
technologies
ƒ Trusted secure authentication using the or keypad settings
SIO data model ƒ Flush mount terminal block and pigtail
ƒ Deactivate legacy credential technology
wiring options
ƒ Supports iCLASS Elite™ and Corporate to conclude secure migration
1000 Programs ƒ Robust outdoor performance with an
IP65 rating

* evaluation pending.

[Link]
 SPECIFICATIONS

HID Signo Reader Model 20 20K 40 40K

2.4 GHz (Bluetooth)

Mobile Credentials powered by Seos® (HID Mobile Access)
Credential Compatibility
13.56 MHz (NFC) Seos, iCLASS SE®, iCLASS SR®, iCLASS®, MIFARE Classic, MIFARE DESFire EV1/EV2,
Credential Compatibility Mobile Credentials powered by Seos (HID Mobile Access)
125 kHz Credential Compatibility HID Proximity®, Indala® Proximity, AWID Proximity, and EM Proximity
Seos®, MIFARE Classic, MIFARE DESFire EV1/EV2 & ISO14443A Single Technology Cards –
1.6 to 4 in (4 to 10 cm)
Typical Read Range1
HID / AWID Proximity®, Indala Proximity®, EM Proximity & 125 kHz Single Technology Cards –
2.4 to 4 in (6 to 10 cm)
Suited to mount and cover single gang
Suited for mullion-mount door installations or
Mounting switch boxes with a slotted mounting plate
any flat surface mounting
for alternate back-box spacing
Color Black bezel with silver trim baseplate 2
Keypad No Yes (2 x 6 layout) No Yes (3 x 4 layout)
1.77 in x 4.78 in x 1.78 in x 4.79 in x 3.15 in x 4.78 in x 3.16 in x 4.79 in x
Dimensions 0.77 in 0.85 in 0.77 in 0.85 in
(width x length x depth) (45 mm x 121.5 mm (45 mm x 121.5 mm (80 mm x 121.5 mm (80 mm x 121.5 mm
x 19.5 mm) x 21.5 mm) x 19.5 mm) x 21.5 mm)
Pigtail: 3.35 oz Pigtail: 3.88 oz Pigtail: 4.94 oz Pigtail: 5.64 oz
(95 g) (110 g) (140 g) (160 g)
Product Weight
Terminal: 2.65 oz Terminal: 3.17 oz Terminal: 4.23 oz Terminal: 4.94 oz
(75 g) (90 g) (120 g) (140 g)
Operating Voltage 12V DC
NSC4: 60 mA NSC4: 65 mA NSC4: 65 mA NSC4: 70 mA
Peak: 250 mA Peak: 250 mA Peak: 250 mA Peak: 250 mA
Current Draw3
Max. Avg: 70 mA Max. Avg: 75 mA Max. Avg: 75 mA Max. Avg: 80 mA
IPM 5: 45 mA IPM5: 48 mA IPM5: 45 mA IPM5: 55 mA
Input: Tri-color LED, Buzzer, Hold @ Active Low
Device Input and Output
Output: Tamper Relay 0-60V DC @ 100mA Max (Dry Contact)
Operating Temperature -31° F to +150° F (-35° C to +66° C)
& Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing
Storage Temperature -40° F to +185° F (-40° C to +85° C)
Environmental Rating UL294 Outdoor and Indoor rated, IP65
Transmit Frequency 125 kHz, 13.56 MHz, and 2.4 GHz
Communications
Wiegand and RS-485 Half Duplex (OSDP) via Pigtail (18 in / 0.5 m) or Terminal Strip
& Panel Connection
Device Management HID Reader Manager / OSDP configuration
UL294/cUL (US), FCC (US), IC (Canada), CE (EU), RCM (Australia, New Zealand), SRRC (China),
KCC (Korea), NCC (Taiwan), iDA (Singapore), RoHS, MIC (Japan), GreenCircle, Bluetooth SIG,
Certifications
and additional regions.
[Link]/certifications
Security Ratings EAL 5+* Certified Secure Element Hardware
Patents [Link]/patents
Housing Materials Polycarbonate – UL94 V0
UL Reference Number 20 20K 40 40K
Warranty Limited Lifetime
* evaluation pending.
1 Read range listed is statistical mean rounded to nearest centimeter increment for ID-1 or clamshell credentials. HID Global testing
occurs in open air. Form factor, technology and environmental conditions, including metallic mounting surface, can degrade read
[Link] range performance; plastic spacers are recommended to improve performance on metallic mounting surfaces.
2 Black trim baseplate & reader spacers available as an additional accessory at an additional cost.
3 Measured in accordance with UL294 standards; see Installation Guide for details.
4 NSC – Normal Standby Current; see Installation Guide for details.
North America: +1 512 776 9000 5 Intelligent Power Management (IPM) – Reduces reader current consumption up to 43%, based on model, compared to standard
Toll Free: 1 800 237 7769 operating mode.
Europe, Middle East, Africa: +44 1440 714 850 © 2020 HID Global Corporation/ASSA ABLOY AB. All rights reserved. HID, HID Global, the HID Blue Brick logo, the
Asia Pacific: +852 3160 9800 Chain Design, HID Signo, iCLASS Elite, HID Reader Manger, Seos, iCLASS SE, iCLASS SR, iCLASS, HID Proximity, and
Indala are trademarks or registered trademarks of HID Global or its licensor(s)/supplier(s) in the US and other countries
Latin America: +52 55 9171 1108 and may not be used without permission. All other trademarks, service marks, and product or service names are
An ASSA ABLOY Group brand trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
2020-03-09-pacs-signo-reader-family-ds-en PLT-04831
 300lbs / 600lbs / 1200lbs Electric Locks

HL Series
300lbs / 600lbs / 1200lbs Electric Locks

Honeywell HL Series electric locks include 300lbs, 600lbs and 1200lbs locks for different requirements.
The HL locks are suitable for various door types – single, dual, inswing, outswing, wooden, glass,
frameless glass doors. Some of the models are water-proof which are designed for outdoor installations
in commercial buildings, residential, transportation and industrial.

ELECTRIC STRIKES
HL-S0125
Fail Secure Door Strike
HL-S0125R
Fail Safe Door Strike
Modes Fail Secure or Fail Safe  

Face Plates Aluminum

Dimensions 125 (L) x 32 (W) x 44 (D) mm
Voltage 12 VDC
Currents 400mA/12 VDC
Certificate CE

ELECTRIC BOLTS with Sensor

HL-B0200LS
200mm Drop Bolt. Lock + Sensor. 12 VDC.
HL-B0200LS-24
200mm Drop Bolt. Lock + Sensor. 24 VDC.
Dimensions – Body 200 (L) x 34 (W) x 42 (D) mm
Dimensions – Face Plate 200 (L) x 34 (W) x 3 (D) mm
Dimensions – Cover Plate 210 (L) x 42 (W) x 0.8 (D) mm
HL-B0200LS: 12V
Voltage
HL-B0200LS-24: 24VDC
Pull-in Current 11 – 24 VDC / 0.9A
Holding Current 11 – 24 VDC / 0.23 – 0.25A
Sensor Built-in
HL-A2200G Bracket for Electric Bolt on Full Glass Door
Accessories
HL-A2210GBracket for Electric Bolt on Glass Door
Certificate CE
ACCESSORIES

HL-A2200G
Bracket for Electric Bolt on Full Glass Door
Dimensions 205 (L) x 59 (W) x 47 (D)mm
Application Only suitable for 200mm electric bolts

HL-A2210G
Bracket for Electric Bolt on Glass Door
Dimensions 135 (L) x 50 (W) x 38.5 (D)mm

ELECTRO-MAGNETIC LOCKS
300lbs

HL-M0300
300lbs Mag Lock with Surface Mount
Holding Force About 300lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor
Dimensions – Main 166(L) x 38.6 (W) x 21.5 (D) mm
Dimensions – Armature Plate 130 (L) x 32 (W) x 8 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC
Currents 360mA/12 VDC, 180mA/24 VDC
Accessory HL-A2003LZ L&Z bracket
Certificate CE

 
ACCESSORIES

HL-A2003LZ
L&Z Bracket for HL-M0300
Dimensions – L Bracket 166 (L) x 42 (W) x 30 (D) mm
Dimensions – Z Bracket 166 (L) x 38 (W) x 38 (D) mm
HL-M0300B
300lbs Mag Lock with Mortise Mount
Holding Force About 300lbs
Mount Mortise Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor  
Dimensions – Body 202 (L) x 34.5 (W) x 21 (D) mm
Dimensions – Armature Plate 130 (L) x 32 (W) x 8 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC
Currents 360mA/12 VDC, 180mA/24 VDC
Accessory n/a
Certificate CE

600lbs

HL-M0600
600lbs Mag Lock. Surface Mount. Basic Lock
Holding Force About 600lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor
Dimensions – Body 250 (L) x 47.2 (W) x 26.6 (D) mm
 
Dimensions – Armature Plate 185 (L) x 38 (W) x 12.5 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC
Currents 500mA/12 VDC, 250mA/24 VDC
HL-A2185 Armature Housing
HL-A2006L L Bracket
Accessories HL-A2006LZ L&Z Bracket
HL-A2006AC Angle Bracket
HL-A2185G Glass Door Bracket
Certificate CE

HL-M0600LS
600lbs Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Surface Mount
Holding Force About 600lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor
Dimensions – Body 250 (L) x 47.2 (W) x 26.6 (D) mm
Dimensions – Armature Plate 185 (L) x 38 (W) x 12.5 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC  
Currents 500mA/12 VDC, 250mA/24 VDC
Sensor Built-in
LED Built-in
HL-A2185 Armature Housing
HL-A2006L L Bracket
Accessories HL-A2006LZ L&Z Bracket
HL-A2006AC Angle Bracket
HL-A2185G Glass Door Bracket
Certificate CE
HL-M0600LS-D
600lbs Double Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Surface Mount
Holding Force About 600lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor
Dimensions – Body 500 (L) x 47.2 (W) x 26.6 (D) mm
Dimensions – Armature Plate 185 (L) x 38 (W) x 12.5 (T) mm  

Voltage 12V / 24VDC

Currents 500mA/12 VDC, 250mA/24 VDC
Sensor Built-in
LED Built-in
HL-A2185 Armature Housing
HL-A2006L L Bracket
Accessories HL-A2006LZ L&Z Bracket
HL-A2006AC Angle Bracket
HL-A2185G Glass Door Bracket
Certificate CE

HL-M0600-W
600lbs Four-Wire Water-Proof Mag Lock with Surface Mount
Holding Force About 600lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor
 
Dimensions – Body 203 (L) x 44 (W) x 40 (D) mm
Dimensions – Armature Plate 185 (L) x 38 (W) x 12.5 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC
Currents 500mA/12 VDC, 250mA/24 VDC
Wire 4-wire
Accessories
Certificate CE

HL-M0600S-W
600lbs Seven-Wire Water-Proof Mag Lock with Sensor. Surface Mount
Holding Force About 600lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor
Dimensions – Body 203 (L) x 44 (W) x 40 (D) mm
 
Dimensions – Armature Plate 185 (L) x 38 (W) x 12.5 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC
Currents 500mA/12 VDC, 250mA/24 VDC
Wire 7-wire
Sensor Built-in
Accessories
Certificate CE
ACCESSORIES  

HL-A2006L
Adjustable Bracket for 600lbs Electro-Magnetic Locks
Dimensions 250 (L) x 48 (W) x 30 (D) mm
Applicable for door frame less than 45mm to fix the outswing
Applications
door

HL-A2006LZ
L&Z Bracket for 600lbs Electro-Magnetic Locks
Dimensions – L Bracket 250 (L) x 48 (W) x 30 (D) mm
Dimensions – Z Bracket 185 (L) x 50 (W) x 50 (D) mm
For inswing door installation. L bracket to fix
Applications the lock body; Z bracket to fix the armature
plate

HL-A2006AC
L&Z Arc-Shaped Bracket for 600lbs Electro-Magnetic Locks
Dimensions – L Bracket 250 (L) x 48 (W) x 30 (D) mm
Dimensions – Z Bracket 250 (L) x 50 (W) x 50 (D) mm
Dimensions – Arc-Shaped 250 (L) x 50 (W) x 32 (D) mm
Bracket
For inswing doors – L bracket to fix the lock
body; Z bracket to fix the armature plate
Applications For outswing doors – to elongate door frame
width which is less than 45mm. Arc-shaped
bracket to fix the lock body

 
HL-A2185
Armature Housing for 600lbs Electro-Magnetic Locks
Dimensions 200 (L) x 55 (W) x 15 (D) mm
No need to nail through the door when installing outswing
Applications
door and armature plate
HL-A2185G
U Bracket for 600lbs Electro-Magnetic Locks
Dimensions 185 (L) x 62 (W) x 33 (D) mm
Applications Suitable for glass door to fix the armature plate

1200lbs

HL-M1200
1200lbs Mag Lock with Surface Mount. Basic Lock
Holding Force About 1200lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor
 
Dimensions – Body 266 (L) x 73 (W) x 40 (D) mm
Dimensions – Armature Plate 185 (L) x 61 (W) x 16 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC
Currents 500mA/12 VDC, 250mA/24 VDC
HL-A2012L Adjustable L bracket
Accessories
HL-A2012LZ L&Z bracket
Certificate CE

HL-M1200LS
1200lbs Mag Lock with Sensor and LED. Surface Mount
Holding Force About 1200lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor
Dimensions – Body 266 (L) x 73 (W) x 40 (D) mm
 
Dimensions – Armature Plate 185 (L) x 61 (W) x 16 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC
Currents 500mA/12 VDC, 250mA/24 VDC
Sensor Built-in
LED Built-in
HL-A2012L Adjustable L bracket
Accessories
HL-A2012LZ L&Z bracket
Certificate CE
HL-M1200-W
1200lbs Four-Wire Water-Proof Mag Lock with Surface Mount
Holding Force About 1200lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor  

Dimensions – Body 203 (L) x 63.5 (W) x 41 (D) mm

Dimensions – Armature Plate 185 (L) x 61 (W) x 16 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC
Currents 500mA/12 VDC, 250mA/24 VDC
Wire 4-wire
Accessories
Certificate CE

HL-M1200S-W
1200lbs Seven-Wire Water-Proof Mag Lock with Sensor. Surface Mount
Holding Force About 1200lbs
Mount Surface Mount
Built-in Built-in voltage spike suppressor
Dimensions – Body 203 (L) x 63.5 (W) x 41 (D) mm  
Dimensions – Armature Plate 185 (L) x 61 (W) x 16 (T) mm
Voltage 12V / 24VDC
Currents 500mA/12 VDC, 250mA/24 VDC
Wire 7-wire
Sensor Built-in
Accessories
Certificate CE

ACCESSORIES  
HL-A2012L
Adjustable Bracket for 1200lbs Electro-Magnetic Locks
Dimensions 266 (L) x 76 (W) x 38 (D) mm
Applicable for door frame less than 45mm to fix the outswing
Applications
door
HL-A2012LZ
L&Z Bracket for 1200lbs Electro-Magnetic Locks
Dimensions – L Bracket 266 (L) x 76 (W) x 46 (D) mm
Dimensions – Z Bracket 185 (L) x 63.5 (W) x 63.5 (D) mm
For inswing door installation. L bracket to fix the
Applications
lock body; Z bracket to fix the armature plate

PUSH BUTTON

EXB-86
 
Stainless Steel Push Button
Dimensions – Surface 86.6 (L) x 86.6 (W) x 2 (T) mm
Dimensions – Housing 85.6 (L) x 85.6 (W) x 38.5 (T) mm
Max Current 5A/250VAC

For more information:

Security Hong Kong / Macau Tel: (852) 2405 2323
Security Taiwan Tel: (886) 2 2245 1000

[Link]
[Link]@[Link]
Honeywell Security & Fire
Honeywell International Inc. Apr 2016
[Link] © 2016 Honeywell International Inc.
PRO-WATCH 6.0 ®
Integrated Security Suite

Focus more on business outcomes,

worry less about security needs with
Honeywell Pro-Watch software.
The Pro-Watch Integrated Security Suite combines the power of Pro-Watch Access
Control, Pro-Watch Intelligent Command and Pro-Watch VMS to create information-
driven insights delivered in a unified dashboard for increased situational awareness
and faster response to incidents. Pro-Watch 6.0 builds on this platform
to integrate with additional leading access control hardware creating additional Honeywell Pro-Watch 6.0, part of the Pro-Watch
options to customize their security as well as provide flexibility to grow as business Integrated Security Suite platform, provides
needs change. robust, global integrated access control, video
surveillance and intrusion detection in a
System tools such as system health dashboards and bulk firmware and password single view to protect staff, property, optimize
productivity and comply with strict industry
updates lower operational costs and improve operator efficiency. A unified view
regulations all while reducing operational costs.
of alarms in maps and allowing for customized salvo views enhances situational
awareness. Automated operating procedure workflows reduce compliance costs
and everyday operational costs. Pro-Watch Integrated Security suite also reduces
total cost of ownership by leveraging existing infrastructure.

Additionally, Pro-Watch Integrated Security Suite uses data from the customer's
system to provide proactive diagnostics – allowing the user to accurately budget
for maintenance costs. Regional regulations create everyday challenges for security
teams. By automating compliance, Pro-Watch reduces the risks of potential fines
that could be levied for non-compliance. Automated workstreams allow the security
operator to focus on daily needs, instead of on compliance activities.

Pro-Watch Integrated Security Suite's flexible architecture achieves 24x7 availability

with the industry’s lowest installation and lifecycle costs. The user-friendly design
blends functional richness and configurability with an intuitive design requiring
minimal operational training. Embedded system tours guide new operators through
the basics of system operation, enabling them to be effective within 10 minutes –
eliminating the need for costly on-site training.

Situational awareness is a core concept in security systems. Pro-Watch Integrated

Security Suite uses artificial intelligence to make sense of the mountain of data from
multiple systems as it looks for abnormal situations. When detected, the location of
the incident is represented on a building map and an incident workflow is created
while SOP is executed. All actions related to an incident are archived for later analysis
and packaged for external review.

Pro-Watch delivers comprehensive options for audit and reporting to address

forensics, compliance and business intelligence data mining needs.
 Pro-Watch 6.0 Technical Specifications

PERFORMANCE FEATURES
PRO-WATCH 6.0
LEVERAGES INDUSTRY LEADING CONTROLLERS:
AT A GLANCE
• Web Based Client for Badging,
The PWLP4502 controller supports Embedded Authentication (EA),
Reporting, Alarm and Event Monitoring
an important element of the Federal Identity, Credential, and Access
Management (FICAM) standard for government installations. With • Mobile Client for Badging, Badging
Embedded Authentication, PIV-class readers can be used directly without Verification, and Door Control
requiring additional hardware components (HUPAM). Because the • Server support including Windows®
HUPAM-module is no longer required, the system is more cost-effective, Server 2022/2019, Windows 11 (64-
takes less space, and is easier to install. bit), SQL Server 2016 SP1, 2017 and
The same PWLP4502 controller handles all communications with the 2019.
elevator controller and supports Elevator Destination Dispatch systems • Single user interface for multiple
with Otis Compass® and Mitsubishi. Compared with traditional elevator security and business functions
systems, Destination Dispatch can save up to 27% on elevator energy use,
• Pro-Watch, via Honeywell Software
which is often the largest single electrical use in commercial buildings*.
Development Kit (HSDK) can be
Destination Dispatch can also reduce passenger wait and travel time on
integrated with other building systems
average by 17% compared to up/down button systems alone, increasing
such as secondary fire, lighting and
overall elevator delivery efficiency.*
heating, ventilation, and air conditioning
• Web Services API enables Integration
to third-party systems and Active
TEMA-VOYAGER™ MULTI PRO-WATCH 6.0 Directory
CONTROLLER INTEGRATION VINDICATOR® INTRUSION
The Tema-Voyager™ Multi controller DETECTION • Certification Management
offers a lower total cost of ownership Pro-Watch 6.0 Integrated Security • Event/action associations including
and heightens security awareness. Suite brings in Honeywell's sending emails, running a stored
Tema-Voyager Multi can manage procedure, or triggering a panel I/O point
military-grade Vindicator® Intrusion
four doors, with rigorous security and Detection technology integration, • Pro-Watch-level triggered events for
superior performance. Each controller allowing security operators to have panel-to-panel and panel-to-software
manages its doors autonomously, and full command of their space, with actions or within a panel for local actions
can independently connect to other instantaneous intrusion event • Advanced Reports
Tema-Voyager controllers in peer-to- annunciation on geo-located alarm • Support for Microsoft Azure
peer to ensure continued functionality points. Operators will be able to direct
– even when disconnected from the • Virtualization support for VMWare and
security resources rapidly and with
software supervisor. The Tema-Voyager Microsoft® Hyper-V
precision, drastically reducing incident
Multi serves as both a controller and as response time and consequently, • HID Origo™ Integration
the connection point and I/O manager incident cost. This integration allows • Compliance Reports that offer
for up to four readers. It can also support PW 6.0 ISS users to secure facilities data and statistical reporting; auto
a plug-in for a Secure Access Module such as airports, government and generated reports upon schedules
(SAM). This enhances the security of military installations. It also enhances • Easy system setup and maintenance
your access control introducing Mutual cyber security resilience through with user definable hardware templates
Authentication within controller and TLS1.2 native Pro-Watch integration • Database partitioning and definable
smartcards. with Vindicator. operator permissions
• Mercury Series 3 Controllers
• Mercury M5 (CASI) and MS Bridge
(Software House) Controllers
• Lite, Professional, Corporate and
Enterprise editions

* Karin Tetlow, Destination Dispatch Elevator Systems Benefit Passengers, Building Owners, and Design Professionals, accessed
31 August 2022, originally published October 2019, PP. 5-7, [Link]
php?C=1436&L=294

Pro-Watch 6.0 Datasheet | [Link] | 2

Pro-Watch 6.0 Technical Specifications

The reporting application includes basic SMALL SYSTEMS: MEDIUM & LARGE SYSTEMS:
report templates and the capability to PRO-WATCH LITE AND PRO-WATCH PROFESSIONAL
generate custom reports exported as PRO-WATCH PROFESSIONAL AND PRO-WATCH CORPORATE
XML, TXT, XLS, CSV and PDF formats. EDITIONS EDITIONS
Pro-Watch Lite Edition (PWLT) and Both Pro-Watch Professional Edition
Pro-Watch provides a solid and proven Pro- Watch Professional Edition (PWPE) (PWPE) and Pro-Watch Corporate
security management solution. It is are optimized for the needs of smaller Edition (PWCE) are targeted for the
successfully deployed in enterprises of security systems. needs of medium to large installations.
many sizes and across various vertical
These editions leverage Microsoft SQL
platform for intelligent campuses, Express 2019, so the server can be
government facilities and critical accommodated on either a workstation
infrastructure. for a single PC or on a separate server.
In either case, additional clients may be
Additional licensed features include:
connected to the server up to supported
• Alarm roll-up on maps
limits. Refer to the specifications guide
• GIS maps implementation
on the following pages for more details.
• System Health Dashboards for access
and video devices Pro-Watch Lite Edition offers basic
• Exporting incidents as PDFs or video functionality for the small office. Up to
• Bulk firmware and password updates four total client licenses can be added as
for non-Honeywell cameras needed.
Pro-Watch Professional Edition is ideal
for sites requiring more than 32 readers
or up to 6 client workstations.

Figure 1. Integrations available using Pro-Watch

NET STATUS POWER

NVR
Video
wall
Camera Badging Analog
workstation matrix switch
Lite,
Professional and
Pro-Watch Corporate editions DVR
workstation Printer MAXPRO® workstation
and server and server with
Pro-Watch Client

Vindicator
VISTA® and Galaxy* Dimension Intrusion Detection
intrusion integration
NET STATUS POWER

System integration
MAXPRO® IP cameras
NVR

Micro-USB Tema-Voyager

Prox card
Fingerprint reader Facial Smart PWLP4502
reader recognition card PW-7000
hardware USB-to-
reader reader Ethernet
converter
With the exception of Badging, Vista, Galaxy, and Tema-Voyager Multi,
integration to these systems is not available on Elevator
Pro-Watch Lite Edition controller

*Galaxy is not available in the U.S.

Pro-Watch 6.0 Datasheet | [Link] | 3

Pro-Watch 6.0 Technical Specifications

ENTERPRISE SYSTEMS:
PRO-WATCH ENTERPRISE The Pro-Watch Suite offers base software licenses that address security
EDITION needs from small sites to global enterprises:
Pro-Watch Enterprise Edition (PWEE) PRO-WATCH LITE EDITION:
provides a security solution for the global Basic functionality for the small office with support for up to 32 doors on
organization by sharing badge holder PW-Series panels, Tema-Voyager Multi panels or S3100 panels.
identities and event data across the
PRO-WATCH PROFESSIONAL EDITION:
organization.
Complete security functionality with more options for medium-sized
With a PWEE system, an enterprise server organizations with up to 64 doors for organizations requiring integrated
facilitates two-way data sharing among processes or regulatory compliance.
regional servers. This enables single PRO-WATCH CORPORATE EDITION:
credential solutions across organizations. Complete security for larger organizations and campuses. Additional high
availability options make this edition the optimal choice for organizations
If equipped with two or more Pro-Watch
requiring 24/7 business continuity plans for their security system.
Corporate Editions (PWCE), an
organization may easily upgrade its PRO-WATCH ENTERPRISE EDITION:
servers to become part of an Enterprise Global security system that merges multiple Pro-Watch Corporate Edition
system. Each corporate edition server systems to efficiently manage badge holder data and report on events
across the organization. Business continuity plans for the security system
becomes a regional server and retains
are included.
regional system control.

Corporate edition Corporate edition

Pro-Watch
Enterprise
edition

Corporate edition Corporate edition

Pro-Watch 6.0 Datasheet | [Link] | 4

Pro-Watch 6.0 Technical Specifications

PROFESSIONAL, CORPORATE Table 1. Pro-Watch 6.0 specifications

AND ENTERPRISE EDITIONS

PROFESSIONAL
• Standard badging and advanced

ENTERPRISE3
badging client

CORPORATE
• 2D PDF417 barcode add-on license
for badging

LITE
• Option for Transportation Security
Clearinghouse (TSC) background
checks in Pro-Watch AP (Airport) STANDARD CLIENT LICENSES (NON-BADGING)
and Vendor Management Portal Quantity included with
• Integration to Honeywell VISTA® base system
2 2 2 2
1 server and 1 client
panels 128 /250 FBP, FBPT, BPE, license
and BPT, and GX in North America Maximum quantity that
4 5 Unrestricted Unrestricted
and to Honeywell Galaxy® Dimension can be added
GD-48, GD-96, GD-264, GD-520
BADGING / ADVANCED BADGING CLIENT LICENSES
in Europe
Quantity included with
• Event procedures triggers on base system
1 1 1 N/A
consecutive duplicate events
Maximum quantity that
2 5 Unrestricted N/A
• Mustering, anti-passback and can be added1
guard tour
READER LICENSES
• Minimum and maximum
Quantity included with
occupancy enforcement base system
32 32 96 N/A

• Integrates video devices added Maximum quantity that

0 32 20,000 N/A
in MAXPRO VMS can be added
• Supports Commend® intercom REGIONAL SERVER LICENSES
system servers GE200, GE300,
Quantity included with
GE700 and GE800 N/A N/A N/A 1
base system
• Detailed historic records for Maximum quantity that
N/A N/A N/A Unrestricted2
tracking configuration changes, can be added
security operations and device
COMPLIANCE REPORT MANAGER LICENSES
events to comply with audit
Quantity included with
• Intercoms linked to readers and N/A N/A N/A N/A
base system
locations on maps provide quick Limited by Limited by Limited by
Maximum quantity that
access to specific units standard client standard client standard client N/A
can be added
licenses licenses licenses
• Options for integrating biometrics,
third-party hardware, radar-video DATABASE SUPPORT
solutions and IT convergence SQL 2016, 2017 and
2019 express
• High availability and redundant Yes Yes Yes No
(10 GB maximum
server solutions (Corporate and database size)
Enterprise Edition) SQL 2014, 2016, 2017
• Support for wireless locksets from and 2019 No No Yes Yes
standard
Allegion, Assa Abloy and Salto
1
Must have a standard client license on a machine in order to run an Advanced Badging client license.
• Support for disconnected locksets 2
Must order one regional server in an Enterprise system for each PWCE server in the system.
from Salto Enterprise systems link together two or more Corporate edition systems to share badgeholder identities and events
• Direct support for biometric readers among the Corporate edition systems.

from Morpho™ and Iris ID™

• FICAM PACS Infrastructure APL
listed

Pro-Watch 6.0 Datasheet | [Link] | 5

Pro-Watch 6.0 Technical Specifications

Table 2. Pro-Watch 6.0 Specifications

PRO-WATCH CLIENT WORKSTATION SPECIFICATIONS
FEATURE RECOMMENDATION
Processor Intel® Core™ i3, i5, or i7 processor, 2.8 GHz or higher
PC type Workstation or server hardware
System memory (RAM)¹ 8 GB for Windows® 8.1 (32 and 64 bit); 8 GB for Windows 10
Windows 11 (64-bit), Windows 10 (64-bit)
Operating system
NOTE: ALL versions require Professional edition or higher
DVD drive Yes
Hard drives Capacity, speed, interface: 80 GB or larger, 7,200 RPM SATA or SAS
USB connection 2.0
Network connection 100 Mbits/sec or greater, GB recommended
Video resolution 1920 x 1080 pixels; 24-bit color or higher
Multimedia Standard VGA graphics adapter (display adapter)

1
Includes RAM required by the customer's computer to run the Windows operating system.

PRO-WATCH SERVER SPECIFICATIONS

FEATURE SMALL SYSTEM REQUIREMENT1 LARGE SYSTEM REQUIREMENT1
2nd generation Intel Xeon® scalable processors 2nd generation Intel Xeon scalable processors with
Recommended processor with silver/gold/platinum (12 cores or greater) silver/gold/platinum (24 cores or greater)
3.2 GHz max turbo frequency 3.6 GHz max turbo frequency
Windows Server 2022/2019, Windows Server 2022/2019,
Recommended operating system Windows 11 (64-bit)/10 (64-bit)* Windows 11 (64-bit)/10 (64-bit)*
* Requires Professional edition or higher * Requires Professional edition or higher

Recommended database system SQL Server® 2016 SP1, 2017 and 2019 SQL Server 2016 SP1, 2017 and 2019
Required for SMTP server. Required for SMTP server.
Email notification
Used for integrated identity authentication Used for integrated identity authentication
Server hardware recommended
Recommended PC type
Workstation or server hardware Workstation hardware supported (requires stability in
(server or workstation)
mission critical environments)
Recommended system memory 24 GB minimum, 32 GB recommended or greater
32 GB minimum, 64 GB recommended
(RAM) (based on OS selected)
DVD drive Yes Yes
RAID array 1: (OS or hardware based RAID 1)
Capacity, speed, interface: 160 GB SSD or 7,200 RPM
Capacity, speed, interface: or higher SATA or SAS (SSD preferable)
160 GB SSD or 7,200 RPM or higher SATA or SAS
Hard drives ² ³ RAID array 2: (application databases)
*Size may vary according to transaction storage and other
variables such as archives, backups, etc.
(hardware-based RAID 5 or RAID 10)
* Size may vary according to transaction storage and other
variables such as archives, backups, etc.
Removable media for database
160 GB or larger USB or eSATA drive 300 GB or larger USB drive or eSATA drive
backup⁴
Network connection 100 Mbits/sec or greater, GB recommended 100 Mbits/sec or greater, GB recommended
1920 x 1080 pixels; 24-bit color or higher 1920x1080 pixels; 24-bit color or higher
Video resolution
Standard VGA graphics adapter (display adapter) Standard VGA graphics adapter (display adapter)
1
 For a system to be considered small, the Pro-Watch system shall have less than five clients, no more than 128 online readers, less than 5000 historical events per day and proper database
maintenance conducted by the end user or servicing dealer. For a system to be large, it must have between 5000 and 50,000 historical events per day, between 128 and 512 online readers,
between 5 and 15 client workstations and proper database maintenance conducted by the end user or servicing dealer. If the system will have more than 50,000 events per day, exceed 512
online readers, exceed 15 client workstations, or use Pro-Watch server side functions like anti-passback, event triggers and procedures, real time data transfer utility, HSDK, etc., please consult
Honeywell for custom server sizing.
2
 RAID technology used for the larger system server – disk sets 1 and 2. When several physical disks are set up to use RAID technology, the operating system will be installed on a single disk
(OS installed on RAID1 mirrored set) and the database and storage on a separate disk (RAID 5 or 10 disk set)
3
 To estimate database storage space, use the following approximations and add to the base database size of 500MB:
• Badgeholder storage = (number of badgeholders) x (75 KB)* estimate based on typical captured picture size
• Event history storage = (number of events per day) x (2.5 KB) x (number of days to retain in server)
• Audit history storage = [(number of cardholder changes per day) + (number of system configuration changes per day)+(number of events per day)+(number of operator system changes per
day)]* (1.2 KB) x (number of days to retain in server)
4
 Honeywell highly recommends some type of removable media for daily database backups. Database backups should be removed from the server and stored in a safe, secure location so in the
event of system failure, this valuable data can be recovered. Honeywell recommends two or more removable media per server based upon end-user processes. Alternatively, Honeywell system
installers can engage the end-users' IT group to participate in some type of network backup program.
• Important Notice – These server and workstation hardware guidelines are intended for use as a reference only. The specifications are subject to changes due to market conditions, software
updates, manufacturing changes and other variables outside of our control. Honeywell recommends for planning based on system growth and expansion, operating system updates and
upgrades, database engine updates and upgrades, end-user system expansion, historical data retention requirements and archive data storage requirements. Please consult with Honeywell
as applicable for assistance.
Pro-Watch 6.0 Datasheet | [Link] | 6
Pro-Watch 6.0 Technical Specifications

Table 3. Pro-Watch 6.0 Part Number and Descriptions

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PRO-WATCH LITE SOFTWARE
BASE SOFTWARE LICENSE
Pro-Watch 6.0 LE server software - 1 server license, 32 reader licenses, 1 concurrent User license,
PW60LTSW
1 concurrent advanced badging license
ADD-ON CLIENT LICENSE
PW60LTSWCL Single concurrent user LE edition software license add-on
Pro-Watch 6.0 single concurrent classic/advanced badging license add-on.
PWBADGEL
This includes license only and requires a single concurrent client license (part number: PW60LTSW)
UPGRADES
PW60LTPE32R2U Upgrade from Pro-Watch 6.0 LE to Pro-Watch PE with one client
PRO-WATCH PROFESSIONAL EDITION SOFTWARE
BASE SOFTWARE LICENSE
Pro-Watch 6.0 PE server software - 1 server license, 1 concurrent user license, 1 concurrent advanced badging
PW60PESW
license, 32 reader licenses
ADD-ON CLIENT LICENSES
PW60SWCL Single-user software license add-on for PWPE and PWCE
Pro-Watch 6.0 single concurrent classic/advanced badging license add-on. This includes license only and requires
PWBADGEL
a single concurrent client license (part number: PW60SWCL)
ADD-ON READER LICENSES
PWRDR32 32 reader license add-ons, in addition to the 32 standard readers. (PWPE supports a maximum of 64 readers)
PWWRDR 1 wireless reader license
UPGRADES
PWPECE32R Upgrade from PE to CE for one server, maintains user count from PE and increases readers from 32 to 96
PWPECE64R Upgrade from PE to CE for one server, maintains user count from PE and increases readers from 64 to 96
PWSTDMERIC 1 Mercury standard protocol intelligent controller license
PRO-WATCH CORPORATE EDITION SOFTWARE
BASE SOFTWARE LICENSE
Pro-Watch 6.0 CE server software - 1 server license, 1 concurrent user license, 1 concurrent
PW60CESW
classic/advanced badging license, licenses for 96 readers
ADD-ON CLIENT LICENSES
PW60SWCL Single user software license add-on for PWPE and PWCE
Pro-Watch 6.0 single concurrent classic/advanced badging license add-on.
PWBADGEL
This includes license only, and requires a single concurrent client license (part number: PW60SWCL)
ADD-ON READER LICENSES
PWRDR32 32 readers license add-on
PWRDR64 64 readers license add-on
PWRDR128 128 readers license add-on
PWRDR256 256 readers license add-on
PWRDR512 512 readers license add-on
PWWRDR 1 wireless reader license
PWDSCRDR 1 Salto disconnected wireless reader license
PWSTDMERIC 1 Mercury standard protocol intelligent controller license

Pro-Watch 6.0 Datasheet | [Link] | 7

Pro-Watch 6.0 Technical Specifications
Table 3. Pro-Watch 6.0 Part Number and Descriptions, continued

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PRO-WATCH ENTERPRISE EDITION SOFTWARE
BASE SOFTWARE LICENSE
Pro-Watch 6.0 Enterprise Server - 1 enterprise server license, 1 regional server license,
PW60EESWR
3 client server licenses
ADD-ON CLIENT LICENSES
PW60EESWCL Single user software license add-on for PWEE
Pro-Watch 6.0 single concurrent classic/advanced badging license add-on. This includes license only
PWBADGEL
and requires a single concurrent client license (part number: PW60SWCL)
PW60EESWRS Single regional server license add-on to PWEE
UPGRADES
PW60EESW Kit, License, Pro-Watch 6.0 EE Software, 1 Server
COMMON ADD-ONS AND ACCESSORIES FOR PRO-WATCH PROFESSIONAL EDITION AND CORPORATE EDITION
CLIENT ADD-ON LICENSES
Plug-in for viewing DWFX format files (supported by AutoCAD® 2008 and later) in Pro-Watch.
PWDWFX
License required per concurrent standard client license (PW60SWCL)
Plug-in for classic, advanced and airport badging: allows generation of PDF427 2D barcodes.
PWPDF427
License required per concurrent badging client (PWBADGEL)
INTRUSION PANEL CONNECTION LICENSES5
PWVISTA1 1 panel license for VISTA®-FBP128/250, BPE128/250 and BPT128/250 (not available in Europe)
PWVISTA5 5 panel license for VISTA-FBP128/250, BPE128/250 and BPT128/250 (not available in Europe)
PWVISTA10 10 panel license for VISTA-FBP128/250, BPE128/250 and BPT128/250 (not available in Europe)
PWDIMEN1 License for one dimension intrusion panel (not available in North America)
VINDICATOR INTRUSION PANEL EXPANSION PACK
508-37242-01 Vindicator Panel Alarm Point Expansion Pack 1K
508-37242-02 Vindicator Panel Alarm Point Expansion Pack 2.5K
508-37242-03 Vindicator Panel Alarm Point Expansion Pack 5K
DATA IMPORT/EXPORT LICENSE
PWDBUT Pro-Watch database transfer utility import/export
PWDBUT-API Adds door control functionality and event handling
INTEGRATION LICENSE
HNMUGPWPE Pro-Watch MAXPRO VMS Integration License for Pro-Watch Professional edition
HNMUPGPWCE Pro-Watch MAXPRO VMS Integration License for Pro-Watch Corporate edition
HNMUPGPWCE-R Pro-Watch MAXPRO VMS Integration License for Pro-Watch Corporate edition – redundant
ELEVATOR INTEGRATION
PWELEVMITS Elevator Integration for Mitsubishi
PWELEVOTIS Elevator Integration for Otis Compass
PIV CLASS READERS
PWPIVREAD08 Max 8 pivClass Readers
PWPIVREAD16 Max 16 pivClass Readers
PWPIVREAD32 Max 32 pivClass Readers
TEMA-VOYAGER MULTI LICENSES5
VOYAGER-MULTI-5 Pro-Watch License for up to 5 Tema-Voyager Multi Controllers
VOYAGER-MULTI-20 Pro-Watch License for up to 20 Tema-Voyager Multi Controllers
VOYAGER-MULTI-50 Pro-Watch License for up to 50 Tema-Voyager Multi Controllers
VOYAGER-MULTI-100 Pro-Watch Licence for up to 100 Tema-Voyager Multi Controllers
VOYAGER-MULTI-UNL Pro-Watch License for unlimited Tema-Voyager Multi Controllers
5
These SKUs also applicable to Pro-Watch Lite Edition

Pro-Watch 6.0 Datasheet | [Link] | 8

Pro-Watch 6.0 Technical Specifications
Table 3. Pro-Watch 6.0 Part Number and Descriptions, continued

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

COMMON ADD-ONS AND ACCESSORIES FOR PRO-WATCH PROFESSIONAL EDITION AND CORPORATE EDITION
CONTROL PANEL CONNECTION FEES
PWLP1501LIC LP1501 connection fee

PWLP1502LIC LP1502 connection fee

PWLP2500LIC LP2500 connection fee

PWLP4502LIC LP2500 connection fee
S3100 LICENSES 5

PW-S300-1 PW license for 1 panel S3100

INTERCOM SYSTEM CONNECTION LICENSES
PWINTSTENO Pro-Watch interface to Commend™ Intercom System
PWINTCOMMEND Pro-Watch interface to Commend™ Intercom System
INTELLIGENT COMMAND LICENSES
PWINDWRKFL Pro-Watch Intelligent Command Incident Workflow Client License
PWDASHBOARDS Pro-Watch Intelligent Command Dashboards License
PWONLINEMAPS Support for Online GIS maps
PRO-WATCH AIRPORT BADGING Call for details

FAILOVER SOFTWARE LICENSES AND INSTALLATION SUPPORT

PSCTXOEMHWE1 Engine HA per server, one year term, Enterprise Support Honeywell
TACTXOEMHWE1 Engine DR per server, one year term Enterprise Support Honeywell
PSCTRXOEMHWE1 Engine HA per server, one year additional Enterprise Support Renewal Honeywell
TACTRXOEMHWE1 Engine DR per server, one year additional Enterprise Support Renewal Honeywell
BCEPSRHWHA22 Remote installation per HA pair Honeywell
BCEPSRHWDR22 Remote installation per DR pair or Tertiary Honeywell
BCEPSXHWUP22 Professional services for Upgrade Assistance Honeywell
PSCTXOEMHWE5 Engine HA per server, five year term, Enterprise Support Honeywell
TACTXOEMHWE5 Engine DR per server, five year term, Enterprise Support Honeywell
PSCTXOEMHWE10 Engine HA per server, ten year term, Enterprise Support Honeywell
TACTXOEMHWE10 Engine DR per server, ten year term, Enterprise Support Honeywell
PSCTRXOEMHWE5 Engine HA per server, five year term, additional Enterprise Support Renewal Honeywell
TACTRXOEMHWE5 Engine DR per server, five year term, additional Enterprise Support Renewal Honeywell
PSCTRXOEMHWE10 Engine HA per server, ten year term, additional Enterprise Support Renewal Honeywell
TACTRXOEMHWE10 Engine DR per server, ten year term, additional Enterprise Support Renewal Honeywell

5
These SKUs also applicable to Pro-Watch Lite Edition

Pro-Watch 6.0 Datasheet | [Link] | 9

Table 3. Pro-Watch 6.0 Part Number and Descriptions, continued

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

REDUNDANCY FOR PRO-WATCH SERVER
Pro-Watch 6.0 CE server software* 1 server license, 1 concurrent user license, 1 concurrent
PW60CESWR
advanced/classic badging license, licenses for 96 readers, Pro-Watch redundant
PW60EESWRSR Redundant License, Single Regional Server
PW60EESWCLR Redundant license single-user software, add-on to PWEE 6.0 server
PW60SWCLR Redundant single concurrent Pro-Watch 6.0 user Professional/Corporate edition software license add-on
PWRDR32R Redundant PWCE 32-reader license
PWRDR64R Redundant PWCE 64-reader license
PWRDR128R Redundant PWCE 128-reader license
PWRDR256R Redundant PWCE 256-reader license
PWRDR512R Redundant PWCE 512-reader license
PWWRDRR 1 redundant wireless reader license
PWDSCRDRR 1 redundant Salto wireless reader license
PWBADGELR Redundant PWCE classic/advanced badging license
PWSTDMERICR Redundant 1 Mercury standard protocol intelligent
PWDBUT-R Redundant PWCE DTU license
PWVISTA1-R 1 panel redundant license for VISTA
PWVISTA5-R 5 panel redundant license for VISTA
PWVISTA10-R 10 panel redundant license for VISTA
PWDIMEN1-R 1 panel redundant license for VISTA
PWINTSTENO-R Redundant Pro-Watch interface to Stentofon
PWINTCOMMEND-R Redundant Pro-Watch interface to Commend Intercom System
PWNTEXECCTVAD-R Redundant PWCE AD CCTV license 2050 Megapower
PWNTEXECCTVBR-R Redundant PWCE Burle CCTV license Allegiant Series
PWNTEXECCTVPE-R Redundant PWCE Pelco CCTV license CM9760
PWNTEXECCTVVI-R Redundant PWCE Vicon CCTV license VPS 1300
PWNT3EXECCTVINR Redundant PWCE Integral CCTV license
Plug-in for viewing DWFX format files (supported by AutoCAD 2008 and later) in Pro-Watch.
PWDWFX-R
License required per concurrent standard client license
Plug-in for Classic, Advanced and Airport badging: Allows generation of PDF427 2-D barcodes.
PWPDF427-R
License required per concurrent badging client (part number: PWBADGEL)
PWINDWRKFL-R Redundant Pro-Watch License Intelligent Command Incident Workflow
PWDASHBOARDS-R Redundant Pro-Watch License Intelligent Command Dashboards
PWONLINEMAPS-R Redundant Pro-Watch License Intelligent Command Support Maps

Microsoft®, Windows™, Azure®, Hyper-V®, Windows Server®, SQL Server® are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Microsoft, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
VMware® is a registered trademark of VMware, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
HID® and Mercury™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of HID Global Corporation in the
United States and other countries.
Intel®, Xeon® , and Core™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries
in the United States or other countries.
AutoCAD is a trademark or registered trademark of Autodesk, Inc., in the United States and other countries.
Stentofon is a trademark or registered trademark of Zenitel Norway ASA in the United States and
other countries.
HID Origo™ is a trademark or registered trademark of HID Global Corporation/ASSA ABLOY AB.
COMMEND is a trademark or registered trademark of Commend International GmbH in the
United States and other countries.
For More Information MORPHO™ is a trademark or registered trademark of Idemia Identity & Security France in the
United States and other countries.
[Link]/security IRIS ID™ is a trademark or registered trademark of Datastrip, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
Neverfail® is a trademark or registered trademark of Hierholzer Holdings Inc. in the United States and
other countries.
Honeywell Commercial Security
Pro-Watch®, VISTA®, Galaxy®, LobbyWorks® MAXPRO®, Vindicator®, Tema-Voyager™ are trademarks or
715 Peachtree St NE registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. in the United States and other countries.
Atlanta, GA 30308 Honeywell reserves the right, without notification, to make changes in product design or specifications.

1.800.323.4576 HBT-SEC-PRW60-01-US-EN(1022)DS-IL
[Link] © 2022 Honeywell International Inc.
PW7000-SERIES
Controllers and I/O Boards

 he PW7000-Series Access
T
Control System is an advanced
access control hardware
architecture capable of providing
solutions for large enterprise
applications.
The Intelligent Controllers provide power and flexibility with an
embedded Linux OS, improved processor and increased memory
as well as onboard crypto chip which adds an additional layer of
security to sensitive data.

The PW-series controllers support a combination of I/O and PW7000-Series Access Control System.
reader boards to monitor alarm input points, relay output points The PW-series controllers support a combination of I/O and reader
and interface with access control readers. By offering a modular boards to monitor alarm input points, relay output points and
design, the system can be tailored to meet a wide range of interface with access control readers.
applications while optimizing cost and installation.

The PW7K1IC comes with 2 on-board reader ports that support

multiple reader communication protocols including Wiegand and
OSDP (V2) Secure Channel Protocol (SCP). OSDP SCP is now
supported across all the intelligent controller and reader board
hardware. PW7000-series control panels and I/O boards are
backwards compatible with PW6000-Series*.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

SECURE VERSATILE COMPREHENSIVE ADAPTABLE

• Latest encryption standard • Backwards compatible with • Wide variety of native • Modular design allows
support with TLS1.2 and PW6000* controllers, reader integrations including controllers and downstream
OSDP (V2) Secure Channel boards, I/O boards and wireless locks and destination boards to be mixed to fit the
Protocol enclosures* dispatch elevators most demanding customer
• Embedded Crypto Memory • On-board support for up to • E xtensive customization requirements
Chip to protect sensitive data 2 readers (1 Door) for both including If / Then macro • Flexible power options for
PW7K1IC and PWLP1501 capabilities PWLP1501 and PWMR62E
including PoE and PoE+

 W6K1IC board is based on Mercury’s EP2500, PW7K1IC board is based on Mercury’s LP1502 and
* Note: P
includes extra reader/door connections.
PW7K1IC board has 1 RS485 downstream bus. All Honeywell PW7000 Form Factor and Honeywell
branded Mercury boards are backwards compatible with existing PW5000/PW6000 Enclosures.
SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION PW7K1IC PWLP1501 PWMR50 PWMR62E PW7K1R2 PW7K1IN PW7K 1OUT

Maximum # of Doors 64 17 1 2 2
Maximum # of Readers (2)OSDP
2(4) 2(2) 1(2) 2(4)
On-board Only
Maximum # of Cardholders 240.000 240.000

Transaction Storage 50.000 50.000

Access Levels per
255 255
Cardholder
2 (Pwr
On-board Inputs 8 2 2 6 8 16
Fail+Tmp)
On-board Outputs 4 2 2 4 6 2 16

IP Protocol ipv4 / ipv6 ipv4 / ipv6 ipv4 / ipv6

OSDP(V2) SCP On-board Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

10/100Mbps 10/100Mbps 10/100Mbps
Host Communication
TLS1.1 TLS1.2 TLS1.2
PoE / PoE+ PoE / PoE+
12 VDC- 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC
Primary Power 12VDC 12VDC
500mA max 150mA max 650mA max 250mA max 385A max
1.8A max 1.7A max
Operating Temperature 0-49 OC 0-49 OC 0-49 OC 0-49 OC 0-49 OC 0-49 OC 0-49 OC
5 to 95% 5 to 95% 5 to 95% 5 to 95% 5 to 95% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%
Operating Humidity
RHNC RHNC RHNC RHNC RHNC RHNC RHNC
9.0" x 5.5" 5.5" x 2.75" x 2.75” x 4.25” 5.5" x 2.75" x 9.0" x 5.5" 9.0" x 5.5" 9.0" x 5.5" x
Dimensions (H x W x D) x 1.0"230 x 1.0"140 x 70 x 1,0”70 x 1.0"140 x 70 x 1.0"230 x x 1.0"230 x 1.0"230 x 140
140 x 25m x 25mm 108 x 25mm x 24mm 140 x 25mm 140 x 25mm x 25mm
UL294, CE, UL294, CE, UL294, CE, UL294, CE, UL294, CE, UL294, CE, UL294, CE,
Compliance
FCC FCC FCC FCC FCC FCC FCC
Warranty 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year

CONFIGURATION
LAN/WAN Strong Encryption

IP Controller - Distributed Intelligence Pro-Watch®

RS485 Strong Encryption Badging Workstation
Pro-Watch® Max 31
Corporate Edition Door1/2 Reader 1
Reader

Reader 2

PWMR50
IP Door Interface PW7K1R2 PW7K1IN PW7K1OUT Pro-Watch®
Max 16
IP to the Door Workstation
Door
PWMR62E*
Max 8
RS485
Reader
PWLP1501 Reader 1
Door
IP to the Door
Reader 2
PWMR50 Pro-Watch®
PW7K1R2 Workstation / Mobile App

PWLP1501 Door
*PWMR62E will be supported in Pro-Watch planned for PW4,5 SP4 / PW5,0 SP2

PW7K1IC PW7K1R2 PW7K1OUT PW7K1IN

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The multi-port PW7K1IC is a dual card reader panel for controlling System configuration and setup are provided through Mercury
two connected doors and managing up to 64 doors/openings. software applications/tools. For a comprehensive and open
Built with Authentic Mercury Technology (LP1502), the intelligent Honeywell access control platform, and a reliable hardware
controller uses on-board Ethernet port to connect to the platform running in a secure environment, the PW7K1IC is
Honeywell server-based platform ‘Pro-Watch’. the clear solution. It delivers a complete security and access
control solution as well as innovative application extensions,
The intelligent controller performs access control, alarm
interoperability and data security.
management and scheduled operations, all in single package.
With native connectivity*, the high-performance PW7K1IC
functions independently of the host for performing numerous
access control applications and supports OSDP, OSDP Secure  ull native PW7000 mode (On-board Reader/Door support on IC
* Note: F
board; OSDP (V2) Secure Channel; OSDP 4 readers; OSDP Push
Channel, keypads, biometric readers, Wiegand, clock and data,
FW) Coming soon in Pro-Watch.
F/2F and supervised F/2F reader technologies.

ORDERING
PW-7000 INTELLIGENT CONTROL SYSTEM

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PW7K1IC PW-7000 Intelligent Controller – Capacity for 32 I/O or Reader Boards

PW7K1IN PW-7000 16 Input Module

PW7K1OUT PW-7000 16 Relay Output Module

PWMR50 PW-7000 Single Reader Module (only for use in PW5K1ENC4)

PW7K1R2 PW-7000 Dual Reader Module

PW-7101 INTELLIGENT CONTROL SYSTEM

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PWLP1501 PWLP1501 Intelligent controller

PWMR62E PWMR62E IP Door controller

ENCLOSURES AND ACCESSORIES

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PW5K2ENC1 PW-Series high density enclosure (power supply and battery not included)

PW5K2ENC2 PW-Series high density enclosure for 19” rack installations (power supply and battery not included)

PW7WPSU230 PW-Series 110/220 VAC, 4 amp power supply for PW5K2ENC1 and PW5K2ENC2 enclosures

PW5K1ENC3 PW-Series remote enclosure with plug-in with 110V transformer/power supply

PW5K1ENC4 Single reader enclosure

PW5K1DCC PW-Series daisy chain cable

For More Information

[Link]/me

Honeywell Commercial Security

Emaar Business Park, Building 2
Sheikh Zayed Road
P.O. Box 232362
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Tel: +971 4 450 5800
Email: security_META@[Link] HSI-PW7K-02-ME(1220)DS-C
[Link] © 2020 Honeywell International Inc.
MAGNETIC LOCK
POWER SUPPLY
PS-HL-13805BM-4OP / PS-HL-13810BM-8OP

 he units have a regulated highly stable

T
output supplying full rated current to load
and a universal mains voltage input range
(90 to 264V ac). These units may be used
for intruder systems where compliance
with EN50131-6 is not required. They are
also available in DIN rail mounted ‘unboxed’
versions if required. FOM 4 or 8 can be fitted
to give independent fused outputs.

EFFICIENCY
Honeywell products using switch mode technology are typically 80-87% efficient.
This can save your customers money by reducing their power bills and carbon footprint.
Switch mode technology also makes for more reliable products in the field as they are
less likely to overheat.

FEATURES
•  13.8V dc output • Volt-free fault outputs:
- EPS fault (mains fail)
• 90 to 264V ac input range
- GEN fault (PSU or battery fault)
• Cost effective switch mode technology
• Internal LED PSU status:
• Energy efficient: - Mains status
- More efficient in operation - Output fuse fail
- Saves power so reducing power bills - Output short circuit or low voltage
- Longer life in the field - Battery low or missing
- Less prone to failure
• Mains transient protection
• Full current to load plus additional
• Electronic overload protection
current to charge standby battery
• Front and rear tamper
• Deep discharge protection
 TECHNICAL INFORMATION ORDERING INFORMATION
Rated voltage 100 - 240V ac PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
Operational voltage 90 - 264V ac 4 fused 13.8 V DC output model
PS-HL-13805BM-4OP
Maximum of 5A rating
Output 13.8V dc 8 fused 13.8 V DC output model
PS-HL-13810BM-8OP
Maximum of 10A rating
Operating temperature -10°C to 40°C at 95% RH

PS-HL-13805BM-4OP 5A

PS-HL-13810BM-8OP 10A

Honeywell Commercial Security

Emaar Business Park
Sheikh Zayed Road
Building No. 2, 2nd Floor, 201
Post Office Box 232362
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
+971 44541704 HSA-PWRSPLYMAG-01-EN(0420)-DS-MJ
[Link] © 2020 Honeywell International Inc.
Wiring devices - Datasheets
CRB265UK-70-3GRY
RAISED FLOOR BOX 265X265X70 GRY

Technical
Finish Standard Grey

Width (mm) 265

Height (mm) 265

Depth (mm) 70

Information Lockable option available - add suffix 'L' e.g CRB265UK-3GRYL. Floorbox lids must never
be locked whilst in use. Box not supplied with key. 95mm depth floorbox device plate
provides wiring space of 45mm allowing for Cat 6 / Cat 7 compliance. 70mm depth floorbox
device plate provides wiring space of 35mm. Spare lids and frames are available, please
see page 439 for details. **These boxes will only accept CXP10745 for power plate option.

Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
CXP10720
PLATE 3G SOCKET OUTLET

Technical
Gangs 3

Amps 13

Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
K180WHI
DATA MODULE,EURO,FULL BLANK

Technical
Finish White

Modules 2

Width (mm) 50

Height (mm) 50

Standards BS 5733:2010

Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
NXGB100X-1
GROMMET BASE UNIT 80-110MM

Technical
Base Size 80-110mm

Information A minimum finished floor thickness of 68mm is required. (Screed and floor tile thickness
added together). Conduit entry only, not compatible with ducting.

Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
NXG-ALD
ONIX GROMMET ALUMINIUM 1 X EURO

Technical
Finish Aluminium

Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
CXP30501
PLATE 2X EURO 50X50MM UNSERVICED

Technical
Apertures 2

Aperture Size 50 x 50mm

Information Additional floor restrictions apply when using these plates - see page 411 for details.
Compact Plates (power and data) are for use with 200 x 200mm bases.

Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
K182WHI
1G EURO FRONTPLATE

General
Brand MK Electric

Range Name Logic Plus

Product Type Euro Modular Frontplate

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
Technical
Finish White

Material Thermoset Plastic

Gangs 1

Modules 2

Amps 20

Fixing Centres 60.3mm

Aperture Size 50 x 50mm

Standards BS 5733:2010

Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
K181WHI
1 MODULE 25X50MM EURO FRONTPLATE

General
Brand MK Electric

Range Name Logic Plus

Product Type Euro Modular Frontplate

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
Technical
Finish White

Material Thermoset Plastic

Gangs 1

Modules 1

Amps 20

Fixing Centres 60.3mm

Aperture Size 25 x 50mm

Standards BS 5733:2010

Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
K5807WHI
FEMALE HDMI OUTLET

Technical
Finish White

Modules 2

Type Female

Input Connector 1 x HDMI Female (Type A)

Output Connector 1 x HDMI Female (Type A)

Data Rate 2.25 Gbps

Width (mm) 50

Height (mm) 50

Depth (mm) 20

Standards K5807

Information K5807 Female HDMI Outlet is HDMI 1.1, 1.2. 1.3 and 1.4b compatible, HDCP compliant.

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
CXP30501
PLATE 2X EURO 50X50MM UNSERVICED

Technical
Apertures 2

Aperture Size 50 x 50mm

Information Additional floor restrictions apply when using these plates - see page 411 for details.
Compact Plates (power and data) are for use with 200 x 200mm bases.

Datasheet generated from [Link] last updated Monday, April 4, 2022 [Link] PM

The Arnold Centre, Paycocke Road

Basildon, Essex
T: 01268 563 000 E: more@[Link] W: [Link]
 Logic PlusTM
WIRING DEVICES

WHITE

Blank Plates Flex Outlet Euro Modular Euro Power

Frontplate Frontplates Modules

20 AMP

K3825WHI K3827WHI
K1090SAWHI K181WHI K5830SAWHI K5833WHI

K3828WHI

K182WHI K5831WHI K5834WHI

K5033WHI K184WHI K5832WHI K5837WHI

K3825WHI 10 K1090SAWHI 10 K181WHI 10 K5830SAWHI 1 K5833WHI 10

1 GANG MOULDED FLEX OUTLET FRONTPLATE 1 GANG EURO FRONTPLATE K5830BLK 1 K5833BLK 10
ARCHITRAVE UNFUSED ONE MODULE UK 1 GANG EURO 2 MODULE UK 1 GANG EURO 2 MODULE
K3827WHI 10 APERTURE SIZE 25 X 50MM 13A 250V SHUTTERED 5A 250V SHUTTERED
Complete with three pairs of terminals, each
1 GANG MOULDED suitable for 2 x 2.5mm2 conductors and a K182WHI 10 K5831WHI 10 K5834WHI 10
K3828WHI 10 1.5mm2 flexible cord. K182GRA 10
A cord-grip is also fitted. K5831BLK 10 K5834BLK 10
2 GANG MOULDED 1 GANG EURO FRONTPLATE GERMAN 2P+E FRENCH/BELGIAN 2P+E
Frontplate thickness is 12.5mm.
K5033WHI 1 TWO MODULE 16A 250V SHUTTERED 16A 250V SHUTTERED
Cable entry diameter is 11mm.
METAL DIMENSIONS
APERTURE SIZE 50 X 50MM EURO 2 MODULE (NON UK) EURO 2 MODULE (NON UK)
86 x 86mm K184WHI 10 K5832WHI 10 K5837WHI 1
K3825WHI FIXING CENTRES
For use with 3921ZIC and K2151WHI 60.3mm
K184GRA 10 K5832BLK 10 K5837BLK 1
MOUNTING BOXES. BS EN 60670-22:2006 2 GANG EURO FRONTPLATE AMERICAN 2P+E USB CHARGING MODULE
K5033WHI FOUR MODULE 15A 127V SHUTTERED EURO 2 MODULE
For use with 5120ALM deep metal box. APERTURE SIZE 100 X 50MM EURO 2 MODULE (NON UK)
DIMENSIONS
K3825WHI: 86 x 31mm
K185WHI 10 K5833
3 GANG EURO FRONTPLATE K5830 MOUNTING BOX
K3827WHI: 86 x 86mm 35mm minimum
SIX MODULE MOUNTING BOX
K3828WHI: 86 x 146mm 46mm (for extra wiring space)
35mm minimum
K5033WHI: 178 x 165mm APERTURE SIZE 150 X 50MM 46mm (for extra wiring space) DIMENSIONS
FIXING CENTRES 50 x 50mm
DIMENSIONS
K3825WHI: 60.3mm MOUNTING BOXES
50 x 50mm BS 546:1950
K3827WHI: 60.3mm Suitable for flush boxes to
K3828WHI: 120.6mm BS 4662:2006 and surface boxes to BS 1363 Pt2:1995 K5834
K5033WHI: 133mm BS 5733:2010 Refer to appropriate K5831 MOUNTING BOX
BS 5733:2010 module for minimum box depth. MOUNTING BOX 46mm
K185WHI MOUNTING BOX 46mm DIMENSIONS
35mm VTS8035 (For use with DIMENSIONS 50 x 50mm
Pinnacle and Premier cable 50 x 50mm NF C61-314
management systems) K2153WHI IEC 60884-1:2006 K5837
30mm K5832 MOUNTING BOX
FIXING CENTRES MOUNTING BOX 35mm, 46mm (for extra wiring space)
1 GANG: 60.3mm 2 GANG: 120.6mm 35mm DIMENSIONS
BS 5733:2010 where applicable 46mm (for extra wiring space) 50 x 50mm
Note: No grid required, modules just DIMENSIONS USB charging sockets, each capable of
clip into place 50 x 50mm supporting 2A charge (total of 2A).
SASO 2204:2003 IEC 60950-1
44 [Link] IEC 61000-6-1/3
UPS - Datasheets
DATWYLER UPS
UNINTERRUPTIBLE
POWER
SUPPLY

SUSTAINABLE POWER PROTECTION

FOR YOUR IT INFRASTRUCTURE

2022
 DATWYLER UPS

An Uninterruptible Power Supply is crucial in today’s digital era most It offers guaranteed power protection for connected electronics.
especially the businesses’ operational activities are heavily dependent When power is interrupted or fluctuates outside the safe levels,
on electronic systems and IT infrastructure. UPS plays a significant role the Datwyler UPS instantly provides a clean battery backup power
in ensuring that the organization’s overall activities run seamlessly, and surge protection for connected and sensitive devices. It is also
and without interruption. designed to a high standard that can be customized based on the
customer’s technical and budget requirements.
The Datwyler Uninterruptible Power Supply (DUPS) series provides
small to medium power transformerless UPS.

KEY FEATURES

Higher Fully Intelligent

efficiency digital control monitoring

Flexible Safety and Intelligent

battery reliable charging
configuration protection method

TYPICAL INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS

A rapidly maturing market:

. Data Centre
Data Centres Govemment Buildings
. Office buildings
. Government Buildings
. Retails
Shopping Malls Education Transport Hubs . Education
. Logistics
. Healthcare and many others

2 DATWYLER UPS
DATWYLER UPS
10~50 KVA (3 PHASE)
TOWER / RACK MOUNTED

TECHNICAL FEATURES

- Online double conversion

- Power factor (PF=1.0)
- Cold start
- Full digital control (DSP)
- Intelligent Monitoring Function
- Support Economic (ECO) operation mode
- Parallel redundancy function
- Three level inverter topology
- Estimated remaining time displayed on the LCD
- Power saving
- Safe and reliable protection
- Flexible battery configuration
- Load Bus Synchronization (LBS) function
- Intelligent Charging Method
- Strong load capacity
- Flexible Installation
- Communication port: RS-232 / USB (Optional SNMP card)

MODEL 40070000ZY 40070100ZY 40070200ZY 40070300ZY 40070400ZY 40070500ZY 40070600ZY

Capacity (VA/Watts) 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 40,000 50,000
INPUT
Nominal voltage 380/400/415Vac, (3Ph+N+PE)
Operating voltage range 138~485Vac
Frequency range 40Hz-70Hz (auto-detect)
Power factor ≥0.99
OUTPUT
Output voltage 380/400/415Vac, (3Ph+N+PE)
Power factor 1.0
Harmonic distortion ≤2% with linear load and ≤4% with non linear load
Voltage regulation ±1%
SYSTEM FEATURES
Transfer time Utility to Battery : 0ms; Utility to bypass: 0ms
Protection short circuit, overload, over temperature, battery low, fan fault alarm
Overload Load≤110%: last 60min,≤125%: last 10min,≤150%: last 1min
Backfeed Support
Alarm overload, utility abnormal, UPS fault, battery low, etc.
PHYSICAL
Standard Dimensions (Dx WxH) 670×440×130 (3U) 800×440×175 (4U)
model Net weight 25 27~28 45 48
ENVIRONMENT
Humidity 20-90% RH @ 0-40° C (non-condensing)
Noise level <55dB <56dB <58dB

DATWYLER UPS 3
 DATWYLER UPS
6~10 KVA (1:1 PHASE)
TOWER / RACK MOUNTED

TECHNICAL FEATURES

- Online double conversion

- Power factor (PF=0.9)
- Cold start
- Full digital control (DSP)
- Intelligent Monitoring Function
- Efficiency up to 93.5%
- Support Economic (ECO) operation mode
- Input current harmonic: 3%
- ECO function
- Batteries: 16, 18 or 20 pieces (optimized)
- Wide input voltage range: 120~276 VAC
- Wide input frequency range: 45~55 Hz / 54~66 Hz ± 0.5 Hz
- Input over / under voltage protection
- Communication port: RS-232 / USB ( Optional SNMP card)

MODEL 40014800ZY 40014900ZY

Capacity (VA/Watts) 6k / 5.4k 10k / 9k
INPUT
Nominal voltage 220 / 230 / 240 VAC ( L+N+PE )
Operating voltage range 120 ~ 276 VAC
Operating frequency range 45 ~ 55 Hz / 54 ~ 66 Hz ± 0.5 Hz
Power factor ≥ 0.99
OUTPUT
Output voltage 220 / 230 / 240 VAC
Power factor 0.9
Efficiency > 93.5%
Frequency Line mode ±1% / ±2% / ±4% / ±5% / ±10% of the rated frequency (optional)
Battery mode 50 / 60 (±0.1) Hz
≤ 2% with linear load
Harmonic distortion (THDv)
≤ 5% with non-linear load
SYSTEM FEATURES
Transfer time Utility to battery : 0 ms / Utility to bypass: 0 ms
Load ≤110% : last 60 min; ≤125% : last 10 min;
Line mode
Overload ≤150% : last 1 min; >150% turn to bypass mode
Bypass mode 40 A (input breaker) 63 A (input breaker)
Short circuit Hold whole system
Line mode: switch to bypass;
Overheat
backup mode: shut down UPS immediately
Battery low Alarm and switch off
Self-diagnostics Upon power on and software control
EPO (optional) Shut down UPS immediately
Battery Advanced battery management
Noise suppression Complies with EN62040-2
Audible and visual alarms Line failure, battery low, overload, system failure
PHYSICAL
Dimensions 02 RackU
Net weight (kg) 23 25
PHYSICAL OF BATTERY BANK
Dimensions (D × W × H) 720 × 443 × 131 mm (3U)
Net weight (kg) 56 62

4 UPS DATA CENTRE

DATWYLER EDGE
DATWYLER UPS
1~3 KVA (1:1 PHASE)
TOWER / RACK MOUNTED

TECHNICAL FEATURES

- Online double conversion

- Power factor (PF=0.9)
- Cold start
- Full digital control (DSP)
- Intelligent Monitoring Function
- Efficiency up to 90%
- Support Economic (ECO) operation mode
- Input current harmonic: 3%
- Estimated remaining time displayed on the LCD
- Hot swappable battery pack
- Emergency power off system
- Settable frequency converter mode
- Flexible Installation (Tower or rack mounted options)
- Communication port: RS-232 / USB ( Optional SNMP card)

MODEL 40014640ZY 40014650ZY 40014700ZY

Capacity (VA/Watts) 1000 / 900 2000 / 1800 3000 / 2700
INPUT
Nominal voltage 200/208/220/230/240 VAC or 100/110/115/120/127 VAC
Input voltage range 55~150 VAC or 110~300 VAC @ 60% load, 80~145 VAC or 160~300 VAC @ 100% load
Frequency range 45~55 Hz / 55~65 Hz (auto-detect)
Power factor ≥0.99 @ nominal voltage (100% load)
OUTPUT
Output voltage 200/208/220/230/240 VAC or 100/110/115/120/127 VAC
Power factor 0.9 pF
Harmonic distortion ≤3% THD (linear load) ≤6% THD (non-linear load)
Transfer time AC to DC zero
EFFICIENCY
AC mode 90% 91% 91%
Battery mode 85% 88% 86%
PHYSICAL
Standard Dimensions (D x W x H) 430 x 440 x 86.5 mm 552 x 440 x 86.5 mm 710 x 440 x 86.5 mm
model Net weight 8.9 kg 10.1 kg 12 kg
ENVIRONMENT
Humidity 20-90% RH @ 0-40° C (non-condensing)
Noise level <50dB @ 1 m
MANAGEMENT
LCD Load level, battery level, AC mode, battery mode, bypass mode, fault indicators
Smart RS-232 / USB (preferential) External Modbus card supported by RS232, Software supports Windows Family, Linux, FreeBSD
Optional SNMP Power management from SNMP manager and web browser

DATWYLER UPS 5
SWITZERLAND CHINA SINGAPORE

Dätwyler IT Infra AG Datwyler (Suzhou) IT Infra Co., Ltd. Datwyler IT Infra Pte. Ltd.
Gotthardstrasse 31 No. 218, East Beijing Road 2 Venture Drive
6460 Altdorf Taicang Economic Development Zone Vision Exchange #19-15/16/17
T +41 41 875-1268 Jiangsu Province, 215413 / P.R. China 608526 Singapore
F +41 41 875-1986 T +86 512 3306-8066 T +65 68631166
[Link]@[Link] F +86 512 3306-8049 F +65 68978885
[Link] [Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]
[Link] [Link]

GERMANY Datwyler (Suzhou) IT Infra Co., Ltd.

Shanghai Branch UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
Dätwyler IT Infra GmbH Room C308, 3F, Tower C, No. 333,
Auf der Roos 4-12 Suhong Road Minhang District Datwyler Middle East FZE
65795 Hattersheim Shanghai, 201106 / P. R. China Jebel Ali Free Zone
T +49 6190 8880-0 T +86 21 3253-2885 LB 15, Second Floor, Room #10
F +49 6190 8880-80 F +86 21 6813-0298 P.O. Box 263480
[Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link] Dubai
[Link] T +971 4 4228129
Datwyler (Suzhou) IT Infra Co., Ltd. F +971 4 4228096
Dätwyler IT Infra GmbH Beijing Branch [Link]@[Link]
Lilienthalstraße 17 Room 16B2, West Wing, Han Wei Plaza No. 7, [Link]
85399 Hallbergmoos Guang Hua Rd, Chaoyang District
T +49 811 998633-0 Beijing, 100020 / P. R. China Datwyler IT Infra Solutions LLC
F +49 811 998633-30 T +86 10 5971-4288/77/76 Unit 1003 - 1005, 10th Floor, IB Tower
[Link]@[Link] F +86 10 5971-4277 Business Bay
[Link] [Link]@[Link] Dubai
T +971 4 4228129
Datwyler (Suzhou) IT Infra Co., Ltd. F +971 4 4228096
AUSTRIA Guangzhou Branch [Link]@[Link]
A, 7 FL, Gaosheng Building [Link]
Dätwyler IT Infra GmbH No. 109, Tiyu Rd. W., Tianhe District
Niederlassung Österreich Guangzhou, 510620 / P. R. China
Liebermannstraße A02 403 T +86 20 3879-1200
2345 Brunn am Gebirge F +86 20 3879-1105
T +43 1 8101641-0 [Link]@[Link]
F +43 1 8101641-35
[Link]@[Link]
[Link]

ITALY

Datwyler IT Infra S.r.l.

Via dei Campi della Rienza, 30
©2022 Datwyler - DATWYLER UPS - en - 09/2022

39031 Brunico (BZ)

T +39 031 928277
[Link]@[Link]
[Link]

CZECH REPUBLIC

Datwyler IT Infra s.r.o.

Ústecká 840/33
405 02 Děčín
T +420 417 580110
F +420 417 580139
[Link]@[Link]
[Link]

Subject to technical modification.

Masjid Sound System - Datasheets
 Column Speaker
T-304

Material: wood

Description:
Indoor luxury column speaker adopts high-
density wood structure. The voice is clear and [Link] installation mode. Applicable to schools, supermarkets, hotels, shopping malls, etc.

Specifications:
Model T-304
Rated power 40W
SPL(1W/1M) 93dB±3dB
Impedance Black: Com Red: 250Ω
Frequency response (-10dB) 100-20KHZ
Dimensions 135×120×620mm
Speaker driver 4"×4 2.5"×1
Weight 5.2Kg
Voltage 100V

[Link] info@[Link]
 2-channel Multimedia Mosque Amplifier
T-2240ME T-2500ME

Description
It is suitable for supermarkets, meeting rooms, training
rooms, mosques and other places.

Feature
* The audio source has multiple inputs such as optical fiber, coaxial, USB, Bluetooth, line, microphone, etc.;
* Built-in DSP sound effect processing. With functions such as delay, reverberation, echo, anti-howling (level 7), tone shift (level 10), and vocal
excitation;
* The control function is realized through infrared remote control, coded switches, and buttons;
* Panel LCD screen intuitively displays of various functions and working status;
* Provide 3-channel RCA line inputs, 3-channel balanced microphone with phantom power inputs;
* With DSP processor, multiple preset scene modes;
* The volume of each microphone is independently adjustable, the effect is adjustable, and the music volume is independently [Link], Alto,
Bass adjustment;
* Built-in RS485 communication central integrated control function.
* Support USB playback, support MP3, WAV, APE, FLAC and other lossless high-fidelity music formats;
* With the soft start protection function of switch , with voltage limit, short circuit, overload, and overheat protection;
* Panel: Aluminum alloy material;
* Built-in 48V phantom switch control function;
* Support Bluetooth function. It can connect with mobile phones, computers and other devices;
* Each microphone input has a gain adjustment function, enabling the best match between microphone and the input state of the amplifier;
* Support constant impedance and constant voltage (4Ω/100V) switching function.

Specification
Model T-2240ME T-2500ME
Rated output power 2x240W@4Ω 2x500W@4Ω
2x240W@100V 2x500W@100V
Input sensitivity and impedance MIC1, 2, 3,: ±2.5mV/600Ω- ±200mV/10KΩ, with phantom balanced input)
DVD: 350mV/10KΩ, (unbalanced input)
VCD: 350mV/10KΩ, (unbalanced input)
BMG: 350mV/10KΩ, (unbalanced input)
Optical fiber, coaxial:1000mV
Output SW (150Hz): 1V/470Ω
PRE: 1V±50mv/470Ω
REC: 200mV±20mv/470Ω
Microphone tone Bass: ±10dB at 100Hz
Alto: ±10dB at 2KHz
Treble: ±10dB at 10KHz
Music tone Bass: ±10dB at 100Hz
Alto: ±10dB at 2KHz
Treble: ±10dB at 10KHz
THD Power amplifier rated output power 1Kz (under 1/8A power condition) ≤0.1%
USB playback Support MP3, WAV, APE, FLAC
Communication RS485 communication central control integrated control function
Frequency response DVD, VCD, BGM: 20HZ (±3dB)-20KHZ (±3dB)
Mic: 50HZ (±3dB)-16KHZ (±3dB)
SNR Mic: ≥85dB,
Music: ≥85dB
Protection Overload, short circuit, overvoltage and undervoltage protection.
Indicator light Power supply, output level
Supply voltage ~220V 50Hz/~110V/60Hz
Power loss 600W 1200W
Weight 5Kg 8.2Kg
Size(LxWxH) 430x395x88mm

[Link] info @ [Link]

 Wireless Microphone T-592UT
Microphone Call Control Embedded Software V1.32

Description
It is a digital wireless microphone system with a new solution architecture. The system adopts unique digital U-band transmission
technology and pi/4-DQPSK modulation mode. It is characterized by low bit error rate, stable transmission and strong anti-interference
ability. In addition, it adopts ID code pilot technology to prevent co-frequency crosstalk, and adopts frequency sweep to avoid interference,
etc.

Feature
* Adopt unique digital U-band transmission technology, pi/4-DQPSK modulation mode, with strong anti-interference ability, low bit error rate, stable
transmission.
* Adopt unique encryption method for audio transmission to ensure the security of conference content.
* Adopt unique ID code pilot technology to prevent cross-frequency interference.
* One-key frequency weep to avoid interference; one-key IR frequency pairing, easy to operate.
* With reverberation, treble/alto/bass adjustment.
* With two balanced outputs and one unbalanced mixing output.
* The receiver panel is exquisitely crafted and neatly designed.
* The receiver uses a 2.2-inch TFT-LCD screen to display more delicate information.
* The transmitter uses an OLED display to easily obtain the current information of the device.
* The transmission power is adjustable, and the transmission power can be adjusted as needed.
* With a volume adjustment key, the transmitter volume can be adjusted.
* With one-key mute function, strong practicability.
* With low power consumption design, the maximum continuous speaking time can exceed 10 hours.
* The system includes a receiver + a handheld microphone + a headset wireless microphones.

Specification
Model T-592UT
System parameters
Frequency range 540MHz-590MHz, 640MHz-690MHz
Modulation mode pi/4-DQPSK
Frequency response 20Hz~20kHz (±3dB)
SNR ≥105dB (XLR)
THD+N <0.1%
Working distance About 80m
Receiver parameters
Antenna interface BNC/50Ω
Receiver sensitivity ＜-95dBm

[Link] info @ [Link]

 Wireless Microphone T-592UT
Microphone Call Control Embedded Software V1.32

Maximum output Balanced output 500mV, unbalanced output 1000mV

Power supply DC 12V/1.5A
Working current ≤320mA
Dimension (L*W*H) 443×212×44mm
Weight 2.225kg
Transmitter parameters
Mic type Condenser Microphone (Headset Microphone)
Moving coil Microphone (Lavalier Microphone)
Output power ≥10dBm
Working current ≤200mA
Battery capacity 2×1.5V(AA)
Battery life >10H
Dimension 86mm*65.3mm*23.8mm(excluding mic cartridge)
Weight 185g (including battery)

[Link] info @ [Link]

 Desktop Microphone Stand
TK-200

Model TK-200
Height 160-200mm
Weight 0.23kg

[Link] info@[Link]
Detailed Specifications & Technical Data
METRIC MEASUREMENT VERSION

5000FE Multi-Conductor - Commercial Audio Systems - 2 Conductors Cabled

For more Information

please call

1-800-Belden1

General Description:
Security & Commercial Audio Cable, Riser-CL3R-FPLR, 2-12 AWG stranded bare copper conductors with
Polyolefin insulation, Beldfoil® shield and PVC jacket with ripcord
Usage (Overall)
Suitable Applications: Intercom/PA Systems, Sound/Audio Systems, Fire Alarm Systems (For color
Red only)

Physical Characteristics (Overall)

Conductor
AWG:
# Conductors AWG Stranding Conductor Material
2 12 19x25 BC - Bare Copper

Total Number of Conductors: 2

Insulation
Insulation Material:
Insulation Material Wall Thickness (mm)
PP - Polypropylene 0.279

Outer Shield
Outer Shield Material:
Outer Shield Trade Name Type Outer Shield Material Coverage (%)
Beldfoil® Tape Aluminum Foil-Polyester Tape w/Shorting Fold 100

Outer Shield Drain Wire AWG:

AWG Stranding Drain Wire Conductor Material
20 (7x28) TC - Tinned Copper

Outer Jacket
Outer Jacket Material:
Outer Jacket Material Nom. Wall Thickness (mm)
PVC - Polyvinyl Chloride 0.432

Outer Jacket Ripcord: Yes

Overall Cable
Overall Cabling Lay Length & Direction:
Length (mm) Direction Twists (twist/m)
88.900 Left Hand 11.155

Overall Cabling Color Code Chart:

Number Color
1 Black
2 White

Overall Nominal Diameter: 6.706 mm

Mechanical Characteristics (Overall)

Operating Temperature Range: -20°C To +75°C

UL Temperature Rating: 75°C

Page 1 of 3 11-08-2019
Detailed Specifications & Technical Data
METRIC MEASUREMENT VERSION

5000FE Multi-Conductor - Commercial Audio Systems - 2 Conductors Cabled

Bulk Cable Weight: 93.013 Kg/Km

Max. Recommended Pulling Tension: 811.352 N

Min. Bend Radius/Minor Axis: 66.675 mm

Applicable Specifications and Agency Compliance (Overall)

Applicable Standards & Environmental Programs
NEC/(UL) Specification: CL3R, FPLR

NEC Articles: 725, 760

EU Directive 2011/65/EU (ROHS II): Yes

EU CE Mark: Yes

EU Directive 2000/53/EC (ELV): Yes

EU Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS): Yes

EU RoHS Compliance Date (mm/dd/yyyy): 04/01/2005

EU Directive 2002/96/EC (WEEE): Yes

EU Directive 2003/11/EC (BFR): Yes

CA Prop 65 (CJ for Wire & Cable): Yes

MII Order #39 (China RoHS): Yes

Flame Test
UL Flame Test: UL1666 Vertical Shaft

CSA Flame Test: FT4

Suitability
Suitability - Indoor: Yes

Plenum/Non-Plenum
Plenum (Y/N): No

Plenum Number: 6000FE

Electrical Characteristics (Overall)

Nom. Inductance:
Inductance (µH/m)
0.459

Nom. Capacitance Conductor to Conductor:

Capacitance (pF/m)
209.984

Nom. Capacitance Cond. to Other Conductor & Shield:

Capacitance (pF/m)
378.135

Nom. Conductor DC Resistance:

DCR @ 20°C (Ohm/km)
5.2496

Nominal Outer Shield DC Resistance:

DCR @ 20°C (Ohm/km)
23.295

Max. Operating Voltage - UL:

Voltage
300 V RMS

Max. Recommended Current:

Description Current
10C Temperature Rise 12 Amps per conductor @ 25°C ambient

Page 2 of 3 11-08-2019
Detailed Specifications & Technical Data
METRIC MEASUREMENT VERSION

5000FE Multi-Conductor - Commercial Audio Systems - 2 Conductors Cabled

Put Ups and Colors:

Item # Putup Ship Weight Color Notes Item Desc
5000FE 0021000 1,000 FT 59.000 LB RED C 2 #12 PP FS FRPVC
5000FE 0081000 1,000 FT 59.000 LB GRAY C 2 #12 PP FS FRPVC
5000FE 008500 500 FT 29.500 LB GRAY C 2 #12 PP FS FRPVC

Notes:
C = CRATE REEL PUT-UP.

Revision Number: 4 Revision Date: 01-20-2015

© 2019 Belden, Inc

All Rights Reserved.
Although Belden makes every reasonable effort to ensure their accuracy at the time of this publication, information and specifications
described herein are subject to error or omission and to change without notice, and the listing of such information and specifications does not
ensure product availability.
Belden provides the information and specifications herein on an "AS IS" basis, with no representations or warranties, whether express,
statutory or implied. In no event will Belden be liable for any damages (including consequential, indirect, incidental, special, punitive, or
exemplary damages) whatsoever, even if Belden has been advised of the possibility of such damages, whether in an action under contract,
negligence or any other theory, arising out of or in connection with the use, or inability to use, the information or specifications described herein.

All sales of Belden products are subject to Belden's standard terms and conditions of sale.
Belden believes this product to be in compliance with EU RoHS (Directive 2002/95/EC, 27-Jan-2003). Material manufactured prior to the
compliance date may be in stock at Belden facilities and in our Distributor’s inventory. The information provided in this Product Disclosure, and
the identification of materials listed as reportable or restricted within the Product Disclosure, is correct to the best of Belden’s knowledge,
information, and belief at the date of its publication. The information provided in this Product Disclosure is designed only as a general guide
for the safe handling, storage, and any other operation of the product itself or the one that it becomes a part of. This Product Disclosure is not
to be considered a warranty or quality specification. Regulatory information is for guidance purposes only. Product users are responsible for
determining the applicability of legislation and regulations based on their individual usage of the product.
Belden declares this product to be in compliance with EU LVD (Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU).

Page 3 of 3 11-08-2019
Meeting Rooms AV System - Datasheets
* All images in this datasheet are for illustrative purposes only.

UHD Signage UH5J-H

New High Haze UHD

Standard Signage
UH5J-H
Screen Size 98" / 86" / 75" / 65" / 55" / 49" / 43"

Native Resolution 3,840 � 2,160 (UHD)

Proper Display webOS Smart Bezel Color Black
Brightness Platform Brightness 500 cd/m2

65" / 55" / 49" : 9.9 mm (T/R/L), 14.4 mm (B)

Bezel
43" : 8.4 mm (T/R/L), 14.4 mm (B)
Mobile Content Meeting Room
Management Solution Depth 39.9 mm
 UH5J-H

500 nit

Proper Display Brightness

With a recommend brightness of 500 cd/m2 for an indoor display, the UH5J-H series clearly deliver content and attract public
attention, making it the most suitable display for marketing in meeting rooms, airports, retail, shopping malls etc.

* Actual images available may differ from the example images shown.

Software SCAP Sample

Development Kit Libraries Applications

High-Performance with webOS

LG webOS platform enhances user convenience with intuitive GUI and simple app development tools.

Salty
Environment

With Conformal Coating

Humid
Environment

Without Conformal Coating

Conformal Coating
In various places the UH5J-H series is unable to avoid exposure to environments containing dust, humidity, etc. which may hamper
performance over time. The conformal coating on power board reduces these risks by protecting UH5J-H series from salt, dust, iron
powder, humidity, etc.

* Actual images (signage display) available may differ from the example images shown.
 UH5J-H

Mobile Content Management

You can create a store profile and get template recommendations using the Promota* app. Users can customize templates as
needed and easily create and manage content not only on PCs but also on mobile devices.
* LG Promota is can be downloaded from the App Store and Google Play store. (Not available for Europe/CIS Region)
* In Korea, the name is not Promota, but Mustard.

IP5x

IP5x Certified Design Compatible with AV Control System

The IP5x Dust-Proof Certification ensures that the product The UH5J-H series has supported Crestron Connected® for
is protected from dust, reducing the risk of performance high compatibility with professional AV controls to achieve
degradation. seamless integration and automated control*, boosting
business management efficiency.
* Network based control

CONNECTIVITY

LAN HDMI IN 1 HDMI IN 2 HDMI IN 3 DP IN IR&LIGHT USB 2.0 IN AUDIO AUDIO RS-232C RS-232C
(4K@60Hz) (4K@60Hz, ARC) (4K@60Hz) HDMI OUT DVI-D IN SENSOR 5V 0.5A IN OUT IN OUT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 LAN 4 HDMI IN 3 7 DVI-D IN 10 AUDIO IN

5 DP IN 8 IR&LIGHT SENSOR 11 AUDIO OUT

2 HDMI IN 1
12 RS-232C IN
3 HDMI IN 2 6 HDMI OUT 9 USB 2.0 IN
13 RS-232C OUT

* Jack Panels may differ from the above image, so please contact LG sales team to verify before ordering.

[Link]/global/business/information-display LG may make changes to specifications and product descriptions without notice.
Download [Link]/c/LGECommercialDisplay Copyright © 2022 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. “LG Life’s Good” is a
LG C-Display+ registered trademark of LG Corp. The names of products and brands mentioned
Mobile App [Link]/LGInformationDisplay
[Link]/company/lginformationdisplay here may be the trademarks of their respective owners.
Google Play Store
[Link]/LG_ID_HQ
ClickShare CX-30
Seamless wireless conferencing for small to medium-sized meeting and
conference rooms

b Interactive features: ClickShare CX-30 enables wireless conferencing in medium-sized

touchback, annotation meeting spaces. When you walk into the meeting room,
and blackboarding ClickShare automatically connects you to room devices like
cameras, mics, speakers, sound bars and displays.
b Increased collaboration
with 2 sources on screen Start a meeting from your laptop within seconds, using your
preferred video conferencing platform. Make hybrid meetings
b Run video meetings from easy, with just one click on the ClickShare Button or the
your laptop with Button ClickShare App, both for employees and guests.
or App

b 100% secure, encrypted

and cloud-managed
 Product specifications CLICKSHARE CX-30
ClickShare Base Unit dimensions

Dimensions (HxWxD) 34 mm x 135 mm x 135 mm

Power supply Standard 110/220 V AC plug or USB-C (only Gen2)

Power consumption Operational: 5-10W, 24W Max

Weight 900 gr

General specifications

Operating system Windows 10 and higher macOS 11 (BigSur) and higher

Android v11 and higher (ClickShare App)
iOS 14 and higher (ClickShare App)

System requirements For a smooth experience with Microsoft Teams or Zoom

Minimum: Intel i3 dual-core processor / 8GB RAM / OS: Windows 10 latest build or Mojave latest build
Recommended: Intel i5 4-core processor / 8GB RAM / OS:Windows 10 latest build or Mac OS latest
build

Video outputs 4K UHD (3840*2160) @ 30Hz. HDMI 1.4b or USB-C DisplayPort 1.2 (only Gen2)

Audio output USB, HDMI

USB 1 X USB-A, 1 X USB-C

ClickShare Buttons 2

ClickShare App Desktop & Mobile

Native protocols Airplay, Google Cast, Miracast

Maximum number of simultaneous connections 32

(with Buttons and/or App)

Noise Level Max. 25dBA @ 0-30°C

Max. 30dBA @ 30-40°C

Authentication protocol WPA2-PSK in stand alone mode

WPA2-PSK or IEEE 802.1X using the ClickShare Button in network integration mode

Wireless transmission protocol IEEE 802.11 a/g/n/ac and IEEE 802.15.1

Reach Max. 30m (100 ft) between ClickShare Button and ClickShare Base Unit
Frequency band 2.4 GHZ and 5 GHz (DFS)

Frequency band 2.4 GHZ and 5 GHz (DFS channels supported in select number of countries)

Connections 1x Ethernet LAN 1Gbit

1x USB-C 2.0 (front); 1x USB-A 2.0 (front) -only Gen2: 1x USB-C 3.0 (front); 1x USB-A 3.0 (front)

Temperature range Operating: 0°C to +40°C (+32°F to +104°F)

Max: 35°C (95°F) at 3000m
Storage: -20°C to +60°C (-4°F to +140°F)

Humidity Storage: 0 to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing

Operation: 0 to 85% relative humidity, non-condensing

Anti-theft system Kensington lock

Certifications FCC/CE

Touch screen support & Interactivity Yes

Wireless conferencing via App or Button

Local view Yes

Network connection LAN & WiFi

Management and reporting Yes

Warranty 1 year standard. 5 years coverage via SmartCare

Last updated: 15 Mar 2023

© 2018 Barco nv. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All brand names and product
names are trademarks, registered trademarks or tradenames of their respective holders. Due to continued innovation, information and technical
specifications are subject to change without prior notice. Please check [Link] for the latest specifications.

ENABLING BRIGHT OUTCOMES

[Link]
DATA SHEET
LOGITECH RALLY BAR

Rally Bar delivers a powerful ALL-IN-ONE VIDEO BAR FOR MEDIUM TO

all-in-one video conferencing LARGE ROOMS
experience, featuring brilliant Logitech Rally Bar sets a new standard for video meetings in midsize
rooms, with expansion options for larger groups and settings.
optics, automated PTZ, and high
performance audio for midsize It’s remarkably simple to use, manage, and deploy at scale, delivering
cinema-quality video and audio in a sleek, all-in-one form factor. Plug
meeting rooms. With Rally Bar, and play Rally Bar with any PC or Mac, or leverage the built-in compute
video meetings can be just as to run video conferencing applications directly on the device.
natural and productive as Rally Bar features a multi-element lens assembly, powerful low
face-to-face collaboration. distortion speakers, and an advanced mic system to create meeting
experiences that sound as good as they look. A dedicated AI camera
amplifies RightSight auto-framing and delivers insights about room
usage directly to the Logitech Sync dashboard. Upgrade your video
collaboration with Rally Bar.
FEATURES & BENEFITS LOGITECH RALLY BAR

SIMPLE TO SET UP SIMPLE TO USE SIMPLE TO MANAGE

USB Plug and Play RightSense Technologies Logitech Sync
Easily connects to virtually any PC or Mac ,
®
RightSight Single platform to monitor room health and
with no additional software required Speaker View frames the active speaker keep devices up to date, plus insights on
while displaying a secondary view of the room occupancy
Appliance Mode
room to show participant interactions. Deploy Updates at Scale
Built-in compute allows you to run Group View detects meeting participants
supported video conferencing applications automatically adjusts the lens and zoom so Easily propagate upgrades and bug fixes to
such as Zoom directly on the device no one is left out of the picture. Rally Bar and your other supported Logitech
devices
All-in-One Design RightLight
Forward-Looking Architecture
Sleek, minimal footprint expedites setup Intelligently adjusts video settings in all light
and reduces clutter conditions so everyone always looks their Sync API is a robust foundation for new
best insights and integrations
Streamlined, Flexible Installs
RightSound Partner Dashboard Support
Confidently deploy at scale with smart
cable management and multiple mounting AI-driven voice leveling and unwanted noise Fully integrated with partner solutions like
options suppression deliver outstanding clarity Microsoft Teams, Zoom, and others for a
One-Touch Join simplified device management experience
Optionally deploy with Tap to quickly and
easily initiate meetings across Zoom,
Microsoft Teams, and other cloud services

AUDIO VIDEO AI VIEWFINDER

Room-filling Sound Ultra-HD Video Framed to Perfection

Large, ultra low distortion speakers with Brilliantly sharp video, outstanding A second built-in camera lens has the
RightSound convey every word with color, and exceptional optical accuracy ability to detect meeting participants,
outstanding clarity at resolutions up to 4K amplifying RightSight autoframing
Adaptive Beamforming Mic Array Expansive Room Coverage See Everyone Clearly
Beamforming mics pick up voices at Motorized lens covers rooms 130° All meeting participants, even late arrivals,
every seat and focus on the active talker across by 80° high, with lossless image are automatically seen and included
while suppressing ambient noise quality up to 5X optical zoom Move About Freely
Expansion Ready Cinema Quality AI Viewfinder uses scene awareness to keep
Add up to three Rally mic pods for even Logitech RightLight™ technology the camera on the action
greater coverage in larger settings captures natural-looking skin tones,
even in dim or backlit conditions
ACCESSORIES & TECH SPECS LOGITECH RALLY BAR

ACCESSORIES

TV Mount for Video Bars Wall Mount for Video Bars Rally Mic Pod in Graphite Rally Mic Pod in White
Securely mount Rally Bar above or Neatly and confidently secure Expand audio coverage and Expand audio coverage and provide
below a TV or monitor Rally Bar on the wall for minimal provide convenient access to convenient access to mute controls
footprint mute controls

Rally Mic Pod Extension Rally Mic Pod Mount in Logitech Tap Controller Rally Mic Pod Hub
Cable Graphite and White Deploy with Tap for easy one- Customize microphone placement
Easily connect mic pods to Rally Bar Hide cables and anchor mics on the touch to join for your conference table
with up to two 10m extension cables table or ceiling for a clean, finished configuration
look

TECH SPECS

CERTIFICATIONS & COMPATIBILITY GENERAL CAMERA

Certifications: Microsoft Teams Rooms on Built-in Components: 6 beamforming Resolution: 4K, 1440p, 1080p, 900p, 720p, and
Android (for medium sized rooms), Microsoft microphones, PTZ camera, 2 speakers, AI SD at 30fps
Teams Rooms on Windows (for medium sized Viewfinder, cable management & retention
Pan: Motorized ±25°
rooms), Zoom Rooms, Tencent Meeting Rooms system, table stand, Logitech CollabOS platform
and Lark(Feishu) Rooms on Windows. Tilt: Motorized ±15°
Enclosure: All-in-one enclosure with integrated
Appliance Mode: Supports compatible video table stand and patented speaker suspension Zoom: 15X HD zoom (5X optical, 3X digital
conferencing software in appliance mode (no PC system to eliminate vibration-induced camera available with upcoming software update)
required): Microsoft Teams Rooms on Android, shake and audio interference Diagonal Field of View: 90°
Zoom Rooms, RingCentral Rooms, Tencent
Device Management: Logitech Sync Horizontal Field of View: 82.1°
Meeting Rooms.
Displays Supported: 2 Vertical Field of View: 52.2°
USB Mode: Plug and play USB connectivity with
virtually any video conferencing application. Display Resolution: Up to 1080p Total Room Coverage: 132.1° Horizontal x 82.2°
For the latest information on certifications and Vertical
compatibility, visit [Link]/support/
vc-certifications.

DIMENSIONS SPEAKERS RIGHTSENSE™ TECHNOLOGIES

Height: 164 mm / 6.46 in Drivers: 2x 70mm / 2.7 in RightLight: Renders natural skin tones for each
participant.
Width: 910 mm / 2.99 ft Output: 90dB SPL @1W, 99dB SPL @8.0W, both
+/-2dB at ½ meter RightSight: Primary PTZ camera zooms in on the
Depth: 130.5 mm / 5.14 in
active speaker while the AI Viewfinder captures a
Sensitivity: 90+/-3dB SPL at 1W, ½ meter
Lens Depth: 28.8 mm / 1.13 in view of everyone in the room.
THD: 1kHz < 2%
Weight: 7.08 kg / 15.6 lbs RightSound: Distinguishes speech from other
Speaker Sampling Rate: 48 kHz sounds to auto-level voices while suppressing
background noise and echo.
PRODUCT SPECS & LINKS LOGITECH RALLY BAR

MICROPHONES INTERFACES POWER & CABLES

Frequency Response: 90Hz – 16kHz HDMI Out: 2 (up to 1080p) Power Supply: Auto-sensing
Sensitivity: >-36dBFS +/-1dB @ 1Pa HDMI In: 1 Operating Voltage/Power: 100-240V, 19V, 4.74A
Microphone Data Rate Output: 48 kHz USB 3.0: 3x Type A, 1x Type C Power Supply Dimensions: 127mm x 51mm x
30mm
Pickup Range: 23 ft (7 m) Network: 10/100/1G Ethernet
DC Cable: 1.5m / 4.9 ft
Beamforming Elements: Six omnidirectional WiFi: 802.11a/b/g/n/ac (MIMO)
digital MEMS microphones forming five adaptive AC Cable: 1m / 3.28 ft
External Mic Input: Yes (proprietary input supports
acoustic broadside beams
optional Rally Mic Pod, Rally Mic Pod Hub, and HDMI 1.4 Cable: 2m / 6.5 ft
Audio Processing: AEC (Acoustic Echo Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable)
USB A to USB C 3.0 Cable: 2.2m / 7.2 ft
Cancellation), VAD (Voice Activity Detector)
Remote Control: Bluetooth® Low Energy
Noise Suppression: AI filter
Add-on Mics: Supports up to 4 additional Rally
Mic Pods for larger conference rooms

ENVIRONMENTAL SECURITY WARRANTY

Operating Temperature: 0 to 40 °C Full Disk Encryption: AES-128 Standard: 2-year limited hardware warranty
Storage Temperature: -40 to 70 °C Data Encryption: Symmetric Keys, PKI included
Humidity: 10 to 95% Device Identity: Protected by device attestation
Extended: Additional one-year and three-year
BTU/hr: 57 idle, 64 in meeting Device Access: Authenticated using API
extended warranties available at the time of
Key Protection: Arm TrustZone, RPMP
hardware purchase. Contact your reseller for
availability.

PACKAGE CONTENTS PRODUCT SPECS

Rally Bar USB cable Rally Bar - Graphite Rally Bar - White
Power supply Remote control
Part #: 960-001311 Part #: 960-001323
AC power cord Lens caps for main camera and AI Viewfinder
HDMI cable User documentation

Logitech Americas © 2022 Logitech. Logitech, the Logitech logo and other Logitech marks are
7700 Gateway Blvd. owned by Logitech and may be registered. All other trademarks are the properties
Newark, CA 94560 USA of their respective owners. Logitech assumes no responsibility for any errors
that may appear in this publication. Product, pricing and feature information
[Link]/RallyBar Logitech Europe S.A.
contained herein is subject to change without notice.
EPFL - Quartier de l’Innovation
Contact your reseller Daniel Borel Innovation Center
or contact us at Published November 2022
CH - 1015 Lausanne
[Link]/vcsales
Logitech Asia Pacific Ltd.
Tel : 852-2821-5900
Fax : 852-2520-2230
DATA SHEET
RALLY ACCESSORIES
Logitech Rally family includes ACCESSORIES TO SUIT EVERY MEETING SPACE
a full suite of accessories to Logitech Rally Bar Mini, Rally Bar, and Rally offer premier video collaboration
accommodate a wide range of solutions for all room shapes and sizes. Simple, versatile, and meticulously
designed for scale, the Rally all-in-one video bars and the modular Rally
room sizes and configurations. system offer clutter-free cable management, multiple mounting, mic and
Multiple mounting, mic, and speaker options, and the flexibility to deploy in USB or appliance mode.
Add Rally accessories to create the best meeting space for your needs.
speaker options provide the
convenience of conferencing
solutions at scale.
ACCESSORIES FOR RALLY FAMILY

RALLY MIC POD RALLY MIC POD MOUNT

Expand audio coverage with modular, beamforming microphones Rally Mic Pod Mount secures connections and hides cables to give
with RightSound™ technology for clear, natural, conversational sound. meeting rooms a professional look.

Auto levels voices, suppresses background noise, and dampens Hide cables and anchor mics on the table or ceiling
vibration for clear audio Adjusts to fit most tables
Convenient mute control and indicator light Available in graphite or white
Available in graphite or white
General Specifications
General Specifications System Requirements
Compatible Devices: Rally Mic Pod
Frequency response: Rally: Up to 7 Mic Pods
Table Thickness: 0.75 - 2.0in (20 - 50mm)
90Hz – 16kHz (one Rally Mic Pod included
with system) Grommet Hole Diameter: 1.0 - 2.5in (25 - 65mm)
Sensitivity: >-27dB +/-1dB @ 1Pa
Rally Plus: Up to 7 Mic Pods Product Dimensions
Microphone data rate output:
(two Rally Mic Pods included
48 kHz Height: 3.54 in / 90mm
with system)
Pickup range: 15 ft / 4.5m Width: 5.75 in / 146mm
Rally Bar: Up to 4 Mic Pods
Beamforming elements: (complements the built-in Depth: 5.75 in / 146mm
Four omnidirectional microphone array)
microphones forming eight Package Contents
Rally Bar Mini: Up to 3 Mic
acoustic beams Mic Pod Mount Cup
Pods (complements the built-in
Audio processing: microphone array) Threaded Rod
AEC (Acoustic Echo
Note: Rally Mic Pods are not compatible Nut
Cancellation), VAD (Voice with the standalone USB Rally Camera.
Activity Detector) Cable Spool
Noise suppression: AI filter Product Dimensions Mounting Plate

Mute Control: Height: 0.83 in (21 mm) Screws

Touch-sensitive mute control Width: 4.01 in (102 mm) Documentation
with color-coded LED indicator
Depth: 4.01 in (102 mm)
Part Numbers
Interfaces & Cables
Package Contents Graphite: 952-000002
Output: 9.6 ft (2.95m) 12-pin Rally Mic Pod White: 952-000020
captive cable
Documentation
Input: 12-pin interface to daisy-
chain Mic Pods or connect to Part Numbers
Rally Mic Pod Hub
Graphite: 989-000430
Certifications White: 952-000038
Rally Mic Pod, White:
Plenum Rated, Eca/
IEC 60332-1-2 Compliant
Rally Mic Pod, Graphite: N/A
ACCESSORIES FOR RALLY FAMILY

MIC POD PENDANT MOUNT RALLY MIC POD HUB

Ceiling pendant mount for Rally Mic Pod microphones. Connect up to three Rally Mic Pods for hub-and-spoke layouts
for flexible placement and efficient cable routing.
Mic Pod Pendant Mount allows you to hang Rally Mic Pods in
rooms that have tall ceilings and tables that can’t have mics Customize for most any meeting table configuration
attached or that have unique setups. Hanging mics from the Reduces cross-table cabling
ceiling helps ensure everyone can be heard equally, even in your
largest spaces. Connects both mic pods and additional hubs

Dimensions: Ceiling Mount General Specifications

Height: 80 mm Three 12-pin connections for any combination

of Rally Mic Pods or additional Rally Mic Pod Hubs
Width: 82 mm
Under-table mounting hardware
Dimensions: Mic Holder Captive 9.6ft (2.95m) 12-pin cable
Height: 56 mm
System Requirements
Width: 145 mm
Rally or Rally Plus
Package Contents
Rally Bar or Rally Bar Mini
Ceiling Mount configured with external Rally Mic Pods
Mic Holder
Product Dimensions
Mounting Hardware
Height: 0.63in / 16mm
Quick Start Guide
Width: 4.01in / 102mm
Color Depth: 4.01in / 102mm
White
Package Contents
Part Number Mic Pod Hub
952-000123
Mounting Hardware
Warranty Documentation
2-Year Limited Hardware Warranty
Part Number
939-001647
ACCESSORIES FOR RALLY FAMILY

RALLY MIC POD EXTENSION CABLE

Add 10 meters of additional reach to the cabling of Rally Mic Pod
or Rally Mic Pod Hub for larger spaces.

Plenum-rated and Eca certified for commercial installations

Fits within standard 19mm conduit
Connect up to two cables for a total extension of 20 meters

General Specifications
Extension cable with built-in cable retention clips
Fits standard 19mm conduit

Certifications
Plenum Rated, Eca/IEC
60332-1-2 Compliant

System Requirements
Rally Bar (supports up to 2 cables)
Rally Bar Mini (supports up to 2 cables)
Rally (supports 1 cable)
Rally Plus (supports 1 cable)

Product Dimensions
Cable Length: 32.80 ft (10 m)
Cable Thickness: 0.16in (4.2 mm)

Package Contents
Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable
Documentation

Part Number
952-000047
ACCESSORIES FOR RALLY VIDEO BARS

TV MOUNT FOR VIDEO BARS WALL MOUNT FOR VIDEO BARS

Float Rally Bar Mini or Rally Bar above or below a TV or monitor Mount Rally Bar Mini or Rally Bar on the wall for a finished appearance
for a sleek installation and minimal footprint. and minimal footprint.

Flexible and flush mounting depths and thoughtful cable routing Works with video bar’s built-in cable retention cover for a secure
Fits most displays with versatile swing-arm design connection

Optimizes viewing angle for above-display installations with VESA mounting pattern compatible with mobile carts
10° tilt down adapter Optimizes viewing angle for elevated placement with 10° tilt
down adapter

General Specifications Package Contents

Swing-arm design VESA-compatible TV Mount General Specifications Package Contents
Mounts compatible devices to Wall Mount
Mount compatible devices Mounting Plate for Rally Bar
above or below the display a wall or mobile cart Tilt Down Adapter
Mounting Plate for Rally Bar
Adjustable depth up to 50mm Mini Adjustable horizontal level +/- 1° Screws

Adjustable horizontal level +/- 1° Fasteners and mounting 10° video bar tilt down adapter Documentation
hardware for high-position angle
10° video bar tilt down adapter correction Part Number
for above-display angle
Part Number 952-000044
optimization Compatibility
952-000041
Compatibility Also compatible with mobile
carts with a standard VESA
Wall or cart-mounted displays mounting pattern
up to 98in (247.92 cm) with
VESA mounting points System Requirements

System Requirements Rally Bar

Rally Bar Mini
Rally Bar
Rally Bar Mini
Product Dimensions
Rally Camera Height: 3.94 in / 100mm

Product Dimensions Width: 9.29 in / 236mm

Swing-arm length (max.): Depth: 3.31 in / 84mm

2.95 ft / 900mm
ACCESSORIES FOR RALLY SYSTEM (RALLY AND RALLY PLUS)

RALLY MOUNTING KIT RALLY SPEAKER

For the modular Rally system, includes mounts for the camera, Add a second speaker to Rally systems originally configured with
speakers, and hubs for a neat appearance and secure, a single speaker.
unobtrusive cabling.
Broadens the soundstage for room-filling sound at comfortable
Sturdy camera mount inverts 180° to support near-ceiling volume levels
installation Receives both signal and power from the Rally Display Hub
Float speakers on the wall with two low profile brackets Pleasing symmetrical appearance
Includes ventilated mounts and cable retention brackets
for Table and Display hubs
General Specifications System Requirements
Available in graphite or white
High-performance 76 mm Logitech Rally system with one
driver with rare-earth magnet speaker
General Specifications Patent-pending suspension Maximum speakers
Mounts for the Rally system’s camera, speakers, and hubs system eliminates vibration- per system: 2
Invertible camera bracket for near-ceiling installation induced camera shake and Note: Not compatible with Rally Bar,
audio interference Rally Bar Mini, or the standalone USB
Low-profile speaker brackets for a floating appearance Rally Camera.
Mini XLR cable (9.6 ft / 2.95m)
Ventilated hub mounts with cable retainers
connects to Rally Display Hub Product Dimensions
for both signal and power
Compatibility Height: 4.05 in / 103mm
Compatible with customer-
Logitech Rally or Logitech Rally Plus Width: 17.67 in / 449mm
supplied Mini XLR extension
Note: Rally Mounting Kit is designed for Logitech Rally systems only.
cables up to 9.8 ft (3m) Depth: 3.15 in / 80mm
Rally Mic Pod Mount available separately.
Speaker volume:
95 dB SPL @1 W, 100 dB SPL Package Contents
Package Contents
@7.5 W, both +/-2 dB at Rally Speaker with captive
Camera Bracket (1)
½ meter 9.6 ft (2.95m) Mini XLR cable
Speaker Brackets (2)
Distortion: Documentation
Table Hub Mount 200 Hz–300 Hz < 2.5%, 300
Display Hub Mount Hz–10 kHz < 1%@7.5 W Part Number
Hub Mount Cable Retainers (2) Speaker sampling rate: 48 kHz 960-001230
Fasteners
Documentation

Part Number
939-001644
ACCESSORY COMPATIBILITY

Product Name RALLY BAR MINI RALLY BAR RALLY RALLY PLUS RALLY CAMERA

Up to 7 Up to 7
Rally Mic Pod Up to 3* Up to 4*
(1 included) (2 included)

Rally Mic Pod

* *  
Mount
Mic Pod Pendant
* *  
Mount

Rally Mic Pod Hub * *  

Rally Mic Pod

* *  
Extension Cable

Rally Mounting Kit   Wall mount included

TV Mount for
  
Video Bars
Wall Mount for
  Wall mount included
Video Bars

Swytch     

*When the built-in microphone array is extended with external Rally Mic Pods

WARRANTY
2-year limited hardware on all Rally Accessories

DEVICE MANAGEMENT
Logitech Sync supports device management for Rally Mic Pod, Rally Mic Pod Hub, and Rally Speaker accessories

PRODUCT INFORMATION
Rally Mic Pod: Mic Pod Mount: Rally Mic Pod Hub:
[Link]/mic-pod-for-rally [Link]/mic-pod-mount [Link]/hub-for-rally-mic-pod

Rally Mic Pod Extension Cable: TV Mount For Video Bars: Wall Mount For Video Bars:
[Link]/rally-mic-ext-cable [Link]/tv-mount-video-bar [Link]/wall-mount-video-bars

Rally Mounting Kit: Rally Speaker: Swytch:

[Link]/rally-mounting-kit [Link]/rally-speaker [Link]/swytch

[Link]/vc © 2022 Logitech. Logitech, the Logitech logo and other Logitech marks are
owned by Logitech and may be registered. All other trademarks are the
Americas Logitech Europe S.A. Logitech Asia Pacific Ltd. properties of their respective owners. Logitech assumes no responsibility for
any errors that may appear in this publication. Product, pricing and feature
7700 Gateway Blvd EPFL - Quartier de Tel: 852-2821-5900 information contained herein is subject to change without notice.
Newark, CA 94560 USA I’Innovation Daniel Borel Fax: 852-2520-2230
Innovation Center
CH - 1015 Lausanne

Published June 2022

LAPTOP LINK FOR MEETING ROOMS
LOGITECH SWYTCH
With a single USB connection, JOIN ANY MEETING FROM EVERY ROOM
Logitech Swytch links a laptop to Logitech Swytch is a BYOM (bring your own meeting) laptop link for
the room’s display, camera, and video conferencing in meeting rooms, linking a Windows® 10 laptop,
MacBook®, or Chromebook to the room’s AV equipment with a single
audio devices. Now, people can USB Type A or C connection.
use meeting rooms with any video
Swytch works in rooms outfitted with a dedicated computer or an
conferencing software, webinar appliance based conference camera that run video conferencing
platform, or streaming service. applications — including Microsoft Teams Rooms and Zoom Rooms
— and in BYOM rooms equipped with a only conference camera and
display. Simply connect Swytch to the laptop via USB and launch
the desired application to enjoy broadcast-quality video and content
sharing at up to 4K resolution.

With a one-cable laptop link to a meeting room’s AV devices, Logitech

Swytch makes every room ready for any meeting.
SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS PORTS AND INTERFACES MOUNTS

Swytch Height: 27.4 mm (1.08 in) Swytch Hub Swytch Hub Compatible with
Hub Width: 164 mm (6.46 in) Logitech PC Mount
Power
(not included)
Depth: 90 mm (3.54 in) HDMI 2.0 to Display
HDMI 2.0 to Meeting Room Computer Swytch Extender Mount through a 25
Swytch Height: 27.4 mm (1.08 in)
mm (1 in) grommet
Extender USB 3.0 Type A to Conference Camera
Width: 120 mm (4.72 in) hole or attach
Depth: 120 mm (4.72 in) USB 3.0 Type C to Meeting Room below the table with
Computer included hardware.
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS USB 3.0 Type C to Swytch Extender
Swytch Connector Magnetic dock
Swytch Extender included
Meeting Display: HDMI input
Room Power
Conference Camera: USB
Equipment conference camera with USB 3.0 Type A to Swytch Hub GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
speakerphone USB 3.0 Type C to Swytch Connector
Number of Meeting
USB 3.0 Micro B to Swytch Connector 1
Room Displays
Laptop USB 3.0 Port: Type A or Type C
Computers Swytch Connector
USB Power Delivery: Up to Maximum
60 watts for compatible Display: 4K/60 fps
USB 3.0 to laptops with Type A or Resolution and
laptops that charge via USB Type C ports Frame Rate Camera: 4K/30 fps
Type C
Operating Systems with INSIDE THE BOX Laptop Audio for
DisplayLink Plug and Yes
Local Sharing
Display™ Drivers: Windows
10, macOS 10.15 and later, Swytch Hub
and Chrome OS™ 75 or later. Swytch Extender Laptop Audio for Yes (with services
Online Meetings that support content
Swytch Connector with 1.5m / 4.9ft USB sharing with system
COMPATIBILITY Cable audio)
100-240v Swytch Hub Power Supply
Conference Compatible with conference 100-240v Swytch Extender Power Supply Device
Logitech Sync
Cameras cameras that connect Management
5m / 16.4ft USB 3.0 Cable
via USB, such as Logitech
Rally, MeetUp, and GROUP. 2.2m / 7.2ft USB 3.0 Cable
WARRANTY
Compatible with appliance
2.0m / 6.5ft HDMI 2.0 Cable
based cameras such as Rally
Bar and Rally Bar Mini. Mounting accessories 2-year limited hardware
Documentation
Room Microsoft Teams Rooms PART NUMBERS
Solutions Zoom Rooms
Also compatible with other 952-000009  AMR
room solutions that use 952-000010  EU/UK/SEA/HK
USB-connected conference
cameras and an HDMI- 952-000011  AU/NZ/INDIA
connected display. For 952-000012  CHINA
additional compatibility
information, see www. 952-000013  JAPAN
[Link]/swytch-setup. 952-000014  TW/KR

Logitech Inc. 7700 Gateway Blvd., Newark, CA 94560

[Link]/Swytch © 2022 Logitech. Logitech, the Logitech logo and other Logitech marks are owned by Logitech and may be registered.

All other trademarks are the properties of their respective owners. Logitech assumes no responsibility for any errors
To order, contact your reseller that may appear in this publication. Product, pricing and feature information contained herein is subject to change
or call us at 800-308-8666 without notice

Published April 2022

ACTIVE-OPTICAL USB 3.2 CABLES
LOGITECH STRONG USB

Available in lengths of 10, 25, EXTENDED REACH, RELIABLE PERFORMANCE

and 45 meters (32.8, 82, and Deploy USB 2.0 and 3.x devices anywhere in the room while keeping the
147.6 ft), Logitech Strong USB host computer hidden out of sight with Logitech Strong USB cables. A
superior alternative to USB extenders, Logitech Strong USB eliminates
cables connect PCs, Macs, and points of failure while reducing cost and complexity.
Chromeboxes to self-powered
Designed for commercial installation in walls, above ceilings, through
USB devices and hubs, including raceways, and within conduit, these long USB cables deliver speeds up
Logitech MeetUp, Logitech Rally to 10 Gbps, and are plenum-rated and Eca certified.
Camera, and Logitech Tap. Unlike ordinary USB cables, Logitech Strong USB is built to last.
With 200 newtons of tensile strength and a 1000 kg crush load,
Logitech Strong USB provides reliable performance for peripherals like
conference cameras, touch controllers, and powered USB hubs.
COMPARE LOGITECH STRONG USB
LOGITECH STRONG USB TYPICAL USB 3.0 TYPICAL OPTICAL USB

Length 10, 25, & 45m Up to 3m Up to 100m

Maximum Data Rate 10 Gbps 5 Gbps 10 Gbps

Compatible with USB 3.x

Compatible with USB 2.0 -

Plenum Rated, Eca Compliant - -

Wall, Ceiling, Raceway, and

- -
Conduit Installation

Works with Self-Powered Devices

and Hubs

Works with Bus-Powered Devices

- -
and Hubs

SPECIFICATIONS
CABLE GENERAL COMPATIBILITY
USB 3.2 Gen 2 10 Meter
Cable Type USB Ports 2.0, 3.0, 3.1, and 3.2
active optical Part #: 939-001799
USB Type A (male) 25 Meter
Part Numbers
Connectors to USB Type C Part #: 939-001802
(male) Self-powered USB
45 Meter
devices and USB
Throughput 10 Gbps PN: 939-001805
hubs with external
Tensile Strength 200 newtons Logitech Strong power supplies,
USB Devices
USB Cable including Logitech
MeetUp, Logitech
Crush Load 1000 kg 152 mm (6 in)
Inside the Box Rally Camera, and
USB Type C Pigtail
Logitech Tap
Extension
Dynamic Bend
25mm Documentation
Radius (min.)
Conduit Diameter 2-year limited
¾” (19mm) Warranty
(min.) hardware
Plenum Rated
Certifications Eca / IEC 60332-1-2
Compliant

AVAILABLE LENGTHS

10m (32.8 ft) 25m (82 ft) 45m (147.6 ft)

Logitech Inc. 7700 Gateway Blvd., Newark, CA 94560

[Link]/Strong-USB © 2020 Logitech. Logitech, the Logitech logo and other Logitech marks are owned by Logitech and may be registered.

All other trademarks are the properties of their respective owners. Logitech assumes no responsibility for any errors
To order, contact your reseller that may appear in this publication. Product, pricing and feature information contained herein is subject to change
or call us at 800-308-8666 without notice

Published June 2020

DATA SHEET
LOGITECH TAP

Deliver one-touch join, calendar MEETING ROOM TOUCH CONTROLLER FOR

integration, instant content VIDEO CONFERENCING ROOM SOLUTIONS
sharing, and a consistent More than just a meeting room touch controller, Logitech Tap is what
helps you achieve a consistent user experience across your entire
experience across meeting deployment.
rooms. With a sleek design, silent
Boasting a spacious 10.1” touchscreen, low-profile enclosure,
operation, and motion sensor for and multiple mounting accessories, Logitech Tap delivers a sleek
always-on readiness, Tap brings appearance and convenient placement options that support a wide
ease and convenience to video range of room sizes and layouts. And, with its HDMI input, content
sharing is instant and effortless. Wireless content sharing is also
collaboration. available depending on your chosen video conferencing service.
FEATURES & BENEFITS LOGITECH TAP

6
3

5
7
2
9
8

10
4

1 One-touch join: Easily start and join 6 Dual cable exits: A sturdy metal cover with
meetings with just one tap. removable bottom and rear exits keep cables
tidy and secure.
2 10.1” touch display: Spacious and
responsive touch screen resists fingerprints 7 Clean cable management: Built-in cable
and glare for high legibility and easy retention and strain relief system hides the
operation. cable entirely within its enclosure, and secures
it to prevent unwanted disconnections.
3 Sleek, low profile: Comfortable 14° angle
allows for easy viewing, while providing an 8 USB accessory port: Connect an accessory
unobtrusive presence in the room. such as a USB speakerphone.

4 Always-on readiness: Built-in motion sensor 9 HDMI input for content sharing: Provides
saves power when idle, and powers on when instant wired content sharing when used with
a person approaches. Google Meet™, Microsoft Teams Rooms™,
and Zoom Rooms™.
5 Headphone jack: Extends the host
computer’s wired audio capabilities to the 10 Anti-theft protection: Keep Tap securely in
tabletop, ideal for private conversations and place by connecting a security cable to one
for the hearing-impaired. of Tap’s two Kensington lock slots, one on the
bottom and another at the back.
INSTALLATION & ROOM SOLUTIONS LOGITECH TAP

ENTERPRISE READY

Clean Installation Multiple Mounting Options

Flexible cabling lets you locate Tap near participants for Secure Tap flat to the table, raise the viewing angle, or
convenient operation while installing the host computer in mount it on the wall to conserve space, minimize cabling,
a cabinet, beneath a table, or behind a display. and optimize the user experience.

ROOM SOLUTIONS WITH LOGITECH TAP

Easily deploy video meetings with pre-configured Logitech room solutions for Google Meet™ and Microsoft Teams™,
which include everything you need - Tap, a conference camera or video bar, and PC compute - to start building meeting
rooms of virtually any shape or size.

Find Your Perfect Match Laptop Link for Meeting Rooms

Tap works seamlessly with Logitech’s lineup of PC-based Add bring-your-own-device versatility with Logitech Swytch,
video bars and modular systems for small, medium, and a convenient way to use the room’s display and conference
large rooms. camera with any video meeting or webinar application.
SPECIFICATIONS LOGITECH TAP

Shown with Logitech Rally Bar.

PRODUCT DIMENSIONS PORTS & INTERFACES PACKAGE CONTENTS

Device USB 2.0/3.0/3.1 Type C (to PC) Logitech Tap with Cat5e Kit
Total Height x Width x Depth: USB 2.0 Type A (for accessory connection) Tap Touch Controller
58 x 244 x 179 mm HDMI input (for content sharing) Cat5e Kit
2.3 x 9.6 x 7.0 in 3.5mm / 1⁄8 “ 4 pole Headset Jack Logitech Tap Receiver
1.25 kg (2.75 lbs) Integrated ultrasonic speaker Dongle Transceiver
Integrated PIR Motion Sensor 100-240v Power Supply with International
Touchscreen Adaptor Set
100mm x 100mm VESA FDMI (Flat Display 2.97 m Cat5e Cable
10.1” diagonal screen
Display Angle: 14° Mounting Interface) 7.0 m Cat5e Cable
Resolution: 1280 x 800 Kensington Lock Slots (2) HDMI 1.4a cable 2.0 m
Anti-fingerprint and anti-glare oleophobic Microfiber Cloth
coating Documentation

SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS COMPATIBILITY AND CERTIFICATIONS OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Windows® 10 Logitech Tap is certified as a touch controller Table Mount

Chrome™ OS 80 and higher for video conferencing room solutions: Riser Mount
Logi CollabOS Google Meet Wall Mount
GoToRoom
USB 2.0, 3.0, or 3.1 Type A port Cat5e Kit (for Tap devices currently
Microsoft Teams Rooms
Pexip Room connected with Strong USB)
DEVICE MANAGEMENT RingCentral Rooms Logitech Strong USB cable: 10 m, 25 m, 45 m
Zoom Rooms (for Tap devices currently connected with
See [Link]/support/tap- Strong USB)
Monitor and manage with Logitech Sync
compatibility for pending and granted
remote management, Microsoft Teams Admin
certifications and compatibility updates.
Center, and Zoom Device Management
DisplayLink Plug and Display™: Tap connects
platforms.
via USB as an additional display for supported
operating systems, including Windows 10 and
Chrome OS

WARRANTY PART NUMBERS

Standard: 2-year limited hardware warranty included Logitech Tap with Cat5e Kit: 939-001950
Extended: Additional one-year extended warranty available at the time
of hardware purchase. Contact your reseller for availability.

Logitech Americas © 2021 Logitech. Logitech, the Logitech logo and other Logitech marks are owned
7700 Gateway Blvd. by Logitech and may be registered. All other trademarks are the properties
Newark, CA 94560 USA of their respective owners. Logitech assumes no responsibility for any errors
that may appear in this publication. Product, pricing and feature information
[Link]/Tap Logitech Europe S.A.
contained herein is subject to change without notice.
EPFL - Quartier de l’Innovation
Contact your reseller Daniel Borel Innovation Center
or contact us at Published September 2021
CH - 1015 Lausanne
[Link]/vcsales
Logitech Asia Pacific Ltd.
Tel : 852-2821-5900
Fax : 852-2520-2230
DATA SHEET
LOGITECH TOUCH
CONTROLLER ACCESSORIES
With a range of mounting and FLEXIBLE TOUCH CONTROLLER PLACEMENT
cabling options, you can integrate Logitech Tap and Tap IP touch controllers deliver one-touch join
and secure Tap or Tap IP touch and a consistent experience across video meeting rooms, for room
solutions from Google Meet™, Microsoft Teams®, Zoom™, and other
controllers in almost any room. video conferencing services. And with accessories for Logitech touch
Accessories for Logitech touch controllers, you can flexibly place Tap or Tap IP conveniently near
controllers promote a clean participants to adapt to rooms of all shapes and sizes.

and clutter-free meeting room Secure the touch controller in place with the Table Mount or raise the
viewing angle of Tap from 14° to 30° for better visibility on deeper
appearance.
tables with the Riser Mount. In smaller rooms, the Wall Mount preserves
table space.

However your meeting rooms are configured, clean and secure cabling
allows you to position meeting room devices, like Tap, a conference
camera, or meeting room computer, without the constraints of power
outlets, mounts, or room and table design.
TABLE AND RISER MOUNTS LOGITECH TOUCH CONTROLLER ACCESSORIES

TABLE MOUNT RISER MOUNT

Low-Profile with Pivot: Preserves the touch controller’s Low-Profile with Pivot: Elevates the touch controller to a
sleek appearance and 14° screen angle while swiveling 180° 30° screen angle for better visibility in larger rooms, while
for user convenience. swiveling 180° for user convenience.
Fits Most Tables: Adjusts to tables up to 50mm (2 in) in Fits Most Tables: Adjusts to tables up to 50mm (2 in) in
thickness, and through grommets from 51 - 89mm (2 - 3.5 thickness, and through grommets from 51 - 89mm (2 - 3.5
in) in diameter. in) in diameter.
Cable Management: Supports down-routing of cables Cable Management: Supports down-routing of cables
through the grommet for a clean appearance. through the grommet for a clean appearance.
Product Dimensions Product Dimensions
Tap with Table Mount Tap with Riser Mount
2.4 x 9.6 x 7.0 in 2.4 x 9.6 x 6.9 in
61 x 244 x 179 mm 102 x 244 x 174 mm
Compatibility Compatibility
Logitech Tap Logitech Tap
Logitech Tap IP Logitech Tap IP
Table Thickness: 0.75 - 2.0 in (20 - 50 mm) Table Thickness: 0.75 - 2.0 in (20 - 50 mm)
Grommet Diameter: 2.0 - 3.5 in (51 - 89 mm) Grommet Diameter: 2.0 - 3.5 in (51 - 89 mm)
Inside the Box Inside the Box
Table Mount Assembly Riser Mount Assembly
Cable Cinch Cable Cinch
Documentation Documentation
Warranty Warranty
2-year limited hardware 2-year limited hardware
Part Number Part Number
939-001811 952-000080
Product Information Product Information
[Link]/tap-table-mount [Link]/tap-riser-mount
WALL AND PC MOUNTS LOGITECH TOUCH CONTROLLER ACCESSORIES

WALL MOUNT PC MOUNT

Flush Mounts to Any Wall: The plate and cleat For room solutions equipped with a mini PC or Google Meet
construction adds virtually no thickness for a sleek compute system, add a PC Mount to secure the computer
appearance. out of sight and out of harm’s way.
HDMI Cable Cinch: Hang an HDMI cable for easy access Cable Retention: Two-piece cable retention clamp relieves
when deployed with applications that support wired content strain and keeps USB, HDMI, power, and network cables
sharing. tight and secure.
In-Wall Cabling: Supports the touch controller’s rear and Fits Most SFF PCs: Robust steel mount fits small form
bottom cable exits so you can route cabling either within or factor (SFF) computers, Google Meet compute systems, and
down the wall. mounting plates with a 75mm or 100mm VESA pattern.
Product Dimensions Hideaway Design: Includes hardware to mount a PC
Tap with Wall Mount behind a display on the wall, or beneath a table.
2.3 x 9.6 x 7.0 in Product Dimensions
58 x 244 x 179 mm PC Mount with Cable Retention Clamp
Compatibility 1.02 x 6.46 x 9.84 in
Logitech Tap 26 x 164 x 250 mm
Logitech Tap IP Compatibility
Inside the Box Small form factor (SFF) computer with
Wall Mount Assembly (plate and cleat) 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm VESA pattern
HDMI Cable Clip Inside the Box
Mounting Hardware PC mount
Documentation VESA Mounting Plate
Warranty Cable Retention Clamp
2-year limited hardware Mounting Hardware
Part Number Documentation
939-001817 Warranty
Product Information 2-year limited hardware
[Link]/tap-wall-mount Part Number
939-001825
Product Information
[Link]/pc-mount
CABLING OPTIONS LOGITECH TOUCH CONTROLLER ACCESSORIES

Logitech Tap includes a Cat5e Kit to allow the USB-based touch controller to be powered and connected to the meeting
room system over category cabling. Network-connected Logitech Tap IP requires a single PoE-enabled network cable or
PoE Injector and ethernet cable (not included).

CAT5E KIT (FOR LOGITECH TAP)

All-Inclusive Kit: Custom-designed with all components and cabling required to supply power and connect Logitech Tap to
a meeting room computer using Cat5e cable.
Category Cabling: Supplies both USB data and power, eliminating the need for a power outlet near Logitech Tap and freeing
up more placement options for Tap in meeting rooms.
Minimal Clutter: Use the 10 meters of cable included with the Cat5e Kit or supply your own cabling for runs of up to 40
meters. Cat5e allows for precise cable lengths, reducing clutter beneath tables.
Compatibility
Cable Type: Cat5e or higher [up to 40 meters (131.23 ft) in total length]
Inside the Box
Logitech Tap Receiver
Dongle Transceiver
100-240v Power Supply with International Adaptor Set
2.97m/9.74 ft Cat5e Cable
7.0m/22.96 ft Cat5e Cable
Documentation
Warranty
2-year limited hardware
Part Number
952-000019
Product Information
[Link]/cat5ekit

Logitech Americas © 2021 Logitech. Logitech, the Logitech logo and other Logitech marks are owned
7700 Gateway Blvd. by Logitech and may be registered. All other trademarks are the properties
Newark, CA 94560 USA of their respective owners. Logitech assumes no responsibility for any errors
that may appear in this publication. Product, pricing and feature information
[Link]/Tap Logitech Europe S.A.
contained herein is subject to change without notice.
[Link]/TapIP EPFL - Quartier de l’Innovation
Daniel Borel Innovation Center Published September 2021
Contact your reseller CH - 1015 Lausanne
or contact us at Logitech Asia Pacific Ltd.
[Link]/vcsales Tel : 852-2821-5900
Fax : 852-2520-2230
DATASHEET
LOGITECH SELECT
A COMPREHENSIVE SERVICE FROM A PARTNER YOU
KNOW & TRUST!
Logitech Select is a comprehensive service plan that delivers reliability,
continuity, and peace of mind for the enterprise. It provides ultra-responsive
24/7 support, a Dedicated Service Manager1, product replacement, accelerated
RMA, onsite spares2, and advanced insights and analytics including
customizable alerts through ServiceNow integration for Logitech Sync users.
 LOGITECH SELECT

PEACE OF MIND FOR THE ENTERPRISE

24/7 Enterprise-Grade Dedicated Service Manager Product replacement and

Support Select includes a Dedicated Service advanced RMA
Logitech Select’s 24/7 enterprise-grade Manager, who will act as your Product replacement covers all of your
technical support provides the right primary, high-level technical point of Logitech devices in a Select covered
level of assistance fast - anytime/ contact. Rely on your DSM for help room, without the need for separate,
anywhere. with setup, technical assistance, and device-specific extended warranty.
issue resolution within your video Advanced RMA aims to deliver next
conferencing ecosystem1. business day replacements to minimize
downtime.

Instant RMA Logitech Sync Insights ServiceNow Workflow

Our service provides a set of onsite Inform Optimization Integration
spares for quick activation and rapid Sync helps manage and monitor the Logitech Sync makes it easy for IT to
resolution. It’s the fastest product health of your video collaboration monitor and manage meeting room
replacement possible2. solution. Enhanced Sync with Logitech devices. Through its ServiceNow
Select delivers insights on room integration, push notifications like
usage and occupancy allowing you device disconnections alert IT so they
to optimize your video collaboration can seek support to resolve any issue
solutions3. quickly3.
 LOGITECH SELECT

WHY PURCHASE LOGITECH SELECT

PROTECTS YOUR INVESTMENT

When deciding on your video collaboration solutions,
you made a significant investment to keep your business
connected and innovating. For less than the price of one,
in-room video conferencing camera, Logitech Select
delivers a robust return on your investment with services
and premium insights that will maximize uptime and save
you money by eliminating unexpected replacement costs.

DESIGNED & DELIVERED BY SIMPLE, YET COMPREHENSIVE NEXT LEVEL SUPPORT

EXPERTS Logitech is all about simplicity, ease of While Logitech provides basic business
As the market leader in video use, high quality, and value in what we support with all our solutions, we
collaboration solutions, who better deliver. This simple, yet comprehensive wanted to provide a comprehensive
than Logitech to deliver premium, service allows you to receive expert service that is more responsive to what
expert service to help you recover from support from one vendor that will help our customers want and need. See
downtime more quickly and efficiently you resolve any issues, hardware or the chart below to see how our service
while providing peace of mind. software, that may unexpectedly arise plans have evolved to better service
with your video collaboration solutions. your video collaboration solutions.

BASIC BUSINESS SUPPORT LOGITECH SELECT

Cost Included with every Logitech product Per Room Subscription Fee4

24x7
Business hours
Help Desk Support phone and email support
phone and email support
within 1 hour

Dedicated Service Manager No Yes1

2 year standard warranty. Ground shipping, Up to 5 years6. One business day

Product Replacement
time varies expedited delivery5

Instant RMA/Onsite Spares No Yes2

Logitech Sync Premium

No Yes3
Insights

ServiceNow Workflow
No Yes3
Integration with Logitech Sync
 LOGITECH SELECT

HOW LOGITECH SELECT WORKS

Logitech Select is provided on a room-by-room basis enabling customers to cover as many rooms as they prefer, according to their
unique business needs. Licenses are required for each room where IT desires Select support. Get started using Logitech Select by
following these four simple steps:

Step 1: Upon purchase of one or more Logitech Select licenses, customers receive from Logitech an invitation to create an account in the
Logitech Select Portal. As an IT Administrator, customers may also grant access to third party providers.

Step 2: Assign your Logitech Select licenses to individual rooms within the Logitech Select Portal. Assignment of licenses are required to
receive service.
• F or customers using Logitech’s Sync platform, room and device data can be retrieved from Sync enabling easy assignment of
Logitech Select licenses per room. Learn more about Sync.
• F or customers not using Logitech Sync, customers can manually enter room information or upload room information via .CSV files to
allocate licenses.

Step 3: Accessing Logitech Select services can be done by creating a service ticket in the Logitech Select Portal, or by accessing the “open a
ticket” feature within Logitech’s Sync platform. For more information, visit [Link]/select to view a short video on how to open a ticket.

Step 4: Track your ticket resolution or RMA request from within the Logitech Select Portal.

NOTE: To access the Dedicated Service Manager and one set of onsite spares, coordinate with Logitech Select support. Please make sure you
have allocated 50 or more Logitech Select licenses to the rooms of your choosing. For access to the Logitech Sync features such as Premium
Insights or the ServiceNow integration , please download and set up your video conference rooms within Sync. For more information about
Logitech Sync, visit [Link]/sync.

FEATURED PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Reliability, continuity, and enterprise-grade peace of mind accompanies each room you designate for a Logitech Select
service plan. For rooms of all sizes and the full range of Logitech video collaboration products including hardware and
Covered Solutions
software solutions, count on our expert service assistance and tools to minimize downtime and ensure your video
collaboration solutions are always ready when your teams need them.

Logitech Select 1 year plan (per room) 994-000149

Logitech Select 2 year plan (per room) 994-000194

Part Numbers Logitech Select 3 year plan (per room) 994-000148

Logitech Select 4 year plan (per room) 994-000195

Logitech Select 5 year plan (per room) 994-000196

Logitech Americas 1
Available with purchase of a Logitech Select service plan for 50 or more rooms.
7700 Gateway Blvd. 2
One onsite spare kit for every 50 rooms covered under a Logitech Select Plan.
Newark, CA 94560 USA 3
Available for users of Logitech Sync.
4
Fee dependent on service plan subscription duration (1 to 5 years).
[Link]/select Logitech Europe S.A. 5
Shipping times may vary due to unforeseen situations such as weather conditions, disruption in
EPFL - Quartier de l’Innovation
Contact your reseller transportation network or transit, and customs clearance time.
Daniel Borel Innovation Center
or contact us at
6
Up to five years depending on age of hardware, time of plan and time of purchase.
CH - 1015 Lausanne
[Link]/vcsales © 2022 Logitech. Logitech, the Logitech logo and other Logitech marks are owned by Logitech
Logitech Asia Pacific Ltd.
Tel : 852-2821-5900 and may be registered. All other trademarks are the properties of their respective owners. Logitech
Fax : 852-2520-2230 assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this publication. Product, pricing and
feature information contained herein is subject to change without notice.
Published December 2022
EVOKO LISO

The next generation room manager

Making meetings even smoother
Once again we are proud to revolutionize the way you meet. Since 2010, Evoko Room Manager has taken the hassle out
of room bookings. This was the original touch-screen solution for all your meeting rooms. No more double bookings,
confusion and interrupted meetings. Now we are launching the next generation room manager: Evoko Liso. Even brighter
and lovelier to look at, believe it or not. With the same mission as ever – making sure all your meeting rooms are being
used in a truly effective way.

Bright and helpful real-time monitoring of the units. It has never been easier
Evoko Liso makes it easier than ever to book a room with to open the door to a much more efficient meeting culture.
your favorite digital calendar, or directly on the screen using
your fingertip. Now we are taking the intuitive user interface Open and interactive
to a whole new level. All information is elegantly presented Evoko Liso’s open API integrates smoothly with other 3rd
on the screen and it actually changes information on the party systems. You could, as an example, get the AC turned
display when someone walks up to it, always displaying the on 10 minutes before a meeting is scheduled to start.
most relevant information. Easily book, end or extend a RFID/NFC and PIN verification enables easy identification
meeting or use the calendar to search for other rooms for on-screen bookings and the possibility to restrict access
based on availability, size and equipment. Thanks to the for certain rooms or groups. The much appreciated “check
green and red light aura you can see at a glance if the in” function helps you to free up meeting space by cancel-
room is vacant or not. No more confusion or double ling bookings when no one shows up. Any non-functioning
bookings. equipment in the room? Simply report it on the screen.

Analytical and e fficient Simple and beautiful

Evoko Liso gives you full insight into your organization’s Evoko Liso has a new, slim design. It’s easy to install and
meeting patterns to really optimize resources. You get a true delight to look at outside every meeting room. There
decision-making support that truly cuts cost by analyzing are no extra plug-ins or additional software to learn. So
statistics in the web based Evoko Home – now more easy and self-explanatory that anyone can master it without
compre-hensive than ever. Make sure you use the perfect any prior training. All features can be reached with only a
room for every single meeting. Evoko Home also offers few simple touches. So smooth, helpful and bright. Your
extensive multi-site management options with permission next meeting is just a fingertip away.
control and
EVOKO LISO

Specifications
TECHNICAL INFO COMPATIBLE PLATFORMS PRICING MODEL & BOX CONTENTS
• Display • Microsoft Office 365 Our pricing model is based on the same
• 8 inch capacitive touch with anti- • Microsoft Exchange 2016 simplicity as our products; it is a one-time
fingerprint treatment cost per unit and that is it. There are no
• Microsoft Exchange 2013
• Connectivity licensing costs or subscription fees and all
• Microsoft Exchange 2010 required hardware, software, support and
• Wi-Fi
802.11 a/b/g/n • Google G Suite warranty are included. The one-time cost
• Ethernet • IBM/Lotus Domino Smartcloud includes:
RJ-45, 10/100/1000 Mbit • IBM/Lotus Domino 8.5.3 – 9.x • Evoko Liso unit (hardware with Liso
PoE & PoE + • Evoko Booking (stand-alone application)
IEEE 802.3af version) • Mounting kits for both standard and
• RFID/NFC glass walls
13.56 MHz reader • Evoko Home application (used for
ISO/IEC 14443A/B configuration, synchronization and
Supports MIFARE 4K/1K card SIZE AND WEIGHT
administration)
(does not support ISO/IEC 15693 • Size: 200 x 200 x 25 mm • Future software upgrades for the Evoko
or MIFARE Ultralight C) (7.9 x 7.9 x 1.0 inch) Liso unit and Evoko Home
• Power • Weight: 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs) • Power Supply (if needed, typically
• Power over Ethernet (PoE), or installed with PoE)
• 12V AC/DC power adapter (accessory)
• 2-year warranty (up to 3 more years can
• Sensors be purchased separately)
USER INTERFACE LANGUAGES
• Proximity sensor
• Arabic • Product support via phone/email/
• Ambient light sensor
web-tickets for as long as the Liso units
• Mounting • Catalan
are used
• Mounting options for both standard • Chinese, Simplified
and glass walls • Chinese, Traditional
• 5-way cable exit option for easy and
• Czech ARTICLE NUMBER
neat installation
• Danish
• Other • ERM2001
• 3-way indirect light aura to make room • Dutch
status visible already from a distance • English
• Open API for third party integration AWARDS
• Estonian
• Communication via real-time two-way
• Finnish
connection
• Remote management with multi-site • French
support • Galician
• Real-time monitoring & statistics • German
• Italian
• Japanese
• Latvian
• Lithuanian
• Norwegian
• Polish
• Portuguese
• Russian
• Spanish
• Swedish

[Link]
Training / Theatre AV System - Datasheets
 DATA SHEET

6x2+1 4K60 [Link] All-In-One Presentation Switcher

(4 HDMI Inputs, 2 DXLink 4K60 Inputs)
DVX-2265-4K (FG1906-0201)
DVX-2265-4K-TAA (AMX-FG1906-0202)

Overview

The DVX-2265-4K 6x2+1 All-In-One Presentation Switcher is a unified audio, video, and
control device that replaces a rack full of equipment for a solution that is less expensive,
easier to install, and more reliable.

The compact 2U Presentation Switcher supports the latest video technologies to deliver
full 4K60 [Link] and HDR video on every output. Audio technology from Crown, BSS, and
dbx provide the legendary audio quality for which Harman products are known and the
inclusion of Dante audio makes it possible to distribute that audio over the network.

The integrated NX processor provides extensive security features and technologies such
as a mobile friendly HTML5 web interface, an ICSLan isolated network, and automatic
binding of DXLink endpoints.

DVX 4K60 delivers the lowest Total Cost of Ownership in the industry thanks to ease of
support, maintenance, and configuration as well as reduced hardware and cabling costs.

© 2020 AMX. All rights reserved.

Common Applications
The DVX-2265-4K is ideal for dramatically simplifying AV control and distribution in small to medium-sized conference
rooms, boardrooms, and classrooms that can benefit from 4K60 [Link] resolution. Its small size and variety of flexible
inputs and outputs also make it great for any complex collaboration space with multiple displays, rooms that require
support for video conferencing, or any room or facility with space constraints, especially those that lack space in
equipment racks.

Features
• 4K60 [Link] Support – HDMI 2.0 and HDCP 2.2 Support – Scaled Outputs – Supports the highest possible video
quality over HDMI and category cable.
• High Dynamic Range (HDR) and Deep Color Support – Support for HDR10 and 36-bit Deep Color.
• Simple Configuration and Support – HTML5 Web Interface with built-in status and troubleshooting features
alleviates the need for proprietary configuration software and internal network allows for automatic configuration
of endpoints
• Dante Audio – 8 input channels and 8 output channels of IP audio
• Crown DriveCore Amplifier – 120W per channel stereo at 4/8 ohms or 120W mono at 70/100 Volt.
• USB 2.0 - High-speed USB 2.0 data from devices like conferencing cameras and storage devices are transmitted
without the need for separate cables.
• DXLink™ Twisted Pair Inputs and Outputs – Send and receive audio, video, bi-directional control, USB 2.0, and
Ethernet to DXLink HDMI Receivers and Transmitters up to 100m away over one twisted pair cable.
• All-In-One Device – Controller, matrix switcher, video scaler, audio signal processor, amplifier, plus twisted pair
distribution - all in a space-saving 2U chassis.
• Simplicity & Reliability – Replaces the need for numerous individual components and equipment, ensuring high
reliability and savings on configuring and programming costs.
• Low Total Cost of Ownership – With a consistent platform across a variety of sizes, it is easy to standardize on the
DVX and reduce costs for hardware, training, support, troubleshooting, and sparing.
• Unrivaled Network Security – With Dual NICs to isolate AMX or third-party AV equipment from the primary
network, IPv6, 802.1X for protected network access, LDAP integration with unlimited user-defined groups, syslog
support, and support for encrypted IP communication using FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic modules, the
Enova DVX provides rock-solid security.
• Optimal Video Image Quality Every Time – Exclusive SmartScale Technology automatically scales the image to the
best resolution and video parameters for each display—even for displays of different resolutions— without
manual setup, eliminating the need for costly external scalers.
• BSS Audio Processing – Includes an integrated digital signal processor with advanced capabilities like independent
10-band parametric EQ, independent input gain adjustments, and variable compression, allowing precision tuning
to match unique source and room attributes.
• dbx AFS2 - Advanced Feedback Suppression
• Audio Breakaway – Embedded audio from any HDMI or DXLink input can be de-embedded from the video,
processed through the DSP, and switched to any analog, HDMI or DXLink output.
• Audio Matrix Switching – Four independently switched and processed audio paths provide four
unique volume, EQ, ducking and mixing configurations for perfectly tuned room audio as well as
integration with audio/video conferencing, induction loop systems, voice re-enforcement speakers
and audio recording devices.
• Enhanced Analog Microphone Processing – Independent 3-band parametric EQ, compression,
gating, auto-ducking, and limiting on each microphone input ensures crystal clear communication.

DVX-2265-4K | 2
Specifications

GENERAL

Enclosure Metal with dark gray matte finish

Dimensions (HWD) 3 1/2” x 17 1/3” x 15” (8.8 cm x 44.0 cm x 38.0 cm)
without front rack mounting brackets
3 1/2” x 19” x 15” (8.8 cm x 44.0 cm x 48.3 cm) with front
rack mounting brackets
Weight 10.27 Kg without front rack mounting brackets
10.60 Kg with front rack mounting brackets
Regulatory Compliance (PENDING) FCC Part 15 Class A
EN 55032
EN 55035
IEC/EN 60950
IEC/EN 62368-1
UL 60950
UL 62368-1
RoHS/WEEE
EMC (Australia)
EMC (Canada)
EMC (Japan)
Included Accessories • (1) Power Cord, US
• (1) Power Cord, EU
• (1) Power Cord, UK
• (2) Front Rack Mounting Bracket (Attached)
• (4) Rubber foot (Attached)
• (2) IR Emitter
• (3) 4-position, 3.5mm Phoenix Connector
• (8) 3-position, 3.5mm Phoenix Connector
• (4) 5-position, 3.5mm Phoenix Connector
• (1) 3-position, 5.08mm Phoenix Connector
• (1) 4-position, 5.08mm Phoenix Connector
Optional Accessories • CC-3.5ST5-RCA2F, 5-pin 3.5mm Phoenix to 2 RCA Cable
(FG10-003-20)
• DX-RX-4K60, DXLink HDMI Receiver Module (FG1010-
512-01)
• DX-TX-4K60, DXLink HDMI Transmitter Module (FG1010-
312-01)
• DXL-RX-4K60, DXLite HDMI Receiver Module (FG1010-
505)
• DXL-TX-4K60, DXLite HDMI Transmitter Module
(FG1010-311)
• EXB-IRS4, ICSLan IR/S Interface, 4 IR/S and 4 Inputs
(FG2100-23)
• EXB-COM2, ICSLan Serial Interface, 2 Ports (FG2100-22)
• EXB-REL8, ICSLan Relay Interface, 8 Channels (FG2100-
20)
• EXB-I/O8, ICSLan Input/Output Interface, 8 Channels
(FG2100-21)
• EXB-MP1, ICSLan Multi-Port, 1 COM, 1 IR/S, 2 I/O, 1 IR
RX (FG2100-26)
• CBL-HDMI-FL HDMI, High Speed Flat Cable (FG10-2180-
16)
• CBL-DP-FL, DisplayPort High Speed Flat Cable (FG10-
2181-16)
• CBL-ETH-FL, Ethernet Cat5e Flat Cable (FG10-2182-16)

DVX-2265-4K | 3
ACTIVE POWER REQUIREMENTS

Power Consumption 63 Watts typical without amplifier

103 Watts typical average with amplifier
56 Watts idle
Power Connection IEC Power Cord Connector
100-240 VAC, 10A
47-63 Hz
Power Factor Correction (PFC) Supported, complies with N60555-2and EN61000-3-2

ENVIRONMENTAL

Temperature (Operating) 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)

Temperature (Storage) -10° C to 70° C (14° F to 158° F)
Humidity (Operating) 5% to 85% RH, Non-condensing
Heat Dissipation (Typical) 215 BTU/hr.

ETHERNET

Connection (1) RJ-45

Description 10/100/1000 Port RJ-45 connector provides TCP/IP
communication. Auto MDI/MDI-X enabled. Supports IPv4
and IPv6 networks. Supports HTTP, HTTPS, Telnet, FTP.
Link/Act Indicator Link/Activity LED (green) blinks when receiving Ethernet
data packets, one on Ethernet RJ-45 connector and one
on the front panel
Speed Indicator Speed LED (yellow) lights ON when the connection speed
is 1000 Mbps Ethernet connection and turns OFF when
the speed is 10 or 100 Mbps

INTEGRATED AMPLIFIER

Integrated Amplifier Selectable between:

2 x 120 W RMS into 8 Ohms Class D stereo amplifier (4
Ohms stable)
Or
120 W, 70V / 100 V mono amplifier
NOTE: Only one amplifier output can be in use at any one
time.
NOTE: This amplifier is floating output, DO NOT connect
any output to ground!

ICSLAN

ICSLan Connection (1) RJ-45, 10/100 Port RJ-45 connector. Auto MDI/MDI-X
enabled. Supports IPv4 and IPv6 networks.
ICSLan Link/Active Indicator ICSLan LED (green) blinks when receiving Ethernet data
packets, one on Ethernet RJ-45 connector and one on the
front panel
ICSLan Speed Indicator Speed LED (yellow) lights ON when the connection speed
is 100 Mbps Ethernet connection and turns OFF when the
speed is 10 Mbps

DVX-2265-4K | 4
ONBOARD CONTROLLER

Controller Integrated Controller is the equivalent of a NetLinx NX-

2200 Integrated Controller with the exception of the
number of control ports
Memory NVRAM: 1 MB
Memory Card: 16 GB Micro SD
DDRAM: 512 MB
Note: Supports external USB Solid State Drive
Processor 1600 MIPS
Program Port (1) USB Standard B
Configuration Dip Switch 4-Position
ID Pushbutton Black ID pushbutton for setting IP mode and reverting to
default configuration and firmware It has no effect on the
Internal Switcher Device
Status Indicator Status LED (green) blinks to indicate that the system is
programmed and communicating properly
Input Indicator Input LED (yellow) blinks to indicate that the Controller is
receiving data
Output Indicator Output LED (red) blinks to indicate that the Controller is
transmitting data
USB Host Port (2) USB Standard A, one on front and one on back, USB
Host port supports Solid State drive for upgrading
firmware, loading code files, copying configuration data
and remote storage

CONTROL PORTS & INDICATORS

RS-232 Port (Rear Panel) (2) 3-position 3.5mm Screw Terminal

NetLinx Ports 1 and 2
300 -115,200 baud
Serial Indicators (Front Panel) (2) sets of LEDs (red/yellow) indicate when serial Ports 1-2
are transmitting and receiving data
IR/Serial Port (Rear Panel) (2) 2-position 3.5mm Screw Terminal
2 IR Transmit / 1-way Serial ports
NetLinx Ports 11-12
Support high-frequency carriers up to 1.142 MHz
2 IR/Serial data signals can be generated simultaneously
IR/Serial Indicators (Front Panel) (2) LEDs (red) indicate when each of the IR/Serial ports
(11-12) are transmitting control data
I/O Channels (Rear Panel) (1) 4-position 3.5mm Screw Terminal
2-channel binary I/O port for contact closure with each
input being capable of voltage sensing
+12V DC and GND Included on the connector
NetLinx Port 22
Channels 1-2
I/O Indicators (Front Panel) (2) LEDs (yellow) indicate each of the I/O channels (1-2)
are active
Relays (Rear Panel) (2) 2-position 3.5 mm Screw Terminal, (2) single-pole,
single-throw relays
NetLinx Port 21
Channels 1-2
Each relay can switch up to 24 VDC or 28 VAC @ 1 A
Each relay is independently controlled
Relay Indicators (Front Panel) (2) LEDs (red) indicate when each of the relay channels (1-
2) are active (closed)

DVX-2265-4K | 5
INTEGRATED MATRIX SWITCHER CONTROL

LCD Display Liquid crystal display (2 lines with 20 characters per line)
indicates current volume level and displays the Video,
Audio, and Tools menus
SWITCH Pushbutton Press to enter the SWITCH menu on the LCD display.
Choose to switch audio, video or both from any input to
any output. Press the TAKE pushbutton to implement the
switch
TAKE Pushbutton While in the SWITCH menu, press to implement an
audio/video switch. When not in the SWITCH menu, press
to cycle through audio and/or video inputs
VIDEO MENU Pushbutton Press to access the Video menu on the LCD display.
Multiple presses cycle through the various VIDEO menus
AUDIO MENU Pushbutton Press to access the Audio menu on the LCD display.
Multiple presses cycle through the various AUDIO menus
Navigation Pushbuttons (4) directional buttons for navigating the options in the
Video and Audio menu (on the LCD display)
STATUS Pushbutton Press to access the STATUS menu on the LCD display
EXIT Pushbutton Press to exit any menu
VIDEO MUTE Pushbutton Press to mute/un-mute (enable/disable) all video output
displays. Video Mute results in a blank screen on the
output display
AUDIO MUTE Pushbutton Press to mute/un-mute all audio outputs

INTEGRATED MATRIX SWITCHER

Video Switching 6x2 Matrix Video Switching, any of the 6 inputs can
be routed to any or all of the 2 video outputs
Video Inputs (4) HDMI; supports HDMI/HDCP
(2) DXLink; supports digital video, HDCP, audio,
Ethernet, bi-directional control and power

Design Note: Supported capabilities for DXLink vary by

connected device, see connected device manual for
more information
Video Outputs (2) HDMI; supports HDMI/HDCP
(1) DXLink; mirrors associated HDMI output; supports
digital video, audio, Ethernet and bi-directional control
Video Resolution Support Supports resolutions up to 4096 x 2160 @ 30Hz, including
3840 x 2160 @ 60Hz. See Operations Reference Guide for
details for each signal type
Progressive Resolution Support 480p up to 4096 x 2160 @ 30Hz, including 3840 x 2160 @
60Hz.
If input is interlaced, all scaled outputs will deinterlace
video to a progressive resolution format. If in scaler
Bypass mode, interlaced input will pass through unaltered
HDCP Support Full matrix HDCP1.4 and HDCP2.0 support (includes any
input to any or all outputs)
Key Management System
AMX HDCP InstaGate Pro Technology
Key support up to 16 sinks per output, independent of
source device
EDID Management A preferred EDID can be selected for each input or any
display EDID can be mirrored to any input
independently
Audio Switching 12x4 Matrix Audio Switching. Each of the 4 audio outputs
has independent volume, EQ, ducking, sync delay and
mixing. Any of the 4 audio paths can be routed to any

DVX-2265-4K | 6
 analog, HDMI or Dante output (each mirrored DXLink
output passes audio sent to its associated HDMI output)
Audio Inputs (2) 3.5 mm 5-position captive-wire terminals; support
balanced (differential) or unbalanced (single-ended)
stereo audio
(6) 3.5 mm 3-pin captive-wire MIC connectors; supports
up to six mono microphones, unbalanced or balanced
audio
(4) HDMI connections support digital audio
(2) DXLink connections support audio from DXLink
Transmitters
(8) Dante mono input channels. Each of 4 pairs of mono
Dante inputs can be configured as 2 mono mic inputs to be
mixed, or 1 stereo audio input to be switched.
Audio Outputs (1) Amplified audio output; 4-position captive wire
connector; supports amplified, variable, mono or
stereo audio into 4-8 Ohm
(1) Amplified audio output; 3-position captive wire
connector; supports 70V or 100V mono audio
Connect speakers to either but not both
simultaneously
(2) Line level audio output; supports balanced or
unbalanced mono or stereo
(8) Dante mono outputs; each of 4 pairs can be configured
as mono or stereo; mirrors any of the 4 audio outputs, or
2 HDMI outputs
(2) HDMI connections support digital versions of
analog audio or direct pass-through audio
(1) DXLink output mirrors associated HDMI output;
supports digital version of analog audio or direct pass-
through.
Audio Breakaway Yes, stereo audio from any input can be de-embedded
from its associated video, processed through the DSP,
and switched independently to any analog, Dante or
HDMI output for a total of up to four unique audio
output signals. (DXLink outputs are mirrored to
associated HDMI outputs so they will pass the same
associated audio.)

HDMI

Input Connections (4) HDMI Type A, Ports (1-4)

Input Signal Type Support HDMI/HDCP, DVI/HDCP, Display Port ++
Data Rate (Max) 18 Gbps
Pixel Clock (Max) 600 MHz
Input Equalization Yes
Input Re-Clocking (CDR) Yes
Output Connections (2) HDMI Type A, Ports (1-2)
Output Signal Type Support HDMI/HDCP1.4 and HDCP2.0, DVI/HDCP1.4 and HDCP2.0
Output Scaling SmartScale or Manual Configuration or Bypass
SmartScale output resolution support: All resolutions
between 480p and 4096 x 2160 @ 30Hz via automatic
SmartScale query of the display's declared EDID Detailed
Timing Definition
Deep Color Support Scaled Outputs: 24-bit
Pass-thru Outputs: 24-bit, 30-bit, 36-bit
Color Space Support Y,Cb,Cr & RGB
HDCP1.4 Compliance Yes
HDCP2.0 Compliance Yes

DVX-2265-4K | 7
Audio Format Support for HDMI Supports Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus,
Dolby Atmos, DTS-HD MA, DTS, L-PCM
Note DisplayPort ++ requires DisplayPort to HDMI adapter
cable

Supports full matrix switching, video processing and

scaling of 8 bit per color standard Input video signals.

Supports full matrix switching and pass-thru of all

HDMI compliant video signals including Deep Color

Each output can deliver processed and scaled video or

pass-thru video from any video input

Each output can embed audio from any of the 4 audio

outputs as Stereo L-PCM or can pass-thru Dolby TrueHD,
Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby Atmos, DTS-HD
MA, DTS, L-PCM audio from the selected video source

DXLINK

Input Connections (2) RJ-15; Port (5,6)

(2) USB Micro AB for point-to-point USB connection to a
compatible DXLink Transmitter
Input Compatible Formats Digital video, audio, Ethernet, bi-directional control
and power (supported capabilities for DXLink vary by
connected device, see connected device manual for
more information)
Output Connections (1) RJ-45; Port (2); DXLink output mirrors HDMI
output 2
(1) USB Micro AB for point-to-point USB connection to a
compatible DXLink Receiver
Output Compatible Formats Digital Video with embedded audio, analog audio,
Ethernet, bidirectional control

Supports full matrix switching and pass-thru of all

HDMI compliant video signals including Deep Color

Audio Signal Types: Supports Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital,

Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby Atmos, DTS-HD MA, DTS, L-PCM
Output Re-Clocking Yes
Output Scaling SmartScale or Manual Configuration or Bypass
HDCP Support Yes
Twisted Pair Cable Type Shielded Cat6, Cat6A and Cat7
DXLink twisted pair cable runs for DXLink equipment
shall only be run within a common building where a
common building is defined as: the walls of the
structure(s) are physically connected and the structure(s)
share a single ground reference

For more details and helpful cabling information,

reference the white paper titled Cabling for Success
with DXLink, or contact your AMX representative

DVX-2265-4K | 8
ANALOG AUDIO

Analog Audio Input Connections (2) 3.5 mm 5-position captive-wire terminals; support
balanced (differential) or unbalanced (single-ended)
stereo audio
Input Level (Nominal) +4 dBu (1.228 Vrms) balanced or -10 dBV (0.3162 Vrms)
unbalanced
Input Level (Maximum) +8.2 dBu 2 Vrms
Input Impedance >12 kOhms balanced, >12 kOhms unbalanced
Analog Audio Output Connections (1) Amplified audio output; 4-position captive wire
connector; supports amplified, variable, mono or
stereo audio into 4 or 8 Ohms.
(1) Amplified audio output; 3-position captive wire
connectors; supports 70V or 100V mono audio.
Connect a speaker to either but not both
simultaneously
(2) Line level audio output; supports balanced or
unbalanced mono or stereo
Volume Control -100 dB to +0 dB in 1 dB steps
Balance Control 20 steps each left and right
Output Level (Maximum) 8.2 dBu (line level)
Output Impedance 200 Ohms (line level)
Audio Channel Crosstalk Balanced Line Inputs: -100 dB @ 0 dBV, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Unbalanced Line Inputs: -80 dB @ 0 dBV, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Audio Frequency Response AMP: (+0.5 dB, -1 dB) 20 Hz to 20 kHz @ 8 Ohms
Line: (+0.5 dB, -1 dB) 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Audio Input Compression Independent Compression per input
Attack: 1 to 2000 ms
Release: 10 to 5000 ms
Compression Ratio: 1 to 20
Threshold: -60 to 0 dB
Audio Input Gain Compensation -24 dB to +24 dB, 1 dB steps
Audio Output Equalizer 10-band parametric EQ with variable center frequency,
filter type and Q per band
Center Frequency: 20 Hz to 20 kHz
EQ Gain: -12 to +12 dB
Q: 0.1 to 20
Filter Types: Bell, Base Shelf, Treble Shelf, Low Pass, High
Pass, Band Pass, Band Stop
Audio Output Sync Delay 0 to 200 ms
Audio S/N Ratio AMP: 106 dB @ 8 Ohms, full output, 1kHz A-weighted
Line: 106 dB @ 2 Vrms, AES17
Audio THD+N AMP: <0.01% @ 8 Ohms, 20 Watts, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
<0.025% @ 8 Ohms, 120 Watts, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Line: <0.003% @ 0 dBV, 1 kHz
Note Independent EQ, Volume and Balance control per
output

DVX-2265-4K | 9
MICROPHONE AUDIO

Microphone Input Connections (6) 3.5 mm 3-pin captive-wire MIC connectors; supports
up to two mono microphones, unbalanced or balanced
audio
Microphone Input Level (Maximum) 8.2 dBu
Microphone Input Format Support Line or Mic level, balanced or unbalanced audio
Microphone Input Impedance 3.5 kOhms, accepts 60 to 600 Ohms sources
Microphone Input Frequency Response (+0.5 dB, -1 dB) 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Microphone Input Gain -24 dB to 84 dB, 1 dB steps

Microphone Input Equalizer 3-band parametric EQ with variable center frequency,

filter type and Q
Center Frequency: 20 Hz to 20 kHz
EQ Gain per Band: -12 to +12 dB
Q per band: 0.1 to 20
Filter Types: Bell, Base Shelf, Treble Shelf, Low Pass, High
Pass, Band Pass, Band Stop
Microphone Input Compression Independent Compression per Microphone
Attack: 1 to 2000 ms
Release: 10 to 5000 ms
Compression Ratio: 1 to 20
Threshold: -60 to 0 dB
Microphone Gating Independent Gating per Microphone
Attack: 1 to 2000 ms
Release: 10 to 5000 ms
Depth: 0 to 20 dB
Hold Off: 0 to 2000 ms
Threshold: -60 to 0 dB
Microphone Limiter Independent Limiting per Microphone
Attack: 1 to 2000 ms
Release: 10 to 5000 ms
Threshold: -60 to 0 dB
Microphone Ducking Independent Ducking per each of 4 audio paths
Attack: 1 to 2000 ms
Release: 10 to 5000 ms
Attenuation: 0 to 20 dB
Hold Off: 0 to 4000 ms
Threshold: -60 to 0 dB
Microphone Inputs Note Phantom Power: switchable 48 V to each microphone
@ 7 mA max per port

DANTE AUDIO

Dante Audio Inputs (8) On Primary or Secondary RJ-45 Connector. Eight mono
Dante/AES67 digital audio inputs with support for 48KHz.
Dante Audio Outputs (8) On Primary or Secondary RJ-45 Connector. Eight mono
Dante/AES67 digital audio outputs with support for
48KHz.

© 2023 Harman. All rights reserved. SmartScale, NetLinx, Enova, AMX, AV FOR AN IT WORLD, and HARMAN, and their respective logos are registered trademarks
of HARMAN. Oracle, Java and any other company or brand name referenced may be trademarks/registered trademarks of their respective companies.
AMX does not assume responsibility for errors or omissions. AMX also reserves the right to alter specifications without prior notice at any time. The AMX
Warranty and Return Policy and related documents can be viewed/downloaded at [Link].
3000 RESEARCH DRIVE, RICHARDSON, TX 75082 [Link] | 800.222.0193 | 469.624.8000 | +1.469.624.7400 | fax 469.624.7153
Last Revised: 2023-06-13
 DATA SHEET

DXLink 4K60 HDMI Twisted Pair Receiver

Module
DX-RX-4K60 (FG1010-512-01)
DX-RX-4K60-TAA (FG1010-512-02)

Overview
The AMX DXLink 4K60 HDMI Twisted Pair Receiver Module is a 4K60 [Link] capable distance
transport solution that features built-in SmartScale® Technology to deliver HDMI 2.0 with
HDCP 2.2 that is perfectly scaled for each connected display automatically, eliminating the
integration challenges that can occur when sources and displays have different optimal
resolutions. It distributes full 4K60 [Link] video end-to-end securely as well as audio, control,
Ethernet, and USB 2.0 over one shielded Cat6, Cat6A or Cat7 standard twisted pair cable. The
DXLink 4K60 Receiver Module is perfect for receiving HDMI and control signals over long
distances from a remote DXLink 4K60 Transmitter Module. The DXLink 4K60 HDMI Twisted
Pair Receiver Modules can also be used in conjunction with the Enova DGX DXLink 4K60
Twisted Pair Output Boards or Enova DVX-4K All-In-One Presentation Switchers. The receiver's
built-in control ports can be used to control a destination device and the ICSLan port provides
an IP network access point.

Common Applications
The DXLink 4K60 Receiver Module is ideal for distributing full 4K60 [Link] video end-to-end
securely in any situation where the highest video quality is required or when a simple
installation is desired:
• Colleges and universities that distribute audio and video within or between classrooms
for collaborative or distributed learning.
• Corporations that distribute audio and video within meeting spaces.
• Healthcare facilities distributing high-resolution video within training rooms,
simulation rooms, or labs.

Features
• HDMI 2.0 4K60 [Link] Over Distance – Ideal for users running critical viewing
applications such as operations centers requiring transport which uses the full
fidelity of their displays.
• High Dynamic Range (HDR) and Deep Color Support – Support for HDR10 and
36-bit Deep Color.

© 2021 AMX. All rights reserved. DX-RX-4K60 | 1

 • HDCP 2.2 – Supports the latest video standards to realize the full capabilities of
HDMI interfaces.
• HDBaseT Compatible – Fully compliant with the HDBaseT standard, compatible
with third party HDBaseT sources.
• USB 2.0 – High-speed USB 2.0 data from devices like web cameras and storage
devices are transmitted without the need for separate cables.
• As Always, Just One Cable – Just like all current DXLink solutions, video, audio
and control are delivered over a single twisted pair cable. Many competitive
products require dual cable runs which adds significant cost. 4K60 [Link] can be
transmitted up to 100m when using Cat6a shielded cable or better.
• Twisted Pair Cable – Save time and effort in installation by leveraging cost
effective twisted pair cable.

Specifications

General
Dimensions (HWD) 1" x 8 2/3" x 6 1/3" (2.54 cm x 22.0 cm x 16.0 cm)
Weight Approx. 2.2 lb (1.0 kg)
Mounting Options Compatible with all V Style versatile mounting options including
rack, surface, or pole
Transport Layer Throughput (Max) 10.2 Gbps
Compatible AMX Products • Enova DGX 800/1600/3200/6400 Digital Media
Switchers
• Enova DVX-2265-4K, DVX-3266-4K All-In-One
Presentation Switchers
• DX-TX-4K60 as a point-to-point solution
• PS-POE-AT-TC High Power PoE Injector
• PDXL-2 Power over DXLink Controller
Twisted Pair Cable Type Shielded Cat6, Cat6A and Cat7

DXLink twisted pair cable runs for DXLink equipment shall only be
run within a common building where a common building is
defined as: the walls of the structure(s) are physically connected,
and the structure(s) share a single ground reference

For more details and helpful cabling information, reference the

white paper titled Cabling for Success with DXLink, or contact your
AMX representative
Twisted Pair Cable Length For shielded Cat6A and Cat7, Up to 100m (328 ft) all resolutions
Shielded Cat6 can be used for distances up to 70 m (229 ft)
Airflow Convection (openings on top of case)
Regulatory Compliance FCC
CE EN 55032
CE EN 55035
CE EN 61000-3
ICES-003
IEC 62368-1
UL 62368-1
UL 60950-1
RCM
RoHS/REACH/WEEE Compliance
Included Accessories Each DXLink 4K60 RX ships with a desktop power supply with

© 2021 AMX. All rights reserved. DX-RX-4K60 | 2

 power cord, 1 IR emitter, 1 IR receiver, 4 rubber feet and 2
mounting brackets with screws.

Unless using DXLink Power, only the provided desktop power

supply should be used, and it must not be altered in any way
Optional Accessories •AVB-VSTYLE-SURFACE-MNT, V Style Module Surface Mount
(FG1010-722)
•AVB-VSTYLE-RMK-1U, V Style Module Tray (FG1010-720)
•AVB-VSTYLE-RMK-FILL-1U, V Style Module Tray w/fill Plates
(FG1010-721)
•AVB-VSTYLE-POLE-MNT, V Style Module Pole Mount (FG1010-
723)
•CC-NIRC, NetLinx IR Emitter Cable (FG10-000-11)
•IR03, External IR Receiver Module (FG-IR03)
•PS-POE-AT-TC High Power PoE Injector (FG423-84)
•PDXL-2 Power over DXLink Controller (FG1090-170)

POWER SUPPLY

External, Included Each DXLink 4K60 RX ships with a desktop power supply with
power cord
AC Power 100-240 VAC single phase, 50-60 Hz
0.6 A @ 115 VAC max
Power Consumption (Max) Local 12V supplied: 18.2W
Power over DXLink supplied: 20.2W
External, Optional Power can also be supplied by a DXLink Power
sourcing device such as:
• Enova DGX 800/1600/3200/6400 Digital Media Switcher
(with a DXLink 4K60 Twisted Pair Output Board installed)
• Enova DVX-4K All-In-One Presentation Switcher (DVX-3266-
4K or DVX-2265-4K)
• PS-POE-AT-TC High Power PoE Injector
• PDXL-2 Power over DXLink Controller

When installed in conjunction with an Enova DGX use the

Enova DGX Configuration Tool located at [Link]/enova to
determine the power requirements of the configuration

AMX only supports the use of these approved Power over

DXLink solutions. Other third party power supplies or non-
compatible standard PoE solutions may damage the DXLink
equipment.

ENVIRONMENTAL
Temperature (Operating) 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C)
Temperature (Storage) 4° to 158°F (-20° to 70°C)
Humidity (Operating) 5% to 85% RH (non-condensing)
Humidity (Storage) 0% to 90% RH (non-condensing)
Thermal Dissipation (Max) Local 12V supplied: 61 BTU/HR
Power over DXLink supplied: 69 BTU/HR

FRONT CONNECTORS
None None

© 2021 AMX. All rights reserved. DX-RX-4K60 | 3

 BACK CONNECTORS
HDMI Output HDMI Type A Female
Analog Stereo Output 3.5mm Mini-Stereo Jack
ICS LAN/Ethernet Port RJ-45 Connector, TCP/IP Port (ICS LAN 10/100)
IR RX 3.5mm Mini-Stereo Jack
Port for IR03 Receiver (Optional)
IR TX 3.5mm Pluggable Phoenix Terminal Block
Port for IR01 Emitter (Optional)
Serial 3.5mm Pluggable Phoenix Terminal Block
Bidirectional RS-232
Standard NetLinx Baud Rate 1200-115k
Parity support Odd/Even/None
USB 2.0 (1) USB 2.0 Type A connector for USB peripheral device
(1) USB 2.0 Type B connector for Host
Either Host or peripheral device active based on front USB
mode switch selections
DXLink Output RJ-45 Connector
Local Power Screw down locking power connector

USB

USB Transport (1) USB Type A connector for USB peripheral device
(1) USB Type B connector for Host

USB HID and USB 2.0 are supported point-to-point to a DXLink

4K60 Twisted Pair Transmitter.

When used in conjunction with an Enova DGX Digital Media

Switcher (with a DXLink 4K60 Twisted Pair Output Board
installed) or an Enova DVX-4K Presentation Switcher, USB HID
and USB 2.0 are supported point-to-point.

The USB A/B port on Enova DGX DXLink 4K60 Output Board or
Enova DVX-4K presentation switcher is automatically
configured as either Host or Device depending on the mode
selected on the attached DXLink 4K60 Transmitter.

CONTROLS & INDICATORS

ID Pushbutton Toggle between DHCP and static IP addressing

Places system in NetLinx Device ID assignment mode
Reset the factory default settings
Restore the factory firmware image
Power Indicator (1) LED (green) indicates whether the module is powered on
LINK/ACT (1) LED (green) lights when the Ethernet cable is connected
and an active link is established. This LED also blinks when
receiving Ethernet data packets
Status (1) LED (green) lights when the Controller is programmed and
communicating properly
HDCP (1) LED (Yellow) blinks when Non-HDCP content is transmitted,
solid ON when HDCP content is transmitted
Scaler Indicator (1) LED (Blue) lights when in auto or manual scaling mode
DIP Switch NOTE: See full introduction in the DXLink Twisted Pair 4K60
Transmitters/Receiver Quick Start Guide
USB Mode Switch Settable USB Directional Control - Enables USB Host or
Peripheral Device For USB 2.0 Pass-through

© 2021 AMX. All rights reserved. DX-RX-4K60 | 4

 HDMI
Compatible Formats HDMI2.0, HDCP2.2, DVI (DVI requires adapter cable)
Output Signal Type HDMI
DVI-D (Single Link with Cable Adapter)
Output Connector HDMI Type A Female
Output Scaling SmartScale®, Manual Configuration, or Bypass
SmartScale® Output Resolution Support All resolutions between 480p and 4096x2160 @ 60 Hz via
automatic SmartScale® query of the display's preferred EDID
Detailed Timing Definition
Propagation Delay (Typ) 25 ms when scaling; 5 us when in Bypass mode
Output Voltage (Nominal) 1.0 Vpp Differential
Output Re-clocking Yes
+5V DDC Pin Output 50 mA when using Enova DXLink Power, 500 mA when using
local 12V supply
+5V USB Output 150 mA when using Enova DXLink Power, 500 mA when using
local 12V supply
Output Rise Time / Fall Time 70 ps typ (20% - 80%)
HDMI Audio Synchronization Video Formats @ 60Hz frame rate: In scaling mode, Audio
lags video by 25ms typ. In bypass mode, Audio lags video
by 18ms

Video Formats @ 30Hz frame rate: In scaling mode, Audio

lags video by 8ms typ. In bypass mode, Audio lags video
by 15ms
Video Data Rate (Max) 18 Gbps
Video Pixel Clock (Max) 600 MHz
Progressive Resolution Support 480p up to 4096x2160 @ 60 Hz (including but not limited
to those resolutions shown in the DXLink Twisted Pair
4K60 Transmitters/Receiver Hardware Reference Manual)
Interlaced Resolution Support 480i, 576i, 1080i (including but not limited to those
resolutions shown in the DXLink Twisted Pair 4K60
Transmitters/Receiver Hardware Reference Manual)

Note-Reminder: Interlace video supported into the

Transmitter, progressive only supported out of the
Receiver unless in non-scaling Bypass
4K Resolution Support • 3840x2160p@24/25/30 Hz
• 4096x2160p@24/25/30 Hz
• 3840x2160p@60 Hz, [Link]
• 4096x2160p@60 Hz, [Link]
• 3840x2160p@60 Hz, [Link]
• 4096x2160p@60 Hz, [Link]*
* Supported by DX-RX-4K60 HDMI output when in
Auto/Manual scaling mode

NOTE: See full list of formats in the DXLink Twisted Pair

4K60 Transmitter/Receiver Hardware Reference Manual
Deep Color Support 24-bit, 30-bit, 36-bit

30 and 36-bit color are supported in CTA-861 formats up to

3840x2160p@30Hz [Link]; 3840x2160p@50/60Hz [Link];
3840x2160p@50/60Hz [Link]

4096x2160p@24Hz, 25Hz, 30Hz only support deep color when

using YCbCr [Link] Chroma-Subsampling.

Output of 30 and 36-bit color formats require any downstream

DXLink DX-RX-4K60 Scaler to be placed in Bypass mode
Color Space Support RGB [Link]

© 2021 AMX. All rights reserved. DX-RX-4K60 | 5

 YCbCr [Link], [Link] and [Link]
HDMI Cable Requirement Premium High Speed HDMI Cable (18 Gbps), Required
Audio Format Support Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital, DTS-HD MA, DTS, 2 CH through
8 CH L-PCM

Dolby Digital and DTS support up to 48kHz, 5.1 channels

When a downstream DX-RX-4K60 is in the signal path, audio

formats other than 2CH L-PCM require the DX-RX-4K60 to
have its scaler set to bypass.

Audio Resolution 16 bit to 24 bit

Audio Sample Rate 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 96 kHz, 192kHz
Local Audio Support Yes for audio extraction
HDCP Support Yes, HDCP1.4, HDCP2.2

Supports AMX HDCP InstaGate Pro Technology

When used with an AMX Digital Media Switcher, the key support
is up to max 31 sinks per output, independent of source device

When used as a single point-to-point solution the key

support is defined by the source device
CEC Support Yes
DDC/EDID Support EDID in point-to-point mode is passed up from the sink Device

When used with Enova DGX 800/1600/3200/6400 Digital Media

Switcher or Enova DVX-4K Presentation Switcher, the EDID is
read from the switcher and presented to the source through the
TX on the digital HDMI connector, See the Enova DGX DXLink
4K60 Twisted Pair Input Board specifications or Enova DVX-4K
Presentation Switcher specifications for the specific EDID list

The digital HDMI input EDID is user re-programmable via the

switcher

ANALOG AUDIO

Output Signal Types Stereo Analog

Video signal must be present to pass Audio
Analog Audio Output Level (Max) +1.6 dBu, unbalanced, >= 2 kohm load
Analog Audio Output Frequency Response <+0.2 dB to -0.8 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Analog Audio Output THD+N <0.2%, 1 kHz, -10 dBU to +2 dBU
Analog Audio Output SNR >85 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Vin=+2 dBU
Analog to Digital Reference Level +3.4 dBu = 0 dBfs
Audio Synchronization Video Formats @ 60Hz frame rate: In scaling mode, Audio lags
video by 18ms typ. In bypass mode, Audio lags video by 0ms.

Video Formats @ 30Hz frame rate: In scaling mode, Audio lags

video by 24ms typ. In bypass mode, Audio lags video by 14ms.
Output Connector 3.5mm Mini-Stereo Jack

About AMX by HARMAN

Founded in 1982 and acquired by HARMAN in 2014, AMX® is dedicated to providing AV solutions for an IT World. AMX solves the complexity of
managing technology with reliable, consistent and scalable systems comprising control, video switching and distribution, digital signage and
technology management. AMX systems are deployed worldwide in conference rooms, classrooms, network operation/command centers, homes,
hotels, entertainment venues and broadcast facilities, among others. AMX is part of the HARMAN Professional Group, the only total audio, video,
lighting, and control vendor in the professional AV market. HARMAN designs, manufactures and markets premier audio, video, infotainment and
integrated control solutions for the automotive, consumer and professional markets. Revised 2021.01.27. ©2021 Harman. All rights reserved.
Specifications subject to change.
[Link] | +1.469.624.7400 |800.222.0193

© 2021 AMX. All rights reserved. DX-RX-4K60 | 6

 EN
Systems & Solutions
 Driving Knowledge
Creation

WolfVision is a provider of systems and services to leading universities, businesses, schools, courtrooms,
and other organisations. An acknowledged ‘technology leader’ in the wireless presentation and Visualizer
solutions market, WolfVision is the company that takes the lead, setting standards worldwide for innovative,
reliable, user-friendly, high performance presentation, web conferencing, collaboration, and knowledge
sharing solutions.

With more than 50 years experience, our extensive knowledge and expertise across all
application sectors enables us to offer comprehensive consultative guidance on customised
combinations of hardware systems, software, apps, and accessories, which enhance
communication, collaboration, and knowledge sharing across all environments. As part of each
individual solution, WolfVision offers not only pre-sales advice, but also post-sales support,
training, and service, ensuring that you receive maximum benefit from your investment.
Flexible working & learning

In-person & hybrid meeting rooms Education & Training

WolfVision presentation and collaboration systems WolfVision Cynap and Visualizer systems are used
are used by leading companies worldwide, to support daily by universities and other educational institutions,
effective communication and collaboration in the supporting the skills and efforts of teaching staff in
workplace. communicating and engaging with in-classroom, online
and hybrid student audiences.
Whether the requirement is for "live“ imaging of
physical materials, or for high quality display of multi- Our cost-effective, easy-to-use, AV over IP-based, multi-
source, multi-window digital content for in-person, screen, vSolution MATRIX active learning classroom
hybrid, or online meetings, WolfVision offers a range solutions, help to create dynamic learning spaces that
of high performance systems, that ensure that meeting encourage increased student engagement, interaction,
participants are able to deliver their message to and collaboration.
audiences in the most effective manner possible.

Courtroom & Legal

“WolfVision equipment is great to work

with. It is evident that a great deal of
thought is put into the design of every as-
pect of each piece of equipment. Just as
important is the high degree of confidence
inspired by WolfVision representatives,
WolfVision Visualizer systems enable crime weapons, repair facilities and technical support.“
documents from expert witnesses, or evidence of any
type to be easily shown to all court participants in fine Bruce Horn
Learning Technologies
detail, without any interruption to proceedings.
Classroom Operations Manager
University of California, Santa Cruz. USA
WolfVision evidence presentation technology solutions
are popular in hybrid courtroom environments, helping
to facilitate simultaneous in-person and remote
participation in court proceedings.
Choose your Cynap system!
CYNAP PURE MINI
Entry-level wireless screen sharing
Simple wireless screen sharing from any laptop,
smartphone or tablet. This easy-to-use model is perfect
for smaller classrooms, meeting rooms and huddle
spaces everywhere.

CYNAP PURE
Presentations made easy
Compact wireless BYOM / BYOD presentation system
with all the functionality of Cynap Pure Mini plus ad-
ditional useful features. Like all Cynap family systems,
supports AirPlay, Miracast, and Chromecast for unique
app-free, dongle-free wireless screen sharing.

CYNAP PURE PRO

Outstanding wireless presentation, web
conferencing & collaboration
Ideal add-on to existing infrastructure, with all
the functionality of Cynap Pure, plus some of the
features of our larger Cynap systems. Provides high
performance wireless screen mirroring, together
with a range of popular collaboration tools.

CYNAP CORE PRO

Advanced collaboration & presentation
Easy to use, providing ‘core essential‘ collaboration
features. Advanced network integration options make
it an ideal centrepiece for smaller installations, and it is
also a key component of our vSolution MATRIX multi-
workstation, active learning classroom solution.

CYNAP PRO
Centrepiece for the modern classroom,
meeting room or courtroom
Powerful 'all-in-one' presentation and collaboration
system, with media player, web conferencing, recor-
ding and streaming, wireless screen sharing, white-
board, and lots more. Also the ‘main station‘ of our
vSolution MATRIX solution.
Cynap overview

Features Cynap Cynap Cynap Pure Cynap Core Cynap

Pure Mini Pure Pro Pro Pro
4 window wireless
screen sharing a a a a a
Touchback function a a a a a
Enterprise level security a a a a a
Flexible network
integration a a a a a
Remote On Cloud & Cloud & Cloud & Cloud &
management tool Premise On Premise On Premise On Premise On Premise

Room management APIs a a a a a

Peripheral device
control a a a a a
Whiteboard &
annotation
-
a a a a
Live Viewer Mode -
a a a a
BYOM Web
Conferencing
-
a a a a
Document & Media
Player
- - a a a
Audio/ Video
USB
-- - a a a
Multi-Platform
Web Conferencing
- - a a a
IP stream receive - - a a a
Integrated Web browser - - a a a
Microsoft 365
(incl. Teams meetings)
- - a a a
HDMI input - - - a a
Q-SYS Core
Integration
- - - a a
vSolution Client &
MATRIX
- - - Client
main station

Lecture Capture - - - a a
Optional Feature Pack

HD Video recording - - - a a
Webcasting - - - a a
vSolution
COMPOSERR
- - - - a
Cynap Pure systems: No
apps, no buttons, no cables!

When you’re looking for a BYOD / BYOM Pure Mini, or the Cynap Pure or Cynap Pure
wireless presentation solution for your Pro models with additional features, such as
organisation – look no further than Cynap whiteboarding, or built-in multi-platform and
Pure Mini, Cynap Pure, or Cynap Pure Pro, the BYOM web conferencing, you can be sure of
leading solutions for meeting rooms, classrooms crystal clear, 4K UHD resolution, unrivaled
and huddle spaces everywhere. ease of use, and and a collaborative working and
learning experience that is second to none.
With support for AirPlay, Miracast, and
Chromecast screen mirroring, these models
deliver best-in-class wireless screen sharing,
and whether you choose the entry-level Cynap
Pure perfection!
>> Easy to setup, simple to use
BESTOF 2020
SHOW
AWARDS 2019
>> Hassle-free screen sharing for all
PRODUCT
WINNER OF THE YEAR smartphones, laptops & tablets
>> No apps, no dongles required
>> Enterprise level security
>> Outstanding hardware performance
>> Remote management tools
Wireless presentation &
collaboration made easy!

Whiteboarding & 4K UHD output

Annotation tools resolution
Add to your content material using our annotation 4K UHD output resolution at 60 frames per second en-
feature - or use the built-in whiteboard to note down sures that on-screen content from any device always
your ideas. Pin material such as output from a connec- looks superb, and the innovative touchback feature gi-
ted camera or Visualizer to the screen, or use the mind ves you latency-free remote control of your laptop while
map function for a superb collaborative experience. working at the main screen.
* Not available on Cynap Pure Mini

Enterprise Professional
level security integration
Network security is a key consideration, and our cus- Cynap Pure models can be set up and used immediately.
tom-built, closed, Linux system offers 100% wireless Settings are easy to configure, and customisable/prepa-
data encryption, IEEE802.1x authentication, plus cus- red API modules ensure professional integration, whate-
tomisable security features to give you exactly the le- ver your requirements.
vel of protection you require.

Remote management Introducing BYOM

& administration web conferencing
vSolution Link Pro software is supplied free of charge, Available for models, Cynap Pure and above, BYOM
facilitating easy remote setup, monitoring, manage- (bring your own meeting) web conferencing functionality
ment, and updating of multiple systems across multiple enables users to host a web meeting wirelessly using any
locations. conferencing service directly from their own laptop.

Simply toggling the WolfVision vSolution App to BYOM

Live Viewer Mode / Mode on a laptop enables swift wireless connection to
a Cynap, plus any connected camera, microphones, and
Moderator Mode speaker peripherals already installed in the meeting
Encourage collaborative working and learning using room.
the unique browser-based Live Viewer Mode, which
enables multiple users to receive on-screen content Content is also be shared into the web conference from
(wired or wireless) from the main display onto their any other laptop, smartphone or tablet, for a superb col-
own personal devices for easy viewing. laborative hybrid working and learning experience.
In Moderator Mode, Cynap Pure, and Cynap Pure Pro
allow authorised multiple users to write on a white-
board, and Cynap Pure Pro also adds the possibility
for multiple users to annotate over any open window.
First class
presentations!
>> Intuitive user interface
>> App-free, dongle-free wireless
screen sharing for all laptops
smartphones & tablets
>> Supports AirPlay, Miracast,
Chromecast, vSolution Cast

Cynap Pure Pro: Flexible

presentation & collaboration!
With all the functionality of Cynap Pure, 2020
plus many of the features of our larger
Cynap systems, Cynap Pure Pro provides
PRODUCT
app-free, button-free wireless screen OF THE YEAR
mirroring, combined with a range of other
popular collaboration tools. Meeting
rooms, classrooms and huddle spaces can
all benefit from the extra features such
as Zoom and optional Microsoft Teams
meeting integration, a built-in document and
media player, web browser, and much more
- all operated seamlessly using our award-
winning, easy-to-use Cynap GUI.
 Cynap Pure Pro:
Web conferencing &
MS 365 integration

Integrated
web browser
Display web-based content side by side on-
screen, together with your regular presentation
materials for incredible flexibility in classrooms
or meeting rooms - secure and virus-free browsing.

Multi-platform web
conferencing!
In addition to BYOM web meeting functionali-
ty, Cynap Pure Pro models and above also offer
multi-platform web conferencing, which enables
the web conference to run directly on the Cynap
Access your files device itself, instead of on the meeting host's
from any source laptop.
Data is shared on-screen easily from cloud, net-
Available for Zoom, MS Teams* or WebRTC-
work drives or mobile devices – even laptops are
based services, it's a great alternative to BYOM,
no longer essential – just bring your content on a
and wireless conferencing sessions using simple
USB stick, or download directly from the cloud!
standardised workflows are easily started and
controlled, from a touchscreen, or using any lap-
top, smartphone, or tablet.

Optional Microsoft
365 feature pack * For Cynap Pure Pro, MS Teams is only available when using the optional
Access popular Microsoft 365 apps directly from Microsoft 365 Feature Pack Upgrade.

Cynap Pure Pro including Microsoft Teams (ac-

tive Microsoft 365 account required). Files are
easy to open, work on collaboratively, and share
with teammates.
Cynap Core Pro: Next
generation working & learning

Cynap Core Pro is a wireless presentation, web

conferencing and collaboration system, providing
screen sharing for all iOS, Android, Windows,
macOS, and Chrome OS devices, together with a
unique set of collaboration and web conferencing
tools. It delivers an outstanding multi-functional
collaborative working experience, ideal for hybrid
or in-person classrooms, meeting spaces and
courtrooms, and multiple units are also used as
Winner
client devices as part of our vSolution MATRIX
Networked-AV solution.

No apps, no dongles, Implementation

no cables, no hassle! advantages
Cynap Core Pro supports AirPlay, Miracast, and The ability to configure three separate networks (ie.
Chromecast protocols, so no apps, buttons, dongles BYOD WiFi, control and admin, and internet ser-
or extra software are needed when sharing content vice, offers significant advantages when planning
on-screen from any smartphone, laptop or tablet. your working and learning environments.

Best of both worlds Display & share

connectivity! your files easily
Multi-source wireless screen sharing makes wor- data on-screen easily from network drives, mobile
king together easier than ever before. For installati- devices or by using the Microsoft 365 interface.
ons that require additional connectivity options, an Even your laptop is no longer essential – simply
HDMI In port is also provided, for example for con- bring your content on a USB stick, or download it
necting an in-room PC, document camera or camera. directly from the cloud!

Quick access to web- Remote administration

based content software
A built-in web browser makes it simple to include Our vSolution Link Pro software is available free of
web-based content into presentations. It's easy to charge. It enables remote setup, monitoring, ma-
access, and you can even save your own bookmarks nagement, and updating of multiple systems across
,and customize the screensaver as required. multiple locations.
 DATA SHEET

DXLink 4K HDMI Decor Style Wallplate

TM

Transmitters (US)
DX-TX-DWP-4K-BL (FG1010-330-BL)
DX-TX-DWP-4K-WH (FG1010-330-WH)

Overview
The DXLink 4K HDMI Decor Style Wallplate Transmitter sends HDMI/HDCP, along
with embedded audio up to 80 meters over one shielded Cat6A or Cat7 standard
twisted pair cable to an Enova DGX Digital Media Switcher.
Common Applications
Mount the DXLink 4K HDMI Decor Style Wallplate Transmitter in the wall, lectern or popular floor box to connect
guest equipment and send audio and video signals across the room, on the other side of the house or in a
classroom down the hall. Since it is powered remotely, the wallplate can be installed virtually anywhere.

Features
 4K and Ultra High Definition (UHD) Support – Experience high-quality video resolution for 4K devices
 Only One Cable – Send audio and video over one twisted pair cable
 Send HDMI signals 80 meters – Extend the reach of the HDMI signals beyond the capabilities of HDMI cabling

© 2017 AMX. All rights reserved.

  Standard Twisted Pair Cable – Save time and effort in installation by leveraging cost effective twisted pair
cable, see the Cabling for Success with DXLink white paper for more details
 Easy Installation – Mounts in standard decor style wallplates

Specifications
GENERAL

Dimensions (HWD) 4 1/5” (10.67 cm) x 1 1/4” (3.23 cm) x 1 3/4” (4.45 cm)
Mounting Options Mounts onto standard single-gang US, UK, or EU back
boxes
Mounts into standard decor style wallplates (not
included)
Weight Approximately 0.45 lb (0.2 kg)
Shipping Weight Approximately 1.05 lb (.47 kg)
MTBF 896,000 hrs
Airflow Convection (openings on top of case)
Compatible AMX Products • Enova DGX 800/1600/3200/6400 Digital Media
Switchers with DGX-I-DXL-4K DGX DXLink Twisted Pair
4K Input Board installed
• DX-RX-4K, DXLink 4K HDMI Receiver Module as a
point-to-point solution (when Wallplate TX is powered
by PS-POE-AT-TC or PDXL-2)
• DGX-I-DXL-4K, Enova DGX DXLink Twisted Pair 4K
Input Board
• PS-POE-AT-TC, High Power PoE Injector
• PDXL-2, Power over DXLink Controller
• Enova DVX-3255HD, DVX-3256HD and 2255HD, DVX-
3155HD, DVX-3156HD and 2155HD All-In-One
Presentation Switchers

NOTE: For passage of 4K signal content, 4K products

must be used. DXLink 4K HDMI Decor Style Wallplate
Transmitters are also compatible with DXLink Twisted
Pair (non-4K) equipment and Enova DVX-3255HD, DVX-
3256HD and DVX-2255HD All-In-One Presentation
Switchers. Conditions may apply, please reference
hardware reference manuals or contact technical
support for details
Regulatory Compliance UL 60950-1 2nd Ed. Am2
CAN/CSA 22.2 No. 60950-1 2nd Ed. Am2
IEC 60950-1 2nd Ed. Am2
CE EN 60950-1 2nd Ed. Am2
CE EN 55022:2010 Class A
CE EN 55024:2010
FCC CFR Title 47 Part 15 Subpart B Class A
ICES-003 issue 6 Class A
CISPR 22
CISPR 24
RoHS
WEEE
Optional Accessories • PS-POE-AT-TC High Power PoE Injector (FG423-84)
• PDXL-2 Power over DXLink Controller (FG1090-170)

DXLink TWISTED PAIR

Transport Layer Throughput (max) 10.2 Gbps

Twisted Pair Cable Type • Shielded Cat6A or Cat7
DXLink twisted pair cable runs for DXLink equipment
shall only be run within a common building where a

DX-TX-DWP-4K-BL/WH | 2
© 2017 AMX. All rights reserved.
 common building is defined as: the walls of the
structure(s) are physically connected and the
structure(s) share a single ground reference
For more details and helpful cabling information,
reference the white paper titled Cabling for Success
with DXLink, or contact your AMX representative
Twisted Pair Cable Length Up to 262 ft. (80 m) for full 4K signal support
Up to 328 ft. (100 m) for 1080p and below

IMPORTANT: DXLink twisted pair cable runs for DXLink

equipment shall only be run within a common
building. “Common building” is defined as: Where the
walls of the structure(s) are physically connected and
the structure(s) share a single ground reference.

ACTIVE POWER REQUIREMENTS

DXLink Power Power must be supplied by a DXLink Power sourcing

device such as an Enova DGX 8/16/32/64 or
800/1600/3200/6400 Digital Media Switcher or
compatible Enova DVX All-In-One Presentation
Switcher (DVX-3255HD, 3256HD or 2255HD, DVX-
3155HD, 3156HD or 2155HD), PS-POE-AT-TC High
Power PoE Injector (FG423-84), or PDXL-2 Power over
DXLink Controller (FG1090-170). AMX does not
support the use of any other power supplies or PoE
injectors as these may potentially damage the DXLink
equipment.

When installed in conjunction with the Enova DGX 100

Series Digital Media Switcher, use the Enova DGX 100
Series Configuration Tool located at
[Link]/enova to determine the power
requirements of the configuration and whether any of
the DXLink Transmitters or Receivers should be
powered with the local power supplies or the
supported Power over DXLink injector. The
configuration tool contains instructions on how to
determine power requirements.

AMX only supports the use of these approved Power

over DXLink solutions. Other third party
power supplies or non-compatible standard PoE
solutions may damage the DXLink equipment.
Power Connector Included on DXLink Connection
AC Power AMX POE Injector
100-240 VAC single phase, 50-60 Hz
0.8 A @ 100 VAC max.
Power Consumption (Max) Enova DXLink Power Consumed (max)
4W

ENVIRONMENTAL

Temperature (Operating) 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C)

Temperature (Storage) -22° to 158° F (-30° to 70° C)
Humidity (Operating) 5% to 85% RH (non-condensing)
Humidity (Storage) 0% to 90% RH (non-condensing)
Thermal Dissipation, Enova DXLink Power Supplied (max) 14 BTU/hr

DX-TX-DWP-4K-BL/WH | 3
© 2017 AMX. All rights reserved.
 FRONT CONNECTORS
User Accessible (accessible with faceplate mounted)
HDMI Input HDMI connector (with locking center screw) for digital
video and embedded digital audio (supports a DVI-D
signal with use of DVI-to-HDMI cable adapter).
HDMI Type A Female

BACK CONNECTORS

DXLink Output RJ-45

INDICATORS

DXLink LED Indicates when a link is established to a downstream

device.
HDCP LED Indicates that the signal being sent downstream is
HDCP-encrypted content (blinks when passing non-
HDCP video).

HDMI

Compatible Formats HDMI, HDCP , DVI (DVI requires conversion cable)

Input Signal Type HDMI, DVI-D (Single Link with a DVI-to-HDMI cable
adapter)
DisplayPort ++ (Input only with HDMI cable adapter)
Input Connector HDMI Type A Female
Propagation Delay (Typ) 5 μs
Input Re-clocking (CDR) Yes
Input Equalization Adaptive
Video Data Rate (max) 8.91 Gbps
Video Pixel Clock (max) 297 MHz
Progressive Resolution Support 480p up to 4096 x 2160 @ 60 Hz*
*Y/Cb/Cr [Link] and 4K Scaler in Bypass

NOTE: See full list of formats on page 82 in the DXLink

Twisted Pair Transmitters/Receiver Hardware
Reference Manual
Interlaced Resolution Support 480i, 576i, 1080i*
If input is interlaced, all scaled outputs will deinterlace
video to a progressive resolution format. If in scaler
Bypass mode interlaced input will pass through
unaltered.

*Including but not limited to those

resolutions shown in the DXLink Twisted Pair
Transmitters/Receiver Instruction Manual
4K Resolution Support • 3840x2160p@24/25/30 Hz
• 4096x2160p@24/25/30 Hz
• 3840x2160p@60 Hz, [Link]*
• 4096x2160p@60 Hz, [Link]*
* Supported by DX-RX-4K when in Bypass scaling
mode.

NOTE: See full list of formats in the DXLink Twisted Pair

Transmitters/Receiver Instruction Manual
Deep Color Support 24-bit, 30-bit*, 36-bit*

DX-TX-DWP-4K-BL/WH | 4
© 2017 AMX. All rights reserved.
 *Only supported when the Receiver scaler is in Bypass
mode using CEA-861 formats and the resolution is
1080p/60 or less
Color Space Support RGB [Link]
YCbCr [Link], [Link], and [Link]
• Input signal support for YCbCr [Link] and [Link];
output color-space is converted to RGB [Link].
[Link] only supported at 2160p 50/60Hz with 4K RX
Scaler in Bypass.
3D Format Support (HDMI Primary Formats)
• Frame Packing 1080p up to 24 Hz
• Frame Packing 720p up to 50/60 Hz
• Frame Packing 1080i up to 50/60 Hz
• Top-Bottom 1080p up to 24 Hz
• Top-Bottom 720p up to 50/60 Hz
• Side-by-Side Half 1080i up to 50/60 Hz

NOTE: 3D supported when the HDMI DXLink

RX Scaler is in Bypass mode and format is 1080p60 or
less
HDMI Cable Requirement HDMI High Speed Cable, Category 2, Required
Audio Format Support Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital*, DTS-HD Master Audio,
DTS*, 2CH through 8CH L-PCM
*Dolby Digital and DTS support up to 48 kHz, 5.1
channels.
Audio Resolution 16 bit to 24 bit
Audio Sample Rate 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 96 kHz, 192kHz
HDCP Support • Supports AMX HDCP 1.4 InstaGate Pro® Technology.
• When used with Enova DGX switchers, the key
support is up to 16 sinks per output, independent of
the source device.
• When used as a single point-to-point solution, key
support is defined by the source device.
CEC Support CEC is not currently supported
DDC/EDID Support • The HDMI EDID in point to point mode is passed up
from the sink device.
• When used with Enova DGX 16/32 Digital Media
Switcher or Enova DVX-2155 or -3155 the HDMI EDID
is passed from the Enova Switcher input to the TX and
is user re-programmable.
The analog video input connection provides a fixed
EDID set.
• For the EDID list, see the specifications in the “Enova
DGX DXLink Twisted Pair 4K Boards” chapter in the
Hardware Reference Manual – Enova DGX 100 Series
Digital Medial Switchers.
For a detailed PDF or DXF pictorial drawing please visit: [Link]

About AMX by HARMAN

Founded in 1982 and acquired by HARMAN in 2014, AMX® is dedicated to providing AV solutions for an IT World. AMX solves the complexity of
managing technology with reliable, consistent and scalable systems comprising control, video switching and distribution, digital signage and technology
management. AMX systems are deployed worldwide in conference rooms, classrooms, network operation/command centers, homes, hotels,
entertainment venues and broadcast facilities, among others. AMX is part of the HARMAN Professional Group, the only total audio, video, lighting, and
control vendor in the professional AV market. HARMAN designs, manufactures and markets premier audio, video, infotainment and integrated control
solutions for the automotive, consumer and professional markets. Revised 1.20.17. ©2017 Harman. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change.

[Link] | +1.469.624.7400 |800.222.0193

DX-TX-DWP-4K-BL/WH | 5
© 2017 AMX. All rights reserved.
G62-W11
11,000 lumens, WUXGA, DLP laser phosphor projector

b Great image quality The G62-W11 expand the single-chip offering with a quality WUXGA
projector of 11.000 lumens. It opens up the possibilities to a wider
b Optimal integration range of applications while still relying on the valued Barco service
capabilities and support.

b 4K compatible and 3D- The laser phosphor light source ensures great image quality, on the
ready one hand, but also lower maintenance compared to most lamp-
based projectors on the market. Thanks to Barco's Projector Toolset
b Guaranteed service and software, installing and managing your projector(s) can be done from
support the comfort of your own computer.

The G62 models enable HDMI 2.0 input capabilities and higher
bandwidth than its predecessors, which makes them 4K compatible
and 3D capable to visualize your high-quality content at its best.

The projectors are available in black and fully white chassis, allowing
you to choose the perfect fit for your specific environment. Their
uniform compact size, the compatibility with other Barco products
and the wide lens shift range enlarge the projectors flexibility.
Product specifications G62-W11
General specifications
Projector type Single chip DLP laser phosphor projector
Resolution 1,920 x 1,200 (WUXGA)
Brightness 9,500 ANSI lumens
10,600 center lumens
11,000 ISO lumens
Contrast ratio 1,200:1 sequential; 6,000:1 dynamic; Extreme black: 750,000:1
Brightness uniformity 90%
Aspect ratio 16:10
Lens type G-lenses -0.36:1 / 0.37-0.4:1 / 0.65-0.75:1 / 0.75-0.95:1 / 0.95-1.22:1 / 1.22-1.52:1 / 1.52-2.92:1 / 2.90-5.50:1
Optical lens shift Vertical up to 100%, depending on lens
Horizontal up to 30%, depending on lens
Motorized zoom and focus
Motorized lens shift
Color correction Yes
CLO (constant light output) Yes
Light source Laser phosphor
Light source lifetime Up to 20,000hrs
Sealed DLP™ core Yes
Orientation 360° rotation, no restrictions
3D Active stereoscopic 3D
Image processing Embedded warp & blend possible via Ptoolset
Inputs 2x HDMI In (version 2.0) (with locking screw) / 1x DVI-D (only support digital signal) / 1x HDBaseT / 1x 3D SYNC In / 1x
3G-SDI
Input resolutions Up to 4K UHD @60Hz
Refresh rates: 24Hz to 60Hz for WUXGA and 4KUHD (4096 x 2160 / 3860 x 2160)
4K input signals will be scaled to the projector’s output resolution
Software tools Projector Toolset
Control IR, RS232, RJ45, 3.5mm phone jack for wired remote
Network connection 10/100 Ethernet, RJ45
Power requirements 100-240V / 50-60Hz
Power consumption 810W nominal, 970W maximum
BTU per hour 2,747 BTU/h nominal; 2883 BTU/h maximum
Standby power less than 0.5W
Noise level (typical at 25°C/77°F) 35dB(A) -39dB(A) depending on the used mode
Operating temperature 0 ~ 40 °C (sea level)
Storage temperature -10 ~ 60 °C
Operating humidity 10 -85% RH, non-condensing
Storage humidity 5 -90% RH, non-condensing
Dimensions (WxLxH) without feet: 484 x 529 x 195 mm / 19.1 x 20.8 x 7.7 inch
with feet: 484 x 529 x 206 mm / 19.1 x 20.8 x 8.1 inch
Weight without lens: 22.7 kg / 50.1 lbs
Standard accessories Power cord, wireless remote control
Certifications CE, FCC Class A, cTUVUS, CCC, EAC, KCC, RCM, BIS, BSMI
Warranty Limited 3 years parts and labor

Last updated: 22 Jun 2023

© 2018 Barco nv. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All brand names and product
names are trademarks, registered trademarks or tradenames of their respective holders. Due to continued innovation, information and technical
specifications are subject to change without prior notice. Please check [Link] for the latest specifications.

ENABLING BRIGHT OUTCOMES

[Link]
G lens (2.90-5.50 : 1) ultra
long zoom

For more information contact Barco.

 Product specifications G LENS (2.90-5.50 : 1) ULTRA LONG ZOOM

General specifications

Lens type G LENS (2.90 -5.50 : 1)

Throw Ratio 2.90 -5.50 : 1

Working F/# 2.30 (wide) -2.74 (tele)

Zoom ratio 1.9x

Focal length 42.60 -80.90 mm

Focus Range 50” – 300” (Full optical performance)

Throw distance 3.18 -34.77 m

Weight 0.97 kg

Motorized Zoom Yes

Motorized Focus Yes

Last updated: 16 Mar 2023

© 2018 Barco nv. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All brand names and product
names are trademarks, registered trademarks or tradenames of their respective holders. Due to continued innovation, information and technical
specifications are subject to change without prior notice. Please check [Link] for the latest specifications.

ENABLING BRIGHT OUTCOMES

[Link]
 2022
EDITION
PROJECTION SYSTEMS I SYSTEMES DE PROJECTION
SYSTEMES DE PROJECTION PROJECTION SYSTEMS

QUALITY Know-how SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT TECHNOLOGY WATCH

since 1947 Eco-socio-conception N°1 in France
The company ORAY, based south west of Paris in Social and environmental issues are a priority for The most exhaustive range
Dourdan, is dedicated to: ORAY. These commitments led the company to Through continuous search of new products and
• The DESIGNING engage several actions in order to improve its global the wish to adapt as closely as possible to the techni-
• The MANUFACTURING performance: cal developments of projection, the company managed
• The MARKETING
• ECONOMICAL performance by Eric Cantarel is the number 1 in France in the
of projector screens and audiovisual accessories.
• SOCIAL performance industry of projector screens and is one of the leaders
Keen to offer the best value for money on the whole • ENVIRONMENTAL performance worldwide.
range, ORAY takes special care of the choice of
materials, the quality of the assembly and the innova- With its carbon footprint, improvement of insulation
tive product designs. by infrared thermography, management system of envi-
ronmental process, the company Oray establishes itself
All its services are certified ISO 9001: 2015. within an economical model looking towards the future.

THE ORAY COMPANY IS ACTIVE ON ALL FRONTS

From cinema to education, from convention centers to home cinema, from the industry to
simulators. All front or rear projection techniques are mastered and integrated in the most
exhaustive range in the world.
Present in about 50 countries, ORAY supports its distributors in their most ambitious Chemin de Beaurepaire
projects. 91410 DOURDAN - FRANCE
Tel +33 (0)1 64 59 94 54 - [Link]
2
 TIPS FROM A SPECIALIST p4 MOBILE AND TRIPOD SCREENS LARGE MOBILE SCREENS
Mobiles Nomaddict 1 and 2 p 42
Butterfly p 28 Cin’Air p 44
ELECTRIC SCREENS Fly p 29
Comfort range Dragonfly p 30
Squar’ p7 Cross Screen p 30 PROJECTION SURFACES p 45
HCM4 p9 Miniscreen p 30
Premium range Tripods
Orion p 11 Style, Byron 2, Screen p 31 MOUNTS, LIFTS & ACCESSORIES
Orion Jumbo p 13 For video projectors
Inceling Orion p 15 Motorised mounts p 48
Pantoscreen p 17 FIXED SCREENS Fixed ceiling mounts p 50
Monster range Visible frames Wall mounts p 50
GFO p 20 Special video p 33 Outdoor housing p 50
Polichinelle p 21 Cadre HC p 34 For flat screens
No limit p 22 Cineframe p 35 Fixed mounts p 51
Remote controls p 23 Cineframe UST-ALR p 36
Cinevision 2 p 37
Le Mask p 38
MANUAL SCREENS Invisible frames
Super Gear p 25 Cinevision 1 p 39
Oray 2000 p 26 Special frame p 40

PICTOGRAMS

ANY HEIGHT STOP CUSTOMIZABLE

MAXIMUM LOAD You can choose another projection surface or ask
The screen can stop at several heights.
for a product adapted to your measurements.
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT CASING COLOR RAL
Other color maps on request, according to NOT-CUSTOMIZABLE
Adjusting the height of projection. the references of RAL colour. Available in standard only.
FIRE RESISTANT CLASSIFICATION SPEED SOLO SYSTEM Technical datasheet download
Classification of the projection surface. Easier and faster mounting by only one person. PDF

ULTRA SHORT THROW

ST
ACOUSTICALLY TRANSPARENT PRINTING ON FABRIC Model compatible with an Ultra Short Throw
To place the speakers behind the screen. Possibility to personalise the fabric. U video projector
3
TIPS FROM A SPECIALIST

ULTRA COURTE FOCALE =

ÉCRANS SUR CHOOSE
CADRE OU TEN-
SIONNÉ
THE SIZE OF YOUR SCREEN

To choose the size of your screen, first

check the available height under ceiling.

The selection of the projection format

(4/3, 16/10 or 16/9) depends on the
native resolution of the projector.

The best position of the spectator is

considered to be at about 1,5 x the base
of the screen, but it may vary depending
on the headlamp resolution.

4
TIPS FROM A SPECIALIST TIPS FROM A SPECIALIST

ULTRA COURTE FOCALE = ULTRA COURTE FOCALE = ULTRA COURTE FOCALE =

ÉCRANS SUR CADRE
PERFORATED OU TEN-
SURFACE ÉCRANS SUR CADRE
EMBEDDED OU TEN-
SCREENS: ÉCRANS SUR CADRE OU TEN-
SIONNÉ (ACOUSTIC) SIONNÉ
PROVIDE SAFETY TRAPS FOR EXTENSION BRACKETS
SIONNÉ
MAINTENANCE !
Transonore or Microperf’Oray: These Several standard and made-to-mea-
acoustically transparent surfaces allow For any recessed screen, maintenance sures options are possible to space a
to place the speakers behind the screen. traps must be provided in order to screen from a wall.
have access to the screen fasteners for Be careful to always check that the
The microperf’Oray perforation, almost
its possible disassembly. wall resistance is adapted to the
2 times smaller than the Transonore
perforation, is recommended when These traps are integrated as standard chosen bracket to avoid tearing.
spectators are less than 6m from the to all our false ceiling models.
screen.

ULTRA COURTE FOCALE =

ULTRA-SHORT-THROW ULTRA COURTE FOCALE = ULTRA COURTE FOCALE =
ÉCRANS=>SUR CADRE OU TEN- TAB-TENSIONED
ÉCRANS SUR CADRESCREENS :
OU TEN- ÉCRANS SUR CADRE OU TEN-
FIXED OR TAB- BLACKOUT SURFACES
SIONNÉTENSIONED SCREEN THINK ABOUT END-STOPS
SIONNÉ SIONNÉ

Ultra Short Throw projection is Attention, the end-stops of a tab-ten- In case the screen is placed in front a
made with a wide angle very close sioned screen must be defined when window that cannot be obscured by
to the screen. The slightest ripple, manufacturing. The projection surface shutters or curtains, these black back
even invisible to the naked eye, can and the tensioner cable do not roll up surfaces prevent the outside light to
generate an image distortion. on the same diameter. cross the screen surface and alter the
That is why we recommend the use Any further adjustment will prevent the projection.
LONG SHORT
of fixed frame screens. If
ULTRA SHORT
proper functioning of
THROW THROW THROW
your configuration requires the tensioning system, However, be careful not to leave the
a roll-up screen, the unique which may alter the screen open in full sun, PVC could
possible compromise will flatness of the projec- deform and spoil irretrievably.
then be a tensioned screen. tion surface.

5
 ELECTRIC SCREENS

Actor for sustainable development, Oray offers 3 ranges

of eco-designed motor screens reducing their environ-
mental impact and improving their recyclability.

COMFORT RANGE PREMIUM RANGE MONSTER RANGE

The best of standard screens: The choice between standard and Over 5m base, large roll-up screens,
traditional formats up to 3m50 base. made-to-measure up to 5m base: 100 % made to measure.
• Squar’ p7 customization of fabrics, casings,
• HCM4 p9 formats, etc. • GFO p 20
• Polichinelle p 21
• Orion p 11 • No Limit p 22
• Orion Jumbo p 13
• In-ceiling Orion p 15

6
ELECTRIC SCREENS SQUAR’ COMFORT RANGE

The SQUAR’ is a very functional • The triangular weighing bar is perfectly

screen, ultra compact and simple integrated in the casing when the
screen is rolled up.
to recess with its white
• Wall or ceiling mounting
lacquered aluminium case. • Black borders only available for the HC
It is available in 2 versions: screens.
Pro or HC.
Tolérance générale géométrique 0.1
Tolérance général d'usinage 0.1
Tolérance générale mécanosoudage 0.5 Photo Squar ‘ HC
Rugosité général Ra Photo credit: «Cinelounge - HomeCine’Feel»
Rayon de pliage par défaut : Rmini

Triangular weighing bar Squar ‘ Pro Squar ‘ HC

SQUAR’ PRO PDF SQUAR’ HC PDF

Image format Matt white Casing Image format Blackout Casing

Ht x Base (cm) Reference length (cm) Ht x Base (cm) matt white length (cm) Remote controls
optional page 23
10 16:10 format 16:10 format 4 cm black borders + 20 cm drop
112 x 180 SQ1B1112180 192,1 120 x 192 SQ2B4120192 212,1
9,70 125 x 200 SQ1B1125200 212,1 145 x 232 SQ2B4145232 252,1
150 x 240 SQ1B1150240 252,1 164 x 262 SQ2B4164262 282,1
169 x 270 SQ1B1169270 282,1 183 x 292 SQ2B4183292 312,1
10,60

187 x 300 SQ1B1187300 312,1 214 x 342 no drop SQ2B4214342 362,1

8

219 x 350 SQ1B4219350 362,1 4:3 format 4 cm black borders

4:3 format 144 x 192 SQ2B4144192 212,1
135 x 180 SQ1B1135180 192,1 174 x 232 SQ2B4174232 252,1
150 x 200 SQ1B1150200 212,1 196 x 262 SQ2B4196262 282,1
2 180 x 240 SQ1B1180240 252,1 219 x 292 SQ2B4219292 312,1
202 x 270 SQ1B1202270 282,1 Format 16:9 4 cm black borders + 30 cm drop
Casing profile 225 x 300 SQ1B1225300 312,1 108 x 192 SQ2B4108192 212,1 • FALSE-CEILING
1:1 format 130 x 232 SQ2B4130232 252,1 INTEGRATION
Power supply on the right 150 x 150 SQ1B1150150 162,1 147 x 262 SQ2B4147262 282,1
180 x 180 SQ1B1180180 192,1 164 x 292 SQ2B4164292 312,1 •U  LTRA COMPACT
200 x 200 SQ1B1200200 212,1 192 x 342 no drop SQ2B4192342 362,1
240 x 240 SQ1B1240240 252,1
300 x 300 SQ1B1300300 312,1 7
ELECTRIC SCREENS Accessories for SQUAR’ COMFORT RANGE

The UNDERFACE + for SQUAR’

screens is easy to install and aes-
thetic:
It offers a 2 in 1 solution for the
integration of your screen in a
false ceiling.

The STAND-OFF BRACKETS can

space the screen from the wall.
Installation in two phases
Must be used without an underface.

Closed system Underface + False-ceiling mounting set for underface + Stand-off brackets, for wall offset.
1m threaded rods and fixing brackets One pair up to 300 cm base.
A trio for models 342 and 350 cm base.
2 POSSIBILITIES FOR INSTALLATION:

1 - One shot installation:

• Installation of the screen at the same Underface + PDF False-ceiling kit Stand-off brackets
time of the underface.
Screen base (cm) Reference 1 kit for one underface Reference The pair Reference
150 SQ4150 Up to 3m base OPTKITFIX01 10 cm OPTECAR10BSQ
2 - Installation in two phases: 172 et 180 SQ4180 for SQ4350 OPTKITFIX02 20 cm OPTECAR20BSQ
• installation of the underface + during 192 et 200 SQ4200 The trio Reference
false ceiling construction. 232 et 240 SQ4240 10 cm OPTECAR10BSQ3
262 et 270 SQ4270 20 cm OPTECAR20BSQ3
• installation of the screen in the un- 292 et 300 SQ4300
derface+ when works are finished. 342 et 350 SQ4350

•V
 ERY SIMPLE
INTEGRATION
8
ELECTRIC SCREENS HCM4 COMFORT RANGE

The HCM4 design screen offers • Aluminum profile casing with white
epoxy finish and black borders on the
a quick and easy installation projection surface.
thanks to the Speed solo system. • Black out projection surface.
• Wall or ceiling mounting.
PLUG AND PLAY:
Two models available:
Ready to plug into your wall • HCM4S with wired control (see
socket! options for this model - page 23)
• HCM4R with infrared remote control
and wired switch integrated on the
receiver

HCM3
HCM3
Base + 28
HCM3
Base + 8
Base + 28
Base + 8
Base + 28
Base + 8

Profile of the HCM4 casing. Carter design 16:9 version Stand-off bracket for a 10 or 20 cm wall
16
distance
16 HCM4R et HCM4S PDF

16
Image format Ref. HCM4R Ref. HCM4S Casing Stand-off brackets
+8 +8

Ht x Base (cm) Matt white Matt white length (cm)

Hauteur

+ infrared remote control + Wired remote control

+ 8Hauteur

The pair Reference

4:3 formats 4 cm black borders 10 cm OPTECAR10
9

Hauteur

144 x 192 HCM4RB1150200 HCM4SB1150200 220 20 cm OPTECAR20

Hauteur

174 x 232 HCM4RB1180240 HCM4SB1180240 260

9

Hauteur

16:9 formats 4 cm black borders + 30 cm drop

Hauteur

97 x 172 HCM4RB1101180 HCM4SB1101180 200

9

108 x 192 HCM4RB1112200 HCM4SB1112200 220

14 130 x 232 HCM4RB1135240 HCM4SB1135240 260
16:10 formats 4 cm black borders + 20 cmBase
drop
14 120 x 192 HCM4RB1125200 HCM4SB1125200 220
Casing profile 145 x 232 HCM4RB1150240 HCM4SB1150240 260
Base
Power supply
14 on the right • SILENT
Base
Base + 22 • DESIGN
Base + 22
Remote controls •N  O VISIBLE SCREW
optional page 23
9Base + 22
 ELECTRIC SCREENS

PREMIUM RANGE

PREMIUM RANGE
Standard or made to measure up to
5m in length, with customised fabrics,
casings, formats, etc.
• Orion p 11
• Orion Jumbo p 13
• Inceiling Orion p 15
A series of products that can be adapted to any • Pantoscreen p 17

project up to 5m fabric width.

Quiet motors, high standard of finishes,
choice of projection surfaces, …

10
ELECTRIC SCREENS ORION PREMIUM RANGE

• T
 ENSIONED version
The top of the range motorised The lateral cables allow the tensioned
screen, ORION, ensures its user projection surface to remain flat
reliability, aesthetics and uncom- regardless of the screen’s environment.
The tensioned version is the only
promising integration. possible compromise fo ultra-short
This product has been designed throw projection if a fixed frame screen
for easy installation, whatever the is not possible.
constraints, thanks to the Speed • H
 C and TENSIONED versions
Solo system. Black framed projection surface.
Available in 3 versions: Orion
PRO, HC or Tensioned. Photo credit: «Cinelounge - HomeCine’Feel»

Orion PRO Matt white PDF Orion HC Black out Matt white PDF Orion tensioned Black out Matt white PDF Orion Pro, Orion HC and Orion Tensioned
Image (cm) Reference Section Casing length Image (cm) Reference Section Casing length Image (cm) Reference Section Casing length
16:10 (cm) 16:10 4 cm black borders + 20 cm drop 16:10 4 cm black borders + 20 cm drop
125 x 200 OR1B1125200 Small casing 216 120 x 192 OR2B5120192 Small casing 216 120 x 192 OR3B5120192 Small casing 244
150 x 240 OR1B1150240 Small casing 256 145 x 232 OR2B5145232 Small casing 256 145 x 232 OR3B5145232 Small casing 284
169 x 270 OR1B1169270 Small casing 286 164 x 262 OR2B5164262 Small casing 286 164 x 262 OR3B5164262 Large casing 314
187 x 300 OR1B1187300 Small casing 316 182 x 292 OR2B5182292 Large casing 316 182 x 292 OR3B5182292 Large casing 344
219 x 350 OR1B1219350 Large casing 366 214 x 342 OR2B5214342 Large casing 366 214 x 342 OR3B5214342 Large casing 394
Remote controls
250 x 400 OR1B1250400 Large casing 417 245 x 392 OR2B5245392 Large casing 417 245 x 392 OR3B5245392 Large casing 444
312 x 500 OR1B1312500 Large casing 517 307 x 492 OR2B5307492 Large casing 517 307 x 492 OR3B5307492 Large casing 544 optional page 23
4:3 4:3 4 cm black borders 4:3 4 cm black borders
135 x 180 OR1B1135180 Small casing 196 129 x 172 OR2B5129172 Small casing 196 129 x 172 OR3B5129172 Small casing 224
150 x 200 OR1B1150200 Small casing 216 144 x 192 OR2B5144192 Small casing 216 144 x 192 OR3B5144192 Small casing 244
180 x 240 OR1B1180240 Small casing 256 174 x 232 OR2B5174232 Small casing 256 174 x 232 OR3B5174232 Small casing 284
202 x 270 OR1B1202270 Small casing 286 196 x 262 OR2B5196262 Small casing 286 196 x 262 OR3B5196262 Small casing 314
PRINT
225 x 300 OR1B1225300 Small casing 316 219 x 292 OR2B5219292 Large casing 316 219 x 292 OR3B5219292 Large casing 344
263 x 350 OR1B1263350 Large casing 366 257 x 342 OR2B5257342 Large casing 366 257 x 342 OR3B5257342 Large casing 394
300 x 400 OR1B1300400 Large casing 417 294 x 392 OR2B5294392 Large casing 417 294 x 392 OR3B5294392 Large casing 444
375 x 500 OR1B1375500 Large casing 517 369 x 492 OR2B5369492 Large casing 517 16:9 4 cm black borders + 30 cm drop
1:1 16:9 4 cm black borders + 30 cm drop 108 x 192 OR3B5108192 Small casing 244
180 x 180 OR1B1180180 Small casing 196 108 x 192 OR2B5108192 Small casing 216 130 x 232 OR3B5130232 Small casing 284 •M
 OTOR CUT-OFF
200 x 200 OR1B1200200 Small casing 216 130 x 232 OR2B5130232 Small casing 256 147 x 262 OR3B5147262 Small casing 314 SECURITY
240 x 240 OR1B1240240 Small casing 256 147 x 262 OR2B5147262 Small casing 286 164 x 292 OR3B5164292 Large casing 344
270 x 270 OR1B1270270 Small casing 286 164 x 292 OR2B5164292 Large casing 316 192 x 342 OR3B5192342 Large casing 394 •C
 ASE WITHOUT VISIBLE
300 x 300 OR1B1300300 Small casing 316 192 x 342 OR2B5192342 Large casing 366 220 x 392 OR3B5220392 Large casing 444 SCREW
350 x 350 OR1B1350350 Large casing 366 220 x 392 OR2B5220392 Large casing 417 277 x 492 OR3B5277492 Large casing 544
400 x 400 OR1B1400400 Large casing 416 277 x 492 OR2B5277492 Large casing 517 11
 ELECTRIC SCREENS ORION accessories and options PREMIUM RANGE

•T he ORION screen has a fully ORION PRO Standard sliding brackets for wall
protective housing with no visible Base + 13 ou Base +16 en fonction du format
or ceiling mounting.
GM
screws, including the screen brackets.
Base
• The aluminium weighing bar closes
ORION GM (BASE > 300 cm)
the whole housing in raised position.
• White lacquered aluminium casing,
other colours 16 on request.

• Possibility of customising by printing

all or part of the surface of the screen
7 mm
(logo, visual, texts…)
16

Photo credit: Préfecture de Limoges

Hauteur (Regards Design Audiovisuel)
6

ORION PRO
4
Base + 13 ou Base +16 en fonction du format
TE DE FIXATION ORION GM Base
Base + 9 ou Base + 12 en fonction du format
ORION GM (BASE > 300 cm)
M 10 Motor cut-off
ORIONsecurity
10.5
PMdevice when closing weighing bar Stand-off bracket of 10 or 20 cm for a screen 30 cm offset for screens of 4 m and more,
6 base < 4 m and up to 30 cm for a screen base 10 to 40 cm for screens = 5 m
14 16 40 cm for all sizes
<3m

ORION HC
8

Ø 7 mm Stand-off brackets- by pair or trio depending on the length of the casing

Base + 21 ou Base + 24 en fonction du format
13

Ø 7 mm
16

Base + 8
Screen base < 3 m 3m ≥ screen base < 5m Screen base = 5 m
3

Hauteur

Reference the pair Reference the trio Reference the trio

6

OPTECAR10GOR2 10 cm OPTECAR10GOR3 10 cm OPTECAR10GOR5 10 cm

3
6

OPTECAR20GOR2 20 cm OPTECAR20GOR3 20 cm OPTECAR20GOR5 20 cm

OPTECAR30GOR2 30 cm OPTECAR30GOR3 30 cm OPTECAR30GOR5 30 cm
2.5 3.8 Extradrop 30 cm pour leOPTECAR40GOR2
format 16:9 40 cm OPTECAR40GOR3 40 cm OPTECAR40GOR5 40 cm
3
4
4:3 et carré, Hauteur + 8

4
16:9, Hauteur + 34

Small casing profile

(Format 16:9)

ement Power supply on the right Large casing profile

Hauteur

Base + 9 ou Base + 12 en fonction du format

12
TE DE FIXATION
100 / 200ORION
/ 300 / 400 PM
ORION PM
ELECTRIC SCREENS ORION JUMBO PREMIUM RANGE

The ORION JUMBO is a high-end

motorised screen. • T
 ENSIONED version
The lateral cables allow the tensioned
It is available in 3 versions: Jumbo projection surface to remain flat re-
PRO, HC or Tensioned. gardless of the screen’s environment.
The tensioned version is the • H
 C and TENSIONED versions
only possible compromise for Black framed projection surface.
ultra-short-throw projection
if a fixed frame screen is not
possible.

Jumbo PRO Matt white PDF Jumbo HC Black out Matt white PDF Jumbo Tensioned Black out Matt white PDF Easy to integrate square case
Image (cm) Reference Casing Image (cm) Reference Casing length (cm) Image (cm) Reference Casing length (cm)
16:10 length (cm) 16:10 4 cm black borders + 20 cm drop 16:10 4 cm black borders + 20 cm drop
150 x 240 JU1B1150240 256 145 x 232 JU2B5145232 256 145 x 232 JU3B5145232 256
169 x 270 JU1B1169270 286 164 x 262 JU2B5164262 286 164 x 262 JU3B5164262 286
187 x 300 JU1B1187300 316 182 x 292 JU2B5182292 316 182 x 292 JU3B5182292 316
219 x 350 JU1B1219350 366 214 x 342 JU2B5214342 366 214 x 342 JU3B5214342 366
250 x 400 JU1B1250400 417 245 x 392 JU2B5245392 417 245 x 392 JU3B5245392 417
312 x 500 JU1B1312500 517 307 x 492 JU2B5307492 517 307 x 492 JU3B5307492 517
4:3 4:3 4 cm black borders 4:3 4 cm black borders
180 x 240 JU1B1180240 256 174 x 232 JU2B5174232 256 174 x 232 JU3B5174232 256
202 x 270 JU1B1202270 286 196 x 262 JU2B5196262 286 196 x 262 JU3B5196262 286 Remote controls
225 x 300 JU1B1225300 316 219 x 292 JU2B5219292 316 219 x 292 JU3B5219292 316 PRINT optional page 23
263 x 350 JU1B1263350 366 257 x 342 JU2B5257342 366 257 x 342 JU3B5257342 366
300 x 400 JU1B1300400 417 294 x 392 JU2B5294392 417 294 x 392 JU3B5294392 417
375 x 500 JU1B1375500 517 369 x 492 JU2B5369492 517 369 x 492 JU3B5369492 517
1:1 16:9 4 cm black borders + 30 cm drop 16:9 4 cm black borders + 30 cm drop
240 x 240 JU1B1240240 256 130 x 232 JU2B5130232 256 130 x 232 JU3B5130232 256
270 x 270 JU1B1270270 286 147 x 262 JU2B5147262 286 147 x 262 JU3B5147262 286 •M OTOR CUT-OFF
300 x 300 JU1B1300300 316 164 x 292 JU2B5164292 316 164 x 292 JU3B5164292 316 SECURITY
400 x 400 JU1B1400400 416 192 x 342 JU2B5192342 366 192 x 342 JU3B5192342 366
220 x 392 JU2B5220392 417 220 x 392 JU3B5220392 417 • EASY TO INTEGRATE
277 x 492 JU2B5277492 517 277 x 492 JU3B5277492 517
13
ELECTRIC SCREENS ORION JUMBO accessories and options PREMIUM RANGE

Caution before fixing to the wall: JUMBO accessories allow

several fixing methods:
150the wall will
make sure that
support the 150
weight of the screen. • Ceiling mounting
• Wall mounting (optional)

150
150
• Barrel mounting (optional)

Standard ceiling mounting

OPTION: Suspended mounting set OPTION: Barrel mounting

1m threaded rods and fixing brackets

150
Suspended mounting Barrel mounting Wall mounting
150

Reference Unit Reference Unit Reference Unit
OPTKITOP2 1 kit PATPERJUM01 The pair PATMURJUM15 The pair

Stand-off brackets
Reference the pair
OPTECAR10JU 10 cm
OPTECAR20JU 20 cm
OPTECAR30JU 30 cm
Casing profile OPTECAR40JU 40 cm
Power supply on the right
14
ELECTRIC SCREENS IN-CEILING ORION PREMIUM RANGE

The IN-CEILING ORION is a all- • T

 ENSIONED version
The lateral cables allow the tensioned
in-one solution for an easy and projection surface to remain flat
aesthetic recessed installation. regardless of the screen’s environment.
Easy installation, especially
• H
 C and TENSIONED versions
designed to fit any false ceiling. Black framed projection surface.

Photo credit: «Cinelounge - HomeCine’Feel»

Weighing bar
In-ceiling Orion PRO PDF In-ceiling Orion HC PDF In-ceiling Orion Tensioned PDF

Image (cm) Matt white Casing Image (cm) Black out Matt white Casing Length (cm) Image (cm) Black out Matt white Casing Length (cm)
16:10 Ref. length (cm) 16:10 4 cm black borders + 20 cm drop 16:10 4 cm black borders + 20 cm drop
150 x 240 OP1B1150240 256 145 x 232 OP2B5145232 256 145 x 232 OP3B5145232 256
169 x 270 OP1B1169270 286 164 x 262 OP2B5164262 286 164 x 262 OP3B5164262 286
187 x 300 OP1B1187300 316 182 x 292 OP2B5182292 316 182 x 292 OP3B5182292 316
219 x 350 OP1B1219350 366 214 x 342 OP2B5214342 366 214 x 342 OP3B5214342 366
250 x 400 OP1B1250400 417 245 x 392 OP2B5245392 417 245 x 392 OP3B5245392 417
312 x 500 OP1B1312500 517 307 x 492 OP2B5307492 517 307 x 492 OP3B5307492 517
4:3 4:3 4 cm black borders 4:3 4 cm black borders
180 x 240 OP1B1180240 256 174 x 232 OP2B5174232 256 174 x 232 OP3B5174232 256
Remote controls
202 x 270 OP1B1202270 286 196 x 262 OP2B5196262 286 196 x 262 OP3B5196262 286
PRINT optional page 23
225 x 300 OP1B1225300 316 219 x 292 OP2B5219292 316 219 x 292 OP3B5219292 316
263 x 350 OP1B1263350 366 257 x 342 OP2B5257342 366 257 x 342 OP3B5257342 366
300 x 400 OP1B1300400 417 294 x 392 OP2B5294392 417 294 x 392 OP3B5294392 417
375 x 500 OP1B1375500 517 369 x 492 OP2B5369492 517 369 x 492 OP3B5369492 517
1:1 16:9 4 cm black borders + 30 cm drop 16:9 4 cm black borders + 30 cm drop
240 x 240 OP1B1240240 256 130 x 232 OP2B5130232 256 130 x 232 OP3B5130232 256
270 x 270 OP1B1270270 286 147 x 262 OP2B5147262 286 147 x 262 OP3B5147262 286
300 x 300 OP1B1300300 316 164 x 292 OP2B5164292 316 164 x 292 OP3B5164292 316 • I NVISIBLE WHEN
400 x 400 OP1B1400400 416 192 x 342 OP2B5192342 366 192 x 342 OP3B5192342 366 ROLLED UP
220 x 392 OP2B5220392 417 220 x 392 OP3B5220392 417
277 x 492 OP2B5277492 517 277 x 492 OP3B5277492 517
15
 ELECTRIC SCREENS IN-CEILING ORION accessories and options PREMIUM RANGE

 he weighing bar closes the

• T
whole case in raised position
 ired switch included
• W
 otor on the right
• M
 he tensioned version is the
• T
only possible compromise for
ultra-short throw projection if a
fixed frame screen is not
possible. 18 Dêcoupe F-Plafond
Axe de fixation
sous face 15
10
17

Faux
15

Plafond
15

20.3

18 Dêcoupe F-Plafond
Axe de fixation
sous face 15
Weighing
10 bar The weighing bar closes the whole case OPTION: mounting set
17

in raised position 1m threaded rods and fixing brackets

Faux
15

Plafond
18 Ceiling
Dêcoupe cut
F-Plafond

Fixing
Axe de fixation
15

sous face 20.3

centre-distance 15
10 Mounting kit
17

Faux Base Reference

False-ceiling
15

Plafond screen < 300 cm OPTKITOP2

screen ≥ 300 cm OPTKITOP3
15

20.3

Side view - Power supply on the right Wire switch included

16
 ELECTRIC SCREENS PANTOSCREEN WITHOUT CASING PREMIUM RANGE

The PANTOSCREEN WITHOUT  otorised ascending screen

• M
 he horizontal top bar of the screen
• T
CASING is a recessable electric can support an additional 500g per
screen, equipped with a tensioning metre and is equipped with a mecha-
system at the back, invisible during nism for levelling the screen surface.
the projection.  ower supply on the right side.
• P
It is the solution for a perfect
integration in a media furniture,  equires sturdy mounting to
R
scene,… prevent tipping

Pantoscreen without casing Upper bar Tensioning system at the back

Pantoscreen without casing PRO PDF Pantoscreen without casing HC PDF Pantoscreen without casing PDF

Black out Matt white fabric. Black out Matt white fabric. Tensioned Black out Matt white fabric.
Full width image. 4 cm black borders. 4 cm black borders.

Remote controls
PRINT optional page 23

•W  ITHOUT CASING
• I NVISIBLE TENSIONING
SYSTEM AT THE BACK

17
ELECTRIC SCREENS PANTOSCREEN WITH CASING PREMIUM RANGE

The PANTOSCREEN WITH

CASING screen is equipped • F ootless Pantoscreen:
requires a robust fixing to
with a housing and a pantograph prevent tipping.
mechanism at the back. • Pantoscreen with feet:
White aluminium casing as in option.
standard.
Motorised ascending screen.

Pantoscreen with casing PRO

with feet option

Option on feet
Screen that opens from the bottom to the top,
with a supporting structure equipped with 4 wheels,
for places where it is impossible to fix a screen.
Casing Invisible tensioning system at the back

Pantoscreen with casing PRO PDF Pantoscreen with casing HC PDF Pantoscreen with casing Tensioned PDF

Black out Matt white fabric. Black out Matt white fabric. Black out Matt white fabric.
Full width image. 4 cm black borders. 4 cm black borders.

Remote controls
PRINT optional page 23

• I NVISIBLE TENSIONING
SYSTEM AT THE BACK
•N
 OMADIC: ON FEET
18
 ELECTRIC SREENS

MONSTER RANGE

MONSTER RANGE
Large screens for non-standard
and 100% made-to-measure pro-
jects.

• GFO p 20
• Polichinelle p 21
Above 5m base, tailor-made for large images: giant • No Limit p 22

formats, advanced technique, fast motorization,

safety adapted to large rooms,...

19
 ELECTRIC SCREENS GFO MONSTER RANGE

The GFO screens are the •C  asing with white epoxy finish.
natural complement of Orion • S creen fitted with the patented roller
counterbalance mechanism to prevent
screens to equip high capacity
bending.
conference rooms. • S afety brake certified DIN-EN-13241
The GFO is easy to install and • Motor power: 350 W
very compact. • Diameter of the mechanism : 15 cm
The overall length of its housing • Weighing bar diameter: 3.4 cm
is only 16,5 cm more than the • Ceiling mount in standard
•C  an be recessed in ceiling with under-
image format.
face option
Shanghai Tower •U  p to 8 m base

OPTION Underface for embedding OPTION Barrel mount. ­­­OPTION Wall mount with or without offset SUPPLIED AS STANDARD Ceiling mount
Reference (The pair) PATPERGFO

26 36
26
Quote on request according to your specs.
36

26
26

PDF

3.5 Remote controls

optional page 23

26x26 casing profile 36x36 casing profile •E ASY INSTALLATION

up to 7m base between 7m and 8m base • COMPACT
Power supply on the right Power supply on the right
• ANTI-BENDING SYSTEM
20
ELECTRIC SCREENS POLICHINELLE MONSTER RANGE
• The materials used ensures lightness
The POLICHINELLE screens and reliability to the whole system
• Aluminum structure covered with
fits in the category of equipments black fabric
for large auditoriums, conference •R  oller tube in aluminium or carbon
centers and theatres. fiber for the largest sizes
• No arms in the lower part
They are custom made for all • High rigidity
formats with an image base • Easy installation
from 7 meters up to 20 meters • Voltage : 230V
• Power supply in the centre of the screen
and more. • Security brake in case of power cut
• Can be mounted on a boom or sus-
Carthage Festival,Tunisia - Photo credit: Cinelec pended
• Stop-fall device in option

Winding tube Barrel mount

2 possible motorisations:
Standard PDF or High speed PDF The advantages of the HIGH SPEED version PDF
Quote on request according to your specs.

• The motor can work continuously without thermal cut-off

• Wattage : from 1 to 1.8 kW
•R  olling and unrolling speed : 0.5m/s
• Acceleration and deceleration are controlled to avoid coughs
• In case of power cut, end-stops are kept in memory
• Initial programming from a computer with saved data.
• E nd-stops are set at the installation site • LIGHT
with a radio remote control. • VERY LARGE
Somfy transmitter and receiver included DIMENSIONS
• FLATNESS
21
ELECTRIC SCREENS NO LIMIT MONSTER RANGE

The NO LIMIT screen is a This system is adapted for the very large
modular rolling up screen of rolling up screens and ensures the per-
fect flatness of the fabric.
very large dimensions.
Reliable, lightweight and easily carried.
An innovative concept which Up to 12 m, it can be fully assembled
is a technical revolution for in our workshop.
the large rolling up screens. Above this dimension, it is assembled on
site by qualified technicians.
Maximal height of the projection surface:
10 meters
No Limit being installed - Videlio /Domaine La Résidence

Somfy transmitter and receiver included Shanghai - New York University

The advantages of the NO LIMIT Quote on request according to your specs.

The screen is equipped with a double tubular integrated 220 V electric motor
with 2 adjustable end stops. PDF
A large choice of fabrics are compatible with the system.
Standard fastenings: suspension hooks for screens hung on a 50 mm scene pole.
Other mounting options are available.
Screen fitted with roller counterbalance mechanism to prevent bending.

• VERY LARGE ELECTRIC

SCREEN
Side view • FABRIC FLATNESS SYSTEM
Power supply on the left
22
ELECTRIC SCREENS REMOTE CONTROLS REMOTE CONTROLS

RADIO TRIGGER
KEY SWITCH
INFRARED

Ref. OPTCOMIRHOME1 Ref. OPTINTERCLE Ref : 6AMP0737 Ref. OPTCOMTRIG1

Infrared receiver + infrared Momentary position Key Fixed position key switch. Radio TRIGGER Open the screen when switching
remote control. switch. Can be associated to Cannot be associated to on the videprojector. Compatible with videprojector
a wired inverter. another inverter. équipped with IEC C13 cable.
RADIO ORAY

Ref. OPTCOMMANDRAD7 Ref. OPTCOMMANDRAD8 Ref. 1MOT03083 Ref. 1MOT03084 Ref. OPTCOMMANDRAD9 Ref. 1MOT03086
Radio receiver + remote control Radio receiver + remote control 1 channel remote 6 channels remote Radio receiver + HF wall switch. Wired wall transmitter
(receiver only : 1MOT03080) The receiver has a free terminal Additional HF wall switch. integrating a radio
block for dry contacts. 1MOT03085 receiver function.
RADIO SOMFY

Ref. OPTCOMMANDRAD3 Ref. OPTCOMMANDRAD4 Ref. 1MOT03012 Ref. 1MOT03016 Ref. 1MOT03011 Ref. : 1MOT03013
Radio receiver + remote control Radio receiver + HF wall switch Receiver only Wall-mounted switch Portable transmitter 4-channel transmitter to
to be associated with a to be associated with a control up to 4 devices
radio receiver. radio receiver. to be associated with a
radio receiver.
23
SOLARO FR1

Deliver premium collaboration experiences without the cost. Solaro FR1 is a 1U 16-card-slot DSP with modular I/O functionality
that can evolve to meet your future requirements, while benefiting from the processing power to drive multiple rooms
over an installed CatX network. Xilica's open-architecture digital signal processor can be populated with any combination
of Solaro Series I/O card, offering capabilities including analog audio, USB (with volume/mute HID support), GPIO,
relay control and AES/EBU digital audio. Incorporating the optional XC-CTODN module for networked audio, Solaro FR1
can handle up-to 64x64 bi-directional channels of audio over Dante™, using standard CatX cable with no proprietary
switches. With the capability to grow as you need, Solaro FR1 is a multi-purpose, scalable signal processor suited to
most medium-to-large applications including multi-room conferencing, education spaces, and mass communication.

Offering pre-integrated modules from select Technology Vendor Partners, Xilica Solaro FR1 can drive products
across your rooms from lighting to displays with no code and minimal setup time. For additional devices, Solaro FR1
supports Lua scripting without fees or licenses, and offers drag-and-drop design of graphical user interfaces (GUIs)
within the programming software. These GUIs readily display on Xilica's range of IP-based user interface products,
including XTouch touch-controls and Lucia wall remotes, which are networked to Solaro FR1 over standard CatX
cable. Additionally, iOS/Android control is offered alongside integration with Crestron and AMX systems.

With up-to 32 channels of local analog audio, or 64 channels of local GPIO in a single chassis, Solaro FR1 is self-
sufficient for most common medium-sized applications with option to expand I/O count over Dante using the
Solaro XIO 16 expander. Solaro FR1 offers license-activated HearClear™ AEC for ultra-low-noise conferencing,
and signal processing algorithms including routing and mixing, equalization, delay and dynamics.

BENEFITS

› Deliver a premium collaboration experience at lower cost through centralized

processing of multiple rooms using an existing installed CatX network.
› Support BYOD in collaboration spaces with Gio USB and Gio Bluetooth connectivity, and create a
superior user-experience with Microsoft Teams mute/volume sync for USB peripherals.
› Eliminate third-party control systems with no-code programming and leverage pre-built DSP designs for turn-key deployment.
› Lower total-cost-of-ownership with agile, modular I/O that scales to meet functional demand.
› Harness Xilica HearClear™ acoustic echo cancellation to eliminate noise and echo in conferencing.

ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS
The digital signal processor (DSP) shall be open-architecture in configuration and be housed in a rack-mountable 19-inch, 1U
chassis. It shall offer 16 user-configurable card-slots for analog audio, USB, GPIO, relay and AES/EBU digital audio support.
Additionally, it shall provide optional Dante audio networking (with XC-CTODN) at 64x64 channels, and be compliant with AES67.

The DSP shall feature a dual-core Linux processor with 40-bit floating point architecture. Software licensing shall provide
optional acoustic echo cancellation with Xilica HearClear technology. An internal control engine shall be present to provide
third-party command execution via API and support the Lua scripting language. The DSP must support proprietary Xilica
control products including XTouch and Lucia, and be expandable with the Solaro XIO 16 frame over a Dante network.

Additionally, the DSP must feature include advanced signal processing algorithms including (but not be limited to) various
forms of mixers, equalizers, filters, crossovers, dynamics/gain controls, routers, room combiners, and delays. The program
memory shall be nonvolatile and provide program security should power fail. The DSP shall be ETL marked and comply with
UL/CSA/CE safety requirements, FCC emission requirements and the RoHS directive. The DSP shall be the Xilica Solaro FR1.
 SOLARO FR1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Electrical
THD+N (22Hz to 22kHz) 0.002% (1kHz @ +4dBu)
EIN <125dBu, unweighted (20Hz to 20kHz)
Dynamic Range 110dB, unweighted
Propagation Delay 4ms
Crosstalk, input to input, 1kHz <110dB
Sampling Rate 48kHz
A/D-D/A Converters 32-bit
Acoustic Echo Cancellation Requires HearClear™ license; 250ms latency at eight channels, 100ms at 16 channels
BTU/Heat Load 205 BTU/hr
Processor Type 40-bit floating point
Phantom Power +48VDC (with XC-SML)
Power Supply 90-240 VAC (50-60Hz) via internal power supply with IEC socket
Power Consumption <60W
Ambient Operating Temperature 32-104°F (0–40°C)
Humidity 0–98%, non-condensing
Altitude 0-6,600 feet (0–2000 Meters) MSL
Network Connections Without XC-CTODN: 1x RJ45 (≥Cat 5e) for control.
With XC-CTODN: 3x RJ45 (≥Cat 5e) including dual dedicated 1000Mbps
Dante™ connections and separate Ethernet port for control
USB (with XC-SUB) Bit depth: 16-bit
Number of channels: 2x2, send and receive
Driver sample rate: 48kHz
Card sample rate: follows DSP settings
Connector: USB B, female
Dante™ Requires XC-CTODN; 64x64 bi-directional (primary, secondary) with dual NIC; AES67

Mechanical
Card Slots 16 user-configurable
Display(s) Single OLED display at front of device
Controls, Service & Indicators Up/Select/Down buttons. Recessed IP reset. Factory service micro-USB.
Weight 11lbs; 5kg
Dimensions Height: 1.75" / 44mm
Width: 19" / 483mm
Depth: 12" / 305mm
Mounting Standard 19" rack; occupies 1U

General
Compliance CE, FCC Part 15B, Industry Canada ICES-003:7, Intertek ETL (US, CA), RoHS, REACH
Warranty Xilica Five Year Limited Warranty
Part Number(s) 2200-001-0104 (FR1, without XC-CTODN); 2200-001-0105 (FR1-D, with XC-CTODN)

Specifications, where necessary, measured with XC- I/O card.

© 2021 Xilica Corporation. Xilica, the Xilica logo and its associated visual identity are trademarks or [Link]/Solaro
registered trademarks of Xilica Corporation and/or subsidiaries. All other trademarks are the property of
their respective owners. Xilica assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this publication. Contact your distributor
Product, pricing and feature information contained herein is subject to change without notice. or contact us at [Link]/sales
SOLARO XC-SLO

Solaro XC-SLO is a two-channel analog audio output card for Solaro Series processors. It offers 32-bit A/D conversion
and features six-position 3.5mm screw terminals. Solaro XC-SLO ships with mini-Phoenix (female) connectors.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Electrical
Channel(s) Two
Type Electronically-balanced
Output Impedance ~50 Ohms
Connector(s) Six-position 3.5mm screw terminals
Maximum Level +20dBu
Frequency Response +/- 0.15dB (20-20kHz)
Dynamic Range 110dB typ (unweighted)
CMRR >50dB at 1kHz
Crosstalk <-110dB at 1kHz
Distortion 0.002% (1kHz at +4dBu)
A/D Conversion 32-bit

Mechanical
Card Slot(s) Occupied Single (1)
Shipping Weight 0.275lbs / 0.125kg

General
Compatible Product(s) Solaro FR1, Solaro FR1-D, Solaro QR1, Solaro XIO 16
Included Accessories Mini-Phoenix connectors; female
Warranty Xilica Five Year Limited Warranty
Part Number(s) 2200-001-0602

© 2021 Xilica Corporation. Xilica, the Xilica logo and its associated visual identity are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Xilica Corporation and/or subsidiaries. All other trademarks are the property of
their respective owners. Xilica assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this publication.
Product, pricing and feature information contained herein is subject to change without notice. [Link]/Accessories
SOLARO XC-SML

Solaro XC-SML is a two-channel analog audio input card for Solaro Series processors, and incorporates switchable microphone/
line level functionality with optional 48V Phantom power (up-to 75mA with Power-over-Ethernet). It offers 32-bit A/D
conversion and features six-position 3.5mm screw terminals. Solaro XC-SML ships with mini-Phoenix (female) connectors.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Electrical
Channel(s) Two
Type Electronically-balanced with 48V Phantom power
Phantom Power 75mA with Power-over-Ethernet; 100mA with mains power
Connector(s) Six-position 3.5mm screw terminals
Maximum Level +20dBu
Gain Mic: +42dB gain in 6dB steps
Line: 0dB
Frequency Response +/- 0.15dB (20-20kHz)
Dynamic Range 110dB typ (unweighted)
CMRR >50dB at 1kHz
Crosstalk <-110dB at 1kHz
Distortion 0.002% (1kHz at +4dBu)
A/D Conversion 32-bit

Mechanical
Card Slot(s) Occupied Single (1)
Shipping Weight 0.275lbs / 0.125kg

General
Compatible Product(s) Solaro FR1, Solaro FR1-D, Solaro QR1, Solaro XIO 16
Included Accessories Mini-Phoenix connectors; female
Warranty Xilica Five Year Limited Warranty
Part Number(s) 2200-001-0502

© 2021 Xilica Corporation. Xilica, the Xilica logo and its associated visual identity are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Xilica Corporation and/or subsidiaries. All other trademarks are the property of
their respective owners. Xilica assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this publication.
Product, pricing and feature information contained herein is subject to change without notice. [Link]/Accessories
 BASO12
Compact 12" bass reflex cabinet
Highlights:

• High quality 18 mm plywood

• 2 x Speakon compatible connector in recessed connector
dish (linkthrough)
• 12" high-performance woofer
• Impact resistant die-cast frame
• DuraWeather™ cone treatment

Product information:

The BASO cabinets are universally useable passive bass

cabinets. Their bass reflex design is engineered to be as
compact as possible while giving the maximum performance in
terms of sound quality and pressure. Their enclosures are
crafted out of sturdy high-quality plywood while their elegant
design enables them to be placed in any environment. The
BASO12 is loaded with a 12” high-performance woofer with an
RMS power rating of 500 Watt and maximum power of 1000
Watt. Impedance:

The strength of this loudspeaker originates from a 4” voice coil

which is allowed to extra long excursions. Displacements are
precisely controlled by the dual low-loss suspension resulting in
a superior linear behaviour. These carefully selected high-grade
materials in collaboration with accurate acoustical
craftsmanship results in an impressive combination of punch
and low frequency extension without compromises. The highly-
efficient design results in a sensitivity of 98 dB with capability of
continuous sound pressure production up to 125 dB.

The frequency response ranges from 40 Hz up to 300 Hz while

going down to 35 Hz at -10 dB. Besides these acoustical
aspects, a lot of attention has been paid to all other aspects
making it as versatile as possible. The enclosure is compact
designed without any sacrifice to robustness due to the 18 mm
high-quality plywood material finished with structured coating.
Connections are made using two speakon compatible
connectors located in a recessed connector dish, allowing link-
through to other cabinets. This also allows close placement to
any wall or corner.

Applications:

• Clubs
• Museums & Themeparks
• Sporting facilities
• Concert venues
• Bars & Restaurants
• Retail

AUDAC - BASO12 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 5
 System specifications:

Speaker type 12” Bass reflex cabinet

Peak power handling 2000 W

Program power handling 1000 W

RMS/AES power handling 500 W

Impedance 8Ω

Sound Pressure (Max. W/1m) 125 dB

Sensitivity (1W/1m) 98 dB

Frequency Response (± 3 dB) 40 Hz - 300 Hz

Range (-10 dB) 35 Hz - 600 Hz

Bass reflex tuning frequency 45 Hz

Connectors 2 x Speakon compatible connector in recessed connector

dish (linkthrough)

Drivers 12” Ferrite with low-loss suspension and 1.5” 4-layer

wounded voice coil

Product Features:

Dimensions 380 x 449 x 460 mm (W x H x D)

Weight 22 kg

Operating temperature -20 °C ~ 60 °C

Construction 18 mm plywood with structured coating

Front finish Steel grill (18 gauge)

Mounting & handling Rigging points 3 x M6 mounting bracket installation holes on both sides

Colours Black (RAL9004) (BASO12/B)

White (RAL9003) (BASO12/W)

Variants: Shipping & Ordering:

• BASO12/B - Black version Packaging Cardboard box

• BASO12/W - White version
Shipping weight & volume 23.500 kg - 0.16 Cbm

AUDAC - BASO12 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 5
 Architects’ and Engineers’ Specifications:

The subwoofer shall incorporate a 12” transducer with 4” voice coil and powerful ferrite type magnet which is loaded into a bass
reflex front loaded enclosure. A dual low-loss suspension shall be used, precisely controlling voice coil replacements and resulting in
a superior linear behaviour. The enclosure shall have a compact rectangular shape with curved front finishing and an elegant
powdercoated steel grill which is lined with an acoustically transparent backing. The rear must have a trapezoidal shape while top
and bottom corners are bevelled. The construction shall be made using 18 mm thick plywood finished with a structured coating
which comes available in both black (RAL9004) &amp; white (RAL9003) colour. Input connectors shall be parallel wired using speakon
compatible connectors fitted in a re­cessed connector dish allowing close placement to any wall or corner. It shall have an RMS
power handling of 500 Watt, a maximum power handling of 1000 Watt and an impedance of 8 Ohm. The fre­quency response (-10
dB) shall range from 35 Hz to 600 Hz with a bass reflex tuning frequency of 45 Hz. The sensitivity shall be 98 dB when measuring
with an input signal of 1 Watt at a distance of 1 meter, while the maximum continuous sound pressure level shall reach 125 dB. The
system’s enclosure shall be 449 mm high, 380 mm wide and 460 mm deep and the weight shall not exceed 22 Kg.

AUDAC - BASO12 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 3 of 5
 Acoustical data graphs:

Horizontal Polars:

0° 0°
0 0
330° 30° 330° 30°

-10 -10

300° 60° 300° 60°

-20 -20

270° -30 90° 270° -30 90°

240° 120° 240° 120°

210° 150° 210° 150°

180° 180°

1000 Hz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz 63 Hz 31,5 Hz

Vertical Polars:

90°
90°
0
0
120° 60°
120° 60°

-10
-10
150° 30°
150° 30°

-20
-20

(-) 180° -30 0°

(-) 180° -30 0°

-150° -30°
-150° -30°

-120° -60° -120° -60°

-90° -90°

1000Hz 500Hz 250Hz 125Hz 63Hz 31,5Hz

Sensitivity:

110

100
Level (dB- SPL/1W @ 1m)

90

80

70

60

50
10 100 1000 10000
Frequency (Hz)

AUDAC - BASO12 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 4 of 5
 Technical drawings:

460 449

380
Weight:

BASO12
TBA

COMPACT 12" BASS REFLEX CABINET -

500W RMS
(w x h x d)
Outer dimensions:

Product description:
380 x 449 x 460

Unit height:
N/A

AUDAC - BASO12 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 5 of 5
 VEXO110
10" high performance 2-way loudspeaker
Highlights:

• Powerful sound experience

• High sound pressure levels with tight driver response
• Modern & elegant design
• Impact resistant
• DuraCoat™ texture paintwork
• Horizontal and vertical mounting
• Inclined Speakon connectors
• 70V/100V transformer option available

Product information:

The VEXO series are compact high performance 2-way

loudspeakers and come in 3 different models, each of them
with different sizes and performances meeting the
requirements of every application. The VEXO series
loudspeakers consist of active and passive versions. The low-
frequency transducer, which is made out of high-quality
materials, is combined with a 1.7” voice coil compression driver,
enabling high sound pressure levels and a tight driver response
with a rotatable 90° x 70° coverage pattern for a wide range of
applications.

Thanks to the unique driver composition, the VEXO110 delivers

a clear and natural sound with an RMS power of 300 Watts and
a maximum power of 1200 Watt. The frequency response
(±3dB) starts from 65Hz up to 20 kHz and the sensitivity
(1W/1m) reaches 96dB while a maximum continuous sound
pressure level from 121dB can be achieved.

When not in use, the active versions of the VEXO series devices
automatically go into an energy-saving standby mode. This
means that active versions can also be used in fixed
installations, as there is no need to physically shut them down
after each use.

Using an optional 70V/100V line transformer enables the VEXO

series to be used in 70V or 100V systems. By removing the
backplate and replacing it with a 70V/100V backplate on which
the module is integrated, the high-performance loudspeaker is
able to apply in a 70V/100V system.

The construction of the cabinets is made of 15 mm plywood

with a polyurethane coating, making them resistant to any
impact. The front side of the cabinet is finished with a powder-
coated steel grill with acoustical foam. A recessed carry handle
on the rear side makes carrying easy. Positioning and
suspension of the speaker are easily achieved by using the Impedance:
standard 35 mm pole adapter on the bottom and the M10
rigging points. Two speaker connectors provide reliable
connections with easy link-through to cabinets.

The optional Clever U bracket allows mounting the high power

2-way cabinet both horizontally and vertically. An inclination of -
90° to +35° ensures an optimal positioning. The optional MBK
bracket even allows mounting the VEXO series to the ceiling
which gives the opportunity to install the loudspeaker cleanly in
any environment.

AUDAC - VEXO110 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 5
 Applications:

• Clubs
• Sporting facilities
• Education
• Bars & Restaurants

System specifications:

Speaker type 2-way

Peak power handling 1200 W

Program power handling 600 W

RMS/AES power handling 300 W

Impedance 8Ω

Sensitivity (1W/1m) 96 dB

Sound Pressure (Max. W/1m) 121 dB

Frequency Response (± 3 dB) 65 Hz - 20 kHz

Crossover Type Passive built-in

Dispersion Horizontal 90°

Vertical 70°

Drivers HF Compression driver with 1.7" VC and 1" throat

LF 10" (2" VC)

Connectors 2 x Speakon compatible (Linkthrough)

AUDAC - VEXO110 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 5
 Product Features:

Dimensions 329 x 540 x 345 mm (W x H x D)

Weight 16.8 kg

Construction 15 mm high-quality plywood

Finish Cabinet finishing Polyurethane coating

Front finish Powder coated steel grill with acoustical foam

Mounting & handling Rigging points 10 x M10

Stand fitting 35 mm pole adapter on bottom

Carry handles On top

Accessories Optional 70V/100V transformer module

Powerdrive mount Powerdrive type 75 (108 x 50.8 mm)

Colours Black & White

Accessories Optional MBK110V Mounting bracket

Variants:

• VEXO110/B - Black version

• VEXO110/W - White version

Architects’ and Engineers’ Specifications:

The loudspeaker cabinet must be a 10” 2-way system. The cabinet must be constructed of 15 mm high-quality plywood with a
durable impact proof Polyurethane coating. The front side must be finished with a powder coated steel grill which is lined with an
acoustical foam.

The cabinet must have a recessed carry handle on the rear side of the cabinet for easy handling, while a standard 35 mm pole
adapter and 10 x M10 rigging points must be provided for positioning and suspension of the speaker.

The loudspeaker cabinet must have an RMS power handling of 300 Watt with a maximum power handling of 1200 Watt. The
frequency response (± 3 dB) must range from 65 Hz to 20 kHz. The sensitivity must be 96 dB when measuring with an input signal of
1 Watt at a distance of 1 meter, while the maximum continuous sound pressure level must reach 121 dB.

The loudspeaker must consist of a HF compression driver with 1.7” VC and 1” throat and a 10” low frequency loudspeaker. It must
have an impedance of 8 Ohm.

The complete model is constructed of high-quality components. It must also have an integrated tweeter overload protection circuit.

The horn mounted on the HF driver must have a horizontal dispersion of 90° and a vertical dispersion of 70° and must be rotatable,
allowing both horizontal and vertical use.

Connections with the speaker must be made using 2 x speakon compatible connectors, allowing easy connection and link-through.
The loudspeaker cabinet must not exceed a width of 329 mm, a height of 540 mm and a depth of 345 mm. Its weight must not
exceed 16.8 kg.

A 70V/100V transformer must be optional so the loudspeaker can be used in 70V or 100V systems.

AUDAC - VEXO110 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 3 of 5
 Acoustical data graphs:

Horizontal Polars:

0° 0° 0°
0 0 0
330° 30° 330° 30° 330° 30°
-10 -10 -10

300° -20 60° 300° -20 60° 300° -20 60°

-30 -30 -30

270° -40 90° 270° -40 90° 270° -40 90°

240° 120° 240° 120° 240° 120°

210° 150° 210° 150° 210° 150°

180° 180° 180°

16 kHz 8 kHz 4 kHz 2000 Hz 1000 Hz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz 63 Hz

Vertical Polars:

90° 90° 90°

0 0 0
120° 60° 120° 60° 120° 60°
-10 -10 -10

150° -20 30° 150° -20 30° 150° -20 30°

-30 -30 -30

(-) 180° -40 0° (-) 180° -40 0° (-) 180° -40 0°

-150° -30° -150° -30° -150° -30°

-120° -60° -120° -60° -120° -60°

-90° -90° -90°

16 kHz 8 kHz 4 kHz 2000 Hz 1000 Hz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz 63 Hz

Sensitivity:
100
Level (dB- SPL/1W @ 1m)

90

80

70

60

50
10 100 Frequency (Hz) 1000 10000

Beamwidth (-3dB):
360

100
Angle (Degrees)

10

1
10 100 1000 10000
Frequency (Hz)

Horizontal Beamwidth Vertical Beamwidth

Directivity index:
30

25
Directivity Index (dB)

20

15

10

0
10 100 1000 10000
Frequenty (Hz)

AUDAC - VEXO110 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 4 of 5
 Technical drawings:

345 [13,583] 542 [21,339]

329,4 [12,97]
[INCH]

VEXO110
MM
Weight
38,1 lbs
17,3 kg

10"/2WAY - 300W RMS/600W PROG

HIGH PERFORMANCE LOUDSPEAKER -
Outer dimensions

Product description

50,8 [2]
12,97 x 21,339 x 13,583 "
329 x 542 x 345 mm

141 [5,551] 108 [4,252]

(w x h x d)
Unit height
N/A

AUDAC - VEXO110 - 12/07/2023 13:45 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 5 of 5
 VIRO5
Compact performance loudspeaker
Highlights:

• Warm & true to nature sound

• Weatherproof - IP55 rating
• Countless mounting possibilities
• Diverse connections possibilities
• High grade aluminum construction
• 70V/100V transformer option available

Product information:

"A sound that lasts"

The VIRO is a powerful 2-way performance speaker which is

designed for outdoor and indoor use, ensuring true-to-nature,
high fidelity reproduction of music and speech in every
environment, ranging from residential applications to the most
demanding outdoor applications in parks, hotels and even
clubs.

Crafted in high-grade aluminium with incredible attention to

detail. The material choice goes well beyond aesthetics. It also
provides superior acoustic properties thanks to its material
stiffness and seamless surfaces that eliminate any distortion of
your sound.

The aluminium construction and grill with hydrophobic cloth

provides the necessary protection for all weather conditions.
The combination of the cloth, sealing rubbers and drainage
holes on the bottom of the speaker make it IP55 compliant
(Successfully endured 720h salt spray test).

Exchange your connections easily. From cable glands with

rubber grommets to optional SpeakON connections and even
an optional 70/100V transformer (TRV106).

Applications:

• Bars & Restaurants

• Clubs

Certification:

AUDAC - VIRO5 - 12/07/2023 13:44 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 6
 Properties:

Impedance:

Voltage:

System specifications:

Speaker type Compact performance 2-way coaxial

Peak power handling 240 W

Program power handling 120 W

RMS/AES power handling 60 W

Impedance 8 Ω (VIRO5)

16 Ω (VIRO5D)

Sensitivity (1W/1m) 89 dB

Sound Pressure (Max. W/1m) 110 dB

Frequency Range (-10 dB) 50 Hz - 20 kHz

Dispersion Conical 160° (average 500 Hz to 5 kHz @ -6 dB)

Drivers HF Soft dome treated silk 1”

LF 5 1/4" Treated paper

Connectors 4-pin Euro Terminal Block

Ingress Protection rating IP55

Outdoor resistance 720 hrs salt spray test

AUDAC - VIRO5 - 12/07/2023 13:44 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 6
 Product Features:

Dimensions 198 x 235 x 191 mm (W x H x D) (Incl. bracket)

180 x 180 x 191 mm (W x H x D) (Excl. bracket)

Mounting Mounting pattern 40 x 70 mm mounting pattern (e.g. pole or ground pin

fitting)

Mounting & handling Stand fitting 3/8" stand fitting (microphone stand)

Construction Textured powder coated aluminium 4 mm

Front finish Aluminium grill with hydrophobic cloth

Colours White (RAL9003) (VIRO5/W & VIRO5D/W)

Black (RAL9005) (VIRO5/B & VIRO5D/B)

Weight 4.2 kg

Accessories Included Mounting bracket

Optional TRV106 70-100V transformer module

CVS102 SpeakON connection plate

MBK523/G Ground pin

MBK530 Pole mount

STG601 Steel drop safety wire (gripple)

MBK465 Table stand

Variants:

• VIRO5/B - Black version - 8Ω

• VIRO5/W - White version - 8Ω
• VIRO5D/B - Black version - 16Ω
• VIRO5D/W - White version - 16Ω

AUDAC - VIRO5 - 12/07/2023 13:44 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 3 of 6
 Architects’ and Engineers’ Specifications:

The loudspeaker shall be a surface mount 2-way type, consisting of a coaxial 5 ¼” driver which is built in a powder coated aluminium
enclosure. It must have a finely perforated front grill with acoustical foam and hydrophobic cloth. The speaker should be low
impedance (8 or 16 Ohm). It must have a horizontal and vertical dispersion of 160°. It shall have diverse mounting positions thanks
to the included 360° rotatable bracket.

It shall have a program power handling of 120 Watt and a RMS power handling of 60 Watt with a maximum power handling of 240
Watt. The frequency response (±3 dB) shall range from 100 Hz to 20kHz whiles the frequency range (-10 dB) shall range from 70 Hz
to 20 kHZ. The sensitivity shall be 89 dB when measuring with an input signal of 1W at a distance of 1 meter, while the maximum
continuous sound pressure level shall be 110 dB.

The loudspeaker shall have a IP rating of 55 thanks to the hydrophobic cloth behind the aluminium grill and two drainage holes at
the bottom of the speaker. It must be standard equipped with a terminal block connector and waterproof grommets. The enclosure
must be 180 mm wide, 180 mm high and 191 mm deep and the weight shall not exceed 4.2 Kg. A M6 drop safety bushing must be
provided at the back of the device.

A 70 – 100V transformer, which must be integrated inside the cabinet, must be an optional accessory along with a SpeakON
connection plate. More mounting possibilities must be optional with a 3/8” stand mount, ground pin and a pole mount.

AUDAC - VIRO5 - 12/07/2023 13:44 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 4 of 6
 Acoustical data graphs:

Horizontal Polars:

0° 0° 0°
0 0 0
330° 30° 330° 30° 330° 30°
-10 -10 -10

300° -20 60° 300° -20 60° 300° -20 60°

-30 -30 -30

270° -40 90° 270° -40 90° 270° -40 90°

240° 120° 240° 120° 240° 120°

210° 150° 210° 150° 210° 150°

180° 180° 180°

16 kHz 8 kHz 4 kHz 2000 Hz 1000 Hz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz 63 Hz

Vertical Polars:
90° 90° 90°
0 0 0
120° 60° 120° 60° 120° 60°
-10 -10 -10

150° -20 30° 150° -20 30° 150° -20 30°

-30 -30 -30

(-) 180° -40 0° (-) 180° -40 0° (-) 180° -40 0°

-150° -30° -150° -30° -150° -30°

-120° -60° -120° -60° -120° -60°

-90° -90° -90°

16 kHz 8 kHz 4 kHz 2000 Hz 1000 Hz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz 63 Hz

Sensitivity:
100
Level (dB- SPL/1W @ 1m)

90

80

70

60

50
10 100 Frequency (Hz) 1000 10000

Beamwidth (-3dB):
360
Angle (Degrees)

100

10
10 100 1000 10000
Frequency (Hz)

Horizontal Beamwidth Vertical Beamwidth

Directivity index:
30

25
Directivity Index (dB)

20

15

10

0
10 100 1000 10000
Frequenty (Hz)

AUDAC - VIRO5 - 12/07/2023 13:44 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 5 of 6
 Page 6 of 6
145 [5,709]

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products.
235 [9,252]

180 [7,087]
198 [7,795] 191 [7,52]
180 [7,087]
POWERDRIVE TYPE 50
45 [1,772]

60 [2,362]
110 [4,331]

AUDAC - VIRO5 - 12/07/2023 13:44 UTC

Technical drawings:

Product description
VIRO5 COMPACT PERFORMANCE LOUDSPEAKER -
5"/2WAY - 60W RMS/120W PROG
Scale Outer dimensions (w x h x d) Unit height Weight
MM
[INCH] 198 x 235 x 191 mm 4,85 kg
3 : 10 7,795 x 9,252 x 7,52 " N/A 10,69 lbs
 WLB35
Speaker wall mount bracket - 35mm pole - 350mm
Highlights:

• Tube diameter 35 mm
• Can carry a max load of 40 kg
• 350 mm distance to wall
• Speaker blocking
• 5-Step adjustable incline angle (0° - 45°)
• Horizontal swivel adjustment at any angle
• Solid steel construction

The WLB35 is a wall mountable speaker installation bracket,

containing a 35 mm pole which allows safe and easy installation
for any loudspeaker fitted with a 35 mm pole adapter. The
incline angle is adjustable in 5 steps from 0° up to 45° while in
horizontal way the speaker can be adjusted in any direction. A
speaker blocking mechanism keeps it in the right direction after
installed. The solid steel construction allows a maximum load of
40 kg. The WLB35 is available in both black (/B) and white (/W)
colour.

Product Features:

Dimensions 140 x 250 x 367.5 mm (W x H x D)

Weight 2.290 kg

Max. load 40 kg

Pole mount 35 x 120 mm (Ø x H)

Distance to wall 350 mm

Adjustable angle 0° / 11.25° / 22.5° / 33.75° / 45°

Construction Steel

Colours Black (RAL9004)

White (RAL9010)

Variants:

• WLB35/B - Black version

• WLB35/W - White version

CAYMON - WLB35 - 12/07/2023 13:46 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 2
 Technical drawings:

164
52 3
143

299

45°
350
Weight:

WLB35
2,24 kg

POLE - 350 MM
SPEAKER WALL MOUNT BRACKET - 35 MM
(w x h x d)
Outer dimensions:

Product description:

Ø
164 x 299 x 368

250
10
(6

104 104
x)
140
122
Unit height:
N/A

CAYMON - WLB35 - 12/07/2023 13:46 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 2
 SMA350
WaveDynamics™ dual-channel power amplifier 2 x 350W
Highlights:

• Lightweight class-D amplifier

• Speakon compatible & terminal block output connections
• RS232 control
• Dante™/AES67 expansion port
• XLR & terminal block input & linkthrough connections
• Advanced DSP and loudspeaker management
• 2.5" LCD display with intuitive user interface
Certification:
• WaveDynamics™ speaker & set configurations

Product information:

The SMA Series are dual channel (stereo) power amplifiers

providing a new standard for affordable audio amplification in
both fixed and mobile audio installations. Their advanced Additional Inputs:
features and availability in different output powers for 350 Watt,
500 Watt and 750 Watt provide an enormous flexibility for
numerous applications. The WaveDynamics™ DSP processor in
combination with the 2.5” LCD display gives an unmatched user
experience with intuitive functions overview for easy
configuration. Acoustics can be optimized using Butterworth,
Bessel and Linkwitz-Riley filters with selectable rolloff which can
be configured as Low / High &amp; Band Pass and the 7-Band
equalizer which has adjustable frequencies and Q-factor. Other
provided functions are delay and dynamic bass boost. These
settings can be custom configured using the front panel of the
amplifier, whereby access can be given on two different levels
(User &amp; Administrator) using password or USB-key
protection. Loudspeaker protection is provided by an output
power limiter whereby the maximum output power for every
channel (in Watt) can be configured. Configuration is made
simple with loudspeaker presets and full system configurations
which can be selected from a library and uploaded with an USB
flash drive. This ensures the best acoustical performance with a
bullet-proof loudspeaker protection. A great input flexibility and
source compatibility is provided by the input selection matrix in
combination with the XLR and terminal block signal
connections. The outputs are made using Speaker and Terminal
block connections. System integration is made easy using the
RS-232 control port. An optional Dante™ interface is available
for the WaveDynamics™ amplifiers. The installation of this
network interface allows receiving and sending of low latency,
high quality audio over a standard Ethernet network.

Applications:

• Bars & Restaurants

• Sporting facilities
• Hotels
• Houses of worship
• Clubs
• Events
• Corporate
• Retail

AUDAC - SMA350 - 12/07/2023 13:42 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 4
 System specifications:

RMS/AES power handling @ 4 Ω Stereo 2 x 350 W

@ 8 Ω Stereo 2 x 220 W

@ 8 Ω Bridge 700 W

Frequency Response (± 3 dB) 20 Hz - 20 kHz

Signal / Noise > 95 dB

THD+N (@ 1 kHz) < 0.05% (1/2 Rated Power)

Crosstalk (@ 1 kHz) > 70 dB

Technology Class-D

Inputs Sensitivity -19.5 dB ~ 27 dB

Impedance 10 kΩ balanced

Connector XLR & 3-pin Euro Terminal Block (3.81 mm)

Outputs Connector Speakon compatible & 2-pin Euro Terminal Block (5.08
mm)

Common mode rejection ratio 70 dB

Damping factor > 200

Protection Amplifier DC Short circuit

Over heating

Over load

Signal limiting

Loudspeaker Power limiter

Access User & Administrator level (Through password and USB-

key protection)

Cooling Temperature controlled fan

Operating temperature 0° ~ 40° @ 95% Humidity

Power Supply Switching mode

AC Input: 100-120V/220-240V~ 50/60Hz

Note: Standard voltage and frequency of electricity varies from country to country. Please contact your local distributor to ensure suitable product
variant voltage and frequency compatibility.

AUDAC - SMA350 - 12/07/2023 13:42 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 4
 Product Features:

Dimensions 482 x 88 x 420 mm (W x H x D)

Weight 7.400 kg

Mounting 19”

Unit height 2 HE

Construction Steel

Colours Black

Shipping & Ordering:

Packaging Cardboard box

Shipping weight & volume 10.400 kg - 0.046 Cbm

Architects’ and Engineers’ Specifications:

The amplifier shall use WaveDynamics™ audio processing technology with two independant controllable channels each of them with
an output power of 350 watt. The system shall be fully controllable through implementation in a total system control platform which
is compatible with a wide variation of operating systems including Android, iOS, Windows, Mac and Linux. This application shall allow
creation and customization of application-specific dashboards, allowing combining its controls together with other audio &amp;
video equipment from one single dashboard. The construction shall be transformerless, using Class-D amplifier technology and
powered by a switching power supply. Acoustics shall be adjustable using the integrated DSP which provides advanced processing
functions to each channel such as parametric 7-band equalizing, filters selectable between low-pass, high-pass and band-pass with
Butterworth, Linkwitz-Riley or Bessel characteristics. Other functions such as output power limiting, time alignment delay and
dynamic bass boost shall also be implemented. Each channel shall have integrated circuitry to protect against short-circuits or
mismatched loads and over-heating. The operating temperature for each channel shall be continuously monitored and a speed-
controlled fan will keep it within the operating range while minimising the acoustic noise. Additionally, the load shall be protected
against DC faults and a clip limiter shall automatically reduce the input gain at onset of distortion. Full system control and monitoring
shall be possible from the front panel of the amplifier equiped with an AC power switch, a blue power indicator LED and channel
operation indicator LED’s. Two green signal LED’s indicating the presence of an input signal and it’s level exceeding the -20 dB level, a
clip LED indicating the channel operation at maximum level and a protection LED indicating any fault detected shall be provided for
each channel. Additionally, a user-friendly and intuitive graphical interface shall be shown on a 2.5” LCD on front allowing control for
each of its functions. System access shall be lockable with password and USB-key protection on two different (user &amp;
administrator) levels. Uploading of pre-made configurations and loudspeaker presets shall be possible from a USB flash drive. Great
input flexibilty and source compatibility shall be provided through an input selection matrix in combination with the balanced signal
input connections which are available as female XLR connectors and 3-pin terminal block connectors. The output connections shall
be performed using Speakon compatible and 2-pin terminal block connectors, allowing connectivity of multiple loudspeaker lines on
one amplifier channel. The amplifier shall operate on a 230~240 V AC / 50 Hz mains network and shall be equipped with a removable
power cord having a standard shuko (CEE 7/7) AC plug. The connector on the amplifier chassis shall be a fused IEC C14 type. The
amplifier chassis shall be a two rackspace steel constructed 19’’ housing. Depth from mounting surface to rear supports shall be 420
mm and the weight shall not exceed 7.4 Kg.

AUDAC - SMA350 - 12/07/2023 13:42 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 3 of 4
 Technical drawings:

Weight:

SMA350
7,5 kg

POWER AMPLIFIER 2 X 350W

WAVEDYNAMICS TM DUAL CHANNEL
(w x h x d)
Outer dimensions:

Product description:
483 x 88,1 x 420

Unit height:
2 HE

AUDAC - SMA350 - 12/07/2023 13:42 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 4 of 4
 SMQ500
WaveDynamics™ quad-channel power amplifier 4 x 500W
Highlights:

• Lightweight class-D amplifier

• Speakon compatible & terminal block output connections
• RS232 control
• Dante™/AES67 expansion port
• XLR & terminal block input & linkthrough connections
• Advanced DSP and loudspeaker management
• 2.5" LCD display with intuitive user interface
Certification:
• WaveDynamics™ speaker & set configurations

Product information:

The SMQ series are quad channel power amplifiers providing a

new standard for affordable audio amplification in both fixed
and mobile audio installations. Their advanced features and Additional Inputs:
availability in different output powers for 350 Watt, 500 Watt,
750 Watt and 1250 Watt provide an enormous flexibility for
numerous [Link] WaveDynamics™ DSP processor in
combination with the 2.5” LCD display gives an unmatched user
experience with intuitive functions overview for easy
[Link] can be optimized using Butterworth,
Bessel and Linkwitz-Riley filters with selectable rolloff which can
be configured as Low / High &amp; Band Pass and the 7-Band
equalizer which has adjustable frequencies and Q-factor. Other
provided functions are delay and dynamic bass boost. These
settings can be custom configured using the front panel of the
amplifier, whereby access can be given on two different levels
(User &amp; Administrator) using password or USB-key
protection. Loudspeaker protection is provided by an output
power limiter whereby the maximum output power for every
channel (in Watt) can be [Link] is made
simple with loudspeaker presets and full system configurations
which can be selected from a library and uploaded with an USB
flash drive. This ensures the best acoustical performance with a
bullet-proof loudspeaker protection. Great flexibility and source
compatibility is achieved via the input selection matrix
combined with the XLR and terminal block signal connections.
The outputs are made using Speaker and Terminal block
connections. System integration is made easy using the RS-232
control port. An optional Dante™ interface is available for the
WaveDynamics™ amplifiers. The installation of this network
interface allows receiving and sending of low latency, high
quality audio over a standard Ethernet network.

Applications:

• Bars & Restaurants

• Education
• Hotels
• Houses of worship
• Clubs
• Events
• Corporate
• Retail

AUDAC - SMQ500 - 12/07/2023 13:42 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 4
 System specifications:

RMS/AES power handling @ 4 Ω Stereo 4 x 500 W

@ 8 Ω Stereo 4 x 300 W

@ 8 Ω Bridge 2 x 1000 W

Frequency Response (± 3 dB) 20 Hz - 20 kHz

Signal / Noise > 95 dB

THD+N (@ 1 kHz) < 0.05% (1/2 Rated Power)

Crosstalk (@ 1 kHz) > 70 dB

Technology Class-D

Inputs Sensitivity -19.5 dB ~ 27 dB

Impedance 10 kΩ balanced

Connector XLR & 3-pin Euro Terminal Block (3.81 mm)

Outputs Connector Speakon compatible & 2-pin Euro Terminal Block (5.08
mm)

Common mode rejection ratio 70 dB

Damping factor > 200

Protection Amplifier DC Short circuit

Over heating

Over load

Signal limiting

Loudspeaker Power limiter

Access User & Administrator level (Through password and USB-

key protection)

Cooling Temperature controlled fan

Operating temperature 0° ~ 40° @ 95% Humidity

Power Supply Switching mode

AC Input: 100-120V/220-240V~ 50/60Hz

Note: Standard voltage and frequency of electricity varies from country to country. Please contact your local distributor to ensure suitable product
variant voltage and frequency compatibility.

AUDAC - SMQ500 - 12/07/2023 13:42 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 4
 Product Features:

Dimensions 482 x 88 x 420 mm (W x H x D)

Weight 8.250 kg

Mounting 19”

Unit height 2 HE

Construction Steel

Colours Black

Shipping & Ordering:

Packaging Cardboard box

Shipping weight & volume 11.250 kg - 0.046 Cbm

Architects’ and Engineers’ Specifications:

The amplifier shall use WaveDynamics™ audio processing technology with four independant controllable channels each of them with
an output power of 500 watt. The system shall be fully controllable through implementation in a total system control platform which
is compatible with a wide variation of operating systems including Android, iOS, Windows, Mac and Linux. This application shall allow
creation and customization of application-specific dashboards, allowing combining its controls together with other audio &amp;
video equipment from one single dashboard. The construction shall be transformerless, using Class-D amplifier technology and
powered by a switching power supply. Acoustics shall be adjustable using the integrated DSP which provides advanced processing
functions to each channel such as parametric 7-band equalizing, filters selectable between low-pass, high-pass and band-pass with
Butterworth, Linkwitz-Riley or Bessel characteristics. Other functions such as output power limiting, time alignment delay and
dynamic bass boost shall also be implemented. Each channel shall have integrated circuitry to protect against short-circuits or
mismatched loads and over-heating. The operating temperature for each channel shall be continuously monitored and a speed-
controlled fan will keep it within the operating range while minimising the acoustic noise. Additionally, the load shall be protected
against DC faults and a clip limiter shall automatically reduce the input gain at onset of distortion. Full system control and monitoring
shall be possible from the front panel of the amplifier equiped with an AC power switch, a blue power indicator LED and channel
operation indicator LED’s. Two green signal LED’s indicating the presence of an input signal and it’s level exceeding the -20 dB level, a
clip LED indicating the channel operation at maximum level and a protection LED indicating any fault detected shall be provided for
each channel. Additionally, a user-friendly and intuitive graphical interface shall be shown on a 2.5” LCD on front allowing control for
each of its functions. System access shall be lockable with password and USB-key protection on two different (user &amp;
administrator) levels. Uploading of pre-made configurations and loudspeaker presets shall be possible from a USB flash drive. Great
input flexibilty and source compatibility shall be provided through an input selection matrix in combination with the balanced signal
input connections which are available as female XLR connectors and 3-pin terminal block connectors. The output connections shall
be performed using Speakon compatible and 2-pin terminal block connectors, allowing connectivity of multiple loudspeaker lines on
one amplifier channel. The amplifier shall operate on a 230~240 V AC / 50 Hz mains network and shall be equipped with a removable
power cord having a standard shuko (CEE 7/7) AC plug. The connector on the amplifier chassis shall be a fused IEC C14 type. The
amplifier chassis shall be a two rackspace steel constructed 19’’ housing. Depth from mounting surface to rear supports shall be 420
mm and the weight shall not exceed 8.25 Kg.

AUDAC - SMQ500 - 12/07/2023 13:42 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 3 of 4
 Technical drawings:

Weight:

SMQ500
8,35 kg

POWER AMPLIFIER 4 X 500W

WAVEDYNAMICS TM QUAD CHANNEL
(w x h x d)
Outer dimensions:

Product description:
483 x 88,1 x 420

Unit height:
2 HE

AUDAC - SMQ500 - 12/07/2023 13:42 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 4 of 4
 SMQ750
WaveDynamics™ quad-channel power amplifier 4 x 750W
Highlights:

• Lightweight class-D amplifier

• Speakon compatible & terminal block output connections
• RS232 control
• Dante™/AES67 expansion port
• XLR & terminal block input & linkthrough connections
• Advanced DSP and loudspeaker management
• 2.5" LCD display with intuitive user interface
Certification:
• WaveDynamics™ speaker & set configurations

Product information:

The SMQ series are quad channel power amplifiers providing a

new standard for affordable audio amplification in both fixed
and mobile audio installations. Their advanced features and Additional Inputs:
availability in different output powers for 350 Watt, 500 Watt,
750 Watt and 1250 Watt provide an enormous flexibility for
numerous applications. The WaveDynamics™ DSP processor in
combination with the 2.5” LCD display gives an unmatched user
experience with intuitive functions overview for easy
configuration. Acoustics can be optimized using Butterworth,
Bessel and Linkwitz-Riley filters with selectable rolloff which can
be configured as Low / High &amp; Band Pass and the 7-Band
equalizer which has adjustable frequencies and Q-factor. Other
provided functions are delay and dynamic bass boost. These
settings can be custom configured using the front panel of the
amplifier, whereby access can be given on two different levels
(User &amp; Administrator) using password or USB-key
protection. Loudspeaker protection is provided by an output
power limiter whereby the maximum output power for every
channel (in Watt) can be configured. Configuration is made
simple with loudspeaker presets and full system configurations
which can be selected from a library and uploaded with an USB
flash drive. This ensures the best acoustical performance with a
bullet-proof loudspeaker protection. Great flexibility and source
compatibility is achieved via the input selection matrix
combined with the XLR and terminal block signal connections.
The outputs are made using Speaker and Terminal block
connections. System integration is made easy using the RS-232
control port. An optional Dante™ interface is available for the
WaveDynamics™ amplifiers. The installation of this network
interface allows receiving and sending of low latency, high
quality audio over a standard Ethernet network.

Applications:

• Bars & Restaurants

• Sporting facilities
• Events
• Retail
• Corporate
• Clubs

AUDAC - SMQ750 - 12/07/2023 13:43 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 4
 System specifications:

RMS/AES power handling @ 4 Ω Stereo 4 x 750 W

@ 8 Ω Stereo 4 x 380 W

@ 8 Ω Bridge 2 x 1500 W

Frequency Response (± 3 dB) 20 Hz - 20 kHz

Signal / Noise > 95 dB

THD+N (@ 1 kHz) < 0.05% (1/2 Rated Power)

Crosstalk (@ 1 kHz) > 70 dB

Technology Class-D

Inputs Sensitivity -19.5 dB ~ 27 dB

Impedance 10 kΩ balanced

Connector XLR & 3-pin Euro Terminal Block (3.81 mm)

Outputs Connector Speakon compatible & 2-pin Euro Terminal Block (5.08
mm)

Common mode rejection ratio 70 dB

Damping factor > 200

Protection Amplifier DC Short circuit

Over heating

Over load

Signal limiting

Loudspeaker Power limiter

Access User & Administrator level (Through password and USB-

key protection)

Cooling Temperature controlled fan

Operating temperature 0° ~ 40° @ 95% Humidity

Power Supply Switching mode

AC Input: 100-120V/220-240V~ 50/60Hz

Note: Standard voltage and frequency of electricity varies from country to country. Please contact your local distributor to ensure suitable product
variant voltage and frequency compatibility.

AUDAC - SMQ750 - 12/07/2023 13:43 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 4
 Product Features:

Dimensions 482 x 88 x 420 mm (W x H x D)

Weight 8.400 kg

Mounting 19”

Unit height 2 HE

Construction Steel

Colours Black

Shipping & Ordering:

Packaging Cardboard box

Shipping weight & volume 11.400 kg - 0.046 Cbm

Architects’ and Engineers’ Specifications:

The amplifier shall use WaveDynamics™ audio processing technology with four independant controllable channels each of them with
an output power of 750 watt. The system shall be fully controllable through implementation in a total system control platform which
is compatible with a wide variation of operating systems including Android, iOS, Windows, Mac and Linux. This application shall allow
creation and customization of application-specific dashboards, allowing combining its controls together with other audio &amp;
video equipment from one single dashboard. The construction shall be transformerless, using Class-D amplifier technology and
powered by a switching power supply. Acoustics shall be adjustable using the integrated DSP which provides advanced processing
functions to each channel such as parametric 7-band equalizing, filters selectable between low-pass, high-pass and band-pass with
Butterworth, Linkwitz-Riley or Bessel characteristics. Other functions such as output power limiting, time alignment delay and
dynamic bass boost shall also be implemented. Each channel shall have integrated circuitry to protect against short-circuits or
mismatched loads and over-heating. The operating temperature for each channel shall be continuously monitored and a speed-
controlled fan will keep it within the operating range while minimising the acoustic noise. Additionally, the load shall be protected
against DC faults and a clip limiter shall automatically reduce the input gain at onset of distortion. Full system control and monitoring
shall be possible from the front panel of the amplifier equiped with an AC power switch, a blue power indicator LED and channel
operation indicator LED’s. Two green signal LED’s indicating the presence of an input signal and it’s level exceeding the -20 dB level, a
clip LED indicating the channel operation at maximum level and a protection LED indicating any fault detected shall be provided for
each channel. Additionally, a user-friendly and intuitive graphical interface shall be shown on a 2.5” LCD on front allowing control for
each of its functions. System access shall be lockable with password and USB-key protection on two different (user &amp;
administrator) levels. Uploading of pre-made configurations and loudspeaker presets shall be possible from a USB flash drive. Great
input flexibilty and source compatibility shall be provided through an input selection matrix in combination with the balanced signal
input connections which are available as female XLR connectors and 3-pin terminal block connectors. The output connections shall
be performed using Speakon compatible and 2-pin terminal block connectors, allowing connectivity of multiple loudspeaker lines on
one amplifier channel. The amplifier shall operate on a 230~240 V AC / 50 Hz mains network and shall be equipped with a removable
power cord having a standard shuko (CEE 7/7) AC plug. The connector on the amplifier chassis shall be a fused IEC C14 type. The
amplifier chassis shall be a two rackspace steel constructed 19’’ housing. Depth from mounting surface to rear supports shall be 420
mm and the weight shall not exceed 8.40 Kg.

AUDAC - SMQ750 - 12/07/2023 13:43 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 3 of 4
 Technical drawings:

Weight:

SMQ750
8,55 kg

POWER AMPLIFIER 4 X 750W

WAVEDYNAMICS TM QUAD CHANNEL
(w x h x d)
Outer dimensions:

Product description:
483 x 88,1 x 420

Unit height:
2 HE

AUDAC - SMQ750 - 12/07/2023 13:43 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 4 of 4
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION (V2.1) 1/3

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

SL Handheld DW

FEATURES
• Automatic frequency and interference management
• Speech optimized condenser microphone capsule
• Clear and easy focused user interface
• Long operation time (up to 15 hours)
• Advanced power management and Li-Ion
rechargeables
• Secure 256  bit AES encryption
• Remote controllable

The sleek but robust SL Handheld DW is optimized for

speech in presentations or lectures where every word
matters. Thanks to bi-directional communication be-
tween transmitter and receiver, no settings need to be
adjusted on the transmitter. The automatic frequency and
interference management allows convenient and reliable
operation. The LC display provides the link name, battery
status and reception quality. The ergonomically positioned
mute-slider makes the use of the microphone very con-
venient. The SL Handheld DW comes with a rechargeable
Li-Ion battery with external charging contacts - for easy
charging with the CHG  2 - and a USB socket.

SPECIFICATIONS

System SL Handheld DW

AF frequency response 20 to 20,000  Hz RF output power adaptive, up to 250  mW

Dynamic range >  120  dB(A) (country-specific)

THD (1 kHz) typ. 0.1  % AF frequency response 50 to 20,000  Hz

Audio sampling 24  bit/48  kHz Input sensitivity automatic sensitivity adjust-

ment
Signal-to-noise ratio >  90  dB(A)
Power supply Rechargeable BA  10
Encryption AES 256 battery: (Li-Ion, 3.6  V)
RF frequency ranges EU: 1,880 to 1,900 MHz Batteries**: 2 x AA size
USA: 1,920 to 1,930 MHz battery (1.5  V)
Brazil: 1,910 to 1,920 MHz Operating time Accupack: typ. 15  h
Taiwan: 1,880 to 1,895 MHz Batteries**: typ. 10  h
Japan: 1,893 to 1,906 MHz
Display LCD
Modulation GFSK with back channel
Mute switch available
Transmission method TDMA, space diversity
Weight (w/o accupack) approx. 262  g
Latency 19  ms incl. microphone head
Relative air humidity max. 95  %
** optional accessory
Temperature range* Operation: -10  °C to 55  °C
(14  °F to 131  °F)
Storage: -20  °C to 70  °C
(-4  °F to 158  °F)
* The temperature range is influenced by the battery
characteristics
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION (V2.1) 2/3

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

SL Handheld DW

DIMENSIONS

ARCHITECT‘S SPECIFICATION
The handheld transmitter shall be for use with a compan- Dimensions shall be approximately 40  mm (1.57") in diame-
ion receiver as part of a wireless RF transmission system ter and 215  mm (8.46") in length. Weight (with microphone
and shall operate in the license-free 1.9  GHz band (fre- head, without accupack) shall be approximately 262  grams
quency ranges shall be from 1,880 to 1,930  MHz, depend- (9.24  oz). Operating temperature shall range from -10  °C to
ing on country-specific regulations). +55  °C (+14  °F to +131  °F).
The transmitter shall be equipped with a mute switch The handheld transmitter shall be the Sennheiser
(deactivatable via the receiver’s user interface) and shall SL Handheld DW.
feature an LC display showing the name of the wireless
link, battery status, RF output power, and reception quality.
The microphone head suitable for use with the handheld
The AF frequency response shall range from 50 –
transmitter shall be a condenser type with a super-cardi-
20,000  Hz. The dynamic range shall be >  120  dB(A). Total
oid pick-up pattern and a sensitivity of 1.6  mV/Pa. Maxi-
harmonic distortion (THD) at 1  kHz shall be typical 0.1  %.
mum sound pressure level shall be 152  dB  SPL.
Signal-to-noise ratio shall be >  90  dB(A). RF output power
shall be adaptive and up to 250  mW (country-specific). The The microphone head shall be the Sennheiser MME  865-1.
transmitter shall have automatic sensitivity adjustment.
The transmitter shall be powered by either one Sennheiser
Lithium-Ion rechargeable accupack with a typical oper-
ating time of 15  hours or with an optional battery case for
two 1.5  V  AA size batteries.
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION (V2.1) 3/3

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

SL Handheld DW

PRODUCT VARIANTS

SL HANDHELD DW-3-EU SL HANDHELD 865 DW-3-EU SL HANDHELD DW-4-US SL HANDHELD 865 DW-4-US
Art. No. 505884 Art. No. 505885 Art. No. 505902 Art. No. 505901
without microphone with e865 microphone without microphone with e865 microphone
capsule capsule capsule capsule
-3 EU variant -3 EU variant -4 US variant -4 US variant
1,880 to 1,900 MHz 1,880 to 1,900 MHz 1,920 to 1,930 MHz 1,920 to 1,930 MHz
Europe & UK Europe & UK USA, Canada USA, Canada
India, Indonesia India, Indonesia Latin America Latin America
Hong Kong, Singapore Hong Kong, Singapore
Malaysia, Australia Malaysia, Australia

SL HANDHELD DW-5-US SL HANDHELD 865 DW-5-US SL HANDHELD DW-6-US SL HANDHELD 865 DW-6-US
Art. No. 505922 Art. No. 505921 Art. No. 505912 Art. No. 505911
without microphone with e865 microphone without microphone with e865 microphone
capsule capsule capsule capsule
-5 US variant -5 US variant -6 US variant -6 US variant
1,893 to 1,906 MHz 1,880 to 1,900 MHz 1,880 to 1,895 MHz 1,880 to 1,895 MHz
Japan Japan Taiwan Taiwan

SL HANDHELD DW-7-BR SL HANDHELD 865 DW-7-BR

Art. No. 506705 Art. No. 506706
without microphone with e865 microphone
capsule capsule
-7 BR variant -7 BR variant
1,910 to 1,920 MHz 1,910 to 1,920 MHz
Brazil Brazil

ACCESSORIES

CHG 2 EU Charger Art. No. 505980 NT 5-10U EU USB DC Adapter Art. No. 555085
CHG 2 UK Charger Art. No. 506218 NT 5-10U UK USB DC Adapter Art. No. 555086
CHG 2 US Charger Art. No. 506219 NT 5-10U US USB DC Adapter Art. No. 555087
CHG 2 AU Charger Art. No. 506220 NT 5-10U AU USB DC Adapter Art. No. 555088

CHG 4N EU Charger Art. No. 506800 BA 10 Accupack Art. No. 505972

CHG 4N UK Charger Art. No. 506801
CHG 4N US Charger Art. No. 506802
CHG 4N AU Charger Art. No. 506803

Sennheiser electronic GmbH & Co. KG · Am Labor 1 · 30900 Wedemark · Germany · [Link]
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION (V1.4) 1/4

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

SL MCR DW | Multi-Channel Receiver

FEATURES
• Wall, ceiling or mic-stand mounted access point The SpeechLine Multi-Channel Receiver with its 2 or 4
• 2 or 4 SL DW RF links channels is the perfect addition to the SpeechLine Digi-
tal Wireless series. Thanks to its unobtrusive design, the
• Analog output - accounting for existing infrastructure
Multi-Channel receiver can be installed quickly and easily
• 2x Dante interface in any room, whether on the wall or ceiling.
• Power over Ethernet (PoE)
• Full control & configuration via Control Cockpit
• Status LED per link
• Integrated IT/Network security standards
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION (V1.4) 2/4

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

SL MCR DW | Multi-Channel Receiver

DELIVERY INCLUDES SPECIFICATIONS

• SL MCR DW Multi-channel receiver
System
• Wall mount adapter
• Drilling template AF frequency response 20 to 20,000  Hz
• 3-pin Phoenix connector (3.81) Dynamic range > 120 dB(A)
• Quick guide THD (1 kHz) typ. 0.1 %
• Safety guide
Audio sampling 24 bit/48 kHz
• Manufacturer declarations
Signal-to-noise ratio > 90 dB(A)
Encryption AES 256
PRODUCT VARIANTS
RF frequency ranges EU: 1,880 - 1,900 MHz
USA: 1,920 - 1,930 MHz
SL MCR 2 DW-3 1,880 to 1,900 MHz Art. No. 508849
Brazil: 1,910 - 1,920 MHz
2-channel version | Europe, Hong Kong, Singapore, Taiwan: 1,880 - 1,895 MHz
Malaysia, India, Indonesia, Australia Japan: 1,893 - 1,906 MHz
SL MCR 2 DW-4 1,920 to 1,930 MHz Art. No. 508850 Modulation GFSK with back channel
2-channel version | USA, Canada, Latin America Transmission method TDMA, space diversity
SL MCR 2 DW-5 1,893 to 1,906 MHz Art. No. 508851 Latency 19 ms
2-channel version | Japan
SL MCR 2 DW-6 1,880 to 1,895 MHz Art. No. 508852 SL MCR DW
2-channel version | Taiwan RF sensitivity < -90 dBm
SL MCR 2 DW-7 1,910 to 1,920 MHz Art. No. 508853 RF output power back adaptive or manual,
2-channel version | Brazil channel up to 250 mW
(country-specific)
SL MCR 4 DW-3 1,880 to 1,900 MHz Art. No. 508854
Network protocol Media Control Protocol,
4-channel version | Europe, Hong Kong, Singapore,
UDP IPv4 (DHCP, Manual)/IPv6,
Malaysia, India, Indonesia, Australia
mDNS (switchable)
SL MCR 4 DW-4 1,920 to 1,930 MHz Art. No. 508855
Power supply PoE IEEE 802.3af Class 3
4-channel version | USA, Canada, Latin America
Audio outputs One 3-pin socket
SL MCR 4 DW-5 1,893 to 1,906 MHz Art. No. 508856 (suitable for Phoenix Contact
4-channel version | Japan MCVW 1.5-3-ST-3.81)
Two Dante™ Digital Audio
SL MCR 4 DW-6 1,880 to 1,895 MHz Art. No. 508857 Network sockets (RJ-45)
4-channel version | Taiwan Weight 650 g (incl. wallmount)
SL MCR 4 DW-7 1,910 to 1,920 MHz Art. No. 508858 560 g (without wallmount)
4-channel version | Brazil Dimensions 180 x 180 x 45 mm
(incl. wallmount)
ACCESSORIES Operating –10 °C to +45 °C
temperature (14 °F to 113 °F)
SL MCR Wallmount Adapter Art. No. 508891 Storage –20 °C to +70 °C
temperature (–4 °F to 158 °F)
Relative air max. 95 %
humidity
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION (V1.4) 3/4

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

SL MCR DW | Multi-Channel Receiver

DIMENSIONS

35
180

180
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION (V1.4) 4/4

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

SL MCR DW | Multi-Channel Receiver

ARCHITECT‘S SPECIFICATION
The multi-channel receiver shall be for use with up to four companion transmitters as part of a wireless RF transmission
system.
The receiver shall operate in the license-free 1.9  GHz band (frequency ranges shall be from 1,880 to 1,930  MHz, depending
on country-specific regulations) and shall use automatic frequency management to find and select the best available
frequency in the spectrum and to automatically start the transmission.
The receiver shall also incorporate automatic interference management, allowing it to inaudibly and seamlessly change
to another frequency if any interference is detected. Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) and space diversity shall be
used to provide for increased transmission reliability.
The receiver shall be available as a 2-channel version and a 4-channel version. The receiver shall have a discreet design
with fully integrated antennas. With the supplied mounting adapter it shall be mountable to a wall, a ceiling, a tripod or a
VESA 100 mount.
The receiver shall have two RJ-45 network sockets for power supply (Power over Ethernet: PoE IEEE 802.3af Class 3) and
remote control via a control software solution like the Sennheiser Control Cockpit or a media control system (e. g. Crest-
ron and AMX). The two RJ-45 network sockets shall also output digital audio signals to a Dante™ audio network.
In addition, the receiver shall feature a 3-pin socket for analog audio output. The 3-pin socket shall be compatible with
Phoenix Contact MCVW 1.5-3-ST-3.81 plugs.
Control and operation of the receiver shall be performed via the control software solution Sennheiser Control Cockpit.
The following features shall be adjustable via the control software: speech-optimized sound profiles, 7-band graphic
equalizer for custom audio settings, low-cut filter, automatic gain control (AGC) settings, audio sensitivity settings, audio
output level settings, transmitter RF power level, transmitter mute mode and mute switch functionality, RF synchronisati-
on, receiver and transmitter firmware update.
Via the control software the receiver shall support automatic or manual mixing of the audio channels to a sum signal. The
analog audio output shall output the sum signal. The digital audio outputs shall be able to output the individual channels
or the sum signal.
The receiver’s AF frequency response shall range from 20 – 20,000  Hz. The dynamic range shall be >  120  dB(A). Total
harmonic distortion (THD) at 1  kHz shall be typical 0.1  %. Signal-to-noise ratio shall be >  90  dB(A). The receiver’s RF sensi-
tivity shall be -90  dBm. RF output power of the receiver’s back channel shall be adaptive and up to 250  mW (country-spe-
cific).
The dimensions shall be approximately 180 x 180 x 45  mm (including the mounting adapter). Weight shall be approxima-
tely 560  grams (650 grams with the mounting adapter). Operating temperature shall range from -10  °C to +45  °C (+14  °F
to +113  °F).

The receiver shall be the Sennheiser SL MCR 2 DW (2-channel version) or the SL MCR 4 DW (4-channel version).

Sennheiser electronic GmbH & Co. KG · Am Labor 1 · 30900 Wedemark · Germany · [Link]
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 1/3

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

CHG 2 - 2 bay charger

FEATURES
• Two bay charger for SL  DW, ew D1  and AVX
• Universal charging slots for either bodypack or
handheld
• External DC adaptor

The CHG  2 charger makes battery management real-

ly easy. The mobile transmitters, while not in use, are
charged in the two charging bays. Thus, the devices are
always ready-to-use when needed. The bi-color LED pro-
vides the status (charging or fully charged). For seamless
installation, the external power supply provides the neces-
sary flexibility.

DELIVERY INCLUDES PRODUCT VARIANTS

• CHG  2
CHG 2 EU Art. No. 505980
• External power supply (EU, UK, US or AU version)
CHG 2 UK Art. No. 506218
• Quick Guide
CHG 2 US Art. No. 506219
• Safety Guide
CHG 2 AU Art. No. 506220

SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECT‘S SPECIFICATION

Input voltage 12  V The charger shall be capable of simultaneously charging

up to two handheld and/or bodypack transmitters of the
Input current max. 1100  mA Sennheiser SL  DW, ew  D1 or AVX series. A bi-color LED at
DC connection each charging bay shall indicate charge status.

Charging voltage 5  V
The charger shall operate on 12  V  DC input voltage sup-
Charging current max. 2 x 1000  mA plied from an external power supply unit, the input current
Compatible accupacks Sennheiser BA  10, BA  30 shall be maximum 1.100  mA. Charging voltage shall be
5  V  DC, charging current shall be maximum 1.000  mA per
Charging time for full 100  % = approx. 160  min = green
charging bay.
charge at 20  °C
Temperature range Operation: 0  °C to 45  °C
(32  °F to 113  °F) Charging time for full charge at 20  °C (- 4  °F) shall be
Storage: -20  °C to 70  °C below 3  hours. Operating temperature shall range from
(-4  °F to 158  °F) 0  °C to 45  °C (32  °F to 113  °F). The charger dimensions shall
Relative air humidity, Operation: 25  % to 95  % be 175 x 135 x 93  mm (6.89" x 5.31" x 3.66"). Weight (un-
non-condensing Storage: 5  % to 95  % equipped and without power supply unit) shall be approxi-
mately 375  grams (13.23  oz).
IP protection class IP2X
according to IEC/EN
60529
The charger shall be the Sennheiser CHG  2.
Dimensions 175  mm x 135  mm x 93  mm
(W x D x H) (6.89" x 5.31" x 3.66")
Weight (without power approx. 375  g (13.23  oz)
supply unit)
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 2/3

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

CHG 2 - 2 bay charger

DIMENSIONS
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 3/3

SpeechLine Digital Wireless

CHG 2 - 2 bay charger

DIMENSIONS
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 1/3

SpeechLine Wired
MAT 133, MAT 133-S, MAT 153-S - Tablestand

MAT 133 MAT 133-S MAT 153-S

FEATURES
• Timeless Design The MAT 133-S provides a convenient microphone button
• Bi-color light ring for clear visual feedback that is featured with a bi-color light ring for clear visual
feedback. The TTL-logic output serves for various control
• Switchable microphone modes
purposes such as camera control. The MAT 133-S is as
• Logic port for seamless integration versatile as it is easy to operate.
• Made in Germany

The MAT 153-S provides solid ground for XLR-5 gooseneck

The MAT 133 is a rugged and unobtrusively designed microphones.
tablestand. It provides a solid ground for XLR3 gooseneck
microphones.

ARCHITECT‘S SPECIFICATION
The tablestand for connecting and operating XLR goo- The tablestand for connecting and operating XLR goosen-
seneck microphones shall be rugged and unobtrusive. It eck microphones shall be rugged and unobtrusive. It shall
shall feature an XLR-3F microphone input and an XLR-3M have a programmable microphone button (Toggle on/off,
microphone output. The tablestand shall operate on 48 V PTM, PTT and permanent on) and a bi-color LED ring for
phantom power. Current consumption shall be 1.9 mA. Di- status indication shall be provided. The tablestand shall
mensions shall be 120 x 170 x 43 mm (4.72“ x 6.69“ x 1.69“). feature an XLR-5F microphone input, an XLR-5M micro-
Weight shall be 1,210 grams (42,68 oz). Operating tempe- phone output and a TTL logic connector with logic inputs
rature shall range from -10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F). and outputs. The logic output voltage shall be high level
The tablestand shall be the Sennheiser MAT 133. > 2.4 and low level < 0.4 V, the logic input voltage shall
be high level > 2.0 V and low level < 0.8 V. The tablestand
shall operate on 48 V phantom power. Current consumpti-
The Sennheiser MAT 133 shall also be available as a variant on shall be 3.7 mA. Dimensions shall be 120 x 170 x 43 mm
(-S) with a program-mable microphone button (Toggle on/ (4.72“ x 6.69“ x 1.69“). Weight shall be 1,210 grams
off, PTM, PTT and permanent on) and a bi-color LED ring (42,68 oz). Operating temperature shall range from -10 °C
for status indication. The current consumption of the -S to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F). The tablestand shall be the
version shall be 3.7 mA. The tablestand shall provide a TTL Sennheiser MAT 153-S.
logic connector with logic inputs and outputs. The logic
output voltage shall be high level > 2.4 and low level
< 0.4 V, the logic input voltage shall be high level > 2.0 V
and low level < 0.8 V.
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 2/3

SpeechLine Wired
MAT 133, MAT 133-S, MAT 153-S - Tablestand

SPECIFICATIONS

MAT 133 MAT 133-S MAT 153-S

Phantom power P 24
Current consumption 1.9 mA 3.7 mA 3.7 mA
Connectors Mic In - XLR-3F Mic In - XLR-3F Mic In - XLR-5F
Mic Out - XLR-3M Mic Out - XLR-3M Mic Out - XLR-3M
Pin assignment out XLR-3M out XLR-3M out XLR-3M out
1 = gnd 1 = gnd 1 = gnd
2 = Audio + 2 = Audio + 2 = Audio +
3 = Audio – 3 = Audio – 3 = Audio –
Pin assignment in XLR-3F in XLR-3F in XLR-5F in
1 = gnd 1 = gnd 1 = gnd
2 = Audio (+) 2 = Audio (+) 2 = Audio (+)
3 = Audio (-) 3 = Audio (-) 3 = Audio (-)
4 = LED
5 = LED (+)
LED light ring color red/green red/green
Microphone modes Toggle on / off Toggle on / off
Push to mute Push to mute
Push to talk Push to talk
permanent on permanent on
Connection clip contact for logic clip contact for logic
Pin assignment logic trigger signal at the logic trigger signal at the logic
connector connector: connector:
Logic in (external Logic in (external
LED control) LED control)

GND GND

Logic out Logic out

(switch signal) (switch signal)
Weight 1,210 g 1,210 g 1,210 g
Dimensions (W x D x H) 120 x 170 x 43 mm 120 x 170 x 43 mm 120 x 170 x 43 mm
(4.72“ x 6.69“ x 1.69“) (4.72“ x 6.69“ x 1.69“) (4.72“ x 6.69“ x 1.69“)
Operating temperature -10 °C to +50 °C -10 °C to +50 °C -10 °C to +50 °C
(+14 °F to +122 °F) (+14 °F to +122 °F) (+14 °F to +122 °F)

DELIVERY INCLUDES
• Tablestand
• Quick guide
• Safety guide
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 3/3

SpeechLine Wired
MAT 133, MAT 133-S, MAT 153-S - Tablestand

DIMENSIONS

MAT 133

XLR 3F

XLR 3M

MAT 133-S

Logic Out Buchse

Logic out jack

XLR 3F

XLR 3M

Modi Schiebeschalter
Modi switch

MAT 153-S

Logic Out Buchse

Logic out jack

XLR 5F

XLR 3M

Modi Schiebeschalter
Modi switch

ACCESSORIES PRODUCT VARIANTS

MEG 14-40 B gooseneck microphone Art. No. 504791 MAT 133 B, black Art. No. 505622
MZH 3015 gooseneck Art. No. 005074 MAT 133-S B, black Art. No. 505624
MZH 3015-L gooseneck Art. No. 009435 MAT 153-S B, black Art. No. 505626
MZH 3040 gooseneck Art. No. 005076
MZH 3040-L gooseneck Art. No. 009436
ME 34 microphone capsule Art. No. 005060
ME 35 microphone capsule Art. No. 005063
ME 36 microphone capsule Art. No. 005065
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 1/3

MEG 14-40
Gooseneck Microphone

FEATURES
• Gooseneck with integrated Sennheiser KE 10
microphone capsule
• RF shielding against intermodulation from wireless
equipment/devices
• Streamlined design for seamless integration
• Premium quality made in Germany

The MEG 14-40 features a made in Germany quality goose-

neck microphone on an attractive price. It features an inte-
grated Sennheiser KE  10 microphone capsule with cardioid
directivity for universal miking and a streamlined 40  cm
gooseneck with a XLR  3M connector. The flexible element
ensures precise alignment of the microphone.

SPECIFICATIONS

Transducer principle pre-polarised condenser

microphone
Pick-up pattern cardioid
Frequency response 50 Hz - 20 kHz
Nominal impedance < 100 Ω
Maximum sound pressure 130 dB SPL ARCHITECT‘S SPECIFICATION
level
The microphone shall be a pre-polarized condenser de-
Equivalent noise level 26 dB (A) signed for permanent installation or portable applications.
37 dB (CCIR) It shall have a microphone capsule with a cardioid polar
Phantom powering P12 - P48 V pattern with uniform 120° angle of acceptance (-3  dB).
Current consumption 3 mA
It shall have a frequency response of 50  Hz to 20,000  Hz
microphone
and be capable of handling sound input levels up to 130  dB
Connectivity XLR 3M SPL. Nominal equivalent noise level shall be 26  dBA
Weight 147 g (4.72 oz) (37  dB weighted as per CCIR 468-3). Output shall be low
Length 450 mm (17.71") impedance balanced (<  100  Ω). Operating temperature
Diameter 8 mm (0.31") shall be 0  °C to 40  °C (32  °F to 104 ° F). The microphone
Operating temperature 0 °C to 40 °C shall operate from an external 12  V to 48  V DC phantom
(32 °F to 104 °F) power source; current consumption shall be 3  mA. The
Coating matte black microphone shall offer radio frequency interference (RFI)
shielding against intermodulation from wireless equipment
or devices.
The microphone shall be a gooseneck design ensuring pre-
cise alignment of the microphone and noiseless operation.
It shall incorporate a self-contained power module with an
XLR  3M-type connector at the base. The microphone shall
be a small-diameter gooseneck design with a diameter of
8  mm (0.31") and an overall length of 450  mm (17.71"). Head
diameter shall be 22.8  mm (0.9"). The microphone weight
shall be 147  g (4.72  oz). Finish shall be matte black.
The microphone shall be Sennheiser MEG  14-40.
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 2/3

MEG 14-40
Gooseneck Microphone

DIMENSIONS

[19 mm]
⌀ 0.73"
XLR 3
[22,8 mm]
⌀ 0.9"

18"
[450 mm]

POLAR PATTERN PIN ASSIGNMENT

0°
30° 330°

1 2
60° 300°

90° 270° 3
1 Ground
2 Microphone +
120° 240° 3 Microphone –

150° 210°
180°

FREQUENCY RESPONSE

-20

-30

-40
dBV

-50

-60

50 100 200 500 1k 2k 5k 10k 20k

Hz
 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 3/3

MEG 14-40
Gooseneck Microphone

PRODUCT VARIANTS

Product Features
MEG 14-40 B • Gooseneck with integrated Senn- The MEG  14-40 features a made in Germany quality
heiser KE  10 microphone capsule gooseneck microphone on an attractive price. It features
Art. no. 504791 • RF shielding against intermodu- an integrated Sennheiser KE  10 microphone capsule with
lation from wireless equipment/ cardioid directivity for universal miking and a streamlined
devices 40  cm gooseneck with a XLR  3M connector. The flexible
element ensures precise alignment of the microphone.
• Streamlined design for seamless
integration
• Premium quality made in Germany

MEG 14-40-L B • Gooseneck with integrated Senn- The MEG  14-40-L features a made in Germany quality
heiser KE  10 microphone capsule gooseneck microphone on an attractive price. A lightring
Art. no. 504792 • RF shielding against intermodu- indicates the spokesperson that is allowed to take the
lation from wireless equipment/ floor. It features a Sennheiser KE  10 microphone capsule
devices with cardioid directivity for universal miking. The flexible
element of the streamlined 40  cm gooseneck ensures
• Streamlined design for seamless
precise alignment of the microphone. A XLR  5M connec-
integration
tor delivers power for the red LED ring and connects the
• LED ring for speech indication microphone signal.
• AC/DC lightring powering
• Premium quality made in Germany

MEG 14-40-L-II B • Intuitive handling The MEG  14-40-L-II features a made in Germany quality
• Clearly visible LED ring and micro- gooseneck microphone on an attractive price. A lightring
Art. no. 506398 phone button indicates the spokesperson that is allowed to take the
floor. It features a Sennheiser KE  10 microphone capsule
• Proven Sennheiser KE  10 micro-
with cardioid directivity for universal miking. The flexible
phone capsule
element of the streamlined 40  cm gooseneck ensures
precise alignment of the microphone. An XLR  5M connec-
tor delivers power for the green LED ring and connects
the microphone signal.
ELP CL
COLOR LED ELLIPSOIDAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEC SHEET

HIGHLIGHTS
¥¥ Impressive light output ¥
Class-leading output rating of 6,900 lumens
(in High Output mode)

¥¥ Superior CRI rating ¥

CRI rating of 90 (in High Quality mode)

¥¥ Revolutionary focus and functionality¥

Industry's first gear-driven Fine Focus, Fast
Focus for data-free focusing and more

¥¥ Compatible with universal accessories ¥

Use industry standard lens tubes, gel frames,
gobo holders and rotators

OVERVIEW
Martin ELP CL (Color) LED ellipsoid fixtures deliver class-leading luminance, output and great color mixing from pastels to
saturated colors. Ergonomic Danish engineering offers advances in lighting functionality that include the easy-to-use gear-based
Fine Focus—an industry first—and on-board Fast Focus, which allows focusing of the fixture without the need of DMX data. ELP
also offers 16-bit dimming with 4 selectable curves and 26 color presets that match industry-standard color filters.
ELP fixtures can be configured in black or white with one of four Martin fixed lens tubes (19°, 26°, 36° or 50° beam angles) or one
of two Martin zoom lens tubes (15–30° or 25–50° beam angles). ELP fixtures are also compatible with third-party lens tubes and a
wide range of accessories, including gel frames and gobos for flexibility in lighting design and inventory management.
Superior output, optics and quality, combined with unparalleled ease-of-use and convenience, make Martin ELP the leading LED
ellipsoidal fixtures in their class.
Martin recommends using official Martin-branded ELP accessories for the highest possible performance. While we strive to
ensure compatibility with third-party accessories, we cannot guarantee optimal performance and recommend that the user
makes an evaluation of such an accessory before purchasing.

KEY MESSAGES

ADVANCED MARTIN OPTICS There’s no refocusing, no drifting and no slipping. Our innovative Fast
Martin ELP ellipsoids feature optic assemblies designed in Denmark Focus feature brings the fixture to full output for 60 seconds without
by the technology innovators behind MAC Encore, the leading LED data running to the fixture. Halation color correction removes atypical
moving light. The ELP is designed to maximize efficiency and deliver blue and brown halos when using Martin lens tubes.
a flat field of illumination for smoother blending and mixing between
fixtures. ERGONOMIC DESIGN
Danish engineering is all about efficiency and ergonomics, and the
CUTTING-EDGE LED TECHNOLOGY subtle details of ELP are no exception: We’ve placed the center of
ELP CL offers an impressive 6,900 lumens and 85 CRI in High Output gravity as close to the yoke as possible, for more comfortable operation.
mode, and 5,900 lumens and 90 CRI in High Quality mode, with a color And, we’ve placed tilt knobs out of the way of framing shutters, to allow
temperature of 6,000K (open white). ELP ellipsoids also offer flicker- quick, easy position adjustments.
free operation for consistent light output—on and off camera—and 16-
bit dimming with 4 selectable curves. INVEST IN THE FUTURE, WITH A MINIMAL FINANCIAL INVESTMENT
It has never been easier to transition your inventory to LED ellipsoidals.
FOCUS ON FUNCTIONALITY In addition to the six lens tube configurations available through Martin,
ELP takes a classic light fixture to new performance levels with a suite the ELP line fits common third-party lens tubes and accessories—
of innovative features. Our gear-based Fine Focus adjustment—an which means you can save money by using your existing gel frames,
industry first—lets you lock focus exactly where you want it, instantly. gobo holders and rotators and lens tubes.

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. • 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD • NORTHRIDGE • CA 91329 • USA • +1 818 893 8411
©2020 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martin® is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 202003
1/9
ELP CL
COLOR LED ELLIPSOIDAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEC SHEET

FEATURES ORDERING INFORMATION

• Color mixing ellipsoidal fixture based on 91 LEDs (RGBLA) BODY & LENS TUBES
• Flat, even field with broad color spectrum • Martin ELP CL (Body Only): P/N 9045107780

• Outputs 6,900 lumens (in High Output mode) • Martin ELP CL (Body Only), White: P/N 9045115164

• CRI rating of 90 (in High Quality mode) • Martin ELP Lens Tube 19°: P/N 9045107782
• Martin ELP Lens Tube 19°, White: P/N 9045115166
• Flicker-free operation with adjustable Pulse Width Modulation
• Martin ELP Lens Tube 26°: P/N 9045107783
• 16-bit dimming with 4 selectable curves
• Martin ELP Lens Tube 26°, White: P/N 9045115167
• 26 color presets that match industry-standard color filters
• Martin ELP Lens Tube 36°: P/N 9045107784
• Gear-driven Fine Focus for one-hand operation
• Martin ELP Lens Tube 36°, White: P/N 9045115168
• On-board Fast Focus for focusing without the need of DMX data
• Martin ELP Lens Tube 50°: P/N 9045107785
• On-board stand-alone programming with up to 20 scenes • Martin ELP Lens Tube 50°, White: P/N 9045115170
• Up to 9 fixtures can be linked via PowerCon Thru connector • Martin ELP Zoom Lens Tube 15–30°: P/N 9045121618
• High-resolution OLED display for easy on-board setting and • Martin ELP Zoom Lens Tube 15–30°, White: P/N 9045122108
configuration
• Martin ELP Zoom Lens Tube 25–50°: P/N 9045121619
• Four available Martin fixed lens tubes (19°, 26°, 36° and 50° beam
• Martin ELP Zoom Lens Tube 25–50°, White: P/N 9045122109
angles) and two available Martin zoom lens tubes (15–30° and
25–50° beam angles)
RELATED ITEMS
• Compatible with universal accessories—use existing lens tubes, gel
frames, gobo holders and rotators • Martin RDM 5.5 Splitter: P/N 90758150
• Martin Companion Cable: P/N 91616091

ACCESSORIES
Cables (16 A, for connection to power in chains):
• Power input cable, H07RN-F, 2.5 mm2,
14 AWG, bare ends to Neutrik TRUE1
NAC3FX-W (female), 1.5 m (4.9 ft.): P/N 91611797
• Power input cable, H07RN-F, 2.5 mm , 2

14 AWG, bare ends to Neutrik TRUE1

NAC3FX-W (female), 5 m (16.4 ft.): P/N 91611786
• Link Cable, H07RN-F Neutrik
TRUE1-TRUE1 0.45 m (1.5 ft.): P/N 91611784
• Link Cable, H07RN-F Neutrik
TRUE1-TRUE1 1.2 m (3.9 ft.): P/N 91611785
• Link Cable, H07RN-F Neutrik
TRUE1-TRUE1 2.5 m (8.2 ft.): P/N 91611796

Power Connectors
• Neutrik PowerCON TRUE1
NAC3MX-W (male): P/N 91611788
• Neutrik PowerCON TRUE1
NAC3FX-W (female): P/N 91611789

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. • 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD • NORTHRIDGE • CA 91329 • USA • +1 818 893 8411
©2020 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martin® is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 202003
2/9
ELP CL
COLOR LED ELLIPSOIDAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEC SHEET

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DYNAMIC EFFECTS INSTALLATION

Color mixing................................................................ RGBLA Mounting...................................................................... Adjustable bracket
Color temperature range............................................ 2000–10000K Location....................................................................... Indoor use only
Color selection............................................................. 26 color presets Orientation................................................................... Any
Electronic dimming..................................................... 0–100% Minimum distance to combustible materials............. 0.2 m (0.7 ft.)
Strobe and pulse effect............................................... Variable speed and action, Minimum distance to illuminated surfaces................ 0.5 m (1.6 ft.)
random strobe
Electronic 'shutter' effect........................................... Instant open and blackout CONNECTIONS
Electronic dimming..................................................... Four dimming curve options AC power in/thru......................................................... Neutrik PowerCON TRUE1
DMX and RDM data in/thru......................................... 5-pin locking XLR
CONTROL & PROGRAMMING
DMX channels.............................................................. 1/10/17 ELECTRICAL
16-bit control............................................................... Intensity, CTC, RGBLA AC power...................................................................... 100–240 V nominal, 50/60 Hz
Control options............................................................ DMX, stand-alone Power supply unit........................................................ Auto-ranging electronic
PWM............................................................................. 600–2400 Hz switch-mode
Setting and addressing............................................... Control panel with OLED display Idle power (zero intensity).......................................... 5 W
or via RDM Half-cycle RMS inrush current at 230 V, 50 Hz.......... 15.0 A
Stand-alone programming.......................................... Control panel with OLED display Fixture link via PowerCON at 100-120 V..................... Up to 4 fixtures
DMX compliance.......................................................... USITT DMX512-A Fixture link via PowerCON at 200-240 V..................... Up to 9 fixtures
RDM compliance.......................................................... ANSI/ESTA E1.20 Power consumption figures are typical, not maximum. Allow for +/-10% variation.
Transceiver.................................................................. Opto-isolated RS-485
TYPICAL POWER AND CURRENT
OPTICS 110 V, 60 Hz.................................................................. 2.4 A, 259 W, PF 0.99
Light source................................................................. 91 x RGBAL Luxeon Rebel LEDs 208 V, 60 Hz.................................................................. 1.3 A 250 W, PF 0.96
(19 Red, 24 Green, 12 Blue, 24
Lime, 12 Amber) 230 V, 50 Hz.................................................................. 1.3 A, 249 W, PF 0.95
Color temperature....................................................... 2000–10000K 240 V, 50 Hz.................................................................. 1.1 A, 249 W, PF 0.95
Fixed Lens Tube Options............................................. 19°, 26°, 36° and 50° Measurements made at nominal voltage with all LEDs at full intensity. Allow for a
deviation of +/- 10%.
Zoom Lens Tube Options............................................. 15–30° and 25–50°
Minimum LED lifetime................................................ 30 000 hours
(to >70% luminous output)* THERMAL
*Figure obtained under manufacturer’s test conditions. Cooling......................................................................... Forced air (temperature-
regulated, low noise)
Maximum ambient temperature (Ta max.)................. 40° C (104° F)
PHOTOMETRIC DATA (HIGH QUALITY MODE @ 6000K) Minimum ambient temperature (Ta min.).................. 0° C (32° F)
Light Engine luminous output..................................... 20000 lumen
Total heat dissipation (calculated, +/- 10%,
Fixture luminous output.............................................. 5900 lumen
at full intensity, full white).......................................... 1000 BTU/hr.
CRI (Color Rendering Index)....................................... >90
CQS (Color Quality Scale)............................................ >87
TM-30 Rf (IES TM-30-15 Fidelity Index)..................... >84
APPROVALS
EU safety...................................................................... EN 60598-2-17 (EN 60598-1),
TM-30 Rg (IES TM-30-15 Gamut Index)...................... >106
EN 62471, EN 62493
TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index)............. >87
EU EMC........................................................................ EN 55015; EN 55032;
EN 55103-2; EN 61000-3-2,-3;
PHOTOMETRIC DATA (HIGH OUTPUT MODE @ 5500K) EN 61547
Light Engine luminous output..................................... 20000 lumen US safety...................................................................... UL 1573
Fixture luminous output.............................................. 6900 lumen US EMC........................................................................ FCC Part 15 Class B
CRI (Color Rendering Index)....................................... >85 Canadian safety........................................................... CSA C22.2 No. 166
CQS (Color Quality Scale)............................................ >90 Canadian EMC.............................................................. ICES-003 Class B, ICES-005
TM-30 Rf (IES TM-30-15 Fidelity Index)..................... >84 Class B
TM-30 Rg (IES TM-30-15 Gamut Index)...................... >111 Australia/NZ................................................................ RCM
TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index)............. >85
INCLUDED ITEMS
CONSTRUCTION Power input cable¥
Color(s)........................................................................ Black or white variant (0.75mm2, 18 AWG), bare ends to Neutrik TRUE1 NAC3FX-W (female), 1.5 m (4.9 ft.)
Housing........................................................................ Die-cast aluminum Mounting bracket
Protection rating......................................................... IP20 User manual

GOBOS & COLOR FRAME

Gobo size...................................................................... A size, 100 mm OD, 75 mm ID*
Gobo size...................................................................... B size, 86 mm OD, 64.5 mm ID*
Color frame size.......................................................... 159 x 159 mm (6.25 x 6.25 in.)
* Gobo holder not included.

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. • 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD • NORTHRIDGE • CA 91329 • USA • +1 818 893 8411
©2020 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martin® is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 202003
3/9
ELP CL
COLOR LED ELLIPSOIDAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEC SHEET

FIXED LENS PROJECTION DATA (HIGH OUTPUT MODE)

19° LENS TUBE

Center beam intensity: 78988 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 1.5 (4.91) 2.2 (7.4) 3.0 (9.8) 3.7 (12.3) 4.5 (14.7) 5.2 (17.2) 6.0 (19.6) 6.7 (22.1) 7.5 (24.6)

Center illuminance (lux) 4937 2194 1234 790 549 403 309 244 197

Center illuminance (candela) 459 204 115 73 51 37 29 23 18

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.37

26° LENS TUBE

Center beam intensity: 57526 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 1.8 (5.8) 2.7 (8.8) 3.6 (11.7) 4.5 (14.6) 5.3 (17.5) 6.2 (20.4) 7.1 (23.4) 8.0 (26.3) 8.9 (29.2)

Center illuminance (lux) 3595 1598 899 575 399 294 225 178 144

Center illuminance (candela) 334 148 84 53 37 27 21 16 13

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.45

36° LENS TUBE

Center beam intensity: 30439 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 2.6 (8.4) 3.9 (12.6) 5.1 (16.9) 6.4 (21.1) 7.7 (25.3) 9.0 (29.5) 10.3 (33.7) 11.6 (37.9) 12.8 (42.1)

Center illuminance (lux) 1902 846 476 304 211 155 119 94 76

Center illuminance (candela) 177 79 44 28 20 14 11 9 7

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.64

50° LENS TUBE

Center beam intensity: 14666 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 3.9 (12.8) 5.8 (19.2) 7.8 (25.5) 9.7 (31.9) 11.7 (38.3) 13.6 (44.7) 15.6 (51.1) 17.5 (57.5) 19.5 (57.5)

Center illuminance (lux) 917 407 229 147 102 75 57 45 45

Center illuminance (candela) 85 38 21 14 9 7 5 4 4

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.97

For center illuminance at any distance, divide center beam intensity with distance in square (meter for lux, feet for candela)

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. • 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD • NORTHRIDGE • CA 91329 • USA • +1 818 893 8411
©2020 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martin® is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 202003
4/9
ELP CL
COLOR LED ELLIPSOIDAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEC SHEET

FIXED LENS PROJECTION DATA (HIGH QUALITY MODE)

19° LENS TUBE

Center beam intensity: 66689 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 1.5 (4.9) 2.2 (7.4) 3.0 (9.8) 3.7 (12.3) 4.5 (14.7) 5.2 (17.2) 6.0 (19.6) 6.7 (22.1) 7.5 (63.9)

Center illuminance (lux) 4168 1852 1042 667 463 340 261 206 167

Center illuminance (candela) 387 172 97 62 43 32 24 19 15

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.37

26° LENS TUBE

Center beam intensity: 48559 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 1.8 (5.8) 2.7 (8.8) 3.6 (11.7) 4.5 (14.6) 5.3 (17.5) 6.2 (20.4) 7.1 (23.4) 8.0 (26.3) 8.9 (29.2)

Center illuminance (lux) 3035 1349 759 486 337 248 190 150 121

Center illuminance (candela) 282 125 70 45 31 23 18 14 11

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.45

36° LENS TUBE

Center beam intensity: 25554 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 2.6 (8.4) 3.9 (12.6) 5.1 (16.9) 6.4 (21.1) 7.7 (25.3) 9.0 (29.5) 10.3 (33.7) 11.6 (37.9) 12.8 (42.1)

Center illuminance (lux) 1597 710 399 256 177 130 100 79 64

Center illuminance (candela) 148 66 37 24 16 12 9 7 6

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.64

50° LENS TUBE

Center beam intensity: 12393 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 3.9 (12.8) 5.8 (19.2) 7.8 (25.5) 9.7 (31.9) 11.7 (38.3) 13.6 (44.7) 15.6 (51.1) 17.5 (57.5) 19.5 (63.9)

Center illuminance (lux) 775 344 194 124 86 63 48 38 31

Center illuminance (candela) 72 32 18 12 8 6 4 4 3

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.97

For center illuminance at any distance, divide center beam intensity with distance in square (meter for lux, feet for candela)

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. • 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD • NORTHRIDGE • CA 91329 • USA • +1 818 893 8411
©2020 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martin® is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 202003
5/9
ELP CL
COLOR LED ELLIPSOIDAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEC SHEET

ZOOM LENS PROJECTION DATA (HIGH OUTPUT MODE/15–30°)

15–30° ZOOM
LENS TUBE
NARROW BEAM
Center beam intensity: 108890 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 1.2 (3.93) 1.8 (5.91) 2.4 (7.86) 3 (9.84) 3.6 (11.82) 4.2 (13.77) 4.8 (15.75) 5.4 (17.7) 6 (19.68)

Center illuminance (lux) 6806 3025 1701 1089 756 556 425 336 272

Center illuminance (candela) 632 281 158 101 70 52 40 31 25

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.3

15–30° ZOOM
LENS TUBE
MEDIUM BEAM
Center beam intensity: 61912 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 1.6 (5.24) 2.4 (7.88) 3.2 (10.48) 4 (13.12) 4.8 (15.76) 5.6 (18.36) 6.4 (21) 7.2 (23.6) 8 (26.24)

Center illuminance (lux) 3869 1720 967 619 430 316 242 191 155

Center illuminance (candela) 360 160 90 58 40 29 23 18 14

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.4

15–30° ZOOM
LENS TUBE
WIDE BEAM
Center beam intensity: 39550 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 2 (6.55) 3 (9.85) 4 (13.1) 5 (16.4) 6 (19.7) 7 (22.95) 8 (26.25) 9 (29.5) 10 (32.8)

Center illuminance (lux) 2472 1099 618 395 275 202 154 122 99

Center illuminance (candela) 230 102 57 37 26 19 14 11 9

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.5

For center illuminance at any distance, divide center beam intensity with distance in square (meter for lux, feet for candela)

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. • 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD • NORTHRIDGE • CA 91329 • USA • +1 818 893 8411
©2020 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martin® is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 202003
6/9
ELP CL
COLOR LED ELLIPSOIDAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEC SHEET

ZOOM LENS PROJECTION DATA (HIGH OUTPUT MODE/25–50°)

25–50° ZOOM
LENS TUBE
NARROW BEAM
Center beam intensity: 62561 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 1.6 (5.24) 2.4 (7.88) 3.2 (10.48) 4 (13.12) 4.8 (15.76) 5.6 (18.36) 6.4 (21) 7.2 (23.6) 8 (26.24)

Center illuminance (lux) 3910 1738 978 626 434 319 244 193 156

Center illuminance (candela) 363 161 91 58 40 30 23 18 15

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.4

25–50° ZOOM
LENS TUBE
MEDIUM BEAM
Center beam intensity: 40507 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 2 (6.55) 3 (9.85) 4 (13.1) 5 (16.4) 6 (19.7) 7 (22.95) 8 (26.25) 9 (29.5) 10 (32.8)

Center illuminance (lux) 2532 1125 633 405 281 207 158 125 101

Center illuminance (candela) 235 105 59 38 26 19 15 12 9

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.5

25–50° ZOOM
LENS TUBE
WIDE BEAM
Center beam intensity: 23981 candela

Distance meter (ft.) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8) 12 (39.4) 14 (45.9) 16 (52.5) 18 (59) 20 (65.6)

Field-angle diameter meter (ft.) 2.8 (9.17) 4.2 (13.79) 5.6 (18.34) 7 (22.96) 8.4 (27.58) 9.8 (32.13) 11.2 (36.75) 12.6 (41.3) 14 (45.92)

Center illuminance (lux) 1499 666 375 240 167 122 94 74 60

Center illuminance (candela) 139 62 35 22 16 11 9 7 6

For field diameter at any distance, multiply distance by 0.7

For center illuminance at any distance, divide center beam intensity with distance in square (meter for lux, feet for candela)

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. • 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD • NORTHRIDGE • CA 91329 • USA • +1 818 893 8411
©2020 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martin® is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 202003
7/9
 514
618
648

ELP CL
COLOR LED ELLIPSOIDAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEC SHEET

176
255
DIMENSIONS (BODY & FIXED LENSES)

PHYSICAL
Length.......................................................................... 648 mm (25.5 in.)
Width............................................................................ 259 mm (10.2 in.)
Height........................................................................... 254 mm (10 in.)
Weight.......................................................................... 7.7 kg (17 lb)

427
514
618 514
618
648
648
176176
255255
254
205

259

All measurements in mm
427427

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. • 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD • NORTHRIDGE • CA 91329 • USA • +1 818 893 8411
©2020 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martin® is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 202003
8/9
ELP CL
COLOR LED ELLIPSOIDAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEC SHEET

DIMENSIONS (ZOOM LENSES)

PHYSICAL (15–30° ZOOM LENS) PHYSICAL (25–50° ZOOM LENS)

Length.......................................................................... 456.4 mm (17.96 in.) Length.......................................................................... 446.9 mm (17.6 in.)
Width............................................................................ 254.4 mm (10.02 in.) Width............................................................................ 254.3 mm (10.01 in.)
Height........................................................................... 254.5 mm (10.02 in.) Height........................................................................... 254.3 mm (10.01 in.)
Weight.......................................................................... 6 kg (13.2 lb) Weight.......................................................................... 6 kg (13.2 lb)
446.9

456.4
456.4 446.9

212.93
172.2
159.5

212.9

254.5
156156
172.2
159.5

212.9

254.5
212.93

254.4
254.4
177.5

214
177.5

214

446.9 254.3
212.93

254.5

254.3

254.4

All measurements in mm
214

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. • 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD • NORTHRIDGE • CA 91329 • USA • +1 818 893 8411
©2020 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martin® is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 202003
9/9
ELP PAR
STATIC RGBW LED PAR FIXTURE WITH ZOOM

SPEC SHEET

The Martin ELP PAR static LED fixture sets a

new standard in the static wash category, with
unprecedented lumen output, high-intensity narrow
zoom, full-gamut color calibration and smart rigging
and control features.
The ELP PAR makes installation faster and
easier, thanks to a quick-focus system and bright
angle of projection indicators. Other performance
enhancements include a wide zoom range that allows
both stage illumination and tight mid-air beam
effects, an advanced color-calibration system that
delivers accurate color reproduction and precise
color temperature control, an extended color mode
and a CTC channel that can modify RGB channels.
Whether lighting a theatre production, festival,
exhibition or corporate event, fill the stage with color
and create stunning beam effects with this versatile
LED fixture that sets a new performance benchmark
in its class.

KEY MESSAGES

BRIGHTNESS THAT GOES THE DISTANCE HIGH-INTENSITY ZOOM

The ELP PAR delivers a class-leading 3,500 lumens of output—double ELP PAR's next-generation zoom system excels at creating both broad
the brightness of the previous generation—thanks to its newly designed washes and high-intensity mid-air effects, bringing new flexibility to the
7 x 40W RGBW light engine. It's perfect for covering larger stages that lighting designer's toolbox.
require long throw distances.
FULL-GAMUT COLOR CALIBRATION
SMART SETUP FEATURES The ELP PAR features a full-gamut color-calibration system, which
Streamline setup with smart rigging and control features, including allows consistent color reproduction from fixture to fixture and supports
omega-bracket-connectivity and bright angle of projection indicator a dedicated color temperature control channel for adjusting the color
marks for quick and repeatable installation. With the push of a button, space from the desired color temperature.
the fixture temporarily switches to full-power/open-white/adjustable-
zoom settings to instantly confirm projection and focus.

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. | 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD | NORTHRIDGE | CA 91329 | USA | +1 818 893 8411
©2022 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martinš is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 03.28.2022

1/6
ELP PAR
STATIC RGBW LED PAR FIXTURE WITH ZOOM

SPEC SHEET

ORDERING INFORMATION

MODELS

¥ ELP PAR in cardboard box........................................... MAR-90800000

INCLUDED ITEMS

¥ Adjustable mounting bracket

RELATED ITEMS

¥ Martin Companion software suite

(incl. firmware uploader)........Free download from [Link]

¥ Martin Companion Cable USB/DMX

hardware interface ........................................................ P/N 91616091

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. | 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD | NORTHRIDGE | CA 91329 | USA | +1 818 893 8411
©2022 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martinš is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 03.28.2022

2/6
ELP PAR
STATIC RGBW LED PAR FIXTURE WITH ZOOM

SPEC SHEET

ACCESSORIES

POWER INPUT CABLES POWER CONNECTORS

¥ Power Input Cable, H07RN-F, 2.5 mm2, ¥ Cable Connector, Neutrik powerCON TRUE1
14 AWG, bare ends to TRUE1 NAC3FX-W NAC3FX-W TOP (female)..........................................P/N 91611789HU
(female), 1.5 m (4.9 ft.)................................................... P/N 91611797
¥ Cable Connector, Neutrik powerCON TRUE1
¥ Power Input Cable, H07RN-F, 2.5 mm2, NAC3FX-W TOP (male).............................................P/N 91611788HU
14 AWG, bare ends to TRUE1 NAC3FX-W
(female), 5 m (16.4 ft.).................................................... P/N 91611786

¥ Power Input Cable, SJOOW, 12 AWG, INSTALLATION HARDWARE

bare ends to TRUE1 NAC3FX-W
(female), 1.5 m (4.9 ft.)................................................... P/N 91610173 ¥ Martin Omega bracket for rigging
clamp attachment ........................................................ P/N 91602001
¥ Power Input Cable, SJOOW, 12 AWG,
bare ends to TRUE1 NAC3FX-W ¥ Half-coupler clamp....................................................... P/N 91602005
(female), 5 m (16.4 ft.).................................................... P/N 91610174
¥ G-clamp
(suspension vertically downwards only)....................... P/N 91602003

POWER RELAY CABLES, 16 A ¥ Quick-trigger clamp

(suspension vertically downwards only)....................... P/N 91602007
¥ Power Relay Cable, H07RN-F, 2.5 mm2,
TRUE1 to TRUE1, 0.45 m (1.5 ft.)................................... P/N 91611784 ¥ Safety cable,
safe working load 50 kg................................................. P/N 91604003
¥ Power Relay Cable, H07RN-F, 2.5 mm2,
TRUE1 to TRUE1, 1.2 m (3.9 ft.)..................................... P/N 91611785

¥ Power Relay Cable, H07RN-F, 2.5 mm2,

TRUE1 to TRUE1, 2.5 m (8.2 ft.)..................................... P/N 91611796

¥ Power Relay Cable, SJOOW, 12 AWG,

TRUE1 to TRUE1, 0.45 m (1.5 ft.)................................... P/N 91610170

¥ Power Relay Cable, H07RN-F, 2.5 mm2,

TRUE1 to TRUE1, 1.2 m (3.9 ft.)..................................... P/N 91610171

¥ Power Relay Cable, H07RN-F, 2.5 mm2,

TRUE1 to TRUE1, 2.5 m (8.2 ft.)..................................... P/N 91610172

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. | 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD | NORTHRIDGE | CA 91329 | USA | +1 818 893 8411
©2022 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martinš is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 03.28.2022

3/6
ELP PAR
STATIC RGBW LED PAR FIXTURE WITH ZOOM

SPEC SHEET

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DYNAMIC EFFECTS PHOTOMETRIC DATA

Color mixing........................................... RGBW Wide beam.............................................. 3525 lumens
Color presets.......................................... 48 color presets, virtual color Narrow beam.......................................... 1445 lumens
................................................................ wheel effects Fixture Center
Color temperature control..................... Variable 2,800 - 10,000 K Intensity Narrow Beam.......................... 390083 cd
Electronic dimming................................ 0 - 100%, four dimming curve options Fixture Center
Strobe and pulse effects........................ Variable speed and action, Intensity Wide beam............................... 9957 cd
................................................................ random strobe CRI (Color Rendering Index).................. >70
Electronic 'shutter' effect...................... Instant open and blackout CQS (Color Quality Scale)....................... 83
Zoom....................................................... Motorized TM-30 Rf
(IES TM-30-15 Fidelity Index)................ 77
TM-30 Rg
CONTROL AND PROGRAMMING (IES TM-30-15 Gamut Index).................. 117
TLCI (Television Lighting
Control options....................................... DMX, RDM Consistency Index)................................. 61
DMX channels......................................... 14 CCT.......................................................... 6000 Kelvin
16-bit fine control................................... Dimming, RGB, zoom LED refresh rate standard mode........... 3600 Hz
LED color management modes.............. Raw, extended and calibrated LED refresh rate theatre mode.............. 19200 Hz
DMX address setting.............................. Control panel with OLED display
DMX compliance..................................... USITT DMX512-A
RDM compliance..................................... ANSI/ESTA E1.20
CONSTRUCTION
Filter mount ........................................... 191 x 191 mm (7.5 x 7.5 in.)
OPTICS
Color...................................................... Black
Light source............................................ 7 x 40 W RGBW Osram LEDs Housing................................................. Aluminum and composite
Minimum LED lifetime........................... 50,000 hours (to >70% Protection rating .................................... IP 20
luminous output)*
Beam angle (half-peak).......................... 4.2û - 38.7û
Field angle (one-tenth peak).................. 5.1û - 58.6û INSTALLATION
Cutoff angle (3%).................................... 5.7û - 69.6û
Mounting points...................................... Adjustable bracket, surface or
Binning.................................................... Tight color and flux binning truss mount (fits Martin Omega
Calibration.............................................. Full Gamut Color Calibration Bracket)
Location.................................................. Not for household use, indoor use in
dry location only
*Figure obtained under manufacturer's test conditions Orientation.............................................. Any
Minimum distance to
combustible materials .......................... 0.5 m (1.7 ft.)
Minimum distance to
illuminated surfaces ............................. 1 m (3.3 ft.)
Minimum clearance around
fans and vents......................................... 0.5 m (1.7 ft.)

CONNECTIONS
AC power input....................................... Neutrik PowerCON TRUE1 TOP
AC power throughput............................. Neutrik PowerCON TRUE1 TOP
DMX data in/out...................................... Neutrik 5-pin locking XLR

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. | 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD | NORTHRIDGE | CA 91329 | USA | +1 818 893 8411
©2022 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martinš is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 03.28.2022

4/6
ELP PAR
STATIC RGBW LED PAR FIXTURE WITH ZOOM

SPEC SHEET

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL
AC power................................................. 100-240 V nominal, 50/60 Hz
Typical power consumption................... 300 W
Typical half-cycle RMS
inrush current at 240 VAC...................... 8.7 A
Power supply unit................................... Auto-ranging electronic switch mode

MAXIMUM POWER AND CURRENT

100-120 V, 60 Hz .................................... 3.0 A, 320 W, Power factor 0.991
220-240 V, 50 Hz.................................... 1.7 A, 320 W, Power factor 0.941

*Measurements made at nominal voltage with all LEDs at full intensity.

Allow for a deviation of +/- 10%.

THERMAL
Maximum surface temperature............ 65û C (149û F)
Cooling.................................................... Forced air (temperature regulated,
................................................................ low noise)
Maximum ambient
temperature (Ta max.)........................... 40û C (104û F)
Minimum ambient
temperature (Ta min)............................. -10ûC (14û F)
Total heat dissipation*.......................... 1170 BTU/hr.

*Calculated, +/- 10%, at full intensity, full white

APPROVALS
Global CB Certification/IECEE............... IEC 60598-2-17 (IEC 60598-1)
EU safety................................................. EN 60598-2-17 (EN 60598-1), EN 62471,
EN 62493
EU EMC................................................... EN 55015; EN 55032; EN 55035;
EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3, EN 61547
US safety................................................. UL 1573
US EMC................................................... FCC Part 15 Class B
Canadian safety...................................... CSA C22.2 No. 166
Canadian EMC......................................... ICES-003 Class B, ICES-005 Class B
Australia/NZ........................................... RCM
United Kingdom...................................... UKCA

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. | 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD | NORTHRIDGE | CA 91329 | USA | +1 818 893 8411
©2022 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martinš is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 03.28.2022

5/6
ELP PAR
STATIC RGBW LED PAR FIXTURE WITH ZOOM

SPEC SHEET

DIMENSIONS

PHYSICAL
Dimensions
Including Bracket (L x W x H)................. 312x287x401 mm (12.3x11.3x15.8 In.)
Weight................................................... 7.8 Kg (17.2 Lbs.)

HARMAN PROFESSIONAL INC. | 8500 BALBOA BOULEVARD | NORTHRIDGE | CA 91329 | USA | +1 818 893 8411
©2022 HARMAN Professional. All rights reserved. Martinš is a registered trademark of HARMAN Professional Inc. registered in the United States and/or other countries.
Features, specifications, and appearance are subject to change without notice. Rev. 03.28.2022

6/6
 eurocable

DMX Cables
eurocable DMX cable
range meets the DMX
512-A standard for
data transmission in li-
ghting control applica-
tions.
All cables have high
flexibility and small
gauge which is suitable
for easy XLR connection. INSTALLATION/MOBILE INSTALLATION/MOBILE INSTALLATION/MOBILE INSTALLATION/MOBILE
Available in four diffe- JACKET COLOR JACKET COLOR JACKET COLOR JACKET COLOR
rent versions and with 200 m/656 feet 200 m/656 feet 200 m/656 feet 500 m/1640 ft
different colored jackets ON WOODEN REELS ON WOODEN REELS ON WOODEN REELS ON WOODEN REELS
on request. FLAME RETARDANT: FLAME RESISTANT: FLAME RESISTANT:
IEC 60332-1, EN 60332-1 IEC 60332-3, EN 60332-1 IEC 60332-3, EN 60332-1 Jacket
Jacket Drain wire Braid shield
Data pair Ground
Jacket conductor
Drain wire Foil shield
Foil shield Foil shield Data pair Foil shield
Jacket
Data pair
Braid shield Data pair
Braid shield Power Drain wire
CVS LKDMX S CVS LKDMX D CVS LKDMXCC CVS LKDMX4
ELECTRICAL DATA
Description Single pair for DMX 512 Double pair for DMX 512 DMX 512 w/color change power supply Four pairs cable for DMX 512
Conductor 65 ohm/km Data: 80 ohm/km - Power: 10 ohm/km 85 ohm/km
D.C.R.
Shield 19 ohm/km 14 ohm/km 150 ohm/km < 45 ohm/km
Capacitance Cond/Cond 40 pF/m 45 pF/m 33 pF/m 31 pF/m
1 KHz Cond/Shield 90 pF/m 75 pF/m 82 pF/m 59 pF/m
Nominal Impedance 110 ohm 120 ohm
Attenuation 256 KHz 2 db/100 m 1 db/100 m
Vel. of Prop. 78% 80%
Inductance 55 µH/100 m 80 µH/100 m
GENERAL DATA
O.D. 5.50 mm 7.80 mm 13.7 mm
Standard reels 200 m 500 m
Cable
Weight Kg/100m 4.20 7.50 11.50 22.20
Op. temp. -20° C/+70° C
Material PVC flame resistant PVC
Jacket
Nom.l Thick. 0.85 mm 1.75 mm 0.70 mm 1.20 mm
First: Aluminium - Mylar foil First: Aluminium - Polyester foil
Material First: Aluminium - Mylar foil
Shield Second: Tinned copper braid Second: Tinned copper braid
Coverage First: 100% - Second: 75% 100% First: 100% - Second: 80%
Quantity 2 2+2 Data: 1 - Power: 2 8
Strand 7 x 0.20 mm Data: 7 x 0.20 - Power: 43 x 0.25 mm 7 x 0.20 mm
Data: 0.22 mm²/24
Area/AWG 0.22 mm²/24 0.22 mm²/24
Conductor Power: 2 mm²/14
Ins. O.D. 1.60 mm Data: 1.60 mm - Power: 2.70 mm 1.50 mm
Data: Tinned copper P.E. insulated Annealed tinned copper
Material Annealed tinned copper foamed polyethylene insulated
Power: Tinned copper PVC insulated foamed polyolefine insulated

DMX cables with 3, 4 and 5 pin XLR connectors SIGNAL INTEGRITY

Not suitable for applications above 50 volt ac; 75 volt dc.

DNX3ESSS * * DNX3EBSS * *
DMX single pair cable wired DMX single pair cable wired
with Neutrik XLR 3p silver/silver with Neutrik 3p black/silver

DNX5ESSS * * DNX5ESSD * * DNX4ESSC * *

DMX single pair wired with DMX double pair cable wired DMX single pair with 2x2mm²
Neutrik XLR 5p silver/silver with Neutrik 5p silver/silver power wired with Neutrik 4p
silver/silver

* Length (meters): 3 5 10 15 With packaging, no heat shrink U No packaging, with heat shrink All products are also available with
Feet M Meters Y No packaging, no heat shrink W With packaging and heat shrink Amphenol connectors

Link [Link] - [Link] 123

 eurocable

DMX PUR Jacket

A new polyurethane sheath protects our
DMX S cable from critical conditions.
Flexible & extra strong it has been built to
be the most durable jacketed cable.
eurocable DMX cable range meets the
DMX 512-A standard for data transmission
in lighting control applications.
All cables have high flexibility and small
gauge which is suitable for easy XLR
connection.

MOBILE MOBILE
JACKET COLOR JACKET COLOR
200 m/656 ft ON CARDBOARD REELS 200 m/656 ft ON CARDBOARD REELS
FLAME RETARDANT: IEC 60754-1, IEC 61034-1, IEC FLAME RETARDANT: IEC 60754-1, IEC 61034-1, IEC
60332-1, EN 50267-2-1, EN 50268-2-1, EN 50265-2-1 60332-1, EN 50267-2-1, EN 50268-2-1, EN 50265-2-1
HALOGEN FREE HALOGEN FREE
Jacket Drain wire
Jacket
Drain wire
Foil shield Foil shield Data pair

Braid shield Data pair

Braid shield

CVS LKDMX S PUR CVS LKDMX D PUR

ELECTRICAL DATA
Description Single pair for DMX 512 Double pair for DMX 512
Conductor 65 ohm/km 65 ohm/km
D.C.R.
Shield 19 ohm/km 14 ohm/km
Capacitance Conductor/Conductor 40 pF/m 45 pF/m
1 KHz Conductor/Shield 90 pF/m 75 pF/m
Nominal Impedance 110 ohm 110 ohm
Attenuation 256 KHz 2 db/100 m 2 db/100 m
Vel. of Prop. 78% 80%
Inductance 55 µH/100 m 55 µH/100 m
GENERAL DATA
O.D. 5.50 mm 7.90 mm
Cable Weight Kg/100m 3.20 6.80
Operating temperature -20°C/+70°C
Material LSZH PUR
Jacket
Nominal Thickness 0.85 mm 1.75 mm
Material First: Aluminium - Mylar foil / Second: Tinned copper braid
Shield
Coverage First: 100% - Second: 75%
Quantity 2 2+2
Strand 7 x 0.20 mm 7 x 0.20 mm
Conductor Area/AWG 0.22 mm²/24 0.22 mm²/24
Insulation O.D. 1.60 mm 1.60 mm
Material Annealed tinned copper foamed polyethylene insulated

DMX PUR cables with 3 and 5 pin XLR connectors SIGNAL INTEGRITY
Not suitable for applications above 50 volt ac; 75 volt dc.

DNX3ESSSP * * DNX3EBSSP * *
DMX single pair cable wired DMX single pair cable wired
with Neutrik XLR 3p silver/silver with Neutrik 3p black/silver

DNX5ESSSP * * DNX5ESSDP * *
DMX single pair wired with DMX double pair cable wired
Neutrik XLR 5p silver/silver with Neutrik 5p silver/silver

* Length (meters): 3 5 10 15 With packaging, no heat shrink U No packaging, with heat shrink All products are also available with
Feet M Meters Y No packaging, no heat shrink W With packaging and heat shrink Amphenol connectors

124 Link [Link] - [Link]

 eurocable

DMX D 20 AWG Conductors Area

eurocable DMX D L cable meets the DMX
512-A standard for data transmission in
lighting control applications. Specifically
designed for long distance.

MOBILE
JACKET COLOR
FLAME RETARDANT: IEC 60754-1, IEC 61034-1, IEC 60332-1, EN 50267-2-1, EN 50268-2-1, EN 50265-2-1

Jacket Drain wire

Foil shield Data pair

*on request
CVS LKDMX D L *
ELECTRICAL DATA
Description Double pair for DMX 512
D.C.R. Conductor 32.5 ohm/km
Capacitance Conductor/Conductor 45 pF/m
1 KHz Conductor/Shield 80 pF/m
Nominal Impedance 110 ohm
Attenuation 1 KHz 2 db/100 m
Vel. of Prop. 80%
Not suitable for applications above 50 volt ac; 75 volt dc.

Inductance 60 µH/100 m
GENERAL DATA
O.D. 8.30 mm
Cable Standard reels 500 m
Operating temperature -20°C/+70°C
Material PVC Flame Retardant
Jacket
Nominal Thickness 1.75 mm
Material Aluminium - Mylar foil
Shield
Coverage 100%
Quantity 2+2
Strand 19 x 0.20 mm
Conductor Area/AWG 0.5 mm²/20
Insulation O.D. 2.00 mm
Annealed tinned copper foamed
Material
polyethylene insulated

Link [Link] - [Link] 125

 NC5MX-TOP
5 pole male cable connector, TRUE OUTDOOR
PROTECTION (TOP), gold contacts

The X-TOP series is a "heavy-duty" XLR cable

connector for outdoor use. IP65 rating and certified
outdoor protection to UL 50E by mating with related
cable or chassis connector of the XLR TOP range.

Features & Benefits

• Heavy-duty sealed XLR connector range • IP65 rating and certified outdoor
for harsh and demanding environment protection to UL 50E (in combination with
a TOP range counterpart)

• Uses high impact UV-resistant materials

NC5MX-TOP All rights reserved / 12.07.2023 1/ 3

Technical Information

Product

Title NC5MX-TOP

Connection Type XLR

Gender male

Electrical

Capacitance between contacts ≤ 4 pF

Contact resistance ≤ 3 mΩ

Dielectric strength 1,5 kVdc

Insulation resistance > 10 GΩ (initial)

Rated current per contact 7.5 A

Rated voltage < 50 V

Mechanical

Cable O.D. 5.0 - 8.0 mm

Insertion force ≤ 20 N

Withdrawal force ≤ 20 N

Lifetime > 1000 mating cycles

Wiresize max. 1.0 mm²

Wiresize max. 18 AWG

Wiring Solder contacts

Locking device Latch lock

NC5MX-TOP All rights reserved / 12.07.2023 2/ 3

 Material

Bushing UV-resistant rubber

Contact plating 0.2 µm Au hard alloy over 2 µm Ni

Contacts Brass (CuZn39Pb3)

Insert Polyamide (PA 66)

Locking element Stainless steel

Shell Stainless steel

Strain relief Polyacetal (POM)

Environmental

Approvals UL

Flammability UL 94 V-0

Standard compliance IEC 61076-2-103

Protection class IP65, UL50E enclosure type 4 (mated)

Solderability Complies with IEC 68-2-20

Temperature range -30 °C to +80 °C

NC5MX-TOP All rights reserved / 12.07.2023 3/ 3

NETRON RDM 6XL

The NETRON RDM 6XL from Obsidian Control Systems is a compact DMX/RDM splitter featuring
six opto-isolated 5-pin XLR outputs and flexible mounting options

The unit shall be a DMX/RDM splitter with six opto-isolated 5-pin XLR outputs. The unit shall have
locking Power In/Thru and DMX Thru connectors and be DMX and RDM compliant. The front of the
unit shall have a 5-pin DMX Input and (6) 5-pin opto-Isolated DMX outputs while the back of the unit
shall have a 5-pin DMX Input (parallel with front), a 5-pin DMX Thru and Terminate button. The unit
shall come in a powder-coated aluminum ½ rack housing and offer truss-mount, wall-mount and DIN
Rail mounting options. The unit shall measure 215 x 139 x 42 mm and weigh 1.0 kg.
Design Meets Intuition
Yamaha has always made it a mission to stay in touch with the needs of sound engineers world wide. The outcome is evident in the success of the recent CL and QL series digital mixing consoles,
and the flagship RIVAGE PM10. The key to success has always been in supporting the user’s creativity. Creativity is most effective when unrestricted,
and now Yamaha has created a new digital mixing console that gives the user’s intuition even freer reign. TouchFlow Operation™ introduced in the TF series consoles allows
the user to respond to the music and artists on stage with unprecedented speed and freedom, taking live sound reinforcement to a new level of refinement.
With the TouchFlow Operation interface optimized for touch panel control, experienced engin eers as well as newcomers to the field will find it easier than ever to achieve the ideal mix.
Recallable D-PRE™ preamplifiers support sound quality that will satisfy the most discerning pro fessional ears, while advanced live recording features and seamless operation
with high-performance I/O racks give these compact digital mixers capabilities that make them outstanding choices for a wide range of applications.
Experience the intuitive control and creative freedom that a truly evolved digital console can provide.

02
 Intuitive User Interface Optimized 8 Powerful Prosessing /
for Touch Panel Operation Effect Units

New Features for Smooth Applications that work Seanlessly

Setup and Operation with the Console
Smooth Setup

1 konb-Comp 1 konb-EQ GainFinder On the Stage Near the Stage Back Stage

TouchFlow Operation™ – Smooth, Natural Control Flow Practical Presets and Scenes Plug In & Play
Yamaha digital consoles have always been designed with input from leading engineers worldwide - Shortcuts to Great Sound Dante Stage Box
to ensure that the most efficient, intuitive operation is achieved. The highly regarded Selected Channel
and Centralogic™ interfaces attest to the success of that approach. The TF series combines Yamaha know-how
with new input from the field and the latest touch-screen technology to deliver an evolved experience
in console operation. Smooth setup and operation, practical presets and scenes, refined design,
and software applications that integrate seamlessly with the entire system: these elements comprise
TouchFlow Operation, a new concept in console interfaces that offers unprecedented comfort and
convenience in small consoles, for a wide range of users and applications.

04
 Touch Operation for Intimate Control
Refined for the smoothest possible operation via touch-panel control, the TF user interface offers a smooth workflow that can be an advantage in any mixing situation.
The display content has been specifically designed for easy, direct accessibility, with a layout that promotes the most natural, efficient mixing. Touch panel operation is as easy
as shaping the sound with your fingertips.

Touch & Turn Knob Offers Extra Control Precision Traditional Overview and Selected Channel Interfaces
When you need extra precision for a fine EQ or other adjustment, the physical Touch & Turn Like the CL series consoles, operation is based around Overview and Selected Channel
knob is always available right beside the touch panel. There are also four User Defined windows. The overview display shows the parameters for eight channels at a time,
Knobs below the panel that can be assigned to control compressor threshold, EQ gain, while the Touch & Turn knob provides direct access to gain, 1-knob EQ™, 1-knob COMP™,
or other parameters you need fast, direct access to while mixing. The knobs always affect gate threshold, effect send level, pan, and other parameters. Touch the highlighted
the currently selected channel. parameter a second time to switch to the Selected Channel display when you need access
to detailed parameters for finer control.

Intuitive User Interface Optimized for Touch Panel Operation

In developing the TF series Yamaha engineers built from their existing base of acclaimed high-end mixer interfaces,
adding intuitive control in an interface optimized for the type of touch panel control that has become a familiar
feature in a wide range of applications. Allowing most operations to be carried out via the touch panel alone, Overview
the innovative TF series interface will quickly become second nature to a broad spectrum of users.
Whether you have experience with Yamaha digital consoles, work with other digital consoles,
operate analog consoles, or have never operated a mixer before, TF consoles will lead you to the desired
results quickly and effortlessly through a smooth, efficient workflow. The availability of physical controls surrounding
the touch panel further enhances control versatility and precision. Selected ch

06
 1-knob COMP™ & 1-knob EQ™: One Knob to Dial In the Ideal Sound GainFinder™ Supports Precision
An experienced engineer can do a lot with a compressor: bring a guitar to life, add punch to bass, Gain Setup
tighten up a snare, and make vocals ride clearly on the mix. The 1-knob COMP can do all of this quickly and Gain is the first adjustment the input signal
easily, without the need to juggle multiple parameters to achieve the desired effect. Originally introduced in Yamaha analog sees, and the way it is set up influences how subsequent
mixers, the 1-knob COMP quickly became a popular and valued feature. It has now been further refined in a digital version parameters will affect the signal. Yamaha has developed a
that adds new setup ease and efficiency to the TF consoles. way to make fast, accurate setup of this important basic
The same concept has been applied in a new 1-knob EQ feature that provides notably improved speed and smooth parameter easier than ever. The new GainFinder feature
operation. 1-knob EQ has been painstakingly fine-tuned by Yamaha R&D staff in cooperation with distinguished sound facilitates optimum gain setup for individual input signals so
engineers, to ensure that you can achieve outstanding results with minimum effort in the shortest possible time. A Vocal that ideal overall operation and signal quality is achieved.
Mode makes it easier than ever to achieve a clear, well defined vocal sound, while an Intensity Mode offers 1-knob The user only has to set channel gain so that the central
“intensity” control over EQ curves you either select from the presets or create from scratch. green indicator in the level meter remains lit for the longest
But there’s more: the 1-knob COMP and 1-knob EQ are provided on the output channels too, so you can quickly achieve possible time. Of course the level meters also perform their
overall output compression or EQ that ideally matches the room and audience size. The output 1-knob EQ has a Loudness traditional function, so standard gain setup procedure can
Mode in place of the Vocal Mode, effectively increasing the sound pressure level while maintaining optimum sound as you be followed if preferred.
rotate the knob.
Both the 1-knob COMP and 1-knob EQ provide quick access to the full compressor and EQ displays, so you can fine tune
settings as required.

New Features for Smooth Setup and Operation

Effective gain, compressor, and EQ setup requires a considerable degree of skill
and experience. Even veteran engineers need to spend time on these important basic settings. 1-knob COMP 1-knob EQ GainFinder
In addition to their intuitive user interfaces, TF consoles include a number of features that
contribute to faster, smoother setup of these essential parameters.

08
 TF Editor Facilitates Offline Editing Plus Showtime Control
The TF Editor application for Windows and Mac computers provides a complete
interface for offline editing and setup of TF consoles, with scene and preset
management capabilities plus convenient keyboard entry of channel names.
In addition to being able to set up the console offline at any convenient location
and time, the TF Editor can be used online at the same time as the TF StageMix
and MonitorMix applications. A Windows 8 PC with a multi-touch screen can use
the same gestures as on the console itself. And if using Wi-Fi, a PC can function
as a convenient remote-mixing device. Up to three devices running TF Editor or
StageMix can be connected at the same time.

TF StageMix™ for Wireless Mixing

TF StageMix is an iPad application that provides wireless control of TF series
consoles, allowing remote mixing from audience seating, in front of floor monitors,
or any other listening position. It can also be used at the console as an extension of
the console’s own interface. The TF StageMix interface is designed for similar
operation and flow to the console display, making it easier than ever to refine
the mix from any location.

Personal Monitoring with MonitorMix

The MonitorMix application for the TF Series allows individual wireless AUX mixing
from up to 10 iPhone, iPad or iPod touch devices simultaneously. Each performer
can have convenient control over the AUX buses assigned to them, without having to

Applications that Work Seamlessly with the Console deal with complex settings or parameters. They can also create personal Group
settings for even easier adjustment: all levels on just one fader, for example. Since up
Separate software applications that allow wireless mixing, personal monitor mixing, to three devices running TF Editor or StageMix and up to 10 devices running
or offline setup of digital live mixing consoles have become fairly common. MonitorMix can be connected at the same time, even large bands can have the
personal control they need, reducing demands on the sound engineer.
The TF series goes a step further with three dedicated apps – TF Editor, TF StageMix,
and MonitorMix – that feature user interfaces that seamlessly extend
the console’s own on any device. * TF StageMix and MonitorMix can be downloaded from Apple’s App Store at no charge.
* Apple, the Apple logo, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and Mac are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.

10
Practical Presets and Scenes – Shortcuts to Great Sound
QuickPro Presets™ Provide Instant Access to Pro Sound Setups
The familiar Yamaha scene memory that stores mix settings for instant recall when needed is included as always.
Working with microphone manufacturers such as Audio-Technica, Sennheiser and
There’s also a range of channel presets that have been created in cooperation with leading microphone manufacturers
Shure as well as respected engineers, and evaluating a large number of
and eminent sound engineers, providing starting points that take you a long way towards achieving great sound. microphones, musical instruments, speaker systems, and in-ear monitors, the Yamaha R&D
The channel presets cover parameters such as HA gain, EQ, dynamics, and much more, right down to details like channel name and color. team focused on creating a range of shortcuts to great sound that would be effective in a wide
Less time needs to be spent on basic setup so that more time is available for refining the mix and communicating with the performers. variety of live-sound situations. Armed with these practical presets even the novice engineer can
get very close to the ideal sound, while experienced engineers will appreciate the significant time
savings they can provide starting points for further adjustments.
The QuickPro Presets can be searched by instrument type and recalled quickly and easily. The
presets include HA gain, EQ, Comp and other settings, right down to the channel name and
color. The 1-knob EQ and 1-knob COMP can be used with QuickPro Presets, providing a super
streamlined way to tweak the sound.
The output channel preset library includes parameter sets optimized for Yamaha powered
speakers, with several variations to match different environments and room sizes. Presets are
provided for in-ear monitors too. All of these can be used as is when time is tight, but they are
also great starting points for manual fine tuning. Setups created from the presets or from scratch
can be saved as additional presets too.

A: Band B: Event
Two Scene Memory Banks
The scene memory features banks A and B, each capable of holding up to 100 scenes.
That’s a total of 200 scenes that can be set up and instantly recalled whenever needed.
A number of scenes are pre-programmed to give users a head start: scenes with the 1-knob
COMP and 1-knob EQ controls engaged for the easiest possible operation, and scenes with
the 1-knob features disabled for experienced engineers who might want to follow an established
procedure. The banks are great for organizing different types of scenes: one for scenes
categorized by music type, and the other by event type, for example.

Comment from Audio-Technica Corporation Keisuke Kobayashi, CMO & CTO Comment from Sennheiser Comment from Shure Matt Engstrom, Category Director, Wired Products
“Each Audio-Technica microphone is painstakingly designed to give a truly accurate reproduction Michael Polten, Product Management & Marketing, “We’re thrilled to be offering QuickPro presets of our most popular SM, Beta,
within the application it has been selected for. We strive to provide the best possible tools allowing Live Performance & Music KSM and PG Alta microphones in the new TF mixer. When you combine Shure’s 90 years of microphone
the user to realise the expression of their work. Collaborating closely with the TF engineers on “The presets in the Yamaha TF series digital mixers provide users with an accurate indication of how to experience with the versatile new TF digital mixer and exceptional Yamaha speakers, these presets allow
the instrument specific presets means that we can be sure our microphones deliver their best set the EQ for a wide variety of instrument/microphone combin ations. These preset functions give engineers at any level of experience to leverage our combined technical expertise for quick, simple and
performance, while leaving the user free to focus on the creativity and character of the production.” the sound technician a solid basis to start from. All that is need ed is to adapt the EQ-ing to the specific effective sound checks and performances that sound amazing. Engineers can focus on mixing great quality
room and the instruments.” audio instead of chasing problems. It’s an incredibly powerful solution.”

12
Design for Superior Visibility and Quick Operation Comprehensive Fader Bank section
Input1
Two INPUT banks and one OUTPUT bank are provided, and the GROUP bank can be Input2
The TF series hardware is packed with features that contribute to superior 8 9 selected by pressing both the INPUT bank buttons simultaneously. The GROUP bank allows
Output
Group
7 1 4 5 14
operability and convenience. Faders, knobs, and buttons with outstanding fit the levels of multiple channels to be controlled from a single DCA fader. There’s also a Custom

and feel work seamlessly with state-of-the-art display technology, CUSTOM fader bank where you can assign any input, output, and DCA group to any fader.
including high-visibility channel name and color displays. The touch panel itself 6

offers an ideal blend of comprehensive visual feedback and fast response. 13 DCA Roll-out Enhances Group Control
The physical layout of these components brings everything together in a system When the GROUP fader bank is selected, all faders other than DCA masters 1 through 8 function
that offers surprisingly efficient workflow. 2
as Roll-out faders. Selecting one of the DCA groups instantly “rolls out” the input channels
3
belonging to that group to the Roll-out faders. This useful function makes it easy to adjust the level
Panel Layout Maximizes Workflow Efficiency 10 11 and other parameters of individual channels while using the eight DCA faders for overall mixing.
Careful analysis of the workflows favored by a large number of engineers has led to a highly
efficient panel layout. Rather than simply providing a long list of advanced features, Channel Name and Color
the TF consoles present meaningful features in the most logical and accessible way
A display panel located above each channel fader shows the assigned channel name or ID,
through an overall design that maximizes visibility and operability.
the port name, and the current fader setting. Phantom power status as well as gate and comp
operation can also be displayed. A color bar that shows the assigned channel color makes visual
1 Display section: The 7" multi-touch display, positioned and angled for optimum operability, navigation a breeze, and prevents confusion when fader banks are changed or scenes are recalled.
features a high-luminance backlight that affords excellent visibility indoors or out.
2 USER DEFINED KNOBS section: Frequently used parameters such as compressor threshold and
EQ gain, for example, can be assigned for direct, instant access when needed.
Faders Provide a Clear View of All Inputs
3 TOUCH and TURN section: Smooth operation with a very simple concept: touch a parameter on
the screen to select, then turn the knob to adjust. The TF5 has 33 motor faders, the TF3 has 25, and the TF1 has 17.
4 USER DEFINED KEYS section: Assign mixer settings that you use often to these six buttons for All rear-panel inputs have individual faders so their status can be verified at a
instant access, such as direct one-touch recall of specified scenes.
glance and they can be directly and immediately accessed for control.
5 MUTE section: Multiple inputs or effects can be muted with a single operation.
6 FX section: A dedicated channel offers easy effect ON/OFF switching, cue monitor ON/OFF switching, 12
level adjustment, and effect parameter editing.
7 ST IN section: In addition to allowing digital playback from an iPad or iPhone or recording/playback SENDS ON FADER section
with a USB device, you have fingertip control of BGM playback and other audio files.
8 iPad connector 9 USB connector 10 Channel Strip section
The SENDS ON FADER buttons instantly bring the specified AUX or FX bus levels up on
11 STEREO/MASTER section 12 TAP key 13 PHONES section 14 METER section
the faders for easy verification and adjustment. When a SENDS ON FADER button is
engaged the MASTER fader acts as the master for the corresponding bus, so AUX levels
1 2 can be checked and controlled without having to switch fader banks.
1 OMNI OUT jacks 2 ST IN jacks 3 INPUT jacks 4 NETWORK connector
5 USB TO HOST connector 6 FOOT SW jack 7 Expansion slot 3
Advanced Design Promotes Smooth, Comfortable Operation
The upper section of the panel is designed to double as a rest for an iPad, set list, score,
memos, and/or other small items. The panel consists of three angled sections that give
the operator maximum visibility and access.
7 6 5 4

14
TF-RACK : Advanced Panel Layout for Efficient Workflow Rear:
Inheriting the core of TF consoles, the panel layout of TF-RACK provides an overall design that maximizes visibility and operability. 6 Comprehensive Fader Bank section: 7 iPad connector 1 OMNI OUT jacks
Smooth accessibility and efficient workflow will be experienced with the compact TF-RACK. Two INPUT banks and one OUTPUT bank are provided, and the GROUP bank can be 8 USB connector 2 ST IN jacks
selected by pressing both the INPUT bank buttons simultaneously. The GROUP bank allows
9 TAP key 3 INPUT jacks
Front: the levels of multiple channels to be controlled from a single DCA fader. There’s also a
CUSTOM fader bank where you can assign any input, output, and DCA group to any fader. 10 CLEAR CUE key 4 NETWORK connector
1 Display section: 2 USER DEFINED KNOBS section: 3 TOUCH and TURN section: 4 USER DEFINED KEYS section: 5 MUTE section: DCA Roll-out Enhances Group Control: When the GROUP fader bank is selected, all faders
11 PHONES section 5 USB TO HOST connector
The 7" multi-touch display, positioned Frequently used parameters such as Smooth operation with a very simple Assign mixer settings that you use Multiple inputs or effects can be other than DCA masters 1 through 8 function as Roll-out faders. Selecting one of the DCA
and angled for optimum operability, compressor threshold and EQ gain, concept: touch a parameter on the often to these six buttons for instant muted with a single operation. groups instantly “rolls out” the input channels belonging to that group to the Roll-out faders. 6 FOOT SW jack
features a high-luminance backlight that for example, can be assigned for screen to select, access, such as direct one-touch This useful function makes it easy to adjust the level and other parameters of individual 7 Expansion slot
affords excellent visibility indoors or out. direct, instant access when needed. then turn the knob to adjust. recall of specified scenes. channels while using the eight DCA faders for overall mixing.

6 1 3
1 5
7
9

10
4
11
2
3

2
6 5 4

Tio1608-D
Tio1608-D provides a Dante-equipped I/O rack solution with 16 microphone/ line inputs and 8 line [Link] features the same recallable D-PRE™ microphone preamplifiers
as the TF series, delivering an extraordinarily natural and musical sound.

1
3
3
4 5

1
2

Front: 1 INPUT jacks 2 OUTPUT +4dBU jacks 3 UNIT ID switch 4 QUICK CONFIG switch 5 +48V MASTER switch Rear: 1 FAN switch 2 DIP switch 3 PRIMARY and SECONDARY Dante connectors123

16
 Powerful Processors and Effects
A Natural Sound Foundation with Extra Creative Freedom In addition to EQ and two dynamics processors on each channel,
Faithful reproduction of the on-stage sound is the foundation, then creativity can take over. the TF consoles offer eight powerful processors for wide-ranging sonic
Yamaha’s unswerving approach to live sound reinforcement is alive and well in the TF series. control. The globally accessible FX 1 and 2 feature the same type of SPX processors that
have become standards in recording and live sound applications, offering 17 programs
The input stage of any console has a notable effect on its sonic character.
ranging from reverb and delay through modulation effects such as flanger and chorus to
The TF consoles feature acclaimed D-PRE™ microphone preamplifiers that not only deliver outstanding quality,
3-band multiband compression. The panel EDIT key opens the effect parameter display
but are recallable as well. Circuitry and individual components have been reassessed and redesigned where necessary to
where detailed parameters such as reverb time and delay feedback can be adjusted as
achieve extraordinarily pure, natural sound. That solid sonic foundation is backed up by an updated selection of required.
high-performance processors and effects. Input and output channel processors such as EQ, gates, The remaining six processors are available in the AUX 9/10~19/20 master channels.
and compressors are complemented by eight processors that provide a broad spectrum of creative capabilities. All the effects are available. Multiband compression is ideal for in-ear monitor level control,
delay can be used for speaker alignment, and much more. And since these AUX buses can
be sent to the main stereo bus, the effects can be used to supplement the available input
channel processing when FX 1 and 2 aren’t quite enough.
The AUX 1~8 buses and main output channels include the same 4-band parametric EQ as
provided on the input channels, plus 31-band Flex12 GEQ. Both types of EQ are invaluable
for optimizing speaker response and eliminating feedback.

Various mix to maultiple speaker systems -Matrix Out Channels with Delay-
Four matrix out channels with delay parameters that are ideally suited to setting up delay compensation for live sound speaker systems at
large venues, installations where separate mixes are fed to a main hall and lobby, and many other situations that require
Recallable D-PRE™ Microphone Preamplifiers some degree of delay compensation.
The TF series consoles feature new recallable versions of Yamaha’s
acclaimed D-PRE microphone preamplifier. The preamplifiers,
or head amplifiers in any console play a significant role in defining the sound of
the final mix, so Yamaha engineers spared no effort in developing and refining the
D-PRE design to ensure that every nuance and subtlety of the original signal is
effectively captured. The circuit is based on a discrete inverted Darlington pair
configuration that achieves clean, precise amplification with consistently low noise
and distortion at all signal levels. While some microphone preamps are built
specifically to impart a unique character of their own, the D-PRE preamplifier has
been painstakingly designed with a flat, wide frequency response that retains the
tone and nuance of the original sound so that the essence of the performer’s art is
captured intact.

18
 A High-performance System expansion with Tio1608-D Compact system for conference/corporate events
Stagebox Solution Tio1608-D allows you to easily expand a TF digital mixer
system up to 40ch inputs/24ch outputs. System setup uses
The compact TF-RACK is perfect for applications that require
space-saving sound systems such as conferences or corporate
that’s Simple to Set Up a Plug In & Play method. Simply connect Cat5e cable, events. Since TF1 is a rack-mountable console it will provide you
select the device IDs and the system is ready. Remote HA with a simple and discreet sound system. Recording of the event
The natural, musical sound that was a key element control is available via Cat5e. StageMix App allows wireless and playback of BGM can be easily done via USB memory.
of the TF Series design policy is carried on without remote control of the console from the arena, the stage or The touch screen and 1KnobEQ allow for easy control of fine
the audience etc. adjustments such as for the EQ and feedback suppressors.
compromise in the Tio1608-D I/O Rack.
StageMix wireless App gives greater freedom by allowing
Mechanical construction, circuit board layout,
operators to control the console remotely during an event.
power supply, grounding, and parts selection have
all been executed with meticulous attention to
DSR115 DSR115
detail and quality, and exhaustive performance and Tio1608-D ID#2 Tio1608-D ID#3

listening tests were carried out at each stage of

development. For networking the same Dante Tio1608-D ID#1 TF-RACK
protocol implemented in higher end Yamaha digital
consoles is used for precise synchronization, DXS18 DXS18
NY64-D
low latency, low jitter, and high sample accuracy.
In addition to superior performance, StageMix

a Tio1608-D stage box system can be set up in

just three easy steps.
PC TF5 Stagemix

Analog CAT5

A Versatile Live Recording and

Playback Solution for Any Application
Live recording capability is becoming increasingly important in live sound systems. From simple 2-track recording and playback using a USB storage device* to
all-out multitrack recording with a computer based DAW (Digital Audio Workstation), the TF series is ready to roll. TF consoles come supplied with
Steinberg’s Nuendo Live multi-track live recording software, allows up to 34 tracks to be recorded to a computer connected to the console via USB 2.0.
MP3 and WAV files can be played back from USB storage devices, and audio from an iPhone or iPad can be played back via a
direct digital connection. When playing back from a DAW, analog input or DAW input can be individually selected for each channel
so that pre-recorded material can be mixed with live input for virtual sound checks or rehearsals.
Of course BGM and sound effects can be played back too.
*Please note - USB thumb drives are not supported by TF for recording purposes. Please refer to this link for compatible hard drives.
A Groundbreaking Approach to Compact Live Sound
TF series have 32, 24, or 16 mono input channels. All models also have dual stereo inputs that allow selection between a USB source such as an iPad, iPhone, USB storage device, PC,
or an analog source. The status of all of the above inputs, plus two dedicated effect return channels, can be simultaneously verified directly via the control panel.
The rear-panel analog inputs feature recallable Yamaha D-PRE microphone preamplifiers for the first time in a digital console. This allows preamp setup to be recalled from scene memory
along with other console settings, providing improved support for live music and events where full-console changes need to be made on the fly. In addition to all-around performance
that is ideal for installations or live sound reinforcement, the TF series consoles are lightweight and compact for unrivalled portability and space savings.

• 25 motor faders (24 channels + 1 master) • 16 analog XLR outputs • 33 motor faders (32 channels + 1 master) • 16 analog XLR outputs • 17 motor faders (16 channels + 1 master) • 40 input mixing channels (32 mono + 2 stereo + 2 return) • 40 input mixing channels (32 mono + 2 stereo + 2 return)
• 48 input mixing channels (40 mono + 2 stereo + 2 return) • 34 x 34 digital record/playback channels via USB 2.0 + • 48 input mixing channels (40 mono + 2 stereo + 2 return) • 34 x 34 digital record/playback channels via • 20 AUX buses (8 mono + 6 stereo) + stereo + sub + 4 matrixes • 8 DCA groups with Roll-out • 20 AUX buses (8 mono + 6 stereo) + stereo + sub + 4 matrixes
• 20 AUX (8 mono + 6 stereo) + stereo + sub buses + 4 matrixes 2 x 2 via a USB storage device • 20 AUX (8 mono + 6 stereo) + stereo + sub buses + 4 matrixes USB 2.0 + 2 x 2 via a USB storage device • 16 analog XLR/TRS combo mic/line inputs + 2 analog RCA pin stereo line inputs • 8 DCA groups with Roll-out
• 8 DCA groups with Roll-out • 1 expansion slot for NY64-D audio interface card • 8 DCA groups with Roll-out • 1 expansion slot for NY64-D audio interface card • 16 analog XLR outputs • 34 x 34 digital record/playback channels via USB 2.0 + 2 x 2 via a USB storage device • 16 analog XLR/TRS combo mic/line inputs + 1 analog RCA pin stereo line inputs
• 24 analog XLR/TRS combo mic/line inputs + • 32 analog XLR/TRS combo mic/line inputs + • 1 expansion slot for NY64-D audio interface card • 8 analog XLR outputs + 8 analog TRS outputs
2 analog RCA pin stereo line inputs 2 analog RCA pin stereo line inputs • 34 x 34 digital record/playback channels via USB 2.0 + 2 x 2 via a USB storage device
• 1 expansion slot for NY64-D audio interface card

I/O Rack Audio Interface Card Rack Mount Kit

Tio1608-D NY64-D RK5014
The Tio1608-D is a Dante equipped I/O rack with 16 microphone/line inputs and 8 line outputs. The Tio1608-D preamplifiers The NY64-D is an I/O expansion card for TF series The RK5014 Rack Mount Kit can be used to
can be remotely controlled from a TF series console. Connection from an on-stage Tio1608-D to a TF console at the mixing consoles that allows transmission and reception of up to mount the TF1 console in a standard 19-inch EIA
position only requires a CAT5e LAN cable for high-quality low-latency audio transfer. No bulky, heavy multi-cables and 128 channels (64 in/64 out) of uncompressed 48 kHz 24 bit equipment rack of the type commonly used in live sound,
connector boxes are required. What’s more, basic patches are pre-programmed for fast, easy setup. Up to three Tio1608-D digital audio data via a Dante™ audio network. studio, and installed applications.
units can be connected simultaneously, providing a high-performance, high capacity stage box system with as many as 48 Used in conjunction with the Tio1608-D I/O it becomes
inputs and 24 outputs. The network connections can be daisy-chained when Tio1608-D units are used with a TF series possible to create a versatile stage box system with up to
console, eliminating the need for network switches. 48 inputs and 24 outputs.

22
Specifications Specifications
TF Series General Specifications TF Series Input / Output Specifications TF-Rack General Specifications TF-Rack Input / Output Specifications
TF5 TF3 TF1 Analog input characteristics TF-RACK Analog input characteristics
Fader Configuration 32 + 1 (Master) 24 + 1 (Master) 16 + 1 (Master) Load For Use With Input Level balanced / Fader Configuration — Load For Use With Input Level balanced /
Input Channels 48 (40 mono + 2 stereo + 2 return) 40 (32 mono + 2 stereo + 2 return) Input Terminals GAIN Impedance Nominal Connector Unbalanced Input Channels 40 (32 mono + 2 stereo + 2 return) Input Terminals GAIN Impedance Nominal Connector Unbalanced
Sensitivity*1 Nominal Max. before clip Sensitivity*1 Nominal Max. before clip
Mixing Capacity Main Buses Stereo + Sub INPUT1-32 (TF5) Mixing Capacity Main Buses Stereo + Sub
Aux Buses 20 (8 mono + 6 stereo) +66dB 50-600Ω Mics -82dBu (61.6μV) -62dBu (0.616mV) -42dBu (6.16mV) Combo Jack (XLR-3-31 type * 2
Aux Buses 20 (8 mono + 6 stereo) +66dB 50-600Ω Mics -82dBu (61.6μV) -62dBu (0.616mV) -42dBu (6.16mV) Combo Jack (XLR-3-31 type * 2
INPUT1-24 (TF3) 7.5kΩ Balanced INPUT1-16 7.5kΩ Balanced
Groups 8 DCA Groups or 600Ω Lines or TRS phone *3) Groups 8 DCA Groups or 600Ω Lines or TRS phone *3)
INPUT1-16 (TF1) -6dB -10dBu (245mV) +10dBu (2.45V) +30dBu (24.5V) -6dB -10dBu (245mV) +10dBu (2.45V) +30dBu (24.5V)
32 mic/line (XLR/TRS combo) 24 mic/line (XLR/TRS combo) 16 mic/line (XLR/TRS combo) ST IN 1,2 — 10kΩ 600Ω Lines -30dBV (31.6μV) -10dBV (316mV) +10dBV (3.16V) RCA Pin Jack Unbalanced Inputs 16 mic/line (XLR/TRS combo)+ 1 stereo line (RCA pin) ST IN 1,2 — 10kΩ 600Ω Lines -30dBV (31.6μV) -10dBV (316mV) +10dBV (3.16V) RCA Pin Jack Unbalanced
Inputs
+ 2 stereo line (RCA pin) + 2 stereo line (RCA pin) + 2 stereo line (RCA pin) I/O Connectors Outputs 16 (8 XLR + 8 TRS phone)
I/O Connectors *1 Sensitivity is the lowest level that will produce an output of +4dBu (1.23V) or the nominal output level when the unit is set to maximum gain. (All faders and level controls are at maximum position.) *1 Sensitivity is the lowest level that will produce an output of +4dBu (1.23V) or the nominal output level when the unit is set to maximum gain. (All faders and level controls are at maximum position.)
Outputs 16 (XLR) Expansion Slot 1 (for NY64-D)
*2 1: GND, 2: HOT, 3: COLD *3. Tip: HOT, Ring: COLD, Sleeve: GND *4 In these specifications, 0dBu = 0.775Vrms. *2 1: GND, 2: HOT, 3: COLD *3. Tip: HOT, Ring: COLD, Sleeve: GND *4 In these specifications, 0dBu = 0.775Vrms.
Expansion Slot 1 Signal Processors 8 Effects + 10 GEQ
*5 +48V DC (phantom power) can be supplied to INPUT XLR type connectors via each individual software controlled switch. *5 +48V DC (phantom power) can be supplied to INPUT XLR type connectors via each individual software controlled switch.
Signal Processors 8 Effects + 10 GEQ PC/Mac (USB2.0) Recording:34-track / Playback:34-track
Recording/Playback
Recording
via Windows/Mac 34x34 USB Audio Interface USB Storage Device Recording: 2-track (USB HDD/SSD) / Playback: 2-track(USB HDD/SSD/Flash memory) Analog output characteristics
via USB Storage Device 2-track Analog output characteristics Sampling Frequency Internal Clock 48 kHz Output Level
Source For Use With balanced /
Sampling Frequency Internal Clock 48 kHz Signal Delays Less than 2.6 ms, INPUT to OMNI OUT, Fs=48 kHz Output Terminals Impedance Nominal Connector Unbalanced
Source For Use With Output Level balanced / Nominal Max. before clip
Signal Delays Less than 2.6 ms, INPUT to OMNI OUT, Fs=48 kHz Output Terminals GAIN SW Connector Fader Resolution = 10-bit, +10 dB to –138 dB, –∞ dB all faders
Impedance Nominal Nominal Max. before clip Unbalanced OMNI OUT 1-8 XLR-3-32 type *1
Fader 100 mm motorized, Resolution = 10-bit, +10 dB to –138 dB, –∞ dB all faders Frequency Response +0.5, –1.5 dB 20 Hz–20 kHz, refer to +4 dBu output @1kHz, INPUT to OMNI OUT 75Ω 600Ω Lines +4dBu (1.23 V) +24dBu (12.3 V) Balanced
OMNI OUT 1-16 75Ω 600Ω Lines “+24dBu” position (default) +4dBu (1.23 V) +24dBu (12.3 V) XLR-3-32 type *1 Balanced OMNI OUT 9-16 Stereo Phone Jack (TRS) *6
Frequency Response +0.5, –1.5 dB 20 Hz–20 kHz, refer to +4 dBu output @1kHz, INPUT to OMNI OUT Total Harmonic Distortion*2 Less than 0.05% 20 Hz–20 kHz @+4 dBu into 600 Ω, INPUT to OMNI OUT, Input Gain=Min. 100Ω 40Ω Phones 3mW 75mW Unbalanced
PHONES *5 100Ω 40Ω Phones — 3mW 75mW Stereo Phone Jack (TRS) *2 Unbalanced PHONES *5 Stereo Phone Jack (TRS) *2
Total Harmonic Distortion*2 Less than 0.05% 20 Hz–20 kHz @+4 dBu into 600 Ω, INPUT to OMNI OUT, Input Gain=Min. Hum & Noise*3 –128 dBu typ., Equivalent Input Noise, Input Gain=Max., –85 dBu, Residual output noise, ST master off
–128 dBu typ., Equivalent Input Noise, Input Gain=Max., *1 1: GND, 2: HOT, 3: COLD *2 Tip: LEFT, Ring: RIGHT, Sleeve: GND *3 In these specifications, 0dBu = 0.775Vrms. *4 All output DA converters are 24bit, 128times oversampling. Dynamic Range *1 1: GND, 2: HOT, 3: COLD *2 Tip: LEFT, Ring: RIGHT, Sleeve: GND *3 In these specifications, 0dBu = 0.775Vrms. *4 All output DA converters are 24bit, 128times oversampling.
Hum & Noise*3 110 dB typ., DA Converter, 108 dB typ., INPUT to OMNI OUT, Input Gain=Min.
–85 dBu, Residual output noise, ST master off *5 The position of the level control is lowered by 16dB from the maximum. *5 The position of the level control is lowered by 16dB from the maximum. *6. Tip: HOT, Ring: COLD, Sleeve: GND
Crosstalk@1 kHz –100 dB*1, adjacent INPUT/OMNI OUT channels, Input Gain=Min.
Dynamic Range 110 dB typ., DA Converter, 107 dB typ., INPUT to OMNI OUT, Input Gain=Min. Dimensions (W x H x D) 480 mm x 132 mm x 409 mm(18-7/8 in x 5 1/4 in x 16 1/8 in) Digital input / output specifications
Crosstalk@1 kHz –100 dB*1, adjacent INPUT/OMNI OUT channels, Input Gain=Min. Net Weight 9.2kg (20.3 lb)
866 mm × 225 mm × 599 mm 716 mm × 225 mm × 599 mm 510 mm × 225 mm × 599 mm Digital input / output specifications Terminals Format Data length Audio Connector
Dimensions (W x H x D) Power Requirements (wattage) 85 W
(34.1in x 8.9in x 23.6in) (28.2in x 8.9in x 23.6in) (20.1in x 8.9in x 23.6in) Terminals Format Data length Audio Connector USB (TO HOST) USB 24bit 34ch input / 34ch output, PCM USB (B type)
Power Requirements (voltage and hertz) 100–240 V 50/60 Hz
Net Weight 20.0 kg (44.1lb) 17.0 kg (37.5lb) 13.5 kg (29.8lb) USB (TO HOST) USB 24bit 34ch input / 34ch output, PCM USB (B type) iPad USB — Playback: MP3 or WAV file data / Record: WAV file data USB (A type)
Temperature Range Operating temperature range: 0–40 °C / Storage temperature range: -20–60 °C
Power Requirements (wattage) 120 W 110 W 100 W iPad USB — Playback: MP3 or WAV file data / Record: WAV file data USB (A type) Included Accessories Quick Guide, Power Cord, NUENDO LIVE (DAW Software), Rubber stoppers(4) Control I/O specifications
Power Requirements (voltage and hertz) 100–240 V 50/60 Hz Options Audio Interface Card (NY-64D), Foot Switch (FC5)
Operating temperature range: 0–40 °C Terminals Format Level Connector
Temperature Range Storage temperature range: -20–60 °C *1 Crosstalk is measured with a –30 dB/octave filter@22 kHz. *2 Total Harmonic Distortion is measured with a –18 dB/octave filter@80 kHz. NETWORK IEEE802.3 10BASE-T/100Base-TX RJ-45
Included Accessories Quick Guide, Power Cord, CUBASE AI download information Control I/O specifications *3 Hum & Noise are measured with an A-Weight filter. FOOT SW — — TS Phone
Options Rack-mount Kit RK5014 (for TF1), Expansion Card, Foot Switch (FC5) Terminals Format Level Connector
*1 Crosstalk is measured with a –30 dB/octave filter@22 kHz. *2 Total Harmonic Distortion is measured with a –18 dB/octave filter@80 kHz. NETWORK
FOOT SW
IEEE802.3
—
10BASE-T/100Base-TX
—
RJ-45
TS Phone
Tio1608-D General Specifications Tio1608-D Input / Output Specifications
*3 Hum & Noise are measured with an A-Weight filter.
Tio1608-D Analog input characteristics
Sampling frequency rate (External) 44.1kHz or 48kHz Load For Use With Input Level balanced /
Less than 0.1% +4dBu@20Hz-20kHz into 600Ω, Gain=+66dB / Less than 0.05% +4dBU@20Hz-20kHz into 600Ω, Input Terminals GAIN Impedance Nominal Connector Unbalanced
Total harmonic distortion Sensitivity*1 Nominal Max. before clip
Gain=-6dB, INPUT to OUTPUT, Fs=44.1kHz, 48kHz *Measured with a -18dB/octave filter @80kHz
Frequency response +0.5, -1.5dB 20Hz-20kHz, refer to the nominal output level @1kHz, INPUT to OUTPUT, Fs=44.1kHz or 48kHz +66dB 50-600Ω Mics -82dBu (61.6μV) -62dBu (0.616mV) -42dBu (6.16mV) Combo Jack (XLR-3-31 type *2
INPUT1-16 7.5kΩ Balanced
Dynamic range 108 dB, INPUT to OUTPUT, Gain=-6dB / 112 dB, DA Converter or 600Ω Lines or TRS phone *3)
-6dB -10dBu (245mV) +10dBu (2.45V) +30dBu (24.5V)

Dimensions
Equivalent input noise -128dBu, Gain=+66dB *Measured with A-weighting filter
Hum & noise level *1. Sensitivity is the lowest level that will produce an output of +4dBu (1.23V) or the nominal output level when the unit is set to maximum gain.
Residual output noise -88dBu, ST master off *Measured with A-weighting filter
*2. 1: GND, 2: HOT, 3: COLD *3. Tip: HOT, Ring: COLD, Sleeve: GND
Crosstalk -100dB, adjacent INPUT/OUTPUT channels, Input Gain = -6dB *Measured with a -30dB/octave filter @22kHz
Heat dissipation 100-240V, 50/60Hz, 43.5kcal/h Analog output characteristics
Power requirements 100-240V, 50/60Hz
Source For Use With Output Level balanced /
Power consumption 50W Output Terminals Impedance Nominal Connector Unbalanced
Nominal Max. before clip
Dimensions (W x H x D)
TF5 TF3 TF1 Net weight
480mm x 88mm x 364mm (18-7/8" x 3-4/8" x 14-3/8")
5.7kg (12.6lbs)
OMNI OUT 1-8 75Ω 600Ω Lines +4dBu (1.23 V) +24dBu (12.3 V) XLR-3-32 type *1 Balanced
Accessories Owner’s Manual, Power Cord (2.5m), Rubber stoppers (4) *1.1: GND,2: HOT, 3: COLD
Others Temperature Range: Operating temperature range: 0 - 40°C, Storage temperature range: -20 - 60°C
Digital input / output specifications
Terminals Format Data length Level Audio Connector

Dimensions
225 mm (8.9in) 225 mm (8.9in) 225 mm (8.9in) Primary/Secondary Dante 24bit or 32bit 1000Base-T 16ch ( Tio1608-D to other devises) etherCON Cat5e
8ch (Other devises to Tio1608-D)

TF-RACK 430 (16 7/8in) 480 (18 7/8in) Tio1608-D 430 (16 7/8in) 480 (18 7/8in)
430 (16 7/8in) 430 (16 7/8in)

132 (5 1/4in)
599 mm (23.6in)
599 mm (23.6in)

599 mm (23.6in)

88
368 (14 1/2in)
374 (14 3/4in)
409 (16 1/8in)
396 (15 5/8in)

351
364

88
409 (16 1/8in)
368 (14 1/2in)
351

22 (7/8in)
866 mm (34.1in) 716 mm (28.2in) 510 mm (20.1in)

(1 3/8in)

7.2
35
24
Block Diagram Block Diagram

MATRIX1
MATRIX2
MATRIX3
MATRIX4
MATRIX1
MATRIX2
MATRIX3
MATRIX4

AUX10
AUX19
AUX20

CUE R
CUE L
AUX10
AUX19
AUX20

CUE R
CUE L

AUX1
AUX2
AUX8
AUX9
AUX1
AUX2
AUX8
AUX9

ST R
ST L
SUB
ST R
ST L

FX1
FX2
SUB
FX1
FX2
TF Series STEREO TF-Rack ST L STEREO

:
ST L
OSCILLATOR

:
OSCILLATOR OSC ST R METER METER METER OSC ST R METER
METER METER METER
METER METER METER METER METER
LEVEL SUB FADER LEVEL ON SUB FADER
ON ON
AUX1 4BAND
FlexGEQ COMP BAL
ON
GAIN
STEREO OUT L
STEREO OUT R
TRIM DA +
- [OMNI OUT 1] AUX1 4BAND
EQ
FlexGEQ COMP BAL GAIN
STEREO OUT L
STEREO OUT R
TRIM DA +
- [OMNI OUT 1]
EQ AUX2 +4dBu
[INPUT1-32](TF5) AUX2
: Post EQ
+4dBu
: MATRIX1 SEND
Post EQ

... ...
MATRIX1 SEND

... ...
[INPUT1-24](TF3) AUX20
TO MATRIX1-4 MATRIX1 SEND TRIM DA +
- [OMNI OUT 2]
AUX20
TO MATRIX1-4 MATRIX1 SEND TRIM DA +
- [OMNI OUT 2]
[INPUT1-16](TF1) CUE +4dBu [INPUT1-16] Pre DG CUE +4dBu
CH1-32
Pre DG
Pre HPF DIRECT OUT ON CH1-32 Pre HPF DIRECT OUT ON
USB OUT 1-32, (SLOT OUT 1-32)
+48V
Pre FADER
Post FADER
USB OUT 1-32, (SLOT OUT 1-32)
SUB
TRIM DA +
- [OMNI OUT 3] +48V
Pre FADER
Post FADER
SUB
TRIM DA +
- [OMNI OUT 3]
METER METER METER METER +4dBu METER METER METER METER LEVEL SUB +4dBu
LEVEL SUB
METER METER
FADER SUB : METER METER
FADER SUB :
COMBO JACK INPUT (DCA) PAN ST :
COMBO JACK
16
INPUT
SELECT
(DCA) PAN ST
METER METER :
:
32/24/16 SELECT METER METER ON
:
+ ON + HPF METER
AD HPF GATE COMP METER METER AD GATE COMP METER
- FADER - FADER
ON 2BAND ON
2BAND SUB OUT SUB OUT

PAN LINK
LPF COMP GAIN
[OMNI OUT 8]
Post PAN L

PAN LINK
LPF COMP GAIN
[OMNI OUT 16]
Post PAN L Pre DG Pre HPF Post EQ EQ +
GAIN/TRIM Pre DG Pre HPF Post EQ Pre FADER Post FADER EQ TRIM DA + GAIN/TRIM Pre FADER Post FADER TRIM DA -
Post PAN R - Post PAN R
Post EQ +4dBu Post EQ +4dBu
32 TO MATRIX1-4 MATRIX1 SEND 32 TO MATRIX1-4 MATRIX1 SEND
USB IN 1-32 TO FX1/FX2 ON SEND
USB IN 1-32 TO FX1/FX2 ON SEND FX1
FX1
32 CUE Pre FADER 32 CUE Pre FADER
SLOT IN 1-32 SLOT IN 1-32
Post FADER Post FADER
TO AUX1-8 ON SEND TO AUX1-8 ON SEND
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1-8 AUX1-8
METER METER METER METER
AUX1 SEND PAN AUX1
[OMNI OUT 9]
TO AUX1-8 ON SEND PAN METER TO AUX1-8 ON METER METER METER
METER METER FADER FADER +
ON TRIM DA -
ON 4BAND
AUX2 4BAND
FlexGEQ COMP GAIN AUX1 OUT AUX2 FlexGEQ COMP GAIN AUX1 OUT +4dBu
EQ AUX2 OUT EQ AUX2 OUT
TO AUX9/10-19/20 PAN AUX9 TO AUX9/10-19/20 SEND PAN AUX9
[OMNI OUT 10]

... ...
SEND ON

... ...
ON Post EQ
Post EQ TO MATRIX1-4 MATRIX1 SEND TRIM DA +
TO MATRIX1-4 MATRIX1 SEND AUX8 OUT AUX8 OUT -
+4dBu

OMNI OUT PATCH

OMNI OUT PATCH
AUX10 AUX10
CUE Pre FADER CUE Pre FADER
CUE CUE CUE CUE
( DCA CUE )
Post FADER
( DCA CUE )
Post FADER
TRIM DA +
- [OMNI OUT 11]
+4dBu
AUX9/10-19/20 AUX9/10-19/20 :
CH33-40 ( TF5, TF3 ) SUB METER METER METER METER METER METER METER METER METER METER :
INPUT
LEVEL SUB FADER ON
FADER ON
:
FADER METER INSERT AUX9 OUT
[OMNI OUT 16]
METER METER METER 4BAND INSERT AUX9 OUT 4BAND
SELECT (DCA) ST COMP BAL GAIN COMP BAL GAIN AUX10 OUT +
INPUT 1-8 ( TF5 ) 8 PAN EQ EFFECT AUX10 OUT EQ EFFECT TRIM DA -

......
ON

......

... ...
+4dBu

... ...
INPUT 9-16( TF3) HPF ST
ST AUX19 OUT AUX19 OUT
8 Post PAN L AUX20 OUT AUX20 OUT
USB IN 1-8 Pre DG PRE FADER Post FADER Post PAN R
Pre HPF SUB SUB LEVEL SUB SUB LEVEL
TO FX1/FX2 Same as CH1-32
8
SLOT IN 33-40 TO AUX1-8 Same as CH1-32
MATRIX1 SEND MATRIX1 SEND
TO AUX9/10-19/20 Same as CH1-32
TO MATRIX1-4 MATRIX1 SEND TO MATRIX1-4 MATRIX1 SEND
CUE Same as CH1-32
CUE CUE
SUB SUB
ST IN 1,2 LEVEL SUB ST IN 1,2 LEVEL SUB
INPUT INPUT
SELECT METER SELECT METER
METER METER FADER METER METER FADER
BA ST IN 1L METER ( DCA) ST MATRIX1-4 BA ST IN L METER ( DCA) ON ST MATRIX1-4
ON
[ST IN 1] AD ST IN 1R METER METER
METER
METER [ST IN] AD ST IN R METER METER
METER
FADER
METER
BA FADER BA
-10dBV ON -10dBV 4BAND ON
Post EQ 4BAND MATRIX1 OUT Post EQ DELAY GAIN MATRIX1 OUT
EQ DELAY GAIN EQ
MATRIX2 OUT MATRIX2 OUT
PLAYBACK L CUE MATRIX3 OUT PLAYBACK L CUE MATRIX3 OUT
Pre FADER Pre FADER
PLAYBACK R TO FX1/FX2 ON SEND FX1 MATRIX4 OUT PLAYBACK R TO FX1/FX2 ON SEND FX1 MATRIX4 OUT
Post FADER Post FADER
INPUT TO AUX1-8 SEND INPUT TO AUX1-8 SEND
AUX1 ON AUX1 MONITOR / CUE
ST IN 2L SELECT ON MONITOR / CUE ST IN L SELECT
BA
[ST IN 2] AD
ST IN 2R ON
SEND PAN AUX1
2
ST IN R ON
SEND PAN AUX1
2
BA AUX2 METER AUX2 METER
-10dBV AUX1 CUE AUX1 CUE
AUX2 LOGIC MONO MONITOR AUX2 LOGIC MONO MONITOR
2 LEVEL ON 2 LEVEL ON
MONITOR OUT L MONITOR OUT L
USB IN 33 TO AUX9/10-19/20 ON SEND PAN AUX9 DELAY
USB IN 33 TO AUX9/10-19/20 ON SEND PAN AUX9 DELAY
AUX10 2 MONITOR OUT R AUX10 MONITOR OUT R
USB IN 34 AUX9 USB IN 34 AUX9
AUX10 2 AUX10 2
SLOT IN 63 2 SLOT IN 63 2
CUE CUE DA CUE CUE DA
SLOT IN 64 DA [PHONES] SLOT IN 64 DA [PHONES]
( DCA CUE ) PHONES ( DCA CUE ) PHONES
LEVEL LEVEL
METER REC L METER REC L
REC REC
ST L Pre FADER LEVEL REC R ST L Pre FADER LEVEL REC R
SUB SUB
FX1,2 RTN LEVEL SUB
ST R Pre FADER
AUX1 Pre FADER REC [iPad]
FX1,2 RTN LEVEL SUB
ST R Pre FADER
AUX1 Pre FADER REC [iPad]
AUX2 Pre FADER SELECT AUX2 Pre FADER SELECT
: :
FADER METER AUX8 Pre FADER FADER METER AUX8 Pre FADER
METER METER CUE USB METER METER CUE USB
(DCA) ON ST
HOST
SLOT 32
(DCA) ON ST
HOST
SLOT 32
DIRECT OUT 1-32 ( as SLOT OUT 1-32 ) DIRECT OUT 1-32 ( as SLOT OUT 1-32 )
FX1 METER I/F 8 FX1 METER I/F 8
PLAYBACK AUX OUT 1-8 ( as SLOT OUT 33-40 ) PLAYBACK AUX OUT 1-8 ( as SLOT OUT 33-40 )
Level 12 Level 12
PLAYBACK L Sample Rate AUX OUT 9-20 ( as SLOT OUT 41-52 ) PLAYBACK L Sample Rate AUX OUT 9-20 ( as SLOT OUT 41-52 )
Convertor 4 4
PLAYBACK R MATRIX OUT 1-4 ( as SLOT OUT 53-56 ) PLAYBACK R Convertor MATRIX OUT 1-4 ( as SLOT OUT 53-56 )
STEREO OUT L/R, SUB OUT, MONITOR OUT 5 Expansion 5 Expansion
TO AUX1-8 Same as ST IN 1,2 CUE TO AUX1-8 Same as ST IN 1,2 CUE STEREO OUT L/R, SUB OUT, MONITOR OUT
FX2 ( as SLOT OUT 57,58,59,61,62 ) SLOT FX2 ( as SLOT OUT 57,58,59,61,62 ) SLOT
TO AUX9/10-19/20 Same as ST IN 1,2 TO AUX9/10-19/20 Same as ST IN 1,2
32 32
CUE Same as ST IN 1,2 SLOT IN 1-32 ( as CH 1-32 INPUTs ) CUE Same as ST IN 1,2 SLOT IN 1-32 ( as CH 1-32 INPUTs )
8
SLOT IN 33-40 ( as CH 33-40 INPUTs: TF5/TF3 )
2 2
RTA 32
SLOT IN 63, 64( as ST IN 2 INPUTs )
RTA 32
SLOT IN 63, 64( as ST IN 2 INPUTs )
CH1-32 Pre FADER CH1-32 Pre FADER
16
CH33-48 Pre FADER( TF5, TF3 )
ST IN 1,2 Pre FADER 4 4
4 USB TO HOST ST IN 1,2 Pre FADER
4 USB TO HOST
FX1,2 RTN Pre FADER INPUT 32 FX1,2 RTN Pre FADER INPUT 32
8 RTA DIRECT OUT 1-32 8 RTA DIRECT OUT 1-32
AUX1-8 Pre FADER SELECTOR AUX1-8 Pre FADER SELECTOR
12 REC L USB 12 REC L USB
AUX9-20 Pre FADER
I/F
[USB TO HOST] AUX9-20 Pre FADER [USB TO HOST]
ST, SUB Pre FADER 3 REC R
34 3 REC R I/F
ST, SUB Pre FADER 34
4 USB IN 1-34 4 USB IN 1-34
MATRIX1-4 Pre FADER MATRIX1-4 Pre FADER

26
P.O.BOX1, Hamamatsu Japan
[Link]
*All specifications are subject to change without notice. *All trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners.
*Apple, the Apple logo, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and Mac are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.
Trunking system - Datasheets
Printers - Datasheets
DURABLE A4 COLOUR
MULTI-FUNCTION
PRINTERS CONNECTED
TO THE CLOUD FOR
STREAMLINED
PRINTING AND
SCANNING
i-SENSYS MF650 series ACCESS FILES PROTECT SENSITIVE
FROM THE CLOUD DOCUMENTS
Designed for small to medium
businesses or individuals working
remotely, the Canon i-SENSYS PRINT FROM YOUR INCREASE
MF650 Series is a range of fast and SMARTPHONE EFFICIENCY

reliable A4 colour multi-function

printers AUTOMATE
EVERYDAY TASKS

Access files from the cloud Protect sensitive documents

Out-of-the-box cloud connectivity is compatible Robust security features include Secure PIN to
with Google Drive, DropBox, and OneDrive, restrict jobs being automatically released and
making it quick and easy to print and scan Verify System at Startup to protect your device
directly to and from the cloud. from hacking and virus threats.

Print from your smartphone Increase efficiency

Mobile connectivity with the Canon PRINT Fast printing, time-saving single-pass double-
Business app, AirPrint (Apple)and Mopria sided scanning, and a large colour touchscreen
(Android) means you can print from your phone, facilitate efficient print and scan workflows.
wherever you are.

Automate everyday tasks

Customise your workflows with the Application
Library, which enables one-touch tasks such as
printing stored forms, scanning to email, and
copying documents.
RANGE FEATURE STEP UP CHART

MF651Cw MF655Cdw MF657Cdw

Fax

A4 print speed 18ppm 21ppm 21ppm

12.7cm colour 12.7cm colour 12.7cm colour

Display
touch screen touch screen touch screen
Secure
PIN print
Automatic duplex
printing
Built-in cloud
connectivity
Application
Library
Single pass
duplex scan
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
i-SENSYS MF650 Series
Machine type Colour Laser All-In-One Media sizes Cassette :
Available functions MF657Cdw: Print, Copy, Scan and Fax A4, A5, A5 (Landscape), B5, Legal, Letter, Executive, Statement, OFFICIO,
MF655Cdw/MF651Cw: Print, Copy and Scan B-OFFICIO, M-OFFICIO, GLTR, GLGL, Foolscap, 16K, Post card, Indexcard, Envelop
(COM10, DL, C5, Monarch), Custom sizes: Min. 76.2 x 127 mm Max. 216 x 355.6 mm.
PRINTER
Print speed MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw: Multi-purpose tray:
Single sided : Up to 21 ppm (A4) A4, A5, A5 (Landscape), B5, Legal, Letter, Executive, Statement, OFFICIO, B-OFFICIO,
Up to 38 ppm (A5-Landscape) M-OFFICIO, GLTR, GLGL, Foolscap, 16K, Post card, Indexcard, Envelope (COM10, DL,
Double sided : Up to 12.7 ipm (A4) C5, Monarch), Custom sizes: Min 76.2 x 127 mm Max. 216 x 355.6 mm.
MF651Cw:
Single sided : Up to 18 ppm (A4) ADF (MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw only):
Up to 38 ppm (A5-Landscape) A4, A5, B5, Legal, Letter, Statement, Custom sizes: Min. 128 x 139.7 mm
Max 215.9 x 355.6 mm
Printing method Colour laser beam printing Media weights Cassette: 60 to 163 g/m2 (Up to 200 g/m2 with Coated paper)
Print resolution Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi Multi-purpose tray: 60 to 163 g/m2 (Up to 200 g/m2 with Coated paper)
Warm-up time Approx. 13 seconds or less from power on ADF (MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw):
First Print Out Time Colour approx.: 10.5 seconds or less 50 to 105 g/m2
Mono approx.: 10.4 seconds or less Double sided printing MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw only
Printer languages MF657Cdw: UFRII, PCL 5c 2, PCL6, Adobe® PostScript3 Automatic
MF655Cdw: UFRII, PCL 5c 2, PCL6 Cassette:
MF651Cw: UFRII A4, B5, Legal, Letter, Executive, OFFICIO, B-OFFICIO, M-OFFICIO, GLTR, GLGL,
Foolscap, 16K
Fonts MF657Cdw: Custom size - Min. 182 x 257 mm Max. 215.9 x 355.6 mm
93 PCL fonts 60 to 200 g/m2
136 PostScript fonts
MF655Cdw: 45 PCL fonts INTERFACE & SOFTWARE
Print margins 5 mm-top, bottom, left and right Interface type USB 2.0 Hi-Speed, 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000Base-T, Wireless 802.11b/g/n,
10 mm-top, bottom, left and right (Envelope) Wireless Direct Connection
Toner saver mode Yes Operating System compatibility Windows® 11 / Windows® 10 / Windows® 8.1 /
Advanced printing features MF657Cdw: Server® 2019 / Server® 2016 / Server® 2012R2 / Server® 2012
Secure Print Mac OS X version 10.11 & up
Print from USB memory key (JPEG/TIFF/PDF) Linux7
Print from Cloud1 (Dropbox, GoogleDrive, OneDrive) (PDF/JPEG)
Barcode Print3 Network Protocol Print:
iOS: AirPrint, Canon PRINT Business app TCP/IP (LPD/Port9100/IPP/IPPS/WSD)
Android; Mopria certified, Canon Print Service Plug-in, Canon PRINT Business app Scan:
MF655Cdw/MF651Cw: Push Scan: File: FTP (TCP/IP), SMB3.0 (TCP/IP)
Secure Print E-mail/I-Fax: SMTP (send), POP3 (receive)
Print from USB memory key (JPEG/TIFF/PDF) Pull Scan: TCP/IP
Print from Cloud1 (Dropbox, GoogleDrive, OneDrive) (PDF/JPEG)
iOS: AirPrint, Canon PRINT Business app Management:
Android; Mopria certified, Canon Print Service Plug-in, Canon PRINT Business app SNMPv1, SNMPv3 (IPv4,IPv6)

Security: TLS1.3, IPSec, IP/Mac address filtering, IEEE802.1X, SNMPv3,

SSL (HTTPS, IPPS)
Security (wireless):
COPIER Infrastructure Mode:
Copy speed MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw: WEP(64/128 bit), WPA-PSK(TKIP/AES), WPA2-PSK(TKIP/AES)
Single sided (A4): Up to 21 ppm Access Point Mode:
Double sided (A4): Up to 12.7 ppm WPA2-PSK(AES)
MF651Cw:
Single sided (A4): Up to 18 ppm

First Copy Output Time (FCOT) MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw:

ADF (A4): Software and printer management MF Scan Utility,
Colour Approx. 13.4 seconds or less Remote User Interface (RUI),
Mono Approx. 11.4 seconds or less Department ID Management,
Platen (A4): Toner Status Tool,
Colour Approx. 14.5 seconds or less iW Enterprise Management Console: Server-based software for centralised
Mono Approx. 12.3 seconds or less management of a fleet of devices
MF651Cw: eMaintenance: embedded RDS allows remote eMaintenance services such as meter
Platen (A4): capture, automatic consumables management and remote diagnostics.
Colour Approx. 13.4 seconds or less Application Library
Mono Approx. 11.4 seconds or less

GENERAL FEATURES
Copy resolution Up to 600 x 600 dpi Recommended Monthly Print Volume 250 - 2,500 pages per month
Copy modes Text/Photo/Map (Default),Text/Photo/Map (quality), Printed Image, Text Duty cycle Max. 30,000 pages per month 8
Double sided copying MF657Cdw: 2-sided to 2-sided (Automatic) Processor Speed 800MHz x 2
MF655Cdw: 1-sided to 2-sided (Automatic) Memory MF657Cdw: 1GB
Multiple copy Up to 999 copies MF655Cdw: 1GB
Reduction / Enlargement 25-400% in 1% increments Control panel 12.7 cm LCD Colour Touch Screen
Other features Frame Erase, Collate, 2 on 1, 4 on 1, ID card copy Dimensions with trays MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw: 451 mm x 460 mm x 413 mm
(W x D x H) MF651Cw: 451 mm x 460 mm x 360 mm
SCANNER
Installation space MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw: 783 mm x 1,211 mm x 789 mm
Type Colour (W x D x H) MF651Cw: 651 mm x 1,046 mm x 780 mm
Scan resolution Optical: Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Enhanced: Up to 9600 x 9600 dpi Weight MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw: 22.6 Kg
MF651Cw: 18.9 Kg
Scan speed MF657Cdw:
Single sided mono: 27ipm (300x600dpi) Operating environment Temperature: 10 to 30°C (50 to 86°F)
Single sided colour: 14ipm (300x600dpi) Humidity: 20 to 80% RH (no condensation)
Double sided mono: 47ipm (300x600dpi) Power Source 220-240V(±10%) 50/60Hz (±2Hz)
Double sided colour: 27ipm (300x600dpi) Power Consumption Maximum: Approx. 850 W
Active printing: Approx. 370W
Colour scanning depth MF657Cdw: 24 bit/24 bit (input/output) Standby: Approx. 11.0 W
MF655Cdw: 24 bit/24 bit (input/output) Sleep mode: Approx. 0.8 W
MF651Cw: 24 bit/24 bit (input/output)
MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw:
Greyscales MF657Cdw: 256 levels Typical Electricity Consumption (TEC): 0.22 kWh/week12
MF655Cdw: 256 levels MF651Cw:
Compatibility MF657Cdw: TWAIN , WIA, ICA Typical Electricity Consumption (TEC): 0.19 kWh/week12
MF655Cdw: TWAIN , WIA, ICA For detailed information relating to Lot26 regulation, please go to:
MF651Cw: TWAIN , WIA, ICA [Link]
Max. scan width MF657Cdw: 216mm Noise Levels MF657Cdw/MF655Cdw
MF655Cdw: 216mm Sound Pressure9 :
Active: Simplex 51 dB / Duplex 50 dB
Scan to E-mail MF657Cdw: TIFF/JPEG/PDF/Compact PDF/Searchable PDF/Encrypted PDF4/ Standby: Inaudible
Scan to PC PDF (Digital signature) 4
Scan to USB memory key MF655Cdw/MF651Cw: TIFF/JPEG/PDF/Compact PDF/Searchable PDF Sound Power 9:
Scan to FTP Active: Simplex 65dB or less / Duplex 67 dB or less
Scan to Cloud1 TIFF/JPEG/PDF/PNG5 Standby: Inaudible
iFAX MF657Cdw: ITU-T.37
MF651Cw:
FAX MF657Cdw ONLY Sound Pressure9 :
Modem speed 33.6 Kbps (Up to 3 seconds/page 6) Active: 49 dB
Receive mode Fax only, Fax/Tel Auto Switch, Answer Mode, Manual Standby: Inaudible
Fax resolution Standard: 200 x 100 dpi
Fine: 200 x 200 dpi Sound Power 9:
Super fine: 200 x 400 dpi Active: 64dB or less
Ultra fine: 400 x 400 dpi Standby: Inaudible
FAX memory Up to 512 pages6
CONSUMABLES
Speed dials Up to 281 dials
Cartridges Cartridge 067 Black (1,350 pages 10)11
Group dials/destinations Max. 299 dials / Max. 299 destinations
Cartridge 067H Black (3,130 pages 10)11
Sequential broadcast Max. 310 destinations Cartridge 067 Cyan (1,250 pages 10)11
Memory backup Permanent fax memory backup (Backup with flash memory) Cartridge 067H Cyan (2,350 pages 10)11
Double sided faxing Yes (Transmit and Receive) Cartridge 067 Magenta (1,250 pages 10)11
Other features Sender’s Name (TTI), Direct Send, TX Report, Sequential Broadcasting Cartridge 067H Magenta (2,350 pages 10)11
Cartridge 067 Yellow (1,250 pages 10)11
MEDIA HANDLING Cartridge 067H Yellow (2,350 pages 10)11
Scanner type MF657Cdw: Platen, 2-sided ADF (single pass)
MF655Cdw: Platen, ADF ACCESSORIES/ OPTIONS
MF651Cw: Platen Items MF657Cdw:
Paper input (Standard) MF657Cdw: TEL 6 Kit Long Cord (Telephone handset)
250-sheet cassette Barcode Printing Kit-E1E
1-sheet manual feed slot Send PDF Security Feature Set-E1
50-sheet ADF Notes:
MF655Cdw/MF651Cw:
[1]
Subscription to a third party cloud service is required, and subject to their party terms and conditions.
250-sheet cassette
[2]
Commands supported only. Third party driver or direct printing from application required.
1-sheet manual feed slot [3]
Accessory - Barcode Printing Kit-E1E - is required
[4]
Accessory - Send PDF Security Feature Set-E1 is required
[5]
Scan by MF Scan Utility or Canon PRINT Business
Paper input (Option) [6]
Based on ITU-T Standard Chart No. 1
Maximum paper input capacity 251 sheets [7]
Web distribution only. Linux support printing only.
Paper output 100-sheet [8]
Duty cycle is defined as the maximum number of printed pages for a single peak month. Any usage above the recommended
Media types Plain paper, Recycled paper, Heavy Paper, Thin paper, Colour paper, Coated paper,
Label, Post card, Envelope duty cycle may decrease the life of the product
[9]
Declared noise emission in accordance with ISO 9296
[10]
Based on ISO/IEC 19798
[11]
Printer ships with Black: 1,350 pages, C/M/Y: 680 pages starter cartridges
[12]
As per US ENERGY STAR® version3.0.
PRODUCT DETAILS:

PRODUCT NAME Mercury Code EAN Code

i-SENSYS MF651Cw 5158C009AA 4549292188202

i-SENSYS MF655Cdw 5158C004AA 4549292186048

i-SENSYS MF657Cdw 5158C001AA 4549292186024

ACCESSORIES:

PRODUCT NAME Mercury Code EAN Code

MiCard Attachment kit-B1 5146B002AA 4549292027235

Barcode Printing Kit-E1E 5143B002AA N/A (e-delivery)

Send PDF Security Feature Set-E1 9594B002AA N/A (e-delivery)

Telephone 6 Kit EU (CW) 0752A054AA 4960999453910

Telephone 6 Kit UK (CW) 0752A053AA 4960999453897

Telephone 6 Kit SA (CW) 0752A055AA 4960999453927

CONSUMABLES:

PRODUCT NAME Mercury Code EAN Code

Cartridge 067 Black 5102C002AA 4549292187564

Cartridge 067H Black 5106C002AA 4549292187397

Cartridge 067 Yellow 5099C002AA 4549292187434

Cartridge 067H Yellow 5103C002AA 4549292187595

Cartridge 067 Magenta 5100C002AA 4549292187502

Cartridge 067H Magenta 5104C002AA 4549292187625

Cartridge 067 Cyan 5101C002AA 4549292187533

Cartridge 067H Cyan 5105C002AA 4549292187656

Canon Inc.
[Link]

Canon Europe
[Link]

UK English Edition
© Canon Europa N.V.,2021
THE POWER
OF EFFICIENCY
REFINING THE WORKFLOW
Intuitive and incredibly functional, the
new imageRUNNER C3226i refines
routine workflow to amplify efficiency.

Touch Panel

Print/Copy/Scan/Fax

Mobile Support

Wi-Fi
Connectivity

Optimal Security
 imageRUNNER C3226i

MAKING ROUTINE TASKS A BREEZE

Streamline routine tasks with the functional and capable
new imageRUNNER C3226i. The new multi-function
device is packed with features that can cater to individual’s
workflows so users can stay productive and efficient with
simplified operations

EASY NAVIGATION,
GREAT USABILITY
The user-friendly 7-inch colour touch panel display ensures
excellent visibility, offering clear and easy browsing through
touch operations such as “flick” and “drag-and-drop”.

MEDIA TYPE & SIZE

GREATER MEDIA SUPPORT

Print with the preferred media type at any
Letterhead Up to 300gsm
point in time. The imageRUNNER C3226i
can be loaded with a wide range of
paper types and sizes for specific tasks,
supporting your various paper needs.
SRA3 to Pre-Punched
A6R Paper

CONVENIENT PRINT OUTPUTS

The new imageRUNNNER C3226i has various finishing
options, such as ECO-Staple, Staple-On-Demand and
hole punching. This reduces manual collating after
output, so your documents are instantly ready and in
the right configuration.
 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIVITY
Mobile support and printing can be quick and
easy. With the QR code feature, scan and connect
your mobile devices directly via the Canon PRINT
Business application. Preview and print documents
on the go by connecting directly to the multi-
function device.

YOU CAN DOWNLOAD FROM

APP STORE OR GOOGLE PLAY

RETHINK SECURITY
The latest security features comes as standard on the new
imageRUNNER C3226i, increasing the safety of your
documents and for better gate-keeping.

UNIFLOW ONLINE/ DOCUMENT DEVICE

ONLINE EXPRESS PROTECTION PROTECTION

uniFLOW Online/Online Express enables Printouts can be held with Force Hold Prevent unauthorised modifications through
personal authentication before documents Print until verification is performed at the Verify System at Startup which checks
are printed, reducing lost printouts and machine, preventing information leakage the integrity of the device firmware and
erroneous transmissions. from documents left unattended at the applications during startup.
machine.
SPECIFICATION
MAIN UNIT SCAN SPECIFICATIONS
Machine type A3 Color Laser Multifunctional Optional: DADF-BA1 [2-sided to 2-sided] or Platen Cover-Y3
Type
DADF: Duplexing Automatic Document Feeder
Core functions Print, Copy, Scan, Send and Optional Fax
Document Feeder Paper
Up to 100sheets
Control Panel 7 inch TFT LCD WVGA color Touch panel Capacity (80 gsm)
Memory Standard: 2.0GB RAM Platen: Sheet, Book and 3-Dimensional objects
Acceptable originals and Document Feeder media weight:
Storage eMMC: 30GB weights 1-sided scanning: 30 to 128 gsm (BW), 64 to 128 gsm (CL)
Network 2-sided scanning: 50 to 128 gsm (BW), 64 to 128 gsm (CL)
Standard: 1000Base-T/100Base-TX/10Base-T, Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11 b/g/n) Platen: max. scanning size: 297.0 x 431.8 mm
Interface Connection
Others Document Feeder media size:
Supported media sizes
Standard: USB 2.0 (Host) x 2, USB 2.0 (Device) x 1 A3, A4, A4R, A5, A5R, B4, B5, B5R, B6
Custom size: 128.0 x 139.7 mm to 297.0 x 431.8 mm
Paper Supply Capacity Standard: 1,200 sheets DADF:
(A4, 80gsm) Maximum: 2,300 sheets (with Cassette Feeding Unit-AW1) Scan Speed (ipm: BW/CL; A4) 1-sided Scanning: 70/70 (300 dpi, send), 51/42 (600 dpi, copy)
Paper output capacity Standard: 250 sheets 2-sided Scanning: 35/35 (300 dpi, send), 25.5/25.5 (600 dpi, copy)
(A4, 80gsm) Maximum: 650 Sheets (with Inner Finisher-L1 and Copy Tray-T1) Scan for Copy : Up to 600 x 600
Finishing capabilities Collate, Group, Offset, Staple, Hole Punch, ECO-Staple , Staple-On-Demand Scan for Send : (Push, BW) up to 600 x 600, (Pull, BW) up to 600 x 600
*Finishing capabilities vary depending on the options connected. Scan Resolution (dpi)
(Push, CL) up to 300 x 300, (Pull, CL) up to 300 x 300
Multi-purpose Tray: Scan for Fax : Up to 600 x 600
Thin, Plain, Heavy*, Recycled, Coated, Colour, Tracing, Bond, Transparency, Label,
Pre-punched, Letterhead, Envelope Pull Scan Specifications Color Network ScanGear2. For both TWAIN and WIA
*SRA3 is unsupported for Coated (257-300gsm) and Heavy(257-300gsm) paper.
Supported media types Supported OS Windows® 8.1/ 10/ Server2012/ Server2012 R2/ Server 2016/ Server 2019
Upper/ Lower Cassette
Thin, Plain, Recycled, Colour, Heavy, Bond, Transparency, Pre-punched, SEND SPECIFICATIONS
Letterhead, Envelope* Standard: E-mail/Internet FAX (SMTP), SMB3.0, FTP, WebDAV
* Envelope Feeder Attachment Kit (standard) is required. Destination
Optional: Super G3 FAX
Multi-purpose tray:
Standard size: SRA3, A3, A4, A4R, A5, A5R, A6R, B4, B5, B5R Address Book LDAP (2,000)/ Local (1,600) /One-touch (200)
Custom size: 98.4 x 139.7 mm to 320.0 x 457.2 mm Push: 100 x 100, 150 x 150, 200 x 100 (Normal), 200 x 200 (Fine),
Envelopes: COM10 No.10, Monarch, ISO-C5, DL 200 x 400* (SuperFine), 300 x 300, 400 x 400* (UltraFine), 600 x 600*
Envelope custom size: 98.0 x 98.0 mm to 320.0 x 457.2 mm Send resolution (dpi)
Upper Cassette: Pull: 75 x 75, 100 x 100, 150 x 150, 200 x 200, 300 x 300, 400 x 400*, 600 x 600*
Standard size: A4, A5, A5R, A6R, B5 *Only applicable for black and white, even if colour mode is selected.
Supported media sizes Custom Size: 105.0 x 148.0 mm to 297.0 x 215.9 mm File: FTP (TCP/IP), SMB3.0 (TCP/IP), WebDAV
Communication protocol
Envelope: ISO-C5 Email/iFax: SMTP (send), POP3 (receive)
*Envelope Feeder Attachment Kit B (standard) is required.
Standard: TIFF (MMR), JPEG*, PDF (Compact, Searchable, PDF/A-1b, Encrypted),
Lower Cassette: XPS (Compact, Searchable), PDF/XPS (Device Signature), Office Open XML
Standard size: A3, A4, A4R, A5, A5R, A6R, B4, B5, B5R (PowerPoint, Word)
Custom Size: 105.0 x 148.0 mm to 304.8 x 457.2 mm File Format
Envelopes*: COM10 No.10, Monarch, DL Optional: PDF (Trace & Smooth), PDF/XPS (User Signature)
*Envelope Attachement Kit A (standard) is required.
*Single page only
Multi-purpose tray: 52 to 300 gsm
Supported media weights Upper/Lower Cassette: 52 to 256 gsm STORE SPECIFICATIONS
Duplex: 52 to 220 gsm Memory Media Standard: USB Memory
4 Seconds or Less*
* Time from device power on to when copy icon appears and is enabled to operate on the touch panel display. FAX SPECIFICATIONS
Warm-up Time
From Sleep Mode: 10 seconds or less
(Quick start mode: ON) Maximum Number of
10 Seconds or Less* 1
*Time from device power on, until copy ready (not print reservation)
Connection Lines

Dimensions (W x D x H) 565 x 687 x 891 mm Super G3: 33.6 kbps

Modem Speed
G3: 14.4 kbps
Installation Space (W x D) 1,168 x 1,116 mm
Compression Method MH, MR, MMR, JBIG
Weight Approx. 76.9 kg including toner (with DADF-BA1)
Resolution (dpi) 400 x 400 (Ultrafine), 200 x 400 (Superfine), 200 x 200 (Fine), 200 x 100 (Normal)
PRINT SPECIFICATIONS Sending: A3, A4, A4R, A5*1, A5R*1, B4, B5*2, B5R*1
1-sided: Receiving: A3, A4, A4R, A5R, B4, B5, B5R
Sending/Receiving Size
Up to 26/26 ppm (A4, A5, A5R, A6R), Up to 20/20 ppm (A4R),
Print Speed (BW/CL) *1 Sent as A4
Up to 15/15 ppm (A3) *2 Sent as B4 short
2-sided: Up to 13/13 ppm (A4, A5R), Up to 10/10 ppm (A4R), Up to 7/7 ppm (A3) FAX memory Up to 30,000 pages
600 × 600
Print Resolution (dpi) Speed dials Max. 200
1,200 x 1,200 (half-speed)
Standard: UFRII, PCL6 Group dials/destinations Max. 199 dials
Page description languages
Optional: Adobe® PostScript®3TM
Sequential broadcast Max. 256 addresses
Supported file types:
RUI: PDF, EPS, TIFF/JPEG, XPS Memory backup Yes
Direct Print
USB Memory: PDF, TIFF/JPEG, XPS ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Network Place: PDF, TIFF/JPEG, XPS
Printing from mobile and Temperature: 10 to 30 ºC
AirPrint, Mopria, Canon PRINT Business, uniFLOW Online and Universal Print Operating Environment
cloud application Humidity: 20 to 80% RH (Relative Humidity)
PS fonts: 136 Roman Power source 220-240V 50/60Hz 4A
PCL fonts: 93 Roman, 10 Bitmap fonts, 2 OCR fonts, Andalé Mono WT Maximum: Approx. 1,500 W
Fonts J/K/S/T*1 (Japanese, Korean, Simplified and Traditional Chinese) , Barcode fonts*2 Standby: Approx. 44 W*1
*1 Requires optional PCL INTERNATIONAL FONT SET-A1 Sleep mode: Approx. 2 W*2 , Approx. 1 W*3
*2 Require optional BARCODE PRT KIT-D1 Power consumption
*1 Reference value: measured one unit
UFRII: Windows® 8.1/10/Server 2012/Server 2012 R2/Server 2016/Server 2019, *2 Wireless LAN power save mode OFF
MAC OS X (10.11 or later) *3 Wireless LAN power save mode ON
*2*3 Sleep mode is not available in all circumstances due to certain settings.
PCL: Windows® 8.1/10/Server 2012/Server 2012 R2/Server 2016/Server 2019 CONSUMABLES
Operating System
PS: Windows® 8.1/10/Server 2012/Server 2012 R2/Server 2016/Server 2019, NPG-67 TONER BK: 36,000 pages
Toner Yield (Estimated @ 5%
MAC OS X (10.11 or later) NPG-67 TONER C/M/Y: 19,000 pages
Coverage)
NPG-67L TONER C/M/Y: 2,500 pages
PPD: Windows® 8.1/10, MAC OS X (10.11 or later) PAPER SUPPLY OPTIONS
COPY SPECIFICATIONS
Paper Capacity: 550 sheets x 2 (1,100 sheets) (80 gsm)
1-sided: Paper Type: Thin, Plain, Recycled, Colour, Heavy, Bond, Transparency,
Copy Speed (BW/CL) Up to 26/26 ppm (A4, A5, A5R, A6R), Up to 20/20 ppm (A4R), Up to 15/15 ppm (A3) Pre-punched, Letterhead
2-sided : Up to 13/13 ppm (A4, A5R), Up to 10/10 ppm (A4R), Up to 7/7 ppm (A3) Paper Size: A3, A4, A4R, A5, A5R, A6R, B4, B5, B5R,
First-Copy-Out Time (A4) (BW) Approx. 7.0 / 8.7 seconds or less Cassette Feeding Unit-AW1 Custom Size: 105.0 x 148.0 mm to 304.8 x 457.2 mm
Paper Weight: 52 to 256 gsm
Copy resolution (dpi) 600 x 600 Power Source: From the Main Unit
Multiple Copies Up to 999 copies Dimensions (W x D x H): 565 x 635 x 248 mm
Weight: Approx. 16.0 kg
Copy Density Automatic or Manual (9 Levels)
OTHER ACCESSORIES
25% - 400% (1% Increments) Platen Cover-Y3,DADF-BA1, Utility Tray-B1, Option Attachment kit for Reader-A2, Inner 2way Tray-M1, Copy Tray-T1, Inner
Magnification Preset reduction/enlargement: 25%, 50%, 61%, 70%, 81%, 86%, 100%, 115%, 122%, Finisher-L1, Inner 2/3 Hole Puncher-D1, Inner 2/4 Hole Puncher-D1, Copy Card Reader Attachment-H3, IC Card Reader
141%, 200%, 400%
Attachment-B3,Copy Card Reader-F1, PCL International Font Set-A1,PCL Asian Font Set-A1,PS Printer Kit-CS1, Universal Send
Trace & Smooth PDF Kit-A1,Universal Send Digital User Signature Kit-C1,Barcode Printing Kit-D1,Copy Control Interface Kit-
D1,Super G3 FAX Board-BJ1, Remote Fax Kit-A1,ADF Access Handle-A1, Media Adjustment kit-A1, Staple-P1

SOUTH & SOUTHEAST ASIA REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS DEALER’S STAMP

CANON SINGAPORE PTE. LTD.

1 Fusionpolis Place #14-10 Galaxis, Singapore 138522
Tel: 65-6799-8888 I Fax: 65-6799-8882 I [Link]

This document is for general information only and contents are subject to change without notice. Errors and omissions excepted. Weights and dimensions are approximates. Options, name and availability may vary by regions. Nothing in this document should be construed as
a warranty. We expressly disclaim any liability or contractual obligations in connection with this document. Trademarks belong to their respective owners.

0224W761 © 2021 Canon Singapore Pte. Ltd. All rights reserved. Printed in Singapore.
REDEFINING THE
LARGE-FORMAT
PRINTER
Print Head Borderless Printing Widths (Roll Media Only) Certifications
PF-06 8", 10", 12", 14", 16", 17", 20", 24", 30", 36", Electrical Safety Regulations
Technology B4 (10.12"/257 mm), A3 (11.69"/297 mm), C TUVus (U.S.A.), C TUVus (Canada)
A3+ (12.95"/329 mm), A2 (16.54"/420 mm), Electromagnetic Interface Regulations
FINE (Photolithography Inkjet Nozzle Engineering)
B2 (20.28"/515 mm), A1 (23.39"/ 594 mm), FCC Part 15B (U.S.A.), IC (Canada)
Print Resolution (Max.) B1 (28.66"/ 728 mm), A0 (33.11"/841 mm) Radio Regulations
2400 x 1200 dpi FCC Part 15C (U.S.A.), IC (Canada)
Media Cutter
Line Accuracy* Environmental Certifications
Durable Dual-Blade Rotary Cutter
±0.1% or Less ENERGY STAR® (Worldwide)
Media Thickness
Minimum Line Weight** Operational Environment
0.07 – 0.8 mm
0.02 mm Temperature: 59° – 86° F (15° – 30° C)
Media Core Sizes Relative Humidity: 10 – 80% (No Condensation)
Number of Nozzles 2" and 3" Core Adapters Included
Matte Black: 5,120 Nozzles Printer Dimensions (H x W x D) and Weight
Maximum Roll Outer Diameter (With Basket Opened)
Other Colors: 2,560 Nozzles per Color
5.9" (150 mm)
42" x 51" x 34" Approx. 130 lb.
Droplet Size Media Output
5 Picoliter Package Dimensions (H x W x D) and Weight
Basket (Standard)
With Stand, Basket, and Pallet
Nozzle Pitch (Head Resolution) Printing Software Utilities 38" x 58" x 36" Approx. 229 lb.
1200 dpi x Two Rows
Accounting Manager, Apple AirPrint, Canon Print Options
Print Head Swath Service, Device Management Console, Direct Print
• 2"/3" Roll Holder Set (RH2-35)
1.07 inch & Share, Free Layout Plus, imagePROGRAF Printer
Driver for Windows®/Mac®, Media Configuration Tool, • PosterArtist
Ink Type
PosterArtist Lite for Windows, Canon PRINT Inkjet User-Replaceable Items
Pigment: Matte Black (MBK), Cyan (C), Magenta (M),
Yellow (Y), Black (BK) Selphy, Easy-Photo PrintEditor,† Optimized Driver • Ink Tank (PFI-120/PFI-320)
for AutoCAD, Free Layout • Print Head (PF-06)
Ink Tank
Shipped with Printer: MBK (130 ml), BK, C, M, Y (90 ml) Operating System • Maintenance Cartridge (MC-31)
Windows 7 (32/64 bit), Windows 8.1 (32/64 bit), • Cutter Blade (CT-08)
Replacement: PFI-120 (130 ml) or PFI-320 (300 ml)
Windows 10 (32/64 bit), Windows Server 2008 R2, What’s In The Box
Ink Supply Method (32/64 bit), Windows Server 2012 (64 bit), Windows
Tubing System with Sub-tanks for Continuous Ink Supply Printer, Basket, Stand, 2”/3” Core Media Spool (Adapt-
Server 2012 R2 (64 bit), Windows Server 2016 (64 bit),
ers Included), Power Cord, Tools and Screws, Print
Nozzle Recovery System Macintosh OS X v10.10.5-v10.12x
Head, Maintenance Cartridge (Installed),
Non-firing Nozzle Detection and Compensation Print Language 5 Ink Tanks (130 ml: MBK, 90 ml: BK/C/M/Y),
Printer Controller Printer: SGRaster, HP-GL/2, HP RTL, JPEG Sample Heavyweight Coated Paper (A2/2 Sheets),
L-COA PRO Interface Ethernet Card (built-in), USB 2.0 High-speed Interface,
Standard (Built-in): USB 2.0 Hi-Speed, 10/100/ USB Connection Sheet, iWR Service Terms Leaflet,
Printer RAM User Manual, Quick Setup Guide, User Software CD
2 GB 1000Base-T/TX, Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11 b/g /n)■
for Windows (Printer Driver Utilities),
Media Feed Acoustic Noise PosterArtist Lite CD, User Registration Card
Roll Feed: One Roll, Top-loading, Front Output Operation: 44 dB (A) or Less
Standby: 35 dB (A) or Less * Line accuracy repeatability is guaranteed after a user performs
Media Width Acoustic Power: 6.0Bels or Less
necessary adjustment and under the same environmental conditions.
Applies to media for line drawing (Plain Paper, Coated Paper, CAD
Roll Feed: 8"-36"(203 mm –914 mm)
Power Supply Translucent Matte Film, and CAD Tracing Paper) only.
Cut Sheet: 8"-36"(203 mm –914 mm) ** Theoretical value based on data resolution.
AC 100–240V (50-60 Hz)
Printable Margins †
 he maximum printable length varies depending on the application,
T
Power Consumption
Roll Feed: All Sides: 0.12" (3 mm) or 0" for Borderless OS, and RIP used.
Maximum: 69 W or Less ††
To be supported in December 2018.
Maximum Print Length (Single Page)† Standby: 3.6 W or Less
Roll Feed: 59' (18 m)
■
Wireless printing requires a working network with wireless 802.11b/g
Power Off: 0.3 W or Less (Executive Order Compliant) or 802.11n capability. Wireless performance may vary based on terrain
Cut Sheet: 63" (1.6 m) and distance between the printer and wireless network clients.

[Link]

As an ENERGY STAR® Partner, Canon U.S.A., Inc. has qualified this model as meeting the ENERGY STAR energy
efficiency criteria through an EPA recognized certification body. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark
are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Canon and imagePROGRAF are
registered trademarks of Canon Inc. in the United States and may also be registered trademarks or trademarks
in other countries. All other referenced product names and marks are trademarks of their respective owners. All
printer output and screen images are simulated. Specifications and availability subject to change without notice.
Not responsible for typographical errors.
©2018 Canon U.S.A., Inc. All rights reserved.
0918-TM300SS-PDF-SP
GYM System - Datasheets
 ATEO6
Wall speaker with CleverMount™ 6"
Highlights:

• Vertical and horizontal mounting (rotatable logo)

• 1" Dome tweeter
• 6" Low frequency loudspeaker
• 100V and low impedance connection possibility
• Stunning designed and elegant looking ABS enclosure
• Patented CleverMount™ mounting system
• Multi-tapping 70V / 100V line transformer

Product information:

The ATEO is a series of extraordinary loudspeakers especially

designed for fixed install indoor applications, ranging from
modern residential applications to the most demanding
designer applications in environments such as retail stores,
pubs, restaurants or even clubs.

The ATEO6 is the 6” version, with a 1” dome tweeter and a 6”

Mid / Low frequency driver, ensuring a true-to-nature, high-
fidelity reproduction of music and speech. It features a
stunningly designed and elegant looking ABS housing which is
fitted with high-quality components. What makes this
loudspeaker range so exceptional is the especially designed
mounting bracket using the Clevermount™ technology, making
the loudspeakers cabinet flow together with the mounting
bracket providing a great ease for installing the loudspeaker in
one good-looking entity.

The mounting and connection of the loudspeaker simply

happens by attaching the included metal wall-plate to the
desired location. When mounted, the wires must be connected
to the desired terminal of the custom connection block. The
desired power tap for 70/100 Volt or 8 Ohm can be selected by
picking the right terminal. After this is done, only five seconds of
work is left for clipping the loudspeaker onto the wall-plate,
tightening the safety screw and you’re ready to rock! This way,
it’s really child’s play to install a large number of loudspeakers in
no-time.
Impedance:
Even if you’re working all alone while people are watching your
fingers or when installing the speakers up high, when you’re
standing on a ladder. All ATEO series speakers are available in
black (/B) or white (/W).

Applications:
Voltage:
• Bars & Restaurants
• Corporate
• Education
• Hotels
• Retail
• Residential
• Clubs

AUDAC - ATEO6 - 23/07/2023 09:40 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 5
 System specifications:

Speaker type Full range

Peak power handling 240 W

Program power handling 120 W

RMS/AES power handling 60 W

Impedance 8 Ω (ATEO6)

16 Ω (ATEO6D)

Incline angle Left 30°

Right 30°

Bottom 30°

Top 5°

Sensitivity (1W/1m) 89 dB

Sound Pressure (Max. W/1m) @8Ω 106 dB

@ 100 V 105 dB

Frequency Response (± 3 dB) 65 Hz - 20 kHz

Range (-10 dB) 55 Hz - 20 kHz

Dispersion Horizontal 120°

Vertical 120°

Connectors 6-pin Custom Terminal Block

Drivers 1” Dome tweeter

6” MF / LF Woofer

Line Transformer Tappings 1 100 Ω - 100 V / Not used - 70 V / 50 W

2 200 Ω - 100 V / 50 W - 70 V / 25 W

3 400 Ω - 100 V / 25 W - 70 V / 12.5 W

4 800 Ω - 100 V / 12.5 W - 70 V / 6.25 W

AUDAC - ATEO6 - 23/07/2023 09:40 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 5
 Product Features:

Dimensions 193.1 x 347.5 x 215.2 mm (W x H x D)

Weight 3.820 kg

Operating temperature -20 °C ~ 60 °C

Mounting Clevermount™

Accessories Included Allen-key wrench

Construction ABS

Front finish Steel grill

Colours Black (RAL9005) (ATEO6/B, ATEO6D/B)

White (RAL9003) (ATEO6/W, ATEO6D/W)

Variants: Shipping & Ordering:

• ATEO6/B - Black version - 8Ω and 100V Packaging Cardboard box (pair)

• ATEO6/W - White version - 8Ω and 100V
• ATEO6D/B - Black version - 16Ω Shipping weight & volume 8.200 kg - 0.038 Cbm (2 pcs)

• ATEO6D/W - White version - 16Ω

Architects’ and Engineers’ Specifications:

The loudspeaker shall be a 2-way system, consisting of a 6” woofer and 1” dome tweeter which are housed in a curved ABS housing
with a fine perforated steel front grill. The connection and installation of the loudspeaker shall be performed using a Clevermount™
mounting system. The direction of the speaker shall be continuously adjustable in all four directions. It shall have an RMS power
handling of 60 Watt with a maximum power handling of 120 Watt and the frequency response (±3 dB) shall range from 65 Hz to 20
kHz. The sensitivity shall be 89 dB when measuring with an input signal of 1 Watt at a distance of 1 meter, while the maximum
continuous sound pressure level shall be 106 dB. The loudspeaker shall have an impedance of 8 Ohm and contain a passive built-in
crossover network. For use in public address systems, a Multi-Tapping 100 Volt built-in line transformer with power taps for 50 Watt,
25 Watt, 12.5 Watt and 6.25 Watt shall be provided. The corresponding power tap shall be selectable by connecting the correct
terminal of a special designed 6-pin terminal block connector. The system’s enclosure shall be 347,1 mm high, 193,1 mm wide and
215,2 mm deep and the weight shall not exceed 3.82 Kg.

AUDAC - ATEO6 - 23/07/2023 09:40 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 3 of 5
 Acoustical data graphs:

Horizontal Polars:

0° 0° 0°
0 0 0
330° 30° 330° 30° 330° 30°
-10 -10 -10

300° -20 60° 300° -20 60° 300° -20 60°

-30 -30 -30

270° -40 90° 270° -40 90° 270° -40 90°

240° 120° 240° 120° 240° 120°

210° 150° 210° 150° 210° 150°

180° 180° 180°

16 kHz 8 kHz 4 kHz 2000 Hz 1000 Hz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz 63 Hz

Vertical Polars:
90° 90° 90°
0 0 0
120° 60° 120° 60° 120° 60°
-10 -10 -10

150° -20 30° 150° -20 30° 150° -20 30°

-30 -30 -30

(-) 180° -40 0° (-) 180° -40 0° (-) 180° -40 0°

-150° -30° -150° -30° -150° -30°

-120° -60° -120° -60° -120° -60°

-90° -90° -90°

16 kHz 8 kHz 4 kHz 2000 Hz 1000 Hz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz 63 Hz

Sensitivity:
100
Level (dB- SPL/1W @ 1m)

90

80

70

60

50

40
10 100 Frequency (Hz) 1000 10000

Beamwidth (-3dB):
360

100
Angle (Degrees)

10

1
10 100 1000 10000
Frequency (Hz)

Horizontal Beamwidth Vertical Beamwidth

Directivity index:
30

25
Directivity Index (dB)

20

15

10

0
10 100 1000 10000
Frequenty (Hz)

AUDAC - ATEO6 - 23/07/2023 09:40 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 4 of 5
 Technical drawings:

193,1
347,5

215,2
Weight:

ATEO6
3,82 kg

162,25 50
BRACKET 6INCH 8OHM+100V
WALL SPEAKER WITH CLEVERMOUNT
(w x h x d)
Outer dimensions:

Product description:
193,1 x 347,5 x 215,2

50
Unit height:
N/A

AUDAC - ATEO6 - 23/07/2023 09:40 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 5 of 5
 BASO12
Compact 12" bass reflex cabinet
Highlights:

• High quality 18 mm plywood

• 2 x Speakon compatible connector in recessed connector
dish (linkthrough)
• 12" high-performance woofer
• Impact resistant die-cast frame
• DuraWeather™ cone treatment

Product information:

The BASO cabinets are universally useable passive bass

cabinets. Their bass reflex design is engineered to be as
compact as possible while giving the maximum performance in
terms of sound quality and pressure. Their enclosures are
crafted out of sturdy high-quality plywood while their elegant
design enables them to be placed in any environment. The
BASO12 is loaded with a 12” high-performance woofer with an
RMS power rating of 500 Watt and maximum power of 1000
Watt. Impedance:

The strength of this loudspeaker originates from a 4” voice coil

which is allowed to extra long excursions. Displacements are
precisely controlled by the dual low-loss suspension resulting in
a superior linear behaviour. These carefully selected high-grade
materials in collaboration with accurate acoustical
craftsmanship results in an impressive combination of punch
and low frequency extension without compromises. The highly-
efficient design results in a sensitivity of 98 dB with capability of
continuous sound pressure production up to 125 dB.

The frequency response ranges from 40 Hz up to 300 Hz while

going down to 35 Hz at -10 dB. Besides these acoustical
aspects, a lot of attention has been paid to all other aspects
making it as versatile as possible. The enclosure is compact
designed without any sacrifice to robustness due to the 18 mm
high-quality plywood material finished with structured coating.
Connections are made using two speakon compatible
connectors located in a recessed connector dish, allowing link-
through to other cabinets. This also allows close placement to
any wall or corner.

Applications:

• Clubs
• Museums & Themeparks
• Sporting facilities
• Concert venues
• Bars & Restaurants
• Retail

AUDAC - BASO12 - 23/07/2023 09:41 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 5
 System specifications:

Speaker type 12” Bass reflex cabinet

Peak power handling 2000 W

Program power handling 1000 W

RMS/AES power handling 500 W

Impedance 8Ω

Sound Pressure (Max. W/1m) 125 dB

Sensitivity (1W/1m) 98 dB

Frequency Response (± 3 dB) 40 Hz - 300 Hz

Range (-10 dB) 35 Hz - 600 Hz

Bass reflex tuning frequency 45 Hz

Connectors 2 x Speakon compatible connector in recessed connector

dish (linkthrough)

Drivers 12” Ferrite with low-loss suspension and 1.5” 4-layer

wounded voice coil

Product Features:

Dimensions 380 x 449 x 460 mm (W x H x D)

Weight 22 kg

Operating temperature -20 °C ~ 60 °C

Construction 18 mm plywood with structured coating

Front finish Steel grill (18 gauge)

Mounting & handling Rigging points 3 x M6 mounting bracket installation holes on both sides

Colours Black (RAL9004) (BASO12/B)

White (RAL9003) (BASO12/W)

Variants: Shipping & Ordering:

• BASO12/B - Black version Packaging Cardboard box

• BASO12/W - White version
Shipping weight & volume 23.500 kg - 0.16 Cbm

AUDAC - BASO12 - 23/07/2023 09:41 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 5
 Architects’ and Engineers’ Specifications:

The subwoofer shall incorporate a 12” transducer with 4” voice coil and powerful ferrite type magnet which is loaded into a bass
reflex front loaded enclosure. A dual low-loss suspension shall be used, precisely controlling voice coil replacements and resulting in
a superior linear behaviour. The enclosure shall have a compact rectangular shape with curved front finishing and an elegant
powdercoated steel grill which is lined with an acoustically transparent backing. The rear must have a trapezoidal shape while top
and bottom corners are bevelled. The construction shall be made using 18 mm thick plywood finished with a structured coating
which comes available in both black (RAL9004) &amp; white (RAL9003) colour. Input connectors shall be parallel wired using speakon
compatible connectors fitted in a re­cessed connector dish allowing close placement to any wall or corner. It shall have an RMS
power handling of 500 Watt, a maximum power handling of 1000 Watt and an impedance of 8 Ohm. The fre­quency response (-10
dB) shall range from 35 Hz to 600 Hz with a bass reflex tuning frequency of 45 Hz. The sensitivity shall be 98 dB when measuring
with an input signal of 1 Watt at a distance of 1 meter, while the maximum continuous sound pressure level shall reach 125 dB. The
system’s enclosure shall be 449 mm high, 380 mm wide and 460 mm deep and the weight shall not exceed 22 Kg.

AUDAC - BASO12 - 23/07/2023 09:41 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 3 of 5
 Acoustical data graphs:

Horizontal Polars:

0° 0°
0 0
330° 30° 330° 30°

-10 -10

300° 60° 300° 60°

-20 -20

270° -30 90° 270° -30 90°

240° 120° 240° 120°

210° 150° 210° 150°

180° 180°

1000 Hz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz 63 Hz 31,5 Hz

Vertical Polars:

90°
90°
0
0
120° 60°
120° 60°

-10
-10
150° 30°
150° 30°

-20
-20

(-) 180° -30 0°

(-) 180° -30 0°

-150° -30°
-150° -30°

-120° -60° -120° -60°

-90° -90°

1000Hz 500Hz 250Hz 125Hz 63Hz 31,5Hz

Sensitivity:

110

100
Level (dB- SPL/1W @ 1m)

90

80

70

60

50
10 100 1000 10000
Frequency (Hz)

AUDAC - BASO12 - 23/07/2023 09:41 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 4 of 5
 Technical drawings:

460 449

380
Weight:

BASO12
TBA

COMPACT 12" BASS REFLEX CABINET -

500W RMS
(w x h x d)
Outer dimensions:

Product description:
380 x 449 x 460

Unit height:
N/A

AUDAC - BASO12 - 23/07/2023 09:41 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 5 of 5
 EPA254
Quad-channel Class-D amplifier 4 x 250W - crossover
Highlights:

• Terminal block output connections

• XLR input connections with crossover operation mode switch
• Energy-star certified
• Standby energy saving mode
• Integrated crossover
• Lightweight class-D amplifier
• Convection cooled

Product information:

This energy efficient stereo amplifier will automatically switch to

a standby mode when no audio signals are detected (less than
1Watt power consumption in standby mode). Their weight and
compact size makes these single rack space amplifiers ideal for
both fixed and mobile installations. Their use of Class-D
technology ensures excellent efficiency as well as outstanding
sound quality. Thanks to the complete passively cooled entity
only a minimal of maintenance is needed, while ensuring
maximum reliability. The quad channel construction consists of
four channels with the possibility to use two independent
stereos. In combination with the integrated active crossover
network, it offers a complete solution for compact stereo
applications with a bass cabinet. Various specific functions and
advanced circuitry guarantees an optimal protection against DC
malfunctioning, short circuit, overheating and overload. Signal
input connections are integrated with balanced XLR connectors.
Outputs are connected using terminal block connectors.

Applications: Certification:

• Bars & Restaurants

• Education
• Clubs
• Retail
• Corporate
• Events

AUDAC - EPA254 - 20/07/2023 11:00 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 1 of 4
 System specifications:

RMS/AES power handling @ 4 Ω Stereo 4 x 250 W

@ 8 Ω Stereo 4 x 130 W

@ 8 Ω Bridge 2 x 500 W

Frequency Response (± 3 dB) 20 Hz - 20 kHz

Signal / Noise > 90 dB

THD+N (@ 1 kHz) < 0.1%

Crosstalk (@ 1 kHz) > 70 dB

Technology Class-D

Power Supply AC Input: 100-120V/220-240V~ 50/60Hz

Note: Standard voltage and frequency of electricity varies from country to country. Please contact your local distributor to ensure suitable product
variant voltage and frequency compatibility.

Switching mode

Consumption 438 W

Standby 0.7 Watt (30 min standby time)

Inputs Sensitivity 0 dB (1V RMS)

Impedance 12 kΩ balanced

Connector 3-pin XLR female

Protection DC Short circuit

Over heating

Over load

Signal limiting

Cooling Convection cooled

Operating temperature 0° ~ 40° @ 95% Humidity

Outputs Connector 2-pin Euro Terminal Block (Pitch - 5.08 mm)

Product Features:

Dimensions 482 x 44 x 330 mm (W x H x D)

Weight 4.700 kg

Mounting 19”

Unit height 1 HE

Construction Steel

Colours Black

AUDAC - EPA254 - 20/07/2023 11:00 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 2 of 4
 Shipping & Ordering:

Packaging Cardboard box

Shipping volume 0.028 Cbm

Architects’ and Engineers’ Specifications:

The amplifier must be an energy efficient and compact quad channel Class-D power amplifier, containing four independent
controllable amplifier channels with an output power of 4 x 250 Watt. Bridging the outputs two-by-two shall be possible, merging
their power to 500 Watt while an integrated (selectable) active crossover network shall be implemented to apply high-pass and low-
pass filters to the channels, creating a sub / top configuration for a stereo system with bass cabinet. The construction must be
transformerless using Class-D amplifier technology and powered by a switching power supply. Each channel shall have integrated
circuitry to protect against short-circuits or mismatched loads and over-heating. The amplifier must be convection cooled so that
maintenance can be kept to a strict minimum.
An automatic signal detection circuit shall be implemented, switching the amplifier to standby mode when no input signal is
detected. The energy efficiency levels shall comply with energy-star and other international energy and environmental requirement
standards. The front panel shall contain an AC power switch accompanied by a blue power indicator LED and channel operation
indicator LED’s. A green signal LED’s indicates the presence of an input signal and it’s level exceeding the -20 dB level, a clip LED
indicating the channel operation at maximum level and a protection LED indicating any fault detected shall be provided for each
channel.
All connections shall be made on the rear panel of the unit. The signal input connections shall be balanced and performed using XLR
connectors. The output connections must be fitted with terminal block [Link] amplifier shall operate on a 100-240V AC -
50/60 Hz mains network and shall be equipped with a removable power cord having a standard shuko (CEE 7/7) AC plug. The
connector on the amplifier chassis shall be a fused IEC C14 type. The amplifier chassis shall be a single rackspace steel constructed
19’’ housing. Depth from mounting surface to rear supports shall be 330 mm and the weight shall not exceed 4.7 Kg.

AUDAC - EPA254 - 20/07/2023 11:00 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 3 of 4
 Technical drawings:

Weight:

EPA254
TBA

QUAD CHANNEL CLASS-D POWER

(w x h x d)
Outer dimensions:
AMPLIFIER

Product description:
483 x 44 x 330

Unit height:
1 HE

AUDAC - EPA254 - 20/07/2023 11:00 UTC

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice, this is part of our policy to continually improve our products. Page 4 of 4
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

Mobile TV & AV Home Appliance Computing SmartThings Shop Support For Business

Enjoy free delivery and installation on the purchase of any Samsung TV.
Learn more

65" Crystal UHD BU8500

Features Spec Review Support Compare

65" Crystal UHD

BU8500
UA65BU8500UXSA

0 (0)

Free Bundle HW-C450/SA

Vivid crystal color on our slimmest
profile
Dynamic Crystal Color
Sleek and slim, more than ever
Crystal Processor 4K
Feel every shade of color as intended.
Powerful 4K

Choose your size

55 65 75

AR

65" Crystal UHD

Images (20) Videos (1) BU8500
65"

3,499.00 SAR
5,999.00 SAR Save 2,500.00 SAR

ADD TO CART

WHERE TO BUY

Need help? Chat

Dynamic Crystal Color AirSlim Crystal Processor 4K Smart Hub
with Samsung
Experts!

[Link] 1/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

Discover your favorite

contents in one place
Smart Hub
Samsung’s new Smart Hub puts content curation and discovery front and
center, so you spend less time searching and more time streaming
movies, shows and other contents you enjoy.
* Content services and recommendation may vary by regions & models.
* Agreement of the Smart Hub Terms and Conditions and Privacy Policy is required before use.

[Link] 5/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

Series Resolution Connectivity USB

8 3,840 x 2,160 3 2

Product Type LED

Series 8

Display Screen Size Refresh Rate

65" 50Hz

Resolution
3,840 x 2,160

Video Picture Engine One Billion Color

Crystal Processor 4K Yes

PQI (Picture Quality Index) HDR (High Dynamic Range)

2200 HDR

HDR 10+ HLG (Hybrid Log Gamma)

Support Yes

Contrast Brightness/Color Detection

Mega Contrast Brigtness Detection

Micro Dimming Contrast Enhancer

UHD Dimming Yes

[Link] 12/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

Auto Motion Plus Film Mode

Yes Yes

Motion Technology Clear Motion

Motion Xcelerator LED Clear Motion

Noise Reduction Filmmaker Mode (FMM)

Yes Yes

Audio Dolby Digital Plus Adaptive Sound

MS12 2ch Adaptive Sound

Object Tracking Sound Q-Symphony

OTS Lite Yes

Sound Output (RMS) Speaker Type

20W 2CH

Multiroom Link Blutooth Audio

Yes Yes

Dual Audio Support (Bluetooth)

Yes

[Link] 13/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

Smart Service Samsung SMART TV Operating System

Smart Tizen™

Bixby Web Browser

US English, UK English, India English, Yes
Korean, French, German, Italian,
Spanish, BR Portuguese (features vary
by language)

SmartThings App Support SmartThings

Yes Yes

Media Home
Yes

Smart Feature Mobile to TV - Mirroring, DLNA Tap View

Yes Yes

SmartThings Hub Easy Setup

Yes Yes

App Casting Bluetooth Low Energy

Yes Yes

WiFi Direct TV Sound to Mobile

Yes Yes

Sound Mirroring Wireless Dex

Yes Yes

Web Service
Microsoft 365

Differentiation Analog Clean View Triple Protection

Yes Yes

[Link] 14/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

Game Feature Auto Game Mode (ALLM) HGiG

Yes Yes

Tuner/Broadcasting Digital Broadcasting Analog Tuner

DVB-T2CS2 Yes

TV Key
Yes

Connectivity HDMI USB

3 2

Ethernet (LAN) Digital Audio Out (Optical)

Yes 1

RF In (Terrestrial / Cable input) HDMI A / Return Ch. Support

1/1(Common Use for Terrestrial)/1 Yes

eARC HDMI Quick Switch

Yes (HDMI 2) Yes

Wireless LAN Built-in Bluetooth

Yes (WiFi5) Yes (BT5.2)

Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)
Yes

Design Design Bezel Type

AirSlim 3 Bezel-less

Slim Type Front Color

Slim look BLACK

[Link] 15/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

Stand Type Stand Color

SIMPLE PLUS-NARROW BLACK

Additional Feature Auto Channel Search Caption (Subtitle)

Yes Yes

Connect Share™ (HDD) ConnectShare™ (USB 2.0)

Yes Yes

EPG OSD Language

Yes Local Languages

BT HID Built-in USB HID Support

Yes Yes

Teletext (TTX) IPv6 Support

Yes Yes

MBR Support
Yes

Accessibility Accessibillity - Voice Guide Accessibility - Learn TV Remote / Learn

MEA : UK English, France French / AFR Menu Screen
: UK English, France French, Portugal UAE: UK English, French / AFR: UK
Portuguese English, French, Portuguese /
Egypt,Libya: UK English, French,
Spanish

Accessibility - Others
Enlarge / High Contrast / Color
Inversion / Grayscale / Sign Language
Zoom / Multi-output Audio / Slow
Button Repeat /Picture Off

[Link] 16/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

Power & Eco Solution Power Supply Power Consumption (Max)

AC100-240V 50/60Hz 215 W

Eco Sensor Yearly Power Consumption (EU

Yes standard)
N/A kWh

Auto Power Off Auto Power Saving

Yes Yes

Dimension Package Size (WxHxD, mm) Set Size with Stand (WxHxD, mm)
1612 x 950 x 164 mm 1451.7 x 897.5 x 290.2 mm

Set Size without Stand (WxHxD, mm) Stand (Basic) (WxD, mm)
1451.7 x 832.3 x 25.7 mm 343 x 290.2 mm

VESA Spec
400 x 300 mm

Weight Package Weight (kg) Set Weight with Stand (kg)

28.7 kg 21.7 kg

Set Weight without Stand (kg)

20.9 kg

Accessory Remote Controller Model Samsung Smart Control (Included)

TM2280E Yes

Slim Fit Wall-mount Support Optional Stand Support (Y20 Studio)

Yes Yes

Mini Wall Mount Support Vesa Wall Mount Support

Yes Yes

[Link] 17/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

Full Motion Slim Wall Mount (Y22) User Manual

Yes Yes

E-Manual Power Cable

Yes Yes

Hide all

Reviews
Domestic Reviews International Reviews

 (0) Write a review

Reviews
Review this Product

Be the first to review this product

See more International Reviews

Support
Find answers the question you have about the product

Product Support

See More Content

User manual & Downloads

Quick Setup Guide Remote control User Manual e-Manual

ver 2211250 | 0.87 MB ver 2203040 | 0.23 MB ver 2206020 | 0.39 MB ver 5.8.0 | 10.69 MB
| Mar 24. 2023 | Mar 24. 2023 | Mar 24. 2023 | Jan 27. 2023

[Link] 18/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA
ENGLISH MULTI LANGUAGE MULTI LANGUAGE PERSIAN

Download Download Download Download

See More Content

FAQ

How to troubleshoot apps that are not working on the Samsung Smart TV

How to troubleshoot the Samsung TV that keeps turning off by itself

How to troubleshoot the Samsung TV that will not turn on

How to troubleshoot the Samsung TV that keeps turning on by itself

How to use Bixby on a Samsung Smart TV

Compare the models

Compare with similar items

[Link] 19/22
7/23/23, 12:47 PM 65" Crystal UHD BU8500 UA65BU8500UXSA | Samsung KSA

65" Crystal UHD BU8500 55" Crystal UHD 4K CU8500 55" Crystal UHD 4K CU7000
UA65BU8500UXSA UA55CU8500UXSA UA55CU7000UXSA

55" 65" 75" 50" 55" 65" 75" 55" 58" 65" 70"

0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0)

3,499.00 SAR 2,599.00 SAR 2,199.00 SAR

Save 2,500.00 SAR (Was 5,999.00 SAR) Save 2,182.74 SAR (Was 4,781.74 SAR)

Dynamic Crystal Color Dynamic Crystal Color PurColor

AirSlim AirSlim Crystal Processor 4K

Crystal Processor 4K Crystal Processor 4K Smart Hub

Smart Hub Smart Hub SmartThings

Recently Viewed

[Link] 20/22
TV System - Datasheets
Product information

WISI OA 10 A
Orbit Line parabol offset antenna, 100 cm, light grey

Description
At a glance:
The OA 10 A offset antenna convinces by its easy installation and
low weight. The reflector, feed arm and LNB holder consists of
„„ Ø 100 cm
light and weather resistant aluminum. The stabile back part is
„„ Light grey (RAL 7035)
pre-mounted to the reflector and enables an installation in a few
„„ Pluggable aluminum feed arm
steps. For the Installation is an antenna pipe MN 60A or wall
„„ 40 mm aluminum feed holder
holder MN xx available. Multifeed reception can be realized by
„„ Easy and quick installation thanks to the pre-
using the optional multi feed bar OF85 0002 or OF85 0004.
mounted back part
„„ Corrosion resistant aluminum reflector powder-
Scope of delivery coated
„„ Reflector 100 cm, light grey

WISI Communications GmbH & Co. KG

Wilhelm-Sihn-Str. 5-7 Phone: + 49 7233 66 - 280, Fax: - 350
75223 Niefern - Oeschelbronn, Germany E-Mail: export@[Link]
Technical Modifications reserved. WISI cannot be held liable for any printing error. 18. November 2020, 9:27 vorm.

[Link]
WISI OA 10 A

Technical data
Gain 39,8...40,9 dB
Aperture angle <1,8 ° (3 dB)
Windloading at 72 km/h 294 N
Windloading at 144 km/h 1167 N
Windloading at 216 km/h 2628 N
General data
Reflector material Aluminium
Reflector colour Light grey (RAL 7035)
Diameter 100 cm
Mounting clip 32...76 mm
Setting range elevation 5...90 °
Weight 8,8 kg

Sales unit 1 pcs.

Dimensions (WxHxD) sales unit 1030 x 1130 x 200 mm
Packaging volume sales unit 232,78 dm³
Gross weight sales unit 9.2 kg
Shipping unit 1 pcs.
Dimensions (WxHxD) shipping 1030 x 1130 x 200 mm
unit
Packaging volume shipping 232,78 dm³
package
Gross weight shipping unit 9,2 kg
EAN 4010056756758
Article number 75675
Customs tariff number 85291030

[Link]
Product information

WISI OC 04 E
Universal feed system, Quattro, light grey, feed diameter 40 mm

Description
At a glance:
The OC 04 E is a universal feeding system with 4 outputs of the
unique satellite polarizations. The range of application is
„„ For multiswitch installations or headend systems
therefore the installation in front of multiswitches, Unicable
„„ Colour-coded outputs facilitates the allocation of
switches or headend systems. The reception range of this feeding
the polarizations
system covers all common satellite signals (DVB-S/S2/S2X) in the
„„ UV-resistant housing in light grey
KU-band, such as Astra 19.2 East or Hotbird at 13° East. A low
„„ Extendible weather protection
noise figure, as well as a perfect linearity at a high output level,
ensures a stable signal at the STBs. The UV-resistant housing „„ Reception of DVB-S/S2/S2X

protects the electronic against weathering and the extendible „„ High amplification of the satellite signals
protection cover protects the connected coaxial cable against „„ Highest linearity over the entire frequency
water entering through the F-connectors. spectrum
„„ Low power consumption
„„ 4G/LTE safe
„„ Very low noise figure

WISI Communications GmbH & Co. KG

Wilhelm-Sihn-Str. 5-7 Phone: + 49 7233 66 - 280, Fax: - 350
75223 Niefern - Oeschelbronn, Germany E-Mail: export@[Link]
Technical Modifications reserved. WISI cannot be held liable for any printing error. 18. November 2020, 9:27 vorm.

[Link]
WISI OC 04 E

Technical data
Electrical data
Input frequency 10,70...12,75 GHz
Oscillator frequency low band 9,75 GHz
Oscillator frequency high band 10,6 GHz
Switching voltage vertical 11...14 V DC
Switching voltage horizontal 16...20 V DC
Output frequency 950...2150 MHz
Gain >55 dB
Ripple ±4 dB
Noise figure typ. 0,3 dB
Polarization isolation >22 dB
Image rejection >40 dB
In band spurious level max. -60 dBm
L.O. phase noise @ 10 kHz max. -80 dBc/Hz
L.O. Frequency accuracy @ 25 °C max. ±500 kHz
L.O. temperature drift @ 25°C max. ±1,0 MHz
Output impedance 75 Ω
Mechanical Data
Color Light grey (RAL 7035)
Feed diameter 40 mm
With protective enclosure Yes
Connectors
RF-Output 4x F-female
General data
Type Quattro
Subscriber pcs. Depending on the multis-
witch
Integrated multi switch Yes
Terrestrial feed No
Input voltage 11...20 V DC
Current consumption max. 240 mA
Operating Temperature -30...+60 °C
Weight 0,202 kg
Dimensions (B) 138 mm
Dimensions (H) 85,5 mm
Dimensions (T) 61 mm

Sales unit 1 pcs.

Dimensions (WxHxD) sales unit 116 x 97 x 55 mm
Packaging volume sales unit dm³
Gross weight sales unit 0.148 kg
Shipping unit 10 pcs.
Dimensions (WxHxD) shipping mm
unit
Packaging volume shipping - dm³
package
Gross weight shipping unit 0,132 kg
EAN 4010056761707
Article number 76170
Customs tariff number 85437090

[Link]
Product information

WISI DRP 1533

WAll wart 230 V AC, 15 V DC

Description
At a glance:
The DRP 1533 is a wall wart with 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz and has a
output power fron 15 V DC. It is usable for the FLEXSWITCH
„„ Operating voltage 230 V AC
series.
„„ Output power 15 V DC
„„ Output current 3,3 A

WISI Communications GmbH & Co. KG

Wilhelm-Sihn-Str. 5-7 Phone: + 49 7233 66 - 280, Fax: - 350
75223 Niefern - Oeschelbronn, Germany E-Mail: export@[Link]
Technical Modifications reserved. WISI cannot be held liable for any printing error. 10. Februar 2017, 1:39 nachm.

[Link]
WISI DRP 1533

Technical data
General data
Connector Connector type DC 5.5/2.1 mm
Operating voltage 90...264 V AC
Output voltage 15 V DC
Max. load current 3,3 A
Max. output power 49,5 W
Max. humidity, non condensing 25...75 %
Protection class II
Electrical safety standard EN 60950-1
EMC EN 50083-2
Dimensions W x H x D 116 x 33 x 51 mm
Operating temperature range -20...+50 °C
Storage temperature -10...+80 °C

Packaging data
Sales unit 1 pcs.
Dimensions (WxHxD) sales unit 170 x 130 x 50 mm
Packaging volume sales unit 1,1 dm³
Gross weight sales unit 0,44 kg
Shipping unit 1 pcs.
Dimensions (WxHxD) shipping 170 x 130 x 50 mm
unit
Packaging volume shipping 1,1 dm³
package
Gross weight shipping unit 0,44 kg
EAN 4010056743505
Article number 74983
Customs tariff number 85291095

[Link]
 [Link]

HD-ACE
Digital Satellite Receiver

HD

Support MPEG-4 HD and SD Channels SD HD MPEG-4

Support HEVC Channels HEVC
Access to all Free-to-air Channels FTA
Multi-Satellite receiver
Humax Auto Antenna Search
Humax OTA
7 days EPG 7
Support AAC Audio AAC
5.1 Dolby Digital Surround Sound 5.1
Language : English, Arabic, Persian and French
 [Link]

HD-ACE
HD Digital Satellite Receiver

Specifications
Software specification I/O Specification
Basic System MPEG-2/4 Digital and Fully DVB-S/S2 compliant Tuner 1 x LNB Input
Video System H.264/HEVC compliant RCA Out 1 x CVBS/L/R
Channel memory 5000 HDMI out 1 x HDMI
EPG 7 Days EPG
USB 1 x USB 2.0
OSD English, Arabic, French, Persian
Smart Card Slot 1

Tuner & Channel Power Supply

No. of Tuners 1 Input Voltage 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz
Input Connector F-Type, IEC 169-24, Female, 1 x Input Power Cord Adaptor type (3pin plug)
Frequency Range 950MHz to 2150MHz Power Switch None
Signal Level -25dBmV to -69dBmV
LNB Power & Polarisation Vertical: +13.3V
Horizontal: +18.3V
Current: Max. 350mA (Overload protection)
22Khz Tone 22khz ± 4khz Tone
DiSEqc Control 1.0, 1.2, SCD
Demodulation DVB-S/S2 (QPSK & 8PSK)
Bandwidth Up to 36Mhz
Input, Symbol Rate DVB-S: 2~45MBaud Physical specification
DVB-S2: 3~42MBaud (QPSK), 3~30MBaud (8PSK)
FEC Mode DVB-S: Auto, 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 Size (W x D x H) 203 x 166 x 40 mm
DVB-S2: Auto, 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9,
9/10(QPSK)
Auto, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10(8PSK)

Video/Audio Processing
Video Decoder MPEG2 (HP@HL), H.264/HEVC (Main 10 Profile)
Audio Decoder MPEG1 Layer-I/II/III
Picture Decoder MPEG2 I-Frame, JPEG, JPEG2000, BMP, GIF, PNG
Output Resolution 1080p / 1080i / 720p / 576p / 576i
Graphics 32bpp with 256 alpha blending
Audio Mode Single/ Dual Mono/ Stereo/ Joint Stereo

HUMAX Gulf FZE

P.O. Box 1745 9 Dubai. U.A.E.
Tel: +971 4 8830 800 Fax: +971 4 883 0899
E-mail: callcenterme@[Link]
[Link]
 Product: 9116
Broadband Coax, Series 6, 18 AWG Solid BCCS, Foil + 60% AL Braid, PVC
Jkt, CM

Product Description
Broadband Coax, Series 6, 18 AWG Solid Bare Copper Covered Steel Conductor, PE Insulation, Foil + 60% Aluminum Braid Shield, PVC Jacket, CM

Technical Specifications

Product Overview

Suitable Applications: Broadband, Cable Television (CATV), RF drop cable, Over-The-Air (OTA) antennas

Construction Details

Series Type: 6

Conductor

Size Stranding Nom. Diameter Material

18 AWG Solid 0.040 in BCCS - Bare Copper Covered Steel

Insulation

Material Nom. Insulation Diameter Color Code

PE - Polyethylene (Foam) 0.180 in (4.57 mm) White

Outer Shield

Layer Outer Shield Type Material Material Trade Name Coverage

1 Tape Tri-Laminate (Alum+Poly+Alum) Duobond® II 100%

2 Braid Aluminum 60%

Outer Jacket

Material Nom. Diameter

PVC - Polyvinyl Chloride 0.270 in (6.86 mm)

Overall Cable Diameter (Nominal): 0.270 in (6.86 mm)

Electrical Characteristics

Return Loss (RL)

Frequency Min. Structural Return Loss

5 - 1000 MHz 20 dB

Attenuation

Frequency Max. Attenuation

5 MHz 0.58 dB/100ft

55 MHz 1.60 dB/100ft

211 MHz 3.05 dB/100ft

250 MHz 3.30 dB/100ft

270 MHz 3.37 dB/100ft

300 MHz 3.55 dB/100ft

330 MHz 3.74 dB/100ft

350 MHz 3.85 dB/100ft

400 MHz 4.15 dB/100ft

 450 MHz 4.40 dB/100ft

500 MHz 4.66 dB/100ft

550 MHz 4.90 dB/100ft

600 MHz 5.10 dB/100ft

750 MHz 5.65 dB/100ft

870 MHz 6.11 dB/100ft

1000 MHz 6.55 dB/100ft

Electricals

Nom. Conductor DCR Nom. Outer Shield DCR Nom. Capacitance Cond-to-Shield Nom. Characteristic Impedance Nom. Velocity of Prop.

28 Ohm/1000ft 9 Ohm/1000ft (30 Ohm/km) 16.2 pF/ft (53.1 pF/m) 75 Ohm 83%

Voltage

UL Voltage Rating

300 V (CM)

Mechanical Characteristics

Temperature

Operating

-40°C to +80°C

Bend Radius

Installation Min.

3 in (76 mm)

Max. Pull Tension: 150 lbs (68 kg)

Bulk Cable Weight: 30 lbs/1000ft

Standards and Compliance

Environmental Suitability: Indoor (Not Riser or Plenum), Indoor, Aerial - Black only, When supported by messenger wire

Sustainability: CA Prop 65

Flammability / Reaction to Fire: UL1685 UL Loading

CPR Compliance: CPR Euroclass: Eca; CPR UKCA Class: Eca

NEC / UL Compliance: CM, CATV

CEC / C(UL) Compliance: CM

European Directive Compliance: EU CE Mark, EU Directive 2015/863/EU (RoHS 2 amendment), REACH, EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS 2), EU Directive 2012/19/EU (WEEE)

UK Regulation Compliance: UKCA Mark

APAC Compliance: China RoHS II (GB/T 26572-2011)

Other Standard Compliance(s): ANSI/SCTE 74

Plenum Number: 9116P

History

Update and Revision: Revision Number: 0.522 Revision Date: 04-14-2023

Part Numbers

Variants

Item # Color Putup Type Length UPC/EAN

9116 290U1000 Beige, Light UnReel 1,000 ft 612825224389

9116-0101000 Black Reel 305 m 8719605020123

9116-K101000 Black Reel 305 m 8719605020154

9116 010500 Black Reel 500 ft 612825224426

9116 010U500 Black UnReel 500 ft 612825224457

9116 010S700 Black Reel 700 ft 612825348313

9116 0101000 Black Reel 1,000 ft 612825224440

9116 010U1000 Black UnReel 1,000 ft 612825348320

9116 010N1000 Black Reel w/Small Barrel 1,000 ft 612825224433

9116 009500 White Reel 500 ft 612825224396

9116 0091000 White Reel 1,000 ft 612825224419

9116 009U1000 White UnReel 1,000 ft 612825348337

9116 009N1000 White Reel w/Small Barrel 1,000 ft 612825224402

 9116 Q5H1000 White, Neutral Reel 1,000 ft 612825224372

9116 Q5HU1000 White, Neutral UnReel 1,000 ft 612825224488

© 2023 Belden, Inc

All Rights Reserved.
Although Belden makes every reasonable effort to ensure their accuracy at the time of this publication, information and specifications described here in are subject to error or omission and to change without
notice, and the listing of such information and specifications does not ensure product availability.
Belden provides the information and specifications herein on an "ASIS" basis, with no representations or warranties, whether express, statutory or implied. In no event will Belden be liable for any damages
(including consequential, indirect, incidental, special, punitive, or exemplary damages) whatsoever, even if Belden has been advised of the possibility of such damages, whether in an action under contract,
negligence or any other theory, arising out of or in connection with the use, or inability to use, the information or specifications described herein.
All sales of Belden products are subject to Belden's standard terms and conditions of sale.
Belden believes this product to be in compliance with all applicable environmental programs as listed in the data sheet. The information provided is correct to the best of Belden's knowledge, information and belief
at the date of its publication. This information is designed only as a general guide for the safe handling, storage, and any other operation of the product itself or the one that it becomes a part of. The Product
Disclosure is not to be considered a warranty or quality specification. Regulatory information is for guidance purposes only. Product users are responsible for determining the applicability of legislation and
regulations based on their individual usage of the product.